| 1 | ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
| 2 | ;; |
| 3 | ;;; Code: |
| 4 | \f |
| 5 | ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
| 6 | ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" |
| 7 | ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16775 26715)) |
| 8 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el |
| 9 | |
| 10 | (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ |
| 11 | Play 5x5. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping |
| 14 | squares you must fill the grid. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | 5x5 keyboard bindings are: |
| 17 | \\<5x5-mode-map> |
| 18 | Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] |
| 19 | Move up \\[5x5-up] |
| 20 | Move down \\[5x5-down] |
| 21 | Move left \\[5x5-left] |
| 22 | Move right \\[5x5-right] |
| 23 | Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] |
| 24 | New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] |
| 25 | Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] |
| 26 | Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] |
| 27 | Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] |
| 28 | Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] |
| 29 | Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game] |
| 30 | |
| 31 | \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil) |
| 32 | |
| 33 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ |
| 34 | Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions. |
| 35 | |
| 36 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 37 | |
| 38 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ |
| 39 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution. |
| 40 | |
| 41 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 42 | |
| 43 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ |
| 44 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution. |
| 45 | |
| 46 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 47 | |
| 48 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ |
| 49 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution. |
| 50 | Mutate the result. |
| 51 | |
| 52 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 53 | |
| 54 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ |
| 55 | Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. |
| 56 | |
| 57 | 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes |
| 58 | two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current |
| 59 | solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function |
| 60 | should return a grid vector array that is the new solution. |
| 61 | |
| 62 | \(fn BREEDER)" t nil) |
| 63 | |
| 64 | ;;;*** |
| 65 | \f |
| 66 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" |
| 67 | ;;;;;; (16858 50933)) |
| 68 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
| 69 | |
| 70 | (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
| 71 | Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
| 72 | Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these |
| 73 | extensions. |
| 74 | SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file |
| 75 | name |
| 76 | |
| 77 | \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil) |
| 78 | |
| 79 | (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
| 80 | Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. |
| 81 | |
| 82 | Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) |
| 83 | \\{ada-mode-map} |
| 84 | |
| 85 | Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' |
| 86 | Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' |
| 87 | |
| 88 | Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' |
| 89 | Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' |
| 90 | |
| 91 | Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' |
| 92 | Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' |
| 93 | |
| 94 | Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
| 95 | |
| 96 | Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' |
| 97 | Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' |
| 98 | |
| 99 | Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' |
| 100 | Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' |
| 101 | |
| 102 | Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: |
| 103 | Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' |
| 104 | Comment region '\\[comment-region]' |
| 105 | Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' |
| 106 | Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' |
| 107 | |
| 108 | If you use imenu.el: |
| 109 | Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' |
| 110 | |
| 111 | If you use find-file.el: |
| 112 | Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' |
| 113 | or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] |
| 114 | Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' |
| 115 | or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] |
| 116 | If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
| 117 | |
| 118 | If you use ada-xref.el: |
| 119 | Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier |
| 120 | or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier |
| 121 | Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'. |
| 122 | |
| 123 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 124 | |
| 125 | ;;;*** |
| 126 | \f |
| 127 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" |
| 128 | ;;;;;; (16507 41097)) |
| 129 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
| 130 | |
| 131 | (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ |
| 132 | Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file. |
| 133 | |
| 134 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 135 | |
| 136 | ;;;*** |
| 137 | \f |
| 138 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" |
| 139 | ;;;;;; (16783 21522)) |
| 140 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el |
| 141 | |
| 142 | (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\ |
| 143 | Open a file anywhere in the source path. |
| 144 | Completion is available. |
| 145 | |
| 146 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 147 | |
| 148 | ;;;*** |
| 149 | \f |
| 150 | ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
| 151 | ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry |
| 152 | ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address |
| 153 | ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" |
| 154 | ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16958 58756)) |
| 155 | ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
| 156 | |
| 157 | (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\ |
| 158 | *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function. |
| 159 | It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules. |
| 160 | Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.") |
| 161 | |
| 162 | (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log") |
| 163 | |
| 164 | (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ |
| 165 | *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. |
| 166 | This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
| 167 | |
| 168 | (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log") |
| 169 | |
| 170 | (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ |
| 171 | *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers. |
| 172 | This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to |
| 173 | being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements |
| 174 | will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new |
| 175 | ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.") |
| 176 | |
| 177 | (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log") |
| 178 | |
| 179 | (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ |
| 180 | Prompt for a change log name. |
| 181 | |
| 182 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 183 | |
| 184 | (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ |
| 185 | Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. |
| 186 | |
| 187 | Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. |
| 188 | If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. |
| 189 | If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' |
| 190 | \(or whatever we use on this operating system). |
| 191 | |
| 192 | If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then |
| 193 | simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current |
| 194 | directory and its successive parents for a file so named. |
| 195 | |
| 196 | Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the |
| 197 | current buffer to the complete file name. |
| 198 | Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'. |
| 199 | |
| 200 | \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil) |
| 201 | |
| 202 | (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ |
| 203 | Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file. |
| 204 | Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user |
| 205 | name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address'). |
| 206 | |
| 207 | Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log. |
| 208 | If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. |
| 209 | |
| 210 | Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. |
| 211 | |
| 212 | Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; |
| 213 | never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' |
| 214 | otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. |
| 215 | |
| 216 | Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a |
| 217 | new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by |
| 218 | the same person. |
| 219 | |
| 220 | The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying |
| 221 | permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these |
| 222 | notices. |
| 223 | |
| 224 | Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if |
| 225 | non-nil, otherwise in local time. |
| 226 | |
| 227 | \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil) |
| 228 | |
| 229 | (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ |
| 230 | Find change log file in other window and add entry and item. |
| 231 | This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays |
| 232 | the change log file in another window. |
| 233 | |
| 234 | \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 235 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) |
| 236 | |
| 237 | (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ |
| 238 | Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. |
| 239 | Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. |
| 240 | New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. |
| 241 | Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. |
| 242 | Runs `change-log-mode-hook'. |
| 243 | \\{change-log-mode-map} |
| 244 | |
| 245 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 246 | |
| 247 | (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ |
| 248 | *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") |
| 249 | |
| 250 | (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ |
| 251 | *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") |
| 252 | |
| 253 | (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ |
| 254 | *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") |
| 255 | |
| 256 | (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ |
| 257 | Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. |
| 258 | |
| 259 | Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), |
| 260 | Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
| 261 | |
| 262 | Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before |
| 263 | point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or |
| 264 | identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
| 265 | `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
| 266 | `add-log-current-defun-function'. |
| 267 | |
| 268 | Has a preference of looking backwards. |
| 269 | |
| 270 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 271 | |
| 272 | (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
| 273 | Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. |
| 274 | Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on |
| 275 | the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name |
| 276 | or a buffer. |
| 277 | |
| 278 | Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
| 279 | old-style time formats for entries are supported. |
| 280 | |
| 281 | \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil) |
| 282 | |
| 283 | (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ |
| 284 | Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format. |
| 285 | |
| 286 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 287 | |
| 288 | ;;;*** |
| 289 | \f |
| 290 | ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action |
| 291 | ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16775 |
| 292 | ;;;;;; 26709)) |
| 293 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
| 294 | |
| 295 | (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ |
| 296 | *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. |
| 297 | Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an |
| 298 | original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. |
| 299 | In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new |
| 300 | original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the |
| 301 | old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', |
| 302 | `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but |
| 303 | it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be |
| 304 | interpreted as `error'.") |
| 305 | |
| 306 | (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice") |
| 307 | |
| 308 | (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ |
| 309 | *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. |
| 310 | A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will |
| 311 | always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already |
| 312 | loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the |
| 313 | advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
| 314 | be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the |
| 315 | COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
| 316 | |
| 317 | (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice") |
| 318 | |
| 319 | (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ |
| 320 | Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
| 321 | If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
| 322 | CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value |
| 323 | of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds |
| 324 | to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest |
| 325 | extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same |
| 326 | name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice |
| 327 | will be overwritten with the new one. |
| 328 | If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
| 329 | initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
| 330 | will clear the cache. |
| 331 | |
| 332 | \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil) |
| 333 | |
| 334 | (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ |
| 335 | Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
| 336 | The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
| 337 | |
| 338 | (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) |
| 339 | [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] |
| 340 | BODY... ) |
| 341 | |
| 342 | FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. |
| 343 | CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. |
| 344 | NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. |
| 345 | POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', |
| 346 | see also `ad-add-advice'. |
| 347 | ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function |
| 348 | instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in |
| 349 | before/around/after-advices will be used. |
| 350 | FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. |
| 351 | All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. |
| 352 | DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. |
| 353 | INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised |
| 354 | function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. |
| 355 | BODY ::= Any s-expression. |
| 356 | |
| 357 | Semantics of the various flags: |
| 358 | `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in |
| 359 | any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected |
| 360 | then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). |
| 361 | |
| 362 | `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if |
| 363 | FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. |
| 364 | |
| 365 | `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting |
| 366 | advised function should be compiled. |
| 367 | |
| 368 | `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
| 369 | during activation until somebody enables it. |
| 370 | |
| 371 | `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile |
| 372 | time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current |
| 373 | advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use |
| 374 | this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. |
| 375 | |
| 376 | `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according |
| 377 | to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. |
| 378 | Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of |
| 379 | the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The |
| 380 | documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file |
| 381 | during preloading. |
| 382 | |
| 383 | See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation. |
| 384 | |
| 385 | \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 386 | |
| 387 | ;;;*** |
| 388 | \f |
| 389 | ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
| 390 | ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp |
| 391 | ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16942 52925)) |
| 392 | ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
| 393 | |
| 394 | (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ |
| 395 | Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. |
| 396 | BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to |
| 397 | nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of |
| 398 | the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location |
| 399 | of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each |
| 400 | rule's `separate' attribute). |
| 401 | |
| 402 | If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of |
| 403 | `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their |
| 404 | `separate' attribute set. |
| 405 | |
| 406 | RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the |
| 407 | default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and |
| 408 | `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details |
| 409 | on the format of these lists. |
| 410 | |
| 411 | \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) |
| 412 | |
| 413 | (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ |
| 414 | Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. |
| 415 | BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt |
| 416 | for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you |
| 417 | only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding |
| 418 | whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full |
| 419 | regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also |
| 420 | prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount |
| 421 | of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout |
| 422 | the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these |
| 423 | options. |
| 424 | |
| 425 | For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to |
| 426 | align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: |
| 427 | |
| 428 | Fred (123) 456-7890 |
| 429 | Alice (123) 456-7890 |
| 430 | Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 |
| 431 | Joe (123) 456-7890 |
| 432 | |
| 433 | There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it |
| 434 | using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the |
| 435 | region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression. |
| 436 | |
| 437 | \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil) |
| 438 | |
| 439 | (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ |
| 440 | Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. |
| 441 | BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES |
| 442 | is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to |
| 443 | override the default alignment rules that would have been used to |
| 444 | align that section. |
| 445 | |
| 446 | \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) |
| 447 | |
| 448 | (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ |
| 449 | Call `align' on the current alignment section. |
| 450 | This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and |
| 451 | so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or |
| 452 | EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it |
| 453 | can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have |
| 454 | been used to align that section. |
| 455 | |
| 456 | \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) |
| 457 | |
| 458 | (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ |
| 459 | Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. |
| 460 | BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule |
| 461 | that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a |
| 462 | list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the |
| 463 | default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text |
| 464 | to be colored. |
| 465 | |
| 466 | \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil) |
| 467 | |
| 468 | (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ |
| 469 | Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'. |
| 470 | |
| 471 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 472 | |
| 473 | (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
| 474 | A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes. |
| 475 | |
| 476 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 477 | |
| 478 | ;;;*** |
| 479 | \f |
| 480 | ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 481 | ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el |
| 482 | |
| 483 | (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\ |
| 484 | Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'. |
| 485 | |
| 486 | MODE is one of the following symbols: |
| 487 | |
| 488 | - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout; |
| 489 | - `activate', enable auto-activation only; |
| 490 | - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with |
| 491 | confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time; |
| 492 | - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state; |
| 493 | - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without |
| 494 | any confirmation check. |
| 495 | |
| 496 | Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation |
| 497 | of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of |
| 498 | the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and |
| 499 | `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout). |
| 500 | |
| 501 | `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing) |
| 502 | `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving |
| 503 | `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting. |
| 504 | |
| 505 | To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include |
| 506 | the following two lines in your Emacs init file: |
| 507 | |
| 508 | \(require 'allout) |
| 509 | \(allout-init t) |
| 510 | |
| 511 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 512 | |
| 513 | ;;;*** |
| 514 | \f |
| 515 | ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
| 516 | ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
| 518 | |
| 519 | (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir)) |
| 520 | |
| 521 | (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ |
| 522 | Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. |
| 523 | The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents |
| 524 | for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs |
| 525 | may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific |
| 526 | directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents. |
| 527 | |
| 528 | \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil) |
| 529 | |
| 530 | (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\ |
| 531 | Not documented |
| 532 | |
| 533 | \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 534 | |
| 535 | ;;;*** |
| 536 | \f |
| 537 | ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string) |
| 538 | ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16944 24675)) |
| 539 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el |
| 540 | |
| 541 | (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\ |
| 542 | Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. |
| 543 | The characters start at randomly chosen places, |
| 544 | and all slide in parallel to their final positions, |
| 545 | passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. |
| 546 | If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally |
| 547 | in the current window. |
| 548 | |
| 549 | \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil) |
| 550 | |
| 551 | (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\ |
| 552 | Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. |
| 553 | Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines. |
| 554 | |
| 555 | \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil) |
| 556 | |
| 557 | (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\ |
| 558 | Display one's birthday present in a new buffer. |
| 559 | You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\". |
| 560 | |
| 561 | \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil) |
| 562 | |
| 563 | ;;;*** |
| 564 | \f |
| 565 | ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) |
| 566 | ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16858 50906)) |
| 567 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el |
| 568 | |
| 569 | (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ |
| 570 | Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t. |
| 571 | |
| 572 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 573 | |
| 574 | (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ |
| 575 | Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. |
| 576 | |
| 577 | Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is |
| 578 | either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using |
| 579 | `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into |
| 580 | text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. |
| 581 | |
| 582 | The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker |
| 583 | `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. |
| 584 | |
| 585 | This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'. |
| 586 | |
| 587 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 588 | |
| 589 | ;;;*** |
| 590 | \f |
| 591 | ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) |
| 592 | ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16858 50933)) |
| 593 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
| 594 | |
| 595 | (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ |
| 596 | Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. |
| 597 | If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', |
| 598 | the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer |
| 599 | is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for |
| 600 | \\[yank]. |
| 601 | |
| 602 | This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar |
| 603 | inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. |
| 604 | Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of |
| 605 | the rules. |
| 606 | |
| 607 | If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names |
| 608 | are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a |
| 609 | commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The |
| 610 | *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'. |
| 611 | |
| 612 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 613 | |
| 614 | (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ |
| 615 | Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. |
| 616 | \\{antlr-mode-map} |
| 617 | |
| 618 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 619 | |
| 620 | (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ |
| 621 | Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. |
| 622 | Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'. |
| 623 | |
| 624 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 625 | |
| 626 | ;;;*** |
| 627 | \f |
| 628 | ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add |
| 629 | ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line |
| 630 | ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time |
| 631 | ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16925 43112)) |
| 632 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
| 633 | |
| 634 | (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ |
| 635 | *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. |
| 636 | To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the |
| 637 | documentation of the function `appt-check'.") |
| 638 | |
| 639 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt") |
| 640 | |
| 641 | (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ |
| 642 | *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") |
| 643 | |
| 644 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt") |
| 645 | |
| 646 | (defvar appt-audible t "\ |
| 647 | *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") |
| 648 | |
| 649 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt") |
| 650 | |
| 651 | (defvar appt-visible t "\ |
| 652 | *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area. |
| 653 | This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.") |
| 654 | |
| 655 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt") |
| 656 | |
| 657 | (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ |
| 658 | *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window. |
| 659 | If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.") |
| 660 | |
| 661 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt") |
| 662 | |
| 663 | (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ |
| 664 | *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line. |
| 665 | This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.") |
| 666 | |
| 667 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt") |
| 668 | |
| 669 | (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ |
| 670 | *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed. |
| 671 | Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.") |
| 672 | |
| 673 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt") |
| 674 | |
| 675 | (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ |
| 676 | *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized. |
| 677 | This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") |
| 678 | |
| 679 | (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt") |
| 680 | |
| 681 | (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ |
| 682 | Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
| 683 | The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format. |
| 684 | |
| 685 | \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil) |
| 686 | |
| 687 | (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ |
| 688 | Delete an appointment from the list of appointments. |
| 689 | |
| 690 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 691 | |
| 692 | (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
| 693 | Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer. |
| 694 | The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be |
| 695 | put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of |
| 696 | the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and |
| 697 | NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. |
| 698 | They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for. |
| 699 | |
| 700 | Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this |
| 701 | function. |
| 702 | |
| 703 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 704 | |
| 705 | (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\ |
| 706 | Toggle checking of appointments. |
| 707 | With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if |
| 708 | ARG is positive, otherwise off. |
| 709 | |
| 710 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 711 | |
| 712 | ;;;*** |
| 713 | \f |
| 714 | ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property |
| 715 | ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" |
| 716 | ;;;;;; (16942 52925)) |
| 717 | ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
| 718 | |
| 719 | (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
| 720 | Show user variables that match REGEXP. |
| 721 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
| 722 | normal variables. |
| 723 | |
| 724 | \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) |
| 725 | |
| 726 | (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) |
| 727 | |
| 728 | (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ |
| 729 | Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
| 730 | With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
| 731 | noninteractive functions. |
| 732 | |
| 733 | If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that |
| 734 | satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE. |
| 735 | |
| 736 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil) |
| 737 | |
| 738 | (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\ |
| 739 | Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors. |
| 740 | |
| 741 | \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil) |
| 742 | |
| 743 | (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ |
| 744 | Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
| 745 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also |
| 746 | show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more |
| 747 | time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found. |
| 748 | |
| 749 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) |
| 750 | |
| 751 | (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ |
| 752 | Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
| 753 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks |
| 754 | at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
| 755 | Returns list of symbols and values found. |
| 756 | |
| 757 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) |
| 758 | |
| 759 | (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ |
| 760 | Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
| 761 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use |
| 762 | documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
| 763 | bindings. |
| 764 | Returns list of symbols and documentation found. |
| 765 | |
| 766 | \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil) |
| 767 | |
| 768 | ;;;*** |
| 769 | \f |
| 770 | ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16534 |
| 771 | ;;;;;; 3807)) |
| 772 | ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
| 773 | |
| 774 | (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ |
| 775 | Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. |
| 776 | You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. |
| 777 | Letters no longer insert themselves. |
| 778 | Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; |
| 779 | or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. |
| 780 | |
| 781 | If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and |
| 782 | save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the |
| 783 | archive. |
| 784 | |
| 785 | \\{archive-mode-map} |
| 786 | |
| 787 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil) |
| 788 | |
| 789 | ;;;*** |
| 790 | \f |
| 791 | ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16213 43267)) |
| 792 | ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
| 793 | |
| 794 | (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ |
| 795 | Major mode for editing arrays. |
| 796 | |
| 797 | Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is |
| 798 | considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are |
| 799 | NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. |
| 800 | |
| 801 | The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
| 802 | |
| 803 | TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. |
| 804 | Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
| 805 | but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
| 806 | |
| 807 | Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of |
| 808 | several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you |
| 809 | supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer |
| 810 | in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. |
| 811 | The variables are: |
| 812 | |
| 813 | Variables you assign: |
| 814 | array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
| 815 | array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. |
| 816 | array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. |
| 817 | array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. |
| 818 | array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore |
| 819 | row numbers in the buffer. |
| 820 | |
| 821 | Variables which are calculated: |
| 822 | array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
| 823 | array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. |
| 824 | |
| 825 | The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may |
| 826 | take a numeric prefix argument): |
| 827 | |
| 828 | * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. |
| 829 | * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. |
| 830 | * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. |
| 831 | * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. |
| 832 | |
| 833 | * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. |
| 834 | * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. |
| 835 | * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. |
| 836 | * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. |
| 837 | |
| 838 | * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. |
| 839 | * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. |
| 840 | * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. |
| 841 | * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. |
| 842 | |
| 843 | \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column |
| 844 | between that of point and mark. |
| 845 | |
| 846 | \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. |
| 847 | \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. |
| 848 | |
| 849 | \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. |
| 850 | \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. |
| 851 | \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and |
| 852 | newlines inside rows) |
| 853 | |
| 854 | \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. |
| 855 | |
| 856 | Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'. |
| 857 | |
| 858 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 859 | |
| 860 | ;;;*** |
| 861 | \f |
| 862 | ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16858 |
| 863 | ;;;;;; 50939)) |
| 864 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el |
| 865 | |
| 866 | (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ |
| 867 | Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. |
| 868 | Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses |
| 869 | and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. |
| 870 | |
| 871 | How to quit artist mode |
| 872 | |
| 873 | Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. |
| 874 | |
| 875 | |
| 876 | How to submit a bug report |
| 877 | |
| 878 | Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. |
| 879 | |
| 880 | |
| 881 | Drawing with the mouse: |
| 882 | |
| 883 | mouse-2 |
| 884 | shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with |
| 885 | mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described |
| 886 | below). |
| 887 | |
| 888 | mouse-1 |
| 889 | shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies |
| 890 | or pastes: |
| 891 | |
| 892 | Operation Not shifted Shifted |
| 893 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 894 | Pen fill-char at point line from last point |
| 895 | to new point |
| 896 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 897 | Line Line in any direction Straight line |
| 898 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 899 | Rectangle Rectangle Square |
| 900 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 901 | Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines |
| 902 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 903 | Ellipses Ellipses Circles |
| 904 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 905 | Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) |
| 906 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 907 | Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray |
| 908 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 909 | Erase Erase character Erase rectangle |
| 910 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 911 | Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected |
| 912 | lines |
| 913 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 914 | Cut Cut rectangle Cut square |
| 915 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 916 | Copy Copy rectangle Copy square |
| 917 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 918 | Paste Paste Paste |
| 919 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 920 | Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill |
| 921 | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 922 | |
| 923 | * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically |
| 924 | or diagonally. |
| 925 | |
| 926 | * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you |
| 927 | release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment |
| 928 | to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the |
| 929 | mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing |
| 930 | poly-lines. |
| 931 | |
| 932 | * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer |
| 933 | will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while |
| 934 | overwrite means the opposite. |
| 935 | |
| 936 | * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose |
| 937 | _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable |
| 938 | `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. |
| 939 | |
| 940 | * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. |
| 941 | |
| 942 | * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. |
| 943 | See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. |
| 944 | |
| 945 | * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. |
| 946 | In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you |
| 947 | are currently drawing something. |
| 948 | |
| 949 | * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite |
| 950 | some time to fill. |
| 951 | |
| 952 | |
| 953 | mouse-3 Erases character under pointer |
| 954 | shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle |
| 955 | |
| 956 | |
| 957 | Settings |
| 958 | |
| 959 | Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares |
| 960 | |
| 961 | Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines |
| 962 | |
| 963 | Erase char Sets the character used when erasing |
| 964 | |
| 965 | Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding |
| 966 | |
| 967 | Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape |
| 968 | is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) |
| 969 | |
| 970 | Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. |
| 971 | |
| 972 | |
| 973 | Drawing with keys |
| 974 | |
| 975 | \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: |
| 976 | For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint |
| 977 | For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) |
| 978 | When erase characters: toggles erasing |
| 979 | When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square |
| 980 | When pasting: Pastes |
| 981 | |
| 982 | \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw |
| 983 | |
| 984 | Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. |
| 985 | |
| 986 | \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling |
| 987 | \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing |
| 988 | \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing |
| 989 | \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding |
| 990 | \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings |
| 991 | \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes |
| 992 | |
| 993 | |
| 994 | Arrows |
| 995 | |
| 996 | \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning |
| 997 | of the line/poly-line |
| 998 | |
| 999 | \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end |
| 1000 | of the line/poly-line |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | Selecting operation |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines |
| 1008 | \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines |
| 1009 | \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles |
| 1010 | \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares |
| 1011 | \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines |
| 1012 | \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines |
| 1013 | \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses |
| 1014 | \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles |
| 1015 | \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) |
| 1016 | \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) |
| 1017 | \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can |
| 1018 | \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can |
| 1019 | \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters |
| 1020 | \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles |
| 1021 | \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines |
| 1022 | \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines |
| 1023 | \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles |
| 1024 | \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles |
| 1025 | \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting |
| 1026 | \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | Variables |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, |
| 1032 | see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not |
| 1035 | artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... |
| 1036 | artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding |
| 1037 | artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect |
| 1038 | artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows |
| 1039 | artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares |
| 1040 | artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings |
| 1041 | artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling |
| 1042 | artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling |
| 1043 | artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing |
| 1044 | artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses |
| 1045 | artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses |
| 1046 | artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders |
| 1047 | artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible |
| 1048 | artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines |
| 1049 | artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings |
| 1050 | artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area |
| 1051 | artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' |
| 1052 | artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | Hooks |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. |
| 1057 | When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | Keymap summary |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | \\{artist-mode-map} |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil) |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | ;;;*** |
| 1067 | \f |
| 1068 | ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16908 |
| 1069 | ;;;;;; 33362)) |
| 1070 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ |
| 1073 | Major mode for editing typical assembler code. |
| 1074 | Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. |
| 1077 | \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. |
| 1078 | \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. |
| 1079 | \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | The character used for making comments is set by the variable |
| 1082 | `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', |
| 1085 | which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | Special commands: |
| 1090 | \\{asm-mode-map} |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | ;;;*** |
| 1095 | \f |
| 1096 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" |
| 1097 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 1098 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ |
| 1101 | Obsolete.") |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show") |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ |
| 1106 | This command is obsolete. |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | ;;;*** |
| 1111 | \f |
| 1112 | ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
| 1113 | ;;;;;; (16213 43267)) |
| 1114 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ |
| 1117 | Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled. |
| 1118 | See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 1119 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 1120 | use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg") |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
| 1125 | Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
| 1126 | With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 1127 | \\<autoarg-mode-map> |
| 1128 | In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they |
| 1129 | supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and |
| 1130 | C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence |
| 1131 | and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. |
| 1132 | Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is |
| 1133 | invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | For example: |
| 1136 | `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. |
| 1137 | `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. |
| 1138 | `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and |
| 1139 | then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. |
| 1140 | `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | \\{autoarg-mode-map} |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ |
| 1147 | Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled. |
| 1148 | See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 1149 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 1150 | use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg") |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
| 1155 | Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. |
| 1156 | With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 1157 | \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> |
| 1158 | This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' |
| 1159 | &c to supply digit arguments. |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map} |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | ;;;*** |
| 1166 | \f |
| 1167 | ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
| 1168 | ;;;;;; (16775 26716)) |
| 1169 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ |
| 1172 | Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files. |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | ;;;*** |
| 1177 | \f |
| 1178 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
| 1179 | ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16793 54109)) |
| 1180 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ |
| 1183 | Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. |
| 1184 | Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'. |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ |
| 1189 | Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. |
| 1190 | Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, |
| 1191 | or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs. |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil) |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ |
| 1196 | Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled. |
| 1197 | See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 1198 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 1199 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert") |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ |
| 1204 | Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
| 1205 | With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 1206 | Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can |
| 1209 | insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer. |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | ;;;*** |
| 1214 | \f |
| 1215 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads |
| 1216 | ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" |
| 1217 | ;;;;;; (16866 20010)) |
| 1218 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ |
| 1221 | Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' |
| 1222 | \(which FILE might bind in its local variables). |
| 1223 | If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively), |
| 1224 | save the buffer too. |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil. |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil) |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\ |
| 1231 | Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. |
| 1232 | This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work. |
| 1233 | In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name |
| 1234 | of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple |
| 1235 | directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged. |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the |
| 1238 | directory or directories specified. |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil) |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ |
| 1243 | Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. |
| 1244 | Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments. |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | ;;;*** |
| 1249 | \f |
| 1250 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode |
| 1251 | ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode) |
| 1252 | ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16923 3604)) |
| 1253 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
| 1256 | Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 1259 | This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. |
| 1260 | Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers. |
| 1261 | Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow |
| 1262 | without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer. |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
| 1267 | Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: |
| 1270 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode) |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
| 1275 | Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows. |
| 1276 | With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive. |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly |
| 1279 | followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that |
| 1280 | whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some |
| 1281 | background process is appending to it from time to time), this is |
| 1282 | reflected in the current buffer. |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as |
| 1285 | you please. But make sure the background process has stopped |
| 1286 | writing before you save the file! |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends! |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
| 1293 | Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode. |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: |
| 1296 | (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
| 1301 | Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled. |
| 1302 | See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 1303 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 1304 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.") |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert") |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
| 1309 | Revert any buffer when file on disk changes. |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. |
| 1312 | This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. |
| 1313 | Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer. |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | ;;;*** |
| 1318 | \f |
| 1319 | ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
| 1320 | ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16680 26001)) |
| 1321 | ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
| 1324 | Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
| 1325 | See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
| 1326 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 1327 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid") |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
| 1332 | Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. |
| 1333 | MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', |
| 1334 | `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
| 1337 | modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
| 1338 | as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | Effects of the different modes: |
| 1341 | * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
| 1342 | * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, |
| 1343 | and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. |
| 1344 | * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse |
| 1345 | a random distance & direction. |
| 1346 | * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. |
| 1347 | * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. |
| 1348 | * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", |
| 1353 | and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for |
| 1354 | definition of \"random distance\".) |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | ;;;*** |
| 1359 | \f |
| 1360 | ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" |
| 1361 | ;;;;;; (16484 6599)) |
| 1362 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ |
| 1365 | Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain |
| 1368 | places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | For example: |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value |
| 1373 | `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote |
| 1374 | `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b |
| 1375 | `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted. |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | ;;;*** |
| 1384 | \f |
| 1385 | ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el" |
| 1386 | ;;;;;; (16861 9525)) |
| 1387 | ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
| 1388 | (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t) |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ |
| 1391 | Display battery status information in the echo area. |
| 1392 | The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
| 1393 | `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\ |
| 1398 | Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled. |
| 1399 | See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 1400 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 1401 | use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.") |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery") |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\ |
| 1406 | Display battery status information in the mode line. |
| 1407 | The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables |
| 1408 | `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
| 1409 | The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' |
| 1410 | seconds. |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | ;;;*** |
| 1415 | \f |
| 1416 | ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run) |
| 1417 | ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16213 43272)) |
| 1418 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\ |
| 1421 | Time execution of FORMS. |
| 1422 | If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times, |
| 1423 | accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run |
| 1424 | FORMS once. |
| 1425 | Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of |
| 1426 | garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection. |
| 1427 | See also `benchmark-run-compiled'. |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\ |
| 1432 | Time execution of compiled version of FORMS. |
| 1433 | This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the |
| 1434 | byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the |
| 1435 | result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for. |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\ |
| 1440 | Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM. |
| 1441 | Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For |
| 1442 | non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and |
| 1443 | `benchmark-run-compiled'. |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil) |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | ;;;*** |
| 1448 | \f |
| 1449 | ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16887 |
| 1450 | ;;;;;; 27628)) |
| 1451 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ |
| 1454 | Major mode for editing BibTeX files. |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | General information on working with BibTeX mode: |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry. |
| 1459 | Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field |
| 1460 | to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the |
| 1461 | new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable |
| 1464 | `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode |
| 1465 | works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted |
| 1466 | entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely |
| 1467 | with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien' |
| 1470 | to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode. |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | Special information: |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry. |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored |
| 1478 | by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required |
| 1479 | start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from |
| 1480 | the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. |
| 1481 | \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. |
| 1482 | \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. |
| 1483 | \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field. |
| 1484 | \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. |
| 1485 | \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. |
| 1486 | \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field. |
| 1487 | \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context. |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT |
| 1490 | from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that |
| 1491 | no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value |
| 1492 | of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key |
| 1493 | for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'. |
| 1494 | Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special |
| 1495 | format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad |
| 1496 | idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'. |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode'). |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1501 | Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' |
| 1502 | if that value is non-nil. |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | \\{bibtex-mode-map} |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | ;;;*** |
| 1509 | \f |
| 1510 | ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external |
| 1511 | ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" |
| 1512 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 1513 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\ |
| 1518 | Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program. |
| 1519 | If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename. |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\ |
| 1524 | Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder. |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\ |
| 1529 | Binhex decode region between START and END. |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | ;;;*** |
| 1534 | \f |
| 1535 | ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16704 |
| 1536 | ;;;;;; 8186)) |
| 1537 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ |
| 1540 | Play blackbox. |
| 1541 | Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4. |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | What is blackbox? |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the |
| 1546 | Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several |
| 1547 | balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and |
| 1548 | observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of |
| 1549 | the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower |
| 1550 | your score. |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | Overview of play: |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument |
| 1555 | specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is |
| 1556 | four. |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor |
| 1559 | movement keys. |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. |
| 1562 | The result will be determined and the playfield updated. |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the |
| 1565 | box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, |
| 1568 | press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or |
| 1569 | not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and |
| 1570 | numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly |
| 1571 | placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be |
| 1572 | indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | Details: |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than |
| 1579 | where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are |
| 1580 | denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the |
| 1581 | ray went in, and the other where it came out. |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place |
| 1584 | it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are |
| 1585 | denoted by the letter `R'. |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does |
| 1588 | not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are |
| 1589 | denoted by the letter `H'. |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by |
| 1592 | example. |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can |
| 1595 | be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes |
| 1596 | represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. |
| 1597 | The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as |
| 1598 | described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit |
| 1599 | points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the |
| 1600 | ray. |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety |
| 1603 | degree deflection it causes. |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | 1 |
| 1606 | - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1607 | - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1608 | 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - |
| 1609 | - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - |
| 1610 | - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - |
| 1611 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - |
| 1612 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - |
| 1613 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - |
| 1614 | 2 3 |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point |
| 1617 | it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1621 | - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1622 | R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - |
| 1623 | - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - |
| 1624 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1625 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1626 | - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1627 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper |
| 1630 | ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to |
| 1631 | its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third |
| 1632 | example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the |
| 1633 | ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray |
| 1634 | can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately |
| 1635 | emerging from the box. |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1640 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - |
| 1641 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - |
| 1642 | - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - |
| 1643 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - |
| 1644 | H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1645 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1646 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of |
| 1649 | a reflection. |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | \(fn NUM)" t nil) |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | ;;;*** |
| 1654 | \f |
| 1655 | ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save |
| 1656 | ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename |
| 1657 | ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump |
| 1658 | ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16858 50906)) |
| 1659 | ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
| 1660 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) |
| 1661 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) |
| 1662 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ |
| 1665 | Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. |
| 1666 | It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it |
| 1667 | so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a |
| 1668 | key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark |
| 1669 | functions have a binding in this keymap.") |
| 1670 | (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map) |
| 1671 | (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set) |
| 1672 | (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark" |
| 1673 | (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump) |
| 1674 | (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go" |
| 1675 | (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert) |
| 1676 | (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) |
| 1677 | (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find" |
| 1678 | (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename) |
| 1679 | (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete) |
| 1680 | (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load) |
| 1681 | (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write) |
| 1682 | (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save) |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1685 | Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. |
| 1686 | If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. |
| 1687 | With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name |
| 1688 | as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" |
| 1689 | the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set |
| 1690 | bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, |
| 1691 | but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most |
| 1692 | recent one. |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the |
| 1695 | bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's |
| 1696 | yank successive words. |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 | Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer |
| 1699 | \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress |
| 1700 | through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the |
| 1701 | name of the file being visited. |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, |
| 1704 | and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from |
| 1705 | the list of bookmarks.) |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 | \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil) |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1710 | Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
| 1711 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
| 1712 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some |
| 1713 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about |
| 1714 | this. |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked |
| 1717 | if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump |
| 1718 | will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place |
| 1719 | of the old one in the permanent bookmark record. |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1724 | Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). |
| 1725 | This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of |
| 1726 | the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed |
| 1727 | after a bookmark was set in it. |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1732 | Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. |
| 1733 | Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the |
| 1734 | minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'. |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil) |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1741 | Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. |
| 1742 | If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from |
| 1743 | menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an |
| 1746 | argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You |
| 1747 | must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert |
| 1750 | consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark |
| 1751 | name. |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil) |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1756 | Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
| 1757 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
| 1758 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some |
| 1759 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about |
| 1760 | this. |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil) |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1765 | Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. |
| 1766 | Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
| 1767 | there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will |
| 1768 | not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the |
| 1769 | one most recently used in this file, if any). |
| 1770 | Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, |
| 1771 | probably because we were called from there. |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil) |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1776 | Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). |
| 1777 | Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead. |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 | (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1782 | Save currently defined bookmarks. |
| 1783 | Saves by default in the file defined by the variable |
| 1784 | `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE |
| 1785 | \(second argument). |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG |
| 1788 | and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then |
| 1789 | pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE |
| 1790 | instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the |
| 1791 | user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use |
| 1794 | `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you |
| 1795 | for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable |
| 1796 | `bookmark-default-file'. |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil) |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1801 | Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). |
| 1802 | Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If |
| 1803 | optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are |
| 1804 | destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages |
| 1805 | while loading. |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you |
| 1808 | will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load |
| 1809 | in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first |
| 1810 | place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is |
| 1811 | maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it |
| 1812 | explicitly. |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as |
| 1815 | bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get |
| 1816 | unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same |
| 1817 | method buffers use to resolve name collisions. |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil) |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ |
| 1822 | Display a list of existing bookmarks. |
| 1823 | The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. |
| 1824 | The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for |
| 1825 | deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying. |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map)) |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map) |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | ;;;*** |
| 1838 | \f |
| 1839 | ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail |
| 1840 | ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm |
| 1841 | ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic |
| 1842 | ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz |
| 1843 | ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape |
| 1844 | ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point |
| 1845 | ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file |
| 1846 | ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point |
| 1847 | ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" |
| 1848 | ;;;;;; (16944 24675)) |
| 1849 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\ |
| 1852 | *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. |
| 1853 | This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and |
| 1854 | `browse-url-of-file' commands. |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs |
| 1857 | \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one |
| 1858 | associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The |
| 1859 | function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last |
| 1860 | regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url") |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1865 | Not documented |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1870 | Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. |
| 1871 | Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called |
| 1872 | interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function |
| 1873 | `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the |
| 1874 | `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'. |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1879 | Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. |
| 1880 | Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the |
| 1881 | currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is |
| 1882 | narrowed. |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1887 | In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line. |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1892 | Ask a WWW browser to display the current region. |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil) |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1897 | Ask a WWW browser to load URL. |
| 1898 | Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable |
| 1899 | `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use. |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil) |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1904 | Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. |
| 1905 | Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable |
| 1906 | `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use. |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1911 | Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. |
| 1912 | The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click |
| 1913 | but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like |
| 1914 | `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser |
| 1915 | to use. |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1920 | Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL. |
| 1921 | Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 1924 | non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use |
| 1925 | a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
| 1926 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 1929 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, |
| 1932 | Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, |
| 1933 | and then W3. |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1938 | Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. |
| 1939 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
| 1940 | `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 1943 | non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a |
| 1944 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
| 1945 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then |
| 1948 | whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it |
| 1949 | is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead. |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 1952 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1957 | Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL. |
| 1958 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
| 1959 | `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla. |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 1962 | non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a |
| 1963 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
| 1964 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a |
| 1967 | document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a |
| 1968 | new tab in an existing window instead. |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 1971 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1976 | Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL. |
| 1977 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
| 1978 | `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon. |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 1981 | non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a |
| 1982 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
| 1983 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a |
| 1986 | document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a |
| 1987 | new tab in an existing window instead. |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 1990 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ |
| 1995 | Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. |
| 1996 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
| 1997 | `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 2000 | non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an |
| 2001 | existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the |
| 2002 | effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 2005 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2010 | Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
| 2013 | `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the |
| 2014 | program is invoked according to the variable |
| 2015 | `browse-url-mosaic-program'. |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 2018 | non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a |
| 2019 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
| 2020 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 2023 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2028 | Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2029 | Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the |
| 2030 | variable `browse-url-grail'. |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2035 | Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2036 | Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must |
| 2039 | select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the |
| 2040 | value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 2043 | non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a |
| 2044 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
| 2045 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 2048 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2053 | Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2054 | Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2059 | Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2060 | Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 2063 | non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive |
| 2064 | prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 2067 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2072 | Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. |
| 2073 | The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by |
| 2074 | `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2079 | Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2080 | Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run |
| 2081 | in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' |
| 2082 | with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'. |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2087 | Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2088 | Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run |
| 2089 | a new Lynx process in a new buffer. |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 2092 | non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, |
| 2093 | otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument |
| 2094 | reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 2097 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2102 | Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2103 | Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2108 | Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL. |
| 2109 | Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the |
| 2110 | recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument |
| 2111 | will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the |
| 2112 | current one. |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
| 2115 | non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A |
| 2116 | non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of |
| 2117 | `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
| 2120 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2125 | Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. |
| 2126 | Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the |
| 2127 | browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments |
| 2128 | `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which |
| 2129 | don't offer a form of remote control. |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\ |
| 2134 | Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. |
| 2135 | Default to the URL around or before point. |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | ;;;*** |
| 2140 | \f |
| 2141 | ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16213 |
| 2142 | ;;;;;; 43281)) |
| 2143 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ |
| 2146 | Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail. |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ |
| 2151 | Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'. |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | ;;;*** |
| 2156 | \f |
| 2157 | ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
| 2158 | ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16704 8186)) |
| 2159 | ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ |
| 2162 | Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. |
| 2163 | The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined |
| 2164 | by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'. |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ |
| 2169 | Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. |
| 2170 | The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined |
| 2171 | by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'. |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ |
| 2176 | Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu. |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ |
| 2181 | Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
| 2182 | \\<bs-mode-map> |
| 2183 | There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for |
| 2184 | manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. |
| 2185 | User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer |
| 2186 | by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. |
| 2189 | Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. |
| 2190 | With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function |
| 2191 | `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly |
| 2192 | name of buffer configuration. |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | ;;;*** |
| 2197 | \f |
| 2198 | ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button |
| 2199 | ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16934 |
| 2200 | ;;;;;; 57456)) |
| 2201 | ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "\r" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\ |
| 2204 | Keymap used by buttons.") |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\ |
| 2207 | Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons. |
| 2208 | Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.") |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\ |
| 2211 | Define a `button type' called NAME. |
| 2212 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, |
| 2213 | specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type |
| 2214 | \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when |
| 2215 | creating the button, using the :type keyword argument). |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a |
| 2218 | button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values |
| 2219 | \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent |
| 2220 | changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes). |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\ |
| 2225 | Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. |
| 2226 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, |
| 2227 | specifying properties to add to the button. |
| 2228 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a |
| 2229 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see |
| 2230 | `define-button-type'. |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'. |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\ |
| 2237 | Insert a button with the label LABEL. |
| 2238 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, |
| 2239 | specifying properties to add to the button. |
| 2240 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a |
| 2241 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see |
| 2242 | `define-button-type'. |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'. |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\ |
| 2249 | Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. |
| 2250 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, |
| 2251 | specifying properties to add to the button. |
| 2252 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a |
| 2253 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see |
| 2254 | `define-button-type'. |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually |
| 2257 | part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating |
| 2258 | large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using |
| 2259 | `make-text-button'. |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | Also see `insert-text-button'. |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\ |
| 2266 | Insert a button with the label LABEL. |
| 2267 | The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, |
| 2268 | specifying properties to add to the button. |
| 2269 | In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a |
| 2270 | button-type from which to inherit other properties; see |
| 2271 | `define-button-type'. |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is |
| 2274 | actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. |
| 2275 | Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using |
| 2276 | `insert-text-button'. |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | Also see `make-text-button'. |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil) |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | ;;;*** |
| 2283 | \f |
| 2284 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
| 2285 | ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile |
| 2286 | ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory |
| 2287 | ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" |
| 2288 | ;;;;;; (16942 52931)) |
| 2289 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2292 | Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. |
| 2293 | Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2298 | Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. |
| 2299 | This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. |
| 2300 | Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not* |
| 2303 | compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, |
| 2304 | if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files. |
| 2305 | A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, |
| 2306 | whether to compile it. |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it. |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, |
| 2311 | recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file. |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil) |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2316 | Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. |
| 2317 | The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. |
| 2318 | With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling. |
| 2319 | The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors. |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil) |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2324 | Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. |
| 2325 | Print the result in the echo area. |
| 2326 | With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form. |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2331 | If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. |
| 2332 | If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function. |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | \(fn FORM)" nil nil) |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2337 | Display a call graph of a specified file. |
| 2338 | This lists which functions have been called, what functions called |
| 2339 | them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions |
| 2340 | whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as |
| 2341 | all functions called by those functions. |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or |
| 2344 | primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, |
| 2345 | cons, etc.). |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called |
| 2348 | \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be |
| 2349 | invoked interactively. |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2354 | Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date. |
| 2355 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; |
| 2356 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2361 | Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. |
| 2362 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; |
| 2363 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. |
| 2364 | Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. |
| 2365 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\". |
| 2366 | If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be |
| 2367 | already up-to-date. |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil) |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ |
| 2372 | Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. |
| 2373 | Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. |
| 2374 | For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'. |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil) |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | ;;;*** |
| 2379 | \f |
| 2380 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16630 17322)) |
| 2381 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | ;;;*** |
| 2388 | \f |
| 2389 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" |
| 2390 | ;;;;;; (16436 34880)) |
| 2391 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ |
| 2394 | List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. |
| 2395 | When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken |
| 2396 | from the cursor position. |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil) |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | ;;;*** |
| 2401 | \f |
| 2402 | ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle |
| 2403 | ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc |
| 2404 | ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16949 |
| 2405 | ;;;;;; 24050)) |
| 2406 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\ |
| 2409 | *File in which to record permanent settings.") |
| 2410 | (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch) |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\ |
| 2413 | Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details. |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\ |
| 2418 | The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\". |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil) |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\ |
| 2423 | Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window. |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil) |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\ |
| 2428 | Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator. |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\ |
| 2433 | Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string. |
| 2434 | Return value will either be the formatted result in string form, |
| 2435 | or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form. |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\ |
| 2440 | Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode. |
| 2441 | This is most useful in the X window system. |
| 2442 | In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button. |
| 2443 | Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press. |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil) |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\ |
| 2448 | Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode. |
| 2449 | See calc-keypad for details. |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil) |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\ |
| 2454 | Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack. |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil) |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\ |
| 2459 | Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack. |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil) |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\ |
| 2464 | Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point. |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil) |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\ |
| 2469 | Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas. |
| 2470 | Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto. |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil) |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\ |
| 2475 | Not documented |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | ;;;*** |
| 2480 | \f |
| 2481 | ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16858 |
| 2482 | ;;;;;; 50907)) |
| 2483 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ |
| 2486 | Run the Emacs calculator. |
| 2487 | See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information. |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | ;;;*** |
| 2492 | \f |
| 2493 | ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup |
| 2494 | ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
| 2495 | ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays |
| 2496 | ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks |
| 2497 | ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook |
| 2498 | ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook |
| 2499 | ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form |
| 2500 | ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style |
| 2501 | ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string |
| 2502 | ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol |
| 2503 | ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
| 2504 | ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook |
| 2505 | ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays |
| 2506 | ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays |
| 2507 | ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially |
| 2508 | ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
| 2509 | ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) |
| 2510 | ;;;;;; "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (16953 20625)) |
| 2511 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ |
| 2514 | *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. |
| 2515 | 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, |
| 2516 | +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off |
| 2517 | the screen.") |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar") |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ |
| 2522 | *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar. |
| 2523 | The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, |
| 2524 | if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed |
| 2525 | is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can |
| 2526 | be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.") |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar") |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ |
| 2531 | *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. |
| 2532 | This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, |
| 2533 | or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For |
| 2534 | example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary |
| 2535 | entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current |
| 2536 | day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value |
| 2539 | says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries |
| 2540 | for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, |
| 2541 | display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only |
| 2542 | Saturday's entries on Saturday. |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command |
| 2545 | from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the |
| 2546 | number of days of diary entries displayed.") |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar") |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ |
| 2551 | *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. |
| 2552 | The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar") |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
| 2557 | *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. |
| 2558 | If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar") |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
| 2563 | *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. |
| 2564 | The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first |
| 2565 | displayed.") |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar") |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ |
| 2570 | *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. |
| 2571 | The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar") |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ |
| 2576 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. |
| 2577 | This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar") |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ |
| 2584 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. |
| 2585 | This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian |
| 2588 | calendar.") |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar") |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ |
| 2593 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. |
| 2594 | This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic |
| 2597 | calendar.") |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar") |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\ |
| 2602 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar. |
| 2603 | These are the days on which work and school must be suspended. |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i |
| 2606 | calendar.") |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar") |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ |
| 2611 | *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. |
| 2612 | This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar") |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ |
| 2617 | *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. |
| 2618 | The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but |
| 2619 | once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command |
| 2620 | and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar") |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ |
| 2625 | *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. |
| 2626 | This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a |
| 2627 | function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: |
| 2628 | (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) |
| 2629 | It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; |
| 2630 | a function is also provided for this: |
| 2631 | (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of |
| 2634 | functions called when the calendar function was called when the current |
| 2635 | date is not visible in the window. |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any |
| 2638 | characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the |
| 2639 | functions that move by days and weeks.") |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar") |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ |
| 2644 | *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of |
| 2647 | functions called when the calendar function was called when the current |
| 2648 | date is visible in the window. |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any |
| 2651 | characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the |
| 2652 | functions that move by days and weeks.") |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar") |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
| 2657 | *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | For example, |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar") |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
| 2668 | *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms |
| 2671 | specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default: |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | MONTH/DAY |
| 2674 | MONTH/DAY/YEAR |
| 2675 | MONTHNAME DAY |
| 2676 | MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR |
| 2677 | DAYNAME |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for |
| 2680 | that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a |
| 2681 | number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two |
| 2682 | digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME |
| 2683 | and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables |
| 2684 | `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'), |
| 2685 | abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and |
| 2686 | `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period, |
| 2687 | capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be |
| 2688 | `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the |
| 2689 | date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any |
| 2690 | year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week |
| 2691 | in every week. |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be |
| 2694 | used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the |
| 2695 | calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs |
| 2696 | file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | DAY/MONTH |
| 2699 | DAY/MONTH/YEAR |
| 2700 | DAY MONTHNAME |
| 2701 | DAY MONTHNAME YEAR |
| 2702 | DAYNAME |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute |
| 2705 | `american-calendar' in the calendar. |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | A diary entry can be preceded by the character |
| 2708 | `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry |
| 2709 | nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar |
| 2710 | window but will appear in a diary window. |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with |
| 2713 | either a TAB or one or more spaces. |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary |
| 2716 | entries (in the default American style): |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! |
| 2719 | &1/1. Happy New Year! |
| 2720 | 10/22 Ruth's birthday. |
| 2721 | 21: Payday |
| 2722 | Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am |
| 2723 | Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. |
| 2724 | 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! |
| 2725 | &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. |
| 2726 | mar 16 Dad's birthday |
| 2727 | April 15, 1989 Income tax due. |
| 2728 | &* 15 time cards due. |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with |
| 2731 | no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the |
| 2732 | diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the |
| 2733 | single diary entry |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | 02/11/1989 |
| 2736 | Bill Blattner visits Princeton today |
| 2737 | 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting |
| 2738 | 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' |
| 2739 | 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden |
| 2740 | 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan |
| 2741 | 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This |
| 2744 | facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if |
| 2745 | used with more than one day's entries displayed. |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through |
| 2752 | November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', |
| 2753 | `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', |
| 2754 | `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date', |
| 2755 | `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date', |
| 2756 | `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', |
| 2757 | `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', |
| 2758 | `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', |
| 2759 | `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the |
| 2760 | documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more |
| 2761 | details. |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i |
| 2764 | calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they |
| 2765 | are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and |
| 2766 | the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the |
| 2767 | documentation for these functions for details. |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for |
| 2770 | details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar") |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ |
| 2775 | *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar") |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ |
| 2780 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ |
| 2785 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\ |
| 2790 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.") |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ |
| 2795 | *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. |
| 2796 | See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar") |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ |
| 2801 | *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. |
| 2802 | See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar") |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ |
| 2807 | *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. |
| 2808 | For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and |
| 2809 | Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in |
| 2810 | full.") |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar") |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ |
| 2815 | *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. |
| 2816 | If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, |
| 2817 | 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern') |
| 2818 | are |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | DAY/MONTH |
| 2821 | DAY/MONTH/YEAR |
| 2822 | DAY MONTHNAME |
| 2823 | DAY MONTHNAME YEAR |
| 2824 | DAYNAME |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the |
| 2827 | variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by |
| 2828 | `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect, |
| 2829 | this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates |
| 2830 | are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or |
| 2831 | `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.") |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar") |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
| 2836 | *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. |
| 2837 | See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar") |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
| 2842 | *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
| 2843 | See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar") |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ |
| 2848 | *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. |
| 2849 | See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar") |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ |
| 2854 | *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. |
| 2855 | See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar") |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ |
| 2860 | *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. |
| 2861 | The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary |
| 2862 | buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for |
| 2863 | example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer |
| 2864 | instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 | (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ |
| 2869 | *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. |
| 2870 | It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of |
| 2873 | this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together |
| 2874 | with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
| 2875 | of the form |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | #include \"filename\" |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are |
| 2880 | obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing |
| 2881 | the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' |
| 2882 | as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the |
| 2883 | function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | For example, you could use |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | (setq list-diary-entries-hook |
| 2888 | '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) |
| 2889 | (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with |
| 2892 | diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into |
| 2893 | lexicographic order.") |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | (defvar diary-hook nil "\ |
| 2898 | *List of functions called after the display of the diary. |
| 2899 | Can be used for appointment notification.") |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar") |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ |
| 2904 | *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. |
| 2905 | If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no |
| 2906 | diary display. |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in |
| 2909 | the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these |
| 2910 | functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order |
| 2911 | by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) |
| 2912 | STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be |
| 2913 | used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with |
| 2914 | holidays), or produce hard copy output. |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative |
| 2917 | choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary |
| 2918 | buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement |
| 2919 | with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the |
| 2920 | variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy |
| 2921 | diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even |
| 2922 | if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy |
| 2923 | diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar") |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ |
| 2928 | *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. |
| 2929 | As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used |
| 2930 | to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of |
| 2931 | `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and |
| 2932 | `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions |
| 2933 | describes the style of such diary entries.") |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar") |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ |
| 2938 | *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the |
| 2941 | `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together |
| 2942 | with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
| 2943 | of the form |
| 2944 | #include \"filename\" |
| 2945 | This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are |
| 2946 | obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the |
| 2947 | variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as |
| 2948 | part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the |
| 2949 | function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar") |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ |
| 2954 | *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. |
| 2955 | As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used |
| 2956 | to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of |
| 2957 | `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and |
| 2958 | `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions |
| 2959 | describes the style of such diary entries.") |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar") |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ |
| 2964 | *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. |
| 2965 | Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they |
| 2966 | are holidays.") |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar") |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ |
| 2971 | *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. |
| 2972 | The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the |
| 2973 | fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions |
| 2974 | somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar") |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ |
| 2981 | *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. |
| 2982 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar") |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 | (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ |
| 2989 | *Oriental holidays. |
| 2990 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar") |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | (defvar local-holidays nil "\ |
| 2997 | *Local holidays. |
| 2998 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 | (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | (defvar other-holidays nil "\ |
| 3005 | *User defined holidays. |
| 3006 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 | (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) |
| 3017 | |
| 3018 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ |
| 3029 | *Jewish holidays. |
| 3030 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ |
| 3037 | *Christian holidays. |
| 3038 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ |
| 3045 | *Islamic holidays. |
| 3046 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\ |
| 3053 | *Baha'i holidays. |
| 3054 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ |
| 3061 | *Sun-related holidays. |
| 3062 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar") |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ |
| 3069 | The frame setup of the calendar. |
| 3070 | The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, |
| 3071 | dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated |
| 3072 | frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with |
| 3073 | any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first |
| 3074 | three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.") |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar") |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ |
| 3079 | Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. |
| 3080 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'. |
| 3083 | See the documentation of that function for more information. |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ |
| 3088 | *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. |
| 3089 | 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on. |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | If you change this variable directly (without using customize) |
| 3092 | after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to |
| 3093 | update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise |
| 3094 | movement commands will not work correctly.") |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar") |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | ;;;*** |
| 3099 | \f |
| 3100 | ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock" |
| 3101 | ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (16822 52985)) |
| 3102 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\ |
| 3105 | Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible. |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil) |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\ |
| 3110 | Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER. |
| 3111 | If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if |
| 3112 | it fails. |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | ;;;*** |
| 3117 | \f |
| 3118 | ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode |
| 3119 | ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" |
| 3120 | ;;;;;; (16858 50934)) |
| 3121 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3124 | Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer. |
| 3125 | If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary |
| 3126 | initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise |
| 3127 | only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or |
| 3128 | `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more |
| 3129 | control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info. |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil) |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ |
| 3134 | Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") |
| 3135 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) |
| 3136 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) |
| 3137 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode)) |
| 3138 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode)) |
| 3139 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode)) |
| 3140 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode)) |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3143 | Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. |
| 3144 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a |
| 3145 | c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version |
| 3146 | information already added. You just need to add a description of the |
| 3147 | problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode |
| 3152 | initialization, then `c-mode-hook'. |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | Key bindings: |
| 3155 | \\{c-mode-map} |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ |
| 3160 | Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3163 | Major mode for editing C++ code. |
| 3164 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a |
| 3165 | c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with |
| 3166 | version information already added. You just need to add a description |
| 3167 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the |
| 3168 | message. |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode |
| 3173 | initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'. |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | Key bindings: |
| 3176 | \\{c++-mode-map} |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ |
| 3181 | Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") |
| 3182 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode)) |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3185 | Major mode for editing Objective C code. |
| 3186 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an |
| 3187 | objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with |
| 3188 | version information already added. You just need to add a description |
| 3189 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the |
| 3190 | message. |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode |
| 3195 | initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'. |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | Key bindings: |
| 3198 | \\{objc-mode-map} |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ |
| 3203 | Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") |
| 3204 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode)) |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3207 | Major mode for editing Java code. |
| 3208 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a |
| 3209 | java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with |
| 3210 | version information already added. You just need to add a description |
| 3211 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the |
| 3212 | message. |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode |
| 3217 | initialization, then `java-mode-hook'. |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | Key bindings: |
| 3220 | \\{java-mode-map} |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ |
| 3225 | Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") |
| 3226 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode)) |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3229 | Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code. |
| 3230 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an |
| 3231 | idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with |
| 3232 | version information already added. You just need to add a description |
| 3233 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the |
| 3234 | message. |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode |
| 3239 | initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'. |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | Key bindings: |
| 3242 | \\{idl-mode-map} |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ |
| 3247 | Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") |
| 3248 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode)) |
| 3249 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode)) |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ |
| 3252 | Major mode for editing Pike code. |
| 3253 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a |
| 3254 | pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with |
| 3255 | version information already added. You just need to add a description |
| 3256 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the |
| 3257 | message. |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode |
| 3262 | initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'. |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | Key bindings: |
| 3265 | \\{pike-mode-map} |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3268 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode)) |
| 3269 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode)) |
| 3270 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode)) |
| 3271 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode)) |
| 3272 | (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode)) |
| 3273 | (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t) |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | ;;;*** |
| 3276 | \f |
| 3277 | ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" |
| 3278 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16667 39430)) |
| 3279 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ |
| 3282 | Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. |
| 3283 | STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of |
| 3284 | styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable |
| 3285 | for details of setting up styles. |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current |
| 3288 | style name. |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that |
| 3291 | already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of |
| 3292 | `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the |
| 3293 | case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' |
| 3294 | will be reassigned. |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that |
| 3297 | have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings |
| 3298 | while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding |
| 3299 | global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook |
| 3300 | \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the |
| 3301 | default). |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the |
| 3304 | initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since |
| 3305 | that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect |
| 3306 | when used elsewhere. |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil) |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 | (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ |
| 3311 | Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. |
| 3312 | STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION |
| 3313 | is an association list describing the style and must be of the form: |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, |
| 3318 | VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to |
| 3319 | STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil. |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil) |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ |
| 3324 | Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. |
| 3325 | SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new |
| 3326 | offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
| 3327 | and exists only for compatibility reasons. |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil) |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | ;;;*** |
| 3332 | \f |
| 3333 | ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program |
| 3334 | ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" |
| 3335 | ;;;;;; (16942 52931)) |
| 3336 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ |
| 3339 | Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers. |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil) |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ |
| 3344 | Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE. |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil) |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ |
| 3349 | Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of |
| 3352 | Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not |
| 3353 | yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, |
| 3354 | now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before |
| 3355 | execution. |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program. |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 | \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ |
| 3362 | Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | CCL-PROGRAM has this form: |
| 3365 | (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION |
| 3366 | CCL_MAIN_CODE |
| 3367 | [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate |
| 3370 | output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data |
| 3371 | text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes |
| 3372 | more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION. |
| 3373 | If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and |
| 3374 | `write' commands. |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE |
| 3377 | executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command |
| 3378 | is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If |
| 3379 | CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines |
| 3382 | starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the |
| 3383 | semantics. |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) |
| 3390 | |
| 3391 | STATEMENT := |
| 3392 | SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL |
| 3393 | | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) |
| 3396 | | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) |
| 3397 | ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). |
| 3398 | | integer |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute |
| 3403 | ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. |
| 3404 | IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute |
| 3407 | ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. |
| 3408 | BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. |
| 3411 | LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | ;; Terminate the most inner loop. |
| 3414 | BREAK := (break) |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | REPEAT := |
| 3417 | ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. |
| 3418 | (repeat) |
| 3419 | ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) |
| 3420 | ;; (repeat)) |
| 3421 | | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) |
| 3422 | ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) |
| 3423 | ;; (read REG) |
| 3424 | ;; (repeat)) |
| 3425 | | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) |
| 3426 | ;; Same as: ((write integer) |
| 3427 | ;; (read REG) |
| 3428 | ;; (repeat)) |
| 3429 | | (write-read-repeat REG integer) |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 |
| 3432 | ;; to the next byte read, and so on. |
| 3433 | (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) |
| 3434 | ;; Same as: ((read REG) |
| 3435 | ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) |
| 3436 | | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) |
| 3437 | ;; Same as: ((read REG) |
| 3438 | ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) |
| 3439 | | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) |
| 3440 | ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing |
| 3441 | ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of |
| 3442 | ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the |
| 3443 | ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 |
| 3444 | ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code |
| 3445 | ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. |
| 3446 | | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | WRITE := |
| 3449 | ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is |
| 3450 | ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte |
| 3451 | ;; representation. |
| 3452 | (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) |
| 3453 | ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) |
| 3454 | ;; (write r7)) |
| 3455 | | (write EXPRESSION) |
| 3456 | ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it |
| 3457 | ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte |
| 3458 | ;; representation. |
| 3459 | | (write integer) |
| 3460 | ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output |
| 3461 | ;; buffer. |
| 3462 | | (write string) |
| 3463 | ;; Same as: (write string) |
| 3464 | | string |
| 3465 | ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of |
| 3466 | ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte |
| 3467 | ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte |
| 3468 | ;; representation. |
| 3469 | | (write REG ARRAY) |
| 3470 | ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose |
| 3471 | ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the |
| 3472 | ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << |
| 3473 | ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 |
| 3474 | ;; is the second code point of the character. |
| 3475 | | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. |
| 3478 | CALL := (call ccl-program-name) |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | ;; Terminate the CCL program. |
| 3481 | END := (end) |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also |
| 3484 | ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. |
| 3485 | REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | ARG := REG | integer |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | OPERATOR := |
| 3490 | ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). |
| 3491 | + | - | * | / | % |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) |
| 3494 | | & | `|' | ^ |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) |
| 3497 | | << | >> |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: |
| 3500 | ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) |
| 3501 | | <8 |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: |
| 3504 | ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) |
| 3505 | ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) |
| 3506 | | >8 |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: |
| 3509 | ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) |
| 3510 | ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) |
| 3511 | | // |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) |
| 3514 | | < | > | == | <= | >= | != |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS |
| 3517 | ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, |
| 3518 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: |
| 3519 | ;; ((REG = CODE0) |
| 3520 | ;; (r7 = CODE1)) |
| 3521 | ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the |
| 3522 | ;; second code point of CHAR. |
| 3523 | | de-sjis |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of |
| 3526 | ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding |
| 3527 | ;; Shift-JIS code, |
| 3528 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: |
| 3529 | ;; ((REG = HIGH) |
| 3530 | ;; (r7 = LOW)) |
| 3531 | ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower |
| 3532 | ;; byte of SJIS. |
| 3533 | | en-sjis |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := |
| 3536 | ;; Same meaning as C code |
| 3537 | += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: |
| 3540 | ;; ((REG <<= 8) |
| 3541 | ;; (REG |= ARG)) |
| 3542 | | <8= |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: |
| 3545 | ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) |
| 3546 | ;; (REG >>= 8)) |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: |
| 3549 | ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) |
| 3550 | ;; (REG /= ARG)) |
| 3551 | | //= |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | TRANSLATE := |
| 3557 | (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) |
| 3558 | | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) |
| 3559 | ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. |
| 3560 | LOOKUP := |
| 3561 | (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) |
| 3562 | | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer)) |
| 3563 | ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'. |
| 3564 | MAP := |
| 3565 | (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) |
| 3566 | | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) |
| 3567 | | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) |
| 3568 | MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... |
| 3569 | MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET |
| 3570 | MAP-ID := integer |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ |
| 3575 | Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. |
| 3576 | If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return |
| 3577 | CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. |
| 3578 | If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, |
| 3579 | register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME. |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ |
| 3584 | Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. |
| 3585 | The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program. |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | ;;;*** |
| 3592 | \f |
| 3593 | ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" |
| 3594 | ;;;;;; (16908 33362)) |
| 3595 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\ |
| 3598 | Major mode for editing cfengine input. |
| 3599 | There are no special keybindings by default. |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves |
| 3602 | to the action header. |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | ;;;*** |
| 3607 | \f |
| 3608 | ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments |
| 3609 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text |
| 3610 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive |
| 3611 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun |
| 3612 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces |
| 3613 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer |
| 3614 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive |
| 3615 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" |
| 3616 | ;;;;;; (16829 43426)) |
| 3617 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3620 | Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors. |
| 3621 | The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which |
| 3622 | the users will view as each check is completed. |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3627 | Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. |
| 3628 | Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current |
| 3629 | point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current |
| 3630 | buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document |
| 3631 | errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. |
| 3632 | Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the |
| 3633 | checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior. |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil) |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3638 | Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. |
| 3639 | Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current |
| 3640 | point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current |
| 3641 | buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document |
| 3642 | errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. |
| 3643 | Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the |
| 3644 | checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior. |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil) |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3649 | Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. |
| 3650 | Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that |
| 3651 | doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue |
| 3652 | spacing are all verified. |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3657 | Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. |
| 3658 | With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), |
| 3659 | store all errors found in a warnings buffer, |
| 3660 | otherwise stop after the first error. |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3665 | Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. |
| 3666 | Only documentation strings are checked. |
| 3667 | Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. |
| 3668 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into |
| 3669 | a separate buffer. |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3674 | Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. |
| 3675 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and |
| 3676 | save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT |
| 3677 | is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead. |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3682 | Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. |
| 3683 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a |
| 3684 | separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error |
| 3685 | if there is one. |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3690 | Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. |
| 3691 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a |
| 3692 | separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error |
| 3693 | if there is one. |
| 3694 | Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing. |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil) |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3699 | Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. |
| 3700 | Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged. |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3705 | Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. |
| 3706 | Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the |
| 3707 | documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display |
| 3708 | of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message. |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3713 | Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. |
| 3714 | Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is |
| 3715 | non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. |
| 3716 | If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white |
| 3717 | space at the end of each line. |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 | \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil) |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3722 | Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. |
| 3723 | Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3724 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc' |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3729 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. |
| 3730 | Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3731 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer' |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3736 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. |
| 3737 | Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3738 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive' |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3743 | Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. |
| 3744 | Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3745 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive' |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3750 | Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. |
| 3751 | Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3752 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text' |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3757 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. |
| 3758 | Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3759 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start' |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3764 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. |
| 3765 | Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3766 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue' |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3771 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. |
| 3772 | Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3773 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments' |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3778 | Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. |
| 3779 | Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. |
| 3780 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun' |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil) |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ |
| 3785 | Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. |
| 3786 | With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is |
| 3789 | bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include |
| 3790 | checking of documentation strings. |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map} |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | ;;;*** |
| 3797 | \f |
| 3798 | ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer |
| 3799 | ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16213 |
| 3800 | ;;;;;; 43280)) |
| 3801 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ |
| 3804 | Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. |
| 3805 | Return the length of resulting text. |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ |
| 3810 | Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer. |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ |
| 3815 | Encode the text in the current region to HZ. |
| 3816 | Return the length of resulting text. |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ |
| 3821 | Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ. |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | ;;;*** |
| 3826 | \f |
| 3827 | ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
| 3828 | ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16213 43267)) |
| 3829 | ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ |
| 3832 | Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. |
| 3833 | Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select |
| 3834 | a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the |
| 3835 | command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for |
| 3836 | editing and the result is evaluated. |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil) |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 | (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ |
| 3841 | List history of commands typed to minibuffer. |
| 3842 | The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
| 3843 | Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history |
| 3844 | element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | The buffer is left in Command History mode. |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
| 3851 | Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. |
| 3852 | The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
| 3853 | The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. |
| 3854 | Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion |
| 3857 | and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. |
| 3858 | \\{command-history-map} |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | This command always recompiles the Command History listing |
| 3861 | and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'. |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | ;;;*** |
| 3866 | \f |
| 3867 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16764 51520)) |
| 3868 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ |
| 3871 | This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. |
| 3872 | Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the |
| 3873 | stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to |
| 3874 | print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the |
| 3875 | printer proceeds to the next function on the list. |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that |
| 3878 | a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | ;;;*** |
| 3881 | \f |
| 3882 | ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" |
| 3883 | ;;;;;; (16680 26003)) |
| 3884 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\ |
| 3887 | Not documented |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil) |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | ;;;*** |
| 3892 | \f |
| 3893 | ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" |
| 3894 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 3895 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ |
| 3898 | Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. |
| 3899 | Normally display output in temp buffer, but |
| 3900 | prefix arg means replace the region with it. |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. |
| 3903 | Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') |
| 3904 | if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. |
| 3907 | For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'. |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil) |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | ;;;*** |
| 3912 | \f |
| 3913 | ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16718 |
| 3914 | ;;;;;; 40975)) |
| 3915 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ |
| 3918 | Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. |
| 3919 | If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. |
| 3920 | With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value |
| 3921 | of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' |
| 3922 | \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
| 3923 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | \(fn CMD)" t nil) |
| 3926 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | ;;;*** |
| 3929 | \f |
| 3930 | ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage |
| 3931 | ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) |
| 3932 | ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16216 22162)) |
| 3933 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ |
| 3936 | Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME |
| 3937 | whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit |
| 3938 | ASCII table. |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, |
| 3941 | DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding |
| 3942 | systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the |
| 3943 | decoder and encoder created by this function. |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil) |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 | (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ |
| 3948 | Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. |
| 3949 | CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string. |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil) |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ |
| 3954 | Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. |
| 3955 | CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string. |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil) |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ |
| 3960 | Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. |
| 3961 | CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string. |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil) |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 | (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ |
| 3966 | Return an alist of supported codepages. |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the |
| 3969 | codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match |
| 3970 | for the character set supported by that codepage. |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, |
| 3973 | is a vector, and has a charset property. |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ |
| 3978 | Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII |
| 3981 | characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files |
| 3982 | read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal. |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil) |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 | ;;;*** |
| 3987 | \f |
| 3988 | ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
| 3989 | ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command |
| 3990 | ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" |
| 3991 | ;;;;;; (16908 33360)) |
| 3992 | ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ |
| 3995 | Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. |
| 3996 | If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. |
| 3997 | PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create |
| 3998 | via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP |
| 3999 | connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a |
| 4000 | running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg |
| 4001 | STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ |
| 4008 | Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. |
| 4009 | The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. |
| 4010 | PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create |
| 4011 | via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP |
| 4012 | connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a |
| 4013 | running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg |
| 4014 | STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to. |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ |
| 4021 | Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it. |
| 4022 | The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. |
| 4023 | The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any |
| 4024 | hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. |
| 4025 | See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'. |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil) |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
| 4030 | Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. |
| 4031 | With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer. |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer. |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ |
| 4038 | Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. |
| 4039 | With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer. |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ |
| 4046 | Send COMMAND to current process. |
| 4047 | Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
| 4048 | REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use. |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ |
| 4053 | Send COMMAND to PROCESS. |
| 4054 | Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
| 4055 | REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use. |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | ;;;*** |
| 4060 | \f |
| 4061 | ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16810 |
| 4062 | ;;;;;; 63790)) |
| 4063 | ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ |
| 4066 | Compare text in current window with text in next window. |
| 4067 | Compares the text starting at point in each window, |
| 4068 | moving over text in each one as far as they match. |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 | This command pushes the mark in each window |
| 4071 | at the prior location of point in that window. |
| 4072 | If both windows display the same buffer, |
| 4073 | the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: |
| 4074 | first in the other window, then in the selected window. |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable |
| 4077 | `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is |
| 4078 | nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If |
| 4079 | `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means |
| 4080 | don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable |
| 4081 | `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. |
| 4082 | If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also |
| 4083 | ignored. |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of |
| 4086 | this command work in interlaced mode: |
| 4087 | on first call it advances points to the next difference, |
| 4088 | on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference, |
| 4089 | on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on. |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil) |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 | ;;;*** |
| 4094 | \f |
| 4095 | ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode |
| 4096 | ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path |
| 4097 | ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) |
| 4098 | ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16939 44105)) |
| 4099 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 | (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ |
| 4102 | *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile") |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ |
| 4107 | *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile") |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ |
| 4112 | *Function to call to customize the compilation process. |
| 4113 | This function is called immediately before the compilation process is |
| 4114 | started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used |
| 4115 | while processing the output of the compilation process. The function |
| 4116 | is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window' |
| 4117 | bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.") |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ |
| 4120 | Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. |
| 4121 | The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the |
| 4122 | compilation buffer. It should return a string. |
| 4123 | nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ |
| 4126 | Function to call when a compilation process finishes. |
| 4127 | It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string |
| 4128 | describing how the process finished.") |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ |
| 4131 | Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. |
| 4132 | Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, |
| 4133 | and a string describing how the process finished.") |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ |
| 4136 | *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
| 4137 | Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile") |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 | (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ |
| 4142 | *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. |
| 4143 | Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. |
| 4144 | nil as an element means to try the default directory.") |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile") |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ |
| 4149 | Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. |
| 4150 | Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously |
| 4151 | with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with |
| 4154 | `compilation-shell-minor-mode'. |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message |
| 4157 | and move to the source code that caused it. |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is |
| 4160 | non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. |
| 4161 | Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in |
| 4162 | comint mode, i.e. interactive. |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename |
| 4165 | the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with |
| 4166 | \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems, |
| 4167 | termination of the main compilation process kills its |
| 4168 | subprocesses. |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by |
| 4171 | the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that |
| 4172 | to a function that generates a unique name. |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil) |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ |
| 4177 | Major mode for compilation log buffers. |
| 4178 | \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, |
| 4179 | move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. |
| 4180 | To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see). |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | \\{compilation-mode-map} |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil) |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ |
| 4189 | Toggle compilation shell minor mode. |
| 4190 | With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 4191 | In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the |
| 4192 | Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't |
| 4193 | collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'. |
| 4194 | Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'. |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ |
| 4199 | Toggle compilation minor mode. |
| 4200 | With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 4201 | In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the |
| 4202 | Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'. |
| 4203 | Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'. |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\ |
| 4208 | Not documented |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil) |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | ;;;*** |
| 4213 | \f |
| 4214 | ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" |
| 4215 | ;;;;;; (16377 12871)) |
| 4216 | ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
| 4219 | Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. |
| 4220 | See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 4221 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 4222 | use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete") |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
| 4227 | Toggle Partial Completion mode. |
| 4228 | With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is |
| 4231 | nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is |
| 4232 | delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed |
| 4233 | as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other |
| 4236 | command begins with that sequence of characters, and |
| 4237 | \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no |
| 4238 | other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted |
| 4241 | specially in \\[find-file]. For example, |
| 4242 | \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. |
| 4243 | See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'. |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | ;;;*** |
| 4248 | \f |
| 4249 | ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" |
| 4250 | ;;;;;; (16581 41633)) |
| 4251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 | (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ |
| 4254 | Enable dynamic word-completion. |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | ;;;*** |
| 4259 | \f |
| 4260 | ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
| 4261 | ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string |
| 4262 | ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule) |
| 4263 | ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (16702 49512)) |
| 4264 | ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ |
| 4267 | Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. |
| 4268 | A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition |
| 4269 | rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and |
| 4270 | `make-composition'. |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left |
| 4275 | | | 1:tc or top-center |
| 4276 | | | 2:tr or top-right |
| 4277 | | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left |
| 4278 | 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center |
| 4279 | | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right |
| 4280 | --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left |
| 4281 | | | 7:bc or bottom-center |
| 4282 | 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition |
| 4285 | rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where |
| 4286 | GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already |
| 4287 | composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to |
| 4288 | be added. |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and |
| 4291 | NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as |
| 4292 | follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | +-------+--+ <--- new ascent |
| 4295 | | | | |
| 4296 | | global| | |
| 4297 | | glyph | | |
| 4298 | -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) |
| 4299 | +----+--*--+ |
| 4300 | | | new | |
| 4301 | | |glyph| |
| 4302 | +----+-----+ <--- new descent |
| 4303 | ") |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\ |
| 4306 | Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value. |
| 4307 | RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols |
| 4308 | \(see reference-point-alist). |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | \(fn RULE)" nil nil) |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ |
| 4313 | Compose characters in the current region. |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or |
| 4316 | stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties. |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | When called from a program, expects these four arguments. |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) |
| 4321 | specifying the region. |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 | Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a |
| 4324 | sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case, |
| 4325 | characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS. |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead |
| 4328 | of the text in the region. |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 | If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and |
| 4333 | composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th |
| 4334 | elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th |
| 4335 | elements with previously composed N glyphs. |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point |
| 4338 | symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more |
| 4339 | detail. |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to |
| 4342 | adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of |
| 4343 | text in the composition. |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil) |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 | (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ |
| 4348 | Decompose text in the current region. |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, |
| 4351 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region. |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ |
| 4356 | Compose characters in string STRING. |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all |
| 4359 | the characters in it. |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of |
| 4362 | STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of |
| 4363 | STRING respectively. |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a |
| 4366 | sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function |
| 4367 | `compose-region' for more detail. |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to |
| 4370 | adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of |
| 4371 | text in the composition. |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil) |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ |
| 4376 | Return STRING where `composition' property is removed. |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ |
| 4381 | Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. |
| 4382 | For relative composition, arguments are characters. |
| 4383 | For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are |
| 4384 | characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. |
| 4385 | A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form |
| 4386 | \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of |
| 4387 | `reference-point-alist' for more detail. |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ |
| 4392 | Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list |
| 4395 | of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' |
| 4398 | property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT |
| 4401 | is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | If no composition is found, return nil. |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a |
| 4406 | composition in; nil means the current buffer. |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P |
| 4409 | is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, |
| 4410 | RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be |
| 4417 | composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters |
| 4418 | and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen. |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil) |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 | (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ |
| 4427 | Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by |
| 4430 | a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the |
| 4431 | value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are |
| 4432 | regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS |
| 4433 | matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three |
| 4434 | arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text |
| 4435 | matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return |
| 4436 | nil. |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value |
| 4439 | is: |
| 4440 | nil -- if no characters were composed. |
| 4441 | CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the |
| 4446 | text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'. |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil) |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ |
| 4453 | Compose last characters. |
| 4454 | The argument is a parameterized event of the form |
| 4455 | (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), |
| 4456 | where N is the number of characters before point to compose, |
| 4457 | COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' |
| 4458 | \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, |
| 4459 | and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. |
| 4460 | This function is intended to be used from input methods. |
| 4461 | The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this |
| 4462 | function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) |
| 4463 | after a sequence character events. |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | \(fn ARGS)" t nil) |
| 4466 | (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ |
| 4469 | Convert CHAR to string. |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or |
| 4472 | `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or |
| 4473 | vector of CHAR respectively. |
| 4474 | Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored. |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil) |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1") |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | ;;;*** |
| 4481 | \f |
| 4482 | ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode |
| 4483 | ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode |
| 4484 | ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (16908 33363)) |
| 4485 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4488 | Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties. |
| 4489 | Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter |
| 4490 | assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet |
| 4491 | there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf |
| 4492 | files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the |
| 4493 | details for some of the most widespread variants. |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides |
| 4496 | alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings |
| 4497 | come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'. |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at |
| 4500 | the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These |
| 4501 | constructs cannot currently be recognized. |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not |
| 4504 | even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file |
| 4505 | quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case, |
| 4506 | without breaking the general ones, are welcome. |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode' |
| 4509 | command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well |
| 4510 | identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer |
| 4511 | doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to |
| 4512 | `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'. |
| 4513 | See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode', |
| 4514 | `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'. |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 | \\{conf-mode-map} |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil) |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4521 | Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files. |
| 4522 | Comments start with `#'. |
| 4523 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | \[Desktop Entry] |
| 4528 | Encoding=UTF-8 |
| 4529 | Name=The GIMP |
| 4530 | Name[ca]=El GIMP |
| 4531 | Name[cs]=GIMP |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4536 | Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files. |
| 4537 | Comments start with `;'. |
| 4538 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | \[ExtShellFolderViews] |
| 4543 | Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262} |
| 4544 | {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262} |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}] |
| 4547 | PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4552 | Conf Mode starter for Java properties files. |
| 4553 | Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or |
| 4554 | between `/*' and `*/'. |
| 4555 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties) |
| 4558 | // another kind of comment |
| 4559 | /* yet another */ |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | name:value |
| 4562 | name=value |
| 4563 | name value |
| 4564 | x.1 = |
| 4565 | x.2.y.1.z.1 = |
| 4566 | x.2.y.1.z.2.zz = |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 | (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4571 | Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files. |
| 4572 | \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are |
| 4573 | recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively |
| 4574 | with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With |
| 4575 | any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match |
| 4576 | the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as |
| 4577 | KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords. |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated) |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe |
| 4584 | image/png png |
| 4585 | image/tiff tiff tif |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name): |
| 4588 | class desktop |
| 4589 | # Standard multimedia devices |
| 4590 | add /dev/audio desktop |
| 4591 | add /dev/mixer desktop |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 | \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil) |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4596 | Conf Mode starter for Colon files. |
| 4597 | \"Assignments\" are with `:'. |
| 4598 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon) |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown |
| 4603 | <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil) |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4608 | Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files. |
| 4609 | Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'. |
| 4610 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD) |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | *DefaultTransfer: Null |
| 4615 | *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\" |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\ |
| 4620 | Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files. |
| 4621 | Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'. |
| 4622 | For details see `conf-mode'. Example: |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults) |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | *background: gray99 |
| 4627 | *foreground: black |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | ;;;*** |
| 4632 | \f |
| 4633 | ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
| 4634 | ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 4635 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ |
| 4638 | Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. |
| 4639 | When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning |
| 4640 | of load, ENDMSG at the end. |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 | (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ |
| 4645 | Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. |
| 4646 | When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning |
| 4647 | of load, ENDMSG at the end. |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ |
| 4652 | Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. |
| 4653 | Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second |
| 4654 | and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk. |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil) |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ |
| 4659 | Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely). |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil) |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | ;;;*** |
| 4664 | \f |
| 4665 | ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update) |
| 4666 | ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (16932 19775)) |
| 4667 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ |
| 4670 | Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year. |
| 4671 | With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding |
| 4672 | the current year after them. If necessary, and |
| 4673 | `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions |
| 4674 | following the copyright are updated as well. |
| 4675 | If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called |
| 4676 | interactively. |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 | \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil) |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\ |
| 4681 | Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years. |
| 4682 | Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx. |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ |
| 4687 | Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor. |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil) |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 | ;;;*** |
| 4692 | \f |
| 4693 | ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" |
| 4694 | ;;;;;; (16858 50935)) |
| 4695 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ |
| 4698 | Major mode for editing Perl code. |
| 4699 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. |
| 4700 | Tab indents for Perl code. |
| 4701 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. |
| 4702 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], |
| 4705 | sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as |
| 4706 | well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by |
| 4707 | default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left |
| 4708 | \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, |
| 4709 | since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess |
| 4710 | whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it |
| 4711 | appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that |
| 4712 | contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. |
| 4713 | Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. |
| 4714 | You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens |
| 4715 | look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, |
| 4720 | for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 | The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which |
| 4725 | causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where |
| 4726 | she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space |
| 4727 | following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () |
| 4728 | } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then |
| 4729 | type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, |
| 4730 | typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a |
| 4731 | new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD |
| 4732 | directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 | bite if angry; |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable |
| 4739 | `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the |
| 4740 | help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' |
| 4741 | to nil.) |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage |
| 4744 | return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if |
| 4745 | you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | foreach (@lines) {print; print} |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will |
| 4750 | transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an |
| 4751 | appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual |
| 4752 | `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], |
| 4753 | see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | if (A) { B } |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 | into |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | B if A; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | \\{cperl-mode-map} |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 | Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode |
| 4766 | \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches |
| 4767 | on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is |
| 4768 | the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl |
| 4769 | \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), |
| 4770 | setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of |
| 4771 | control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which |
| 4772 | one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these |
| 4773 | options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting |
| 4774 | `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off |
| 4775 | by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra |
| 4776 | whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by |
| 4777 | consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands |
| 4780 | \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. |
| 4781 | These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and |
| 4782 | `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable |
| 4783 | `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' |
| 4784 | \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style |
| 4787 | help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or |
| 4788 | man via menu. |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 | It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. |
| 4791 | This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with |
| 4792 | `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 |
| 4793 | secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the |
| 4794 | menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 | Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the |
| 4797 | beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region |
| 4798 | span the needed amount of lines. |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', |
| 4801 | `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and |
| 4802 | here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used |
| 4803 | for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | Variables controlling indentation style: |
| 4806 | `cperl-tab-always-indent' |
| 4807 | Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, |
| 4808 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. |
| 4809 | `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' |
| 4810 | Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. |
| 4811 | `cperl-auto-newline' |
| 4812 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, |
| 4813 | and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following |
| 4814 | \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. |
| 4815 | Insertion after colons requires both this variable and |
| 4816 | `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. |
| 4817 | `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' |
| 4818 | Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. |
| 4819 | Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. |
| 4820 | `cperl-indent-level' |
| 4821 | Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. |
| 4822 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation |
| 4823 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. |
| 4824 | `cperl-continued-statement-offset' |
| 4825 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the |
| 4826 | then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. |
| 4827 | `cperl-continued-brace-offset' |
| 4828 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. |
| 4829 | This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
| 4830 | `cperl-brace-offset' |
| 4831 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. |
| 4832 | `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' |
| 4833 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started |
| 4834 | this far to the right of the actual line indentation. |
| 4835 | `cperl-label-offset' |
| 4836 | Extra indentation for line that is a label. |
| 4837 | `cperl-min-label-indent' |
| 4838 | Minimal indentation for line that is a label. |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are |
| 4841 | `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 |
| 4842 | `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 |
| 4843 | `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 |
| 4844 | `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the |
| 4847 | corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use |
| 4848 | \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values |
| 4849 | \(both available from menu). |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in |
| 4852 | column 0 is indented on |
| 4853 | `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' |
| 4856 | with no args. |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) |
| 4859 | or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', |
| 4860 | `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'. |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | ;;;*** |
| 4865 | \f |
| 4866 | ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" |
| 4867 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 4868 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 | (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ |
| 4871 | Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. |
| 4872 | This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify |
| 4873 | what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. |
| 4874 | A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer. |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ |
| 4879 | Edit display information for cpp conditionals. |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | ;;;*** |
| 4884 | \f |
| 4885 | ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" |
| 4886 | ;;;;;; (16213 43273)) |
| 4887 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ |
| 4890 | Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. |
| 4891 | A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t |
| 4892 | indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 4895 | use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp") |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ |
| 4900 | Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
| 4901 | With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | ;;;*** |
| 4908 | \f |
| 4909 | ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
| 4910 | ;;;;;; (16213 43272)) |
| 4911 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ |
| 4914 | Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. |
| 4915 | By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a |
| 4916 | single prompt, optionally using completion. |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with |
| 4919 | a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator |
| 4920 | character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be |
| 4921 | specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | The default value for the separator character is the value of |
| 4924 | `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be |
| 4925 | changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as |
| 4928 | 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', |
| 4929 | 'bob', and 'eve'. |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the |
| 4932 | contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between |
| 4933 | 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: |
| 4938 | PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and |
| 4939 | INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil) |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | ;;;*** |
| 4944 | \f |
| 4945 | ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16942 |
| 4946 | ;;;;;; 52931)) |
| 4947 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | (defvar cua-mode nil "\ |
| 4950 | Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled. |
| 4951 | See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 4952 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 4953 | use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.") |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base") |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\ |
| 4958 | Toggle CUA key-binding mode. |
| 4959 | When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and |
| 4960 | highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces |
| 4961 | the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and |
| 4962 | paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings). |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 4965 | (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode |
| 4966 | '(error (concat "\n\n" |
| 4967 | "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n" |
| 4968 | "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n" |
| 4969 | "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n" |
| 4970 | "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n" |
| 4971 | "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n" |
| 4972 | "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n"))) |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | ;;;*** |
| 4975 | \f |
| 4976 | ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
| 4977 | ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window |
| 4978 | ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces |
| 4979 | ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved |
| 4980 | ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window |
| 4981 | ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window |
| 4982 | ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group |
| 4983 | ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable |
| 4984 | ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16930 25645)) |
| 4985 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
| 4986 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 4989 | Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if |
| 4992 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the |
| 4995 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5002 | Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. |
| 5003 | VALUE is a Lisp object. |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting |
| 5006 | VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list |
| 5009 | with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if |
| 5012 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the |
| 5015 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5022 | Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. |
| 5023 | Return VALUE. |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting |
| 5026 | VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list |
| 5029 | with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if |
| 5032 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the |
| 5035 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment. |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil) |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5042 | Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. |
| 5043 | User options are structured into \"groups\". |
| 5044 | Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups |
| 5045 | are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden. |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5050 | Customize options related to the current major mode. |
| 5051 | If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group), |
| 5052 | then prompt for the MODE to customize. |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | \(fn MODE)" t nil) |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5057 | Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group. |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5062 | Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group. |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) |
| 5067 | |
| 5068 | (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5069 | Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5076 | Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. |
| 5077 | Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it. |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5082 | Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. |
| 5083 | This includes new user option variables and faces, and new |
| 5084 | customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default |
| 5085 | values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option |
| 5088 | variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that |
| 5089 | version. |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil) |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5094 | Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil. |
| 5095 | If FACE is nil, customize all faces. |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified, |
| 5098 | suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable. |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil) |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5103 | Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window. |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified, |
| 5106 | suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable. |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil) |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5111 | Customize all user options set since the last save in this session. |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 | (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5116 | Customize all user variable modified outside customize. |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5121 | Customize all already saved user options. |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5126 | Customize all user options matching REGEXP. |
| 5127 | If ALL is `options', include only options. |
| 5128 | If ALL is `faces', include only faces. |
| 5129 | If ALL is `groups', include only groups. |
| 5130 | If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not |
| 5131 | user-settable, as well as faces and groups. |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil) |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5136 | Customize all user options matching REGEXP. |
| 5137 | With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable. |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5142 | Customize all user faces matching REGEXP. |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5147 | Customize all user groups matching REGEXP. |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5152 | Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. |
| 5153 | Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. |
| 5154 | OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where |
| 5155 | SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing |
| 5156 | that option. |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5161 | Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window. |
| 5162 | The result includes selecting that window. |
| 5163 | Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. |
| 5164 | OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where |
| 5165 | SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing |
| 5166 | that option. |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil) |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5171 | Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy. |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil) |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | (defvar custom-file nil "\ |
| 5176 | File used for storing customization information. |
| 5177 | The default is nil, which means to use your init file |
| 5178 | as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil, |
| 5179 | it should be an absolute file name. |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the |
| 5182 | last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write |
| 5183 | something like the following in your init file: |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\") |
| 5186 | \(load custom-file) |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to |
| 5189 | save all customizations in this file, but does not load it. |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the |
| 5192 | previous custom file (usually your init file) for the |
| 5193 | forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)', |
| 5194 | and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file. |
| 5195 | This will preserve your existing customizations. |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all |
| 5198 | currently saved customizations, including the new one for this |
| 5199 | option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any |
| 5200 | `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already |
| 5201 | present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from |
| 5202 | the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you |
| 5203 | want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\") |
| 5204 | in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the |
| 5205 | file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up, |
| 5206 | and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.") |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit") |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5211 | Save all user options which have been set in this session. |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5216 | Save all customizations in `custom-file'. |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5221 | Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. |
| 5222 | The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'. |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil) |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ |
| 5227 | Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. |
| 5228 | If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
| 5229 | Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
| 5230 | The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'. |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil) |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | ;;;*** |
| 5235 | \f |
| 5236 | ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value |
| 5237 | ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" |
| 5238 | ;;;;;; (16861 9526)) |
| 5239 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ |
| 5242 | Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument. |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 | (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ |
| 5247 | Initialize faces according to user preferences. |
| 5248 | This associates the settings with the `user' theme. |
| 5249 | The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 | (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the |
| 5254 | `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs. |
| 5255 | See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes. |
| 5256 | See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay |
| 5257 | between themes and faces. |
| 5258 | See `defface' for the format of SPEC. |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. |
| 5261 | COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\ |
| 5266 | Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE. |
| 5267 | Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE |
| 5268 | is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face |
| 5269 | is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'. |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil) |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\ |
| 5274 | Reset the value of the face to values previously defined. |
| 5275 | Associate this setting with THEME. |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | ARGS is a list of lists of the form |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | (FACE TO-THEME) |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 | This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME. |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\ |
| 5286 | Reset the value of the face to values previously saved. |
| 5287 | This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme. |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces' |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | ;;;*** |
| 5294 | \f |
| 5295 | ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" |
| 5296 | ;;;;;; (16213 43267)) |
| 5297 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\ |
| 5300 | Create a custom theme. |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | ;;;*** |
| 5305 | \f |
| 5306 | ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
| 5307 | ;;;;;; (16788 34908)) |
| 5308 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 | (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ |
| 5311 | Mode used for cvs status output. |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | ;;;*** |
| 5316 | \f |
| 5317 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
| 5318 | ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 5319 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ |
| 5322 | Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must |
| 5325 | be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and |
| 5326 | C++ modes are included. |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ |
| 5333 | Turn on CWarn mode. |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: |
| 5336 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode) |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\ |
| 5341 | Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled. |
| 5342 | See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 5343 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 5344 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.") |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn") |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 | (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ |
| 5349 | Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer. |
| 5350 | With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 5351 | Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those |
| 5352 | in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on. |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | ;;;*** |
| 5357 | \f |
| 5358 | ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
| 5359 | ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
| 5360 | ;;;;;; (16213 43280)) |
| 5361 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 | (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ |
| 5364 | Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate. |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ |
| 5369 | Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate. |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ |
| 5374 | Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. |
| 5375 | For readability, the table is slightly |
| 5376 | different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; |
| 5379 | that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. |
| 5380 | Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'. |
| 5381 | If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. |
| 5382 | If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state. |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil) |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | ;;;*** |
| 5387 | \f |
| 5388 | ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" |
| 5389 | ;;;;;; (16908 33360)) |
| 5390 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
| 5391 | (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand) |
| 5392 | (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion) |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ |
| 5395 | Completion on current word. |
| 5396 | Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer |
| 5397 | and presents suggestions for completion. |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the |
| 5400 | function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the |
| 5401 | completions. |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), |
| 5404 | then it searches *all* buffers. |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list |
| 5407 | if there is a suitable one already. |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ |
| 5412 | Expand previous word \"dynamically\". |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. |
| 5415 | If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are |
| 5416 | considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the |
| 5417 | buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable |
| 5418 | `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* |
| 5421 | possibility. A negative argument says search forward. |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and |
| 5424 | no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion |
| 5425 | with the next possible expansion not yet tried. |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the |
| 5428 | direction of search to backward if set non-nil. |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]. |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | ;;;*** |
| 5435 | \f |
| 5436 | ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16958 |
| 5437 | ;;;;;; 58759)) |
| 5438 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
| 5439 | |
| 5440 | (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ |
| 5441 | Major mode for editing DCL-files. |
| 5442 | |
| 5443 | This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between |
| 5444 | THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and |
| 5445 | dcl-block-end-regexp.) |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. |
| 5448 | Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. |
| 5449 | Data lines are not indented. |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | Key bindings: |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | \\{dcl-mode-map} |
| 5454 | Commands not usually bound to keys: |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options |
| 5457 | \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options |
| 5458 | \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option |
| 5459 | \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | dcl-basic-offset |
| 5464 | Extra indentation within blocks. |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | dcl-continuation-offset |
| 5467 | Extra indentation for continued lines. |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | dcl-margin-offset |
| 5470 | Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | dcl-margin-label-offset |
| 5473 | Indentation for a label. |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | dcl-comment-line-regexp |
| 5476 | Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | dcl-block-begin-regexp |
| 5479 | dcl-block-end-regexp |
| 5480 | Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, |
| 5481 | a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. |
| 5482 | Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables |
| 5483 | make it possible to define other places to indent. |
| 5484 | Set to nil to disable this feature. |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | dcl-calc-command-indent-function |
| 5487 | Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. |
| 5488 | Two such functions are included in the package: |
| 5489 | dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple |
| 5490 | dcl-calc-command-indent-hang |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | dcl-calc-cont-indent-function |
| 5493 | Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. |
| 5494 | One such function is included in the package: |
| 5495 | dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 | dcl-tab-always-indent |
| 5498 | If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. |
| 5499 | If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left |
| 5500 | margin. |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | dcl-electric-characters |
| 5503 | Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is |
| 5504 | typed. |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | dcl-electric-reindent-regexps |
| 5507 | Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize |
| 5508 | which words trigger electric indentation. |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 | dcl-tempo-comma |
| 5511 | dcl-tempo-left-paren |
| 5512 | dcl-tempo-right-paren |
| 5513 | These variables control the look of expanded templates. |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | dcl-imenu-generic-expression |
| 5516 | Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes |
| 5517 | SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for |
| 5518 | other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | dcl-imenu-label-labels |
| 5521 | dcl-imenu-label-goto |
| 5522 | dcl-imenu-label-gosub |
| 5523 | dcl-imenu-label-call |
| 5524 | Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | Loading this package calls the value of the variable |
| 5527 | `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 5528 | Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' |
| 5529 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | The following example uses the default values for all variables: |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches |
| 5535 | $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) |
| 5536 | $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. |
| 5537 | $ i = 1 |
| 5538 | $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. |
| 5539 | $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: |
| 5540 | $ label: |
| 5541 | $ if i.eq.1 |
| 5542 | $ then |
| 5543 | $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are |
| 5544 | $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset |
| 5545 | $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... |
| 5546 | $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset |
| 5547 | $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line |
| 5548 | \"lined up with the command line\" |
| 5549 | $ type sys$input |
| 5550 | Data lines are not indented at all. |
| 5551 | $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp |
| 5552 | $ endif |
| 5553 | $ |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars |
| 5557 | `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords'). |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | ;;;*** |
| 5562 | \f |
| 5563 | ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" |
| 5564 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16953 20625)) |
| 5565 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | (setq debugger (quote debug)) |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ |
| 5570 | Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. |
| 5571 | Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals |
| 5572 | of the evaluator. |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and |
| 5575 | any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the |
| 5576 | first will be printed into the backtrace buffer. |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 | \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil) |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ |
| 5581 | Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. |
| 5582 | If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. |
| 5583 | This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, |
| 5584 | which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. |
| 5585 | Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. |
| 5586 | Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it. |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ |
| 5591 | Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. |
| 5592 | If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions. |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 | \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | ;;;*** |
| 5597 | \f |
| 5598 | ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" |
| 5599 | ;;;;;; (16876 58220)) |
| 5600 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ |
| 5603 | Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode. |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ |
| 5608 | Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. |
| 5609 | Lower-case letters enter plaintext. |
| 5610 | Upper-case letters are commands. |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 | The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot |
| 5613 | modify it. |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | The most useful commands are: |
| 5616 | \\<decipher-mode-map> |
| 5617 | \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency |
| 5618 | \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter |
| 5619 | \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) |
| 5620 | \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) |
| 5621 | \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint) |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | ;;;*** |
| 5626 | \f |
| 5627 | ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region |
| 5628 | ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16462 |
| 5629 | ;;;;;; 53446)) |
| 5630 | ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ |
| 5633 | Customization of `columns' group. |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ |
| 5638 | Prettify all columns in a text region. |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | START and END delimits the text region. |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ |
| 5645 | Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle. |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | ;;;*** |
| 5652 | \f |
| 5653 | ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16507 |
| 5654 | ;;;;;; 41097)) |
| 5655 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ |
| 5658 | Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> |
| 5659 | \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. |
| 5660 | \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. |
| 5661 | \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. |
| 5662 | \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | Customization: |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) |
| 5669 | Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. |
| 5670 | `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) |
| 5671 | Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. |
| 5672 | `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) |
| 5673 | Extra indentation for case statement labels. |
| 5674 | `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) |
| 5675 | Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, |
| 5676 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. |
| 5677 | `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) |
| 5678 | Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current |
| 5679 | line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the |
| 5680 | blank line. |
| 5681 | `delphi-search-path' (default .) |
| 5682 | Directories to search when finding external units. |
| 5683 | `delphi-verbose' (default nil) |
| 5684 | If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | Coloring: |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 | `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) |
| 5689 | Face used to color delphi comments. |
| 5690 | `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) |
| 5691 | Face used to color delphi strings. |
| 5692 | `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) |
| 5693 | Face used to color delphi keywords. |
| 5694 | `delphi-other-face' (default nil) |
| 5695 | Face used to color everything else. |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with |
| 5698 | no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil) |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | ;;;*** |
| 5703 | \f |
| 5704 | ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16764 |
| 5705 | ;;;;;; 51517)) |
| 5706 | ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ |
| 5711 | Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. |
| 5712 | See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 5713 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 5714 | use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel") |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ |
| 5719 | Toggle Delete Selection mode. |
| 5720 | With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is |
| 5721 | positive. |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 | When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also |
| 5724 | enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is |
| 5725 | active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of |
| 5726 | any selection. |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | ;;;*** |
| 5731 | \f |
| 5732 | ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) |
| 5733 | ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 5734 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 | (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ |
| 5737 | Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | The arguments to this command are as follow: |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. |
| 5742 | PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode') |
| 5743 | or nil if there is no parent. |
| 5744 | NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") |
| 5745 | DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, |
| 5746 | the function will attempt to invent something useful. |
| 5747 | BODY: forms to execute just before running the |
| 5748 | hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here. |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword |
| 5751 | arguments are currently understood: |
| 5752 | :group GROUP |
| 5753 | Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode. |
| 5754 | :syntax-table TABLE |
| 5755 | Use TABLE instead of the default. |
| 5756 | A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent. |
| 5757 | :abbrev-table TABLE |
| 5758 | Use TABLE instead of the default. |
| 5759 | A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent. |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 | (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' |
| 5766 | without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, |
| 5767 | and DOCSTRING is generated by default. |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as |
| 5770 | the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 | (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" |
| 5773 | \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" |
| 5774 | (setq case-fold-search nil)) |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have |
| 5777 | been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap. |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function |
| 5780 | `derived-mode-hook-name'. |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ |
| 5785 | Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
| 5786 | Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
| 5787 | empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged |
| 5788 | the first time the mode is used. |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | \(fn MODE)" nil nil) |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | ;;;*** |
| 5793 | \f |
| 5794 | ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text" |
| 5795 | ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 5796 | ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\ |
| 5799 | Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS. |
| 5800 | Interactively, describe them for the character after point. |
| 5801 | If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil, |
| 5802 | insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it |
| 5803 | otherwise. |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\ |
| 5808 | Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point). |
| 5809 | The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, |
| 5810 | syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, |
| 5811 | character composition information (if relevant), |
| 5812 | as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties. |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | \(fn POS)" t nil) |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 | ;;;*** |
| 5817 | \f |
| 5818 | ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir |
| 5819 | ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop" |
| 5820 | ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 5821 | ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\ |
| 5824 | Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled. |
| 5825 | See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 5826 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 5827 | use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.") |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop") |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\ |
| 5832 | Toggle desktop saving mode. |
| 5833 | With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off |
| 5834 | otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the |
| 5835 | desktop is saved. |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\ |
| 5840 | When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file. |
| 5841 | This variable becomes buffer local when set. |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | If the value is a function, it called by `desktop-save' with argument |
| 5844 | DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to saved in the desktop |
| 5845 | file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called. |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call |
| 5848 | \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\". |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 | Later, when `desktop-read' calls a function in `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers' |
| 5851 | to restore the buffer, the auxiliary information is passed as the argument |
| 5852 | DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC.") |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ |
| 5855 | Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME. |
| 5856 | Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in |
| 5857 | directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it |
| 5858 | is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file |
| 5859 | is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'. |
| 5860 | This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode. |
| 5861 | It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise. |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil) |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ |
| 5866 | Load the `default' start-up library manually. |
| 5867 | Also inhibit further loading of it. |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\ |
| 5872 | Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME. |
| 5873 | Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and |
| 5874 | `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in |
| 5875 | directory DIRNAME. |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil) |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\ |
| 5880 | Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'. |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\ |
| 5885 | Revert to the last loaded desktop. |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | ;;;*** |
| 5890 | \f |
| 5891 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article |
| 5892 | ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines |
| 5893 | ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max |
| 5894 | ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" |
| 5895 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 5896 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\ |
| 5899 | Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.") |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify") |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 | (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\ |
| 5904 | Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.") |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 | (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify") |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\ |
| 5909 | A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared. |
| 5910 | It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.") |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify") |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\ |
| 5915 | Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines. |
| 5916 | You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing |
| 5917 | `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max', |
| 5918 | indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If |
| 5919 | NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer. |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\ |
| 5924 | Repair a broken attribution line. |
| 5925 | If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer. |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\ |
| 5930 | Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles. |
| 5931 | Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If |
| 5932 | NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer. |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\ |
| 5937 | Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay. |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | ;;;*** |
| 5942 | \f |
| 5943 | ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region) |
| 5944 | ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16585 28857)) |
| 5945 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]") |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\ |
| 5950 | Not documented |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 | (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\ |
| 5955 | Not documented |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | ;;;*** |
| 5960 | \f |
| 5961 | ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" |
| 5962 | ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16953 20625)) |
| 5963 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ |
| 5966 | Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. |
| 5967 | If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed |
| 5968 | by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1 |
| 5969 | does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file. |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ |
| 5974 | Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. |
| 5975 | If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. |
| 5976 | Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'. |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. |
| 5979 | For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since |
| 5980 | `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that |
| 5981 | all relevant variables are set, as done here. |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | #!/bin/sh |
| 5984 | # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder |
| 5985 | emacs -batch \\ |
| 5986 | -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ |
| 5987 | diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\ |
| 5988 | european-calendar-style t \\ |
| 5989 | diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ |
| 5990 | -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries |
| 5991 | at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your |
| 5994 | system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: |
| 5995 | 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh |
| 5996 | to run it every morning at 1am. |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil) |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\ |
| 6001 | Major mode for editing the diary file. |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 | ;;;*** |
| 6006 | \f |
| 6007 | ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" |
| 6008 | ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16534 3807)) |
| 6009 | ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 | (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ |
| 6012 | *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.") |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff") |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ |
| 6017 | *The command to use to run diff.") |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff") |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ |
| 6022 | Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. |
| 6023 | Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW |
| 6024 | and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. |
| 6025 | If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously. |
| 6026 | With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches. |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 | \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil) |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ |
| 6031 | Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. |
| 6032 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. |
| 6033 | If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. |
| 6034 | The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. |
| 6035 | With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches. |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 | ;;;*** |
| 6040 | \f |
| 6041 | ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
| 6042 | ;;;;;; (16746 18215)) |
| 6043 | ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
| 6046 | Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
| 6047 | Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) |
| 6048 | normal diffs. |
| 6049 | When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
| 6050 | IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk |
| 6051 | headers for you on-the-fly. |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified], |
| 6054 | or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of |
| 6055 | a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]. |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
| 6060 | Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
| 6061 | \\{diff-minor-mode-map} |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | ;;;*** |
| 6066 | \f |
| 6067 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-restore-desktop-buffer dired-noselect dired-other-frame |
| 6068 | ;;;;;; dired-other-window dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target |
| 6069 | ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-symlink dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy |
| 6070 | ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-rename dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks |
| 6071 | ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (16915 11400)) |
| 6072 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ |
| 6075 | *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. |
| 6076 | May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; |
| 6077 | may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable |
| 6078 | `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch. |
| 6079 | On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp, |
| 6080 | some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of |
| 6081 | `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.") |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired") |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ |
| 6086 | Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ |
| 6089 | *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. |
| 6090 | Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by |
| 6091 | `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link |
| 6092 | itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to |
| 6095 | nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a |
| 6098 | marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and |
| 6099 | don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can |
| 6100 | always set this variable to t.") |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired") |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ |
| 6105 | *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. |
| 6106 | A value of nil means move to the subdir line. |
| 6107 | A value of t means move to first file.") |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired") |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ |
| 6112 | *Controls marking of renamed files. |
| 6113 | If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. |
| 6114 | If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) |
| 6115 | are afterward marked with that character.") |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired") |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ |
| 6120 | *Controls marking of copied files. |
| 6121 | If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. |
| 6122 | If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired") |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ |
| 6127 | *Controls marking of newly made hard links. |
| 6128 | If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. |
| 6129 | If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired") |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ |
| 6134 | *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. |
| 6135 | If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. |
| 6136 | If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired") |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 | (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ |
| 6141 | *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. |
| 6142 | This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, |
| 6143 | use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired") |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ |
| 6150 | *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. |
| 6151 | \(This works on only some systems.)") |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 | (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired") |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | (defvar dired-directory nil "\ |
| 6156 | The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists. |
| 6157 | Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the |
| 6158 | directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention. |
| 6159 | The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.") |
| 6160 | (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ |
| 6163 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. |
| 6164 | Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. |
| 6165 | \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) |
| 6166 | Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have |
| 6167 | shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, |
| 6168 | its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit |
| 6169 | list of files to make directory entries for. |
| 6170 | \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. |
| 6171 | You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then |
| 6172 | delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. |
| 6173 | Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 | If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh. |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 6178 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 | (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ |
| 6181 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window. |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 6184 | (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 | (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ |
| 6187 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame. |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ |
| 6192 | Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it. |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil) |
| 6195 | (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t) |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | (autoload (quote dired-restore-desktop-buffer) "dired" "\ |
| 6198 | Restore a dired buffer specified in a desktop file. |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil) |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | ;;;*** |
| 6203 | \f |
| 6204 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
| 6205 | ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down |
| 6206 | ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir |
| 6207 | ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
| 6208 | ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp |
| 6209 | ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
| 6210 | ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory |
| 6211 | ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file |
| 6212 | ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile |
| 6213 | ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines |
| 6214 | ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory |
| 6215 | ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp |
| 6216 | ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" |
| 6217 | ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16804 23129)) |
| 6218 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6221 | Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. |
| 6222 | FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by |
| 6223 | \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.) |
| 6224 | The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. |
| 6225 | With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, |
| 6226 | which is options for `diff'. |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6231 | Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. |
| 6232 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. |
| 6233 | If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. |
| 6234 | The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. |
| 6235 | With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'. |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6240 | Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6241 | This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed. |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6246 | Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6251 | Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 | (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6256 | Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6257 | This calls touch. |
| 6258 | |
| 6259 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6262 | Print the marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6263 | Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and |
| 6264 | `lpr-switches' as default. |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6269 | Flag numerical backups for deletion. |
| 6270 | Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest. |
| 6271 | Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions'; |
| 6272 | Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive. |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files] |
| 6275 | with a prefix argument. |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 | \(fn KEEP)" t nil) |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6280 | Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. |
| 6281 | If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, |
| 6282 | the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. |
| 6283 | The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs |
| 6286 | COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there. |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by |
| 6289 | whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the |
| 6290 | file name substituted for `?'. |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the |
| 6293 | file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space). |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 | `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special |
| 6296 | significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through |
| 6297 | normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by |
| 6298 | itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'. |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 | If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer. |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 | This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as |
| 6303 | there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed. |
| 6304 | Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of |
| 6307 | the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of |
| 6308 | in a subdir. |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify |
| 6311 | the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument. |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 | \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil) |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 | (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6316 | Not documented |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil) |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6321 | Kill all marked lines (not the files). |
| 6322 | With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. |
| 6323 | \(A negative argument kills backward.) |
| 6324 | If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line |
| 6325 | for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the |
| 6326 | Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory |
| 6327 | from the buffer as well. |
| 6328 | To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the |
| 6329 | parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this |
| 6330 | command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter). |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil) |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6335 | Not documented |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 | (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6340 | Not documented |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 | \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 | (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6345 | Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 | (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6350 | Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files. |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6355 | Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files. |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6360 | Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6361 | If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, |
| 6362 | a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing. |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting |
| 6365 | the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert |
| 6366 | or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes |
| 6367 | may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'. |
| 6368 | You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using |
| 6369 | \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches]. |
| 6370 | See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details. |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil) |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6375 | Not documented |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6380 | Not documented |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6385 | Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in. |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6390 | Not documented |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil) |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6395 | Not documented |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil) |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6400 | Create a directory called DIRECTORY. |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6405 | Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. |
| 6406 | This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. |
| 6407 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. |
| 6408 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, |
| 6409 | and new copies of these files are made in that directory |
| 6410 | with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
| 6411 | suggested for the target directory depends on the value of |
| 6412 | `dired-dwim-target', which see. |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6417 | Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6418 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. |
| 6419 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory |
| 6420 | and new symbolic links are made in that directory |
| 6421 | with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
| 6422 | suggested for the target directory depends on the value of |
| 6423 | `dired-dwim-target', which see. |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6428 | Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6429 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. |
| 6430 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory |
| 6431 | and new hard links are made in that directory |
| 6432 | with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
| 6433 | suggested for the target directory depends on the value of |
| 6434 | `dired-dwim-target', which see. |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6437 | |
| 6438 | (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6439 | Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. |
| 6440 | When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. |
| 6441 | When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. |
| 6442 | This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files. |
| 6443 | The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value |
| 6444 | of `dired-dwim-target', which see. |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6449 | Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG |
| 6452 | files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current |
| 6453 | file if none are marked. |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | As each match is found, the user must type a character saying |
| 6456 | what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. |
| 6457 | NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. |
| 6458 | REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. |
| 6461 | Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed. |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6466 | Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
| 6467 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 | (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6472 | Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
| 6473 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 6476 | |
| 6477 | (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6478 | Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
| 6479 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info. |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 | \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6484 | Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case. |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6489 | Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case. |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 | (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6494 | Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. |
| 6495 | If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), |
| 6496 | else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). |
| 6497 | With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. |
| 6498 | You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at |
| 6499 | this subdirectory. |
| 6500 | This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output. |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting |
| 6503 | the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert |
| 6504 | or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes |
| 6505 | may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'. |
| 6506 | You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using |
| 6507 | \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches]. |
| 6508 | See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details. |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil) |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6513 | Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. |
| 6514 | If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, |
| 6515 | else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). |
| 6516 | With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. |
| 6517 | You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at |
| 6518 | this subdirectory. |
| 6519 | This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output. |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 | \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil) |
| 6522 | |
| 6523 | (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6524 | Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. |
| 6525 | When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line. |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil) |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 | (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6530 | Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. |
| 6531 | Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. |
| 6532 | The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden. |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) |
| 6535 | |
| 6536 | (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6537 | Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. |
| 6538 | If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command |
| 6539 | marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in. |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6544 | Remove all lines of current subdirectory. |
| 6545 | Lower levels are unaffected. |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil) |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 | (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6550 | Go up ARG levels in the dired tree. |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 | (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6555 | Go down in the dired tree. |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6560 | Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. |
| 6561 | Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. |
| 6562 | Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories. |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6567 | Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. |
| 6568 | If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. |
| 6569 | Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory. |
| 6570 | |
| 6571 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6574 | Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. |
| 6575 | Stops when a match is found. |
| 6576 | To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6581 | Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
| 6582 | Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
| 6583 | If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace |
| 6584 | with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 | \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil) |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
| 6589 | Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. |
| 6590 | If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is |
| 6591 | true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead. |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 | \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil) |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | ;;;*** |
| 6596 | \f |
| 6597 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16589 26258)) |
| 6598 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ |
| 6601 | Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. |
| 6602 | If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. |
| 6603 | If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. |
| 6604 | In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired |
| 6605 | buffer and try again. |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 | ;;;*** |
| 6610 | \f |
| 6611 | ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16213 43267)) |
| 6612 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
| 6613 | |
| 6614 | (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ |
| 6615 | Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. |
| 6616 | The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 | You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. |
| 6619 | |
| 6620 | If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the |
| 6621 | function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to |
| 6624 | `comint-output-filter-functions'. |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 | \(fn INPUT)" nil nil) |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | ;;;*** |
| 6629 | \f |
| 6630 | ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16519 |
| 6631 | ;;;;;; 44982)) |
| 6632 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ |
| 6635 | Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. |
| 6636 | OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself |
| 6637 | \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). |
| 6638 | If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not |
| 6639 | redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol. |
| 6640 | |
| 6641 | \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil) |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | ;;;*** |
| 6644 | \f |
| 6645 | ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline |
| 6646 | ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii |
| 6647 | ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table |
| 6648 | ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot |
| 6649 | ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16814 63075)) |
| 6650 | ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 | (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6653 | Return a new, empty display table. |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 6656 | |
| 6657 | (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6658 | Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. |
| 6659 | SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). |
| 6660 | Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', |
| 6661 | `selective-display', and `vertical-border'. |
| 6662 | |
| 6663 | \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil) |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 | (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6666 | Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. |
| 6667 | SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). |
| 6668 | Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', |
| 6669 | `selective-display', and `vertical-border'. |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil) |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6674 | Describe the display table DT in a help buffer. |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | \(fn DT)" nil nil) |
| 6677 | |
| 6678 | (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6679 | Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer. |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6684 | Display characters in the range L to H literally. |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 | \(fn L H)" nil nil) |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6689 | Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation. |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | \(fn L H)" nil nil) |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 | (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6694 | Display character C using printable string S. |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | \(fn C S)" nil nil) |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6699 | Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. |
| 6700 | This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; |
| 6701 | it is meaningless for an X frame. |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | \(fn C SC)" nil nil) |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6706 | Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. |
| 6707 | This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an |
| 6708 | X frame. |
| 6709 | |
| 6710 | \(fn C GC)" nil nil) |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6713 | Display character C as character UC plus underlining. |
| 6714 | |
| 6715 | \(fn C UC)" nil nil) |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6718 | Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal. |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 | (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ |
| 6723 | Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with |
| 6726 | unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled |
| 6727 | with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment |
| 6728 | variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 | With prefix argument, this command enables European character display |
| 6731 | if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles |
| 6732 | European character display. |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 |
| 6735 | display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 |
| 6736 | and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the |
| 6737 | ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 | Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively |
| 6740 | from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and |
| 6741 | selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and |
| 6742 | those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility |
| 6743 | for users who call this function in `.emacs'. |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 | \(fn ARG)" nil nil) |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | ;;;*** |
| 6748 | \f |
| 6749 | ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" |
| 6750 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 6751 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ |
| 6754 | Dissociate the text of the current buffer. |
| 6755 | Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, |
| 6756 | which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. |
| 6757 | Every so often the user must say whether to continue. |
| 6758 | If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. |
| 6759 | If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. |
| 6760 | Default is 2. |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 | ;;;*** |
| 6765 | \f |
| 6766 | ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode" |
| 6767 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (16710 53610)) |
| 6768 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\ |
| 6771 | Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files. |
| 6772 | This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax |
| 6773 | highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files. |
| 6774 | Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same |
| 6775 | variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev |
| 6776 | table and its own syntax table. |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 | Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'. |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 | (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\ |
| 6783 | Locate SOA record and increment the serial field. |
| 6784 | |
| 6785 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6786 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)) |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 | ;;;*** |
| 6789 | \f |
| 6790 | ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 6791 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 | (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ |
| 6794 | Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy. |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | ;;;*** |
| 6799 | \f |
| 6800 | ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
| 6801 | ;;;;;; (16932 19773)) |
| 6802 | ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
| 6803 | |
| 6804 | (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
| 6805 | Toggle Double mode. |
| 6806 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 6807 | use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 | (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double") |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
| 6812 | Toggle Double mode. |
| 6813 | With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings |
| 6816 | when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details. |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 | ;;;*** |
| 6821 | \f |
| 6822 | ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 6823 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 | (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ |
| 6826 | Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game. |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | ;;;*** |
| 6831 | \f |
| 6832 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" |
| 6833 | ;;;;;; (16698 21927)) |
| 6834 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 | (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ |
| 6837 | Play sounds in message buffers. |
| 6838 | |
| 6839 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 6840 | |
| 6841 | ;;;*** |
| 6842 | \f |
| 6843 | ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap |
| 6844 | ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" |
| 6845 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16775 26710)) |
| 6846 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 | (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 | (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ |
| 6851 | Define a new minor mode MODE. |
| 6852 | This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
| 6853 | toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 | DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. |
| 6856 | Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
| 6857 | Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
| 6858 | Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
| 6859 | If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
| 6860 | in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use |
| 6861 | a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. |
| 6862 | The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are |
| 6863 | used (see below). |
| 6864 | |
| 6865 | BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
| 6866 | It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
| 6867 | Before the actual body code, you can write |
| 6868 | keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values). |
| 6869 | These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords |
| 6870 | will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global): |
| 6871 | :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms. |
| 6872 | :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be |
| 6873 | buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local. |
| 6874 | By default, the mode is buffer-local. |
| 6875 | :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. |
| 6876 | :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument. |
| 6877 | :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument. |
| 6878 | :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'. |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | For example, you could write |
| 6881 | (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\" |
| 6882 | :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\" |
| 6883 | ...BODY CODE...) |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ |
| 6888 | Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. |
| 6889 | TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer |
| 6890 | and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. |
| 6891 | KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: |
| 6892 | :group to specify the custom group. |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 | \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
| 6897 | Return a keymap built from bindings BS. |
| 6898 | BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where |
| 6899 | KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. |
| 6900 | Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. |
| 6901 | Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. |
| 6902 | ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments. |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
| 6907 | Not documented |
| 6908 | |
| 6909 | \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ |
| 6912 | Define variable ST as a syntax-table. |
| 6913 | CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX). |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 | \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | ;;;*** |
| 6918 | \f |
| 6919 | ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define |
| 6920 | ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16787 |
| 6921 | ;;;;;; 16350)) |
| 6922 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
| 6923 | |
| 6924 | (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ |
| 6927 | Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL, |
| 6930 | and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string. |
| 6931 | If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS. |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. |
| 6934 | It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | :filter FUNCTION |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items. |
| 6939 | It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu. |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 | :visible INCLUDE |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 | INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this |
| 6944 | expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | :active ENABLE |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection |
| 6949 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | NAME is a string--the menu item name. |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, |
| 6958 | or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection |
| 6961 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 | [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] |
| 6966 | |
| 6967 | Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 | :keys KEYS |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. |
| 6972 | This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually |
| 6973 | computed automatically. |
| 6974 | KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | :key-sequence KEYS |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 | KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
| 6979 | menu item. |
| 6980 | This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
| 6981 | a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
| 6982 | keyboard equivalent. |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | :active ENABLE |
| 6985 | |
| 6986 | ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection |
| 6987 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 | :included INCLUDE |
| 6990 | |
| 6991 | INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this |
| 6992 | expression has a non-nil value. |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 | :suffix FORM |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 | FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose |
| 6997 | value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 | :style STYLE |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
| 7002 | defined: |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | toggle: A checkbox. |
| 7005 | Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. |
| 7006 | radio: A radio button. |
| 7007 | Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. |
| 7008 | button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
| 7009 | menu bar itself. |
| 7010 | anything else means an ordinary menu item. |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | :selected SELECTED |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 | SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected |
| 7015 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. |
| 7016 | |
| 7017 | :help HELP |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 | A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
| 7022 | unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed |
| 7023 | as a solid horizontal line. |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 | A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu. |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 | \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\ |
| 7030 | Not documented |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 | \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil) |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ |
| 7035 | Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. |
| 7036 | MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items |
| 7037 | possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'. |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil) |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ |
| 7042 | Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. |
| 7043 | PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
| 7044 | should contain a submenu named NAME. |
| 7045 | ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. |
| 7046 | These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 | If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. |
| 7049 | If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before |
| 7050 | the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 | Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, |
| 7053 | to implement dynamic menus. |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 | \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil) |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 | ;;;*** |
| 7058 | \f |
| 7059 | ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
| 7060 | ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style |
| 7061 | ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file |
| 7062 | ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file |
| 7063 | ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file |
| 7064 | ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer |
| 7065 | ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" |
| 7066 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16801 58033)) |
| 7067 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7070 | Customization for ebnf group. |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7075 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY. |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. |
| 7078 | |
| 7079 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are |
| 7080 | processed. |
| 7081 | |
| 7082 | See also `ebnf-print-buffer'. |
| 7083 | |
| 7084 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 7085 | |
| 7086 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7087 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE. |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't |
| 7090 | killed after process termination. |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 | See also `ebnf-print-buffer'. |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7097 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer. |
| 7098 | |
| 7099 | When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for |
| 7100 | the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending |
| 7101 | it to the printer. |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it |
| 7104 | is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save |
| 7105 | the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a |
| 7106 | number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in. |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7111 | Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region. |
| 7112 | Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region. |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7117 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY. |
| 7118 | |
| 7119 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are |
| 7122 | processed. |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 | See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'. |
| 7125 | |
| 7126 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7129 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE. |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't |
| 7132 | killed after process termination. |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'. |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7139 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer. |
| 7140 | Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a |
| 7141 | local buffer to be sent to the printer later. |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7146 | |
| 7147 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7148 | Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally. |
| 7149 | Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7156 | Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY. |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are |
| 7161 | processed. |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'. |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7168 | Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE. |
| 7169 | |
| 7170 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't |
| 7171 | killed after EPS generation. |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'. |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7178 | Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. |
| 7181 | The EPS file name has the following form: |
| 7182 | |
| 7183 | <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps |
| 7184 | |
| 7185 | <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. |
| 7186 | The default value is \"ebnf--\". |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | <PRODUCTION> is the production name. |
| 7189 | The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. |
| 7190 | For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to |
| 7191 | \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file. |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7198 | Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file. |
| 7199 | |
| 7200 | Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. |
| 7201 | The EPS file name has the following form: |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 | <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. |
| 7206 | The default value is \"ebnf--\". |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 | <PRODUCTION> is the production name. |
| 7209 | The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. |
| 7210 | For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to |
| 7211 | \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 | WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file. |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 | (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7220 | Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY. |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'. |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are |
| 7225 | processed. |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 | See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'. |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7232 | Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE. |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 | If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't |
| 7235 | killed after syntax checking. |
| 7236 | |
| 7237 | See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'. |
| 7238 | |
| 7239 | \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil) |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7242 | Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer. |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7247 | Does a syntactic analysis of a region. |
| 7248 | |
| 7249 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 7250 | |
| 7251 | (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7252 | Return the current ebnf2ps setup. |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 | (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7257 | Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES. |
| 7258 | |
| 7259 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 | \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil) |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 | (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7264 | Delete style NAME. |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7267 | |
| 7268 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 | (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7271 | Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES. |
| 7272 | |
| 7273 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7274 | |
| 7275 | \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil) |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7278 | Set STYLE as the current style. |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 | It returns the old style symbol. |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | \(fn STYLE)" t nil) |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7287 | Reset current style. |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | It returns the old style symbol. |
| 7290 | |
| 7291 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7292 | |
| 7293 | \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil) |
| 7294 | |
| 7295 | (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7296 | Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style. |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | It returns the old style symbol. |
| 7299 | |
| 7300 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil) |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ |
| 7305 | Pop a style and set it as the current style. |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 | It returns the old style symbol. |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | See `ebnf-style-database' documentation. |
| 7310 | |
| 7311 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7312 | |
| 7313 | ;;;*** |
| 7314 | \f |
| 7315 | ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree |
| 7316 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack |
| 7317 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use |
| 7318 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue |
| 7319 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame |
| 7320 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame |
| 7321 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window |
| 7322 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition |
| 7323 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration |
| 7324 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree |
| 7325 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16875 |
| 7326 | ;;;;;; 35928)) |
| 7327 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7330 | Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. |
| 7331 | Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. |
| 7332 | Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. |
| 7333 | File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. |
| 7334 | E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | Tree mode key bindings: |
| 7337 | \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map} |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7340 | |
| 7341 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7342 | Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled. |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7345 | |
| 7346 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7347 | Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers. |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 | \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map} |
| 7350 | |
| 7351 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 7352 | |
| 7353 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7354 | View declaration of member at point. |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7359 | Find declaration of member at point. |
| 7360 | |
| 7361 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7362 | |
| 7363 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7364 | View definition of member at point. |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7367 | |
| 7368 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7369 | Find definition of member at point. |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7374 | Find declaration of member at point in other window. |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7377 | |
| 7378 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7379 | View definition of member at point in other window. |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7384 | Find definition of member at point in other window. |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7387 | |
| 7388 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7389 | Find definition of member at point in other frame. |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7394 | View definition of member at point in other frame. |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7399 | Find definition of member at point in other frame. |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7404 | Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. |
| 7405 | A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. |
| 7406 | A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with |
| 7407 | completion. |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 | \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) |
| 7410 | |
| 7411 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7412 | Repeat last operation on files in tree. |
| 7413 | FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. |
| 7414 | TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over. |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 | \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 7417 | |
| 7418 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7419 | Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree. |
| 7420 | If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only. |
| 7421 | If regular expression is nil, repeat last search. |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 7424 | |
| 7425 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7426 | Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. |
| 7427 | With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only. |
| 7428 | |
| 7429 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 7430 | |
| 7431 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7432 | Search for call sites of a member. |
| 7433 | If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. |
| 7434 | Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. |
| 7435 | Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that |
| 7436 | looks like a function call to the member. |
| 7437 | |
| 7438 | \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil) |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7441 | Move backward in the position stack. |
| 7442 | Prefix arg ARG says how much. |
| 7443 | |
| 7444 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7447 | Move forward in the position stack. |
| 7448 | Prefix arg ARG says how much. |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7453 | List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer. |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7458 | Save current tree in same file it was loaded from. |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7463 | Write the current tree data structure to a file. |
| 7464 | Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. |
| 7465 | Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in. |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 | \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\ |
| 7470 | Display statistics for a class tree. |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7473 | |
| 7474 | ;;;*** |
| 7475 | \f |
| 7476 | ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
| 7477 | ;;;;;; (16868 63463)) |
| 7478 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ |
| 7481 | Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. |
| 7482 | Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer |
| 7483 | listing with menuoid buffer selection. |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 | If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list |
| 7486 | window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list |
| 7487 | window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. |
| 7488 | |
| 7489 | To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on |
| 7490 | the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are |
| 7491 | much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'. |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 | Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry. |
| 7494 | |
| 7495 | \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map} |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 7498 | |
| 7499 | ;;;*** |
| 7500 | \f |
| 7501 | ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" |
| 7502 | ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16213 43267)) |
| 7503 | ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
| 7504 | |
| 7505 | (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ |
| 7506 | Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. |
| 7507 | With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing. |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil) |
| 7510 | |
| 7511 | ;;;*** |
| 7512 | \f |
| 7513 | ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms |
| 7514 | ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16810 63791)) |
| 7515 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 | (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ |
| 7518 | *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. |
| 7519 | This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and |
| 7520 | `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by |
| 7521 | `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. |
| 7522 | |
| 7523 | You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this |
| 7524 | variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with |
| 7525 | \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your |
| 7526 | `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 | (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug") |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 | (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ |
| 7531 | *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. |
| 7532 | This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. |
| 7533 | Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug") |
| 7536 | |
| 7537 | (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ |
| 7538 | Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
| 7539 | Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
| 7540 | \(naming a function), or a list. |
| 7541 | |
| 7542 | \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 7543 | |
| 7544 | (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) |
| 7545 | |
| 7546 | (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ |
| 7547 | Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug. |
| 7548 | This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug |
| 7549 | before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area |
| 7550 | using `eval-expression' (which see). |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 | If you do this on a function definition |
| 7553 | such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments |
| 7554 | its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called |
| 7555 | later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate |
| 7556 | that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug. |
| 7557 | |
| 7558 | If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom', |
| 7559 | evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value |
| 7560 | expression even if the variable already has some other value. |
| 7561 | \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there |
| 7562 | already is one.) |
| 7563 | |
| 7564 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7565 | |
| 7566 | ;;;*** |
| 7567 | \f |
| 7568 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision |
| 7569 | ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer |
| 7570 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions |
| 7571 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor |
| 7572 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise |
| 7573 | ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor |
| 7574 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor |
| 7575 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions |
| 7576 | ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup |
| 7577 | ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16923 3605)) |
| 7578 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ |
| 7581 | Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B. |
| 7582 | |
| 7583 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ |
| 7586 | Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C. |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 | (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 | (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\ |
| 7595 | Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file. |
| 7596 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. |
| 7597 | If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original. |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 | (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ |
| 7602 | Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B. |
| 7603 | |
| 7604 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil) |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 | (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) |
| 7607 | |
| 7608 | (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ |
| 7609 | Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C. |
| 7610 | |
| 7611 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil) |
| 7612 | |
| 7613 | (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) |
| 7614 | |
| 7615 | (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ |
| 7616 | Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have |
| 7617 | the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular |
| 7618 | expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 | (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 | (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ |
| 7625 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. |
| 7626 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file |
| 7627 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 | \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 7630 | |
| 7631 | (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ |
| 7634 | Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that |
| 7635 | have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a |
| 7636 | regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. |
| 7637 | |
| 7638 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 7639 | |
| 7640 | (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ |
| 7643 | Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have |
| 7644 | the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular |
| 7645 | expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered. |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) |
| 7648 | |
| 7649 | (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ |
| 7652 | Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. |
| 7653 | Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
| 7654 | in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
| 7655 | without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression; |
| 7656 | only file names that match the regexp are considered. |
| 7657 | |
| 7658 | \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) |
| 7659 | |
| 7660 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ |
| 7661 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. |
| 7662 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file |
| 7663 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) |
| 7668 | |
| 7669 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ |
| 7670 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. |
| 7671 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file |
| 7672 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account. |
| 7673 | |
| 7674 | \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil) |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 | (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 | (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ |
| 7681 | Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. |
| 7682 | With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as |
| 7683 | follows: |
| 7684 | If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. |
| 7685 | If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A. |
| 7686 | |
| 7687 | \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7688 | |
| 7689 | (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ |
| 7690 | Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. |
| 7691 | With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as |
| 7692 | follows: |
| 7693 | If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. |
| 7694 | If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A. |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 | \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ |
| 7699 | Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. |
| 7700 | Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except |
| 7701 | for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. |
| 7702 | In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second |
| 7703 | region. |
| 7704 | This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 |
| 7705 | lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'. |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 | (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ |
| 7710 | Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. |
| 7711 | Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except |
| 7712 | for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. |
| 7713 | In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second |
| 7714 | region. |
| 7715 | Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. |
| 7716 | This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 |
| 7717 | lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'. |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7720 | |
| 7721 | (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ |
| 7724 | Merge two files without ancestor. |
| 7725 | |
| 7726 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ |
| 7729 | Merge two files with ancestor. |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) |
| 7734 | |
| 7735 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ |
| 7736 | Merge buffers without ancestor. |
| 7737 | |
| 7738 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) |
| 7739 | |
| 7740 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ |
| 7741 | Merge buffers with ancestor. |
| 7742 | |
| 7743 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) |
| 7744 | |
| 7745 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ |
| 7746 | Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. |
| 7747 | The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current |
| 7748 | buffer. |
| 7749 | |
| 7750 | \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ |
| 7753 | Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. |
| 7754 | The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current |
| 7755 | buffer. |
| 7756 | |
| 7757 | \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil) |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ |
| 7760 | Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. |
| 7761 | First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
| 7762 | file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'. |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | \(fn POS)" t nil) |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ |
| 7767 | Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
| 7768 | If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer |
| 7769 | and don't ask the user. |
| 7770 | If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a |
| 7771 | buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file. |
| 7772 | |
| 7773 | \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil) |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 | (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ |
| 7776 | Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. |
| 7777 | Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for |
| 7778 | the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. |
| 7779 | With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. |
| 7780 | With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer. |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 | \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil) |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) |
| 7785 | |
| 7786 | (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) |
| 7787 | |
| 7788 | (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ |
| 7789 | Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. |
| 7790 | The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. |
| 7791 | Default: the file visited by the current buffer. |
| 7792 | Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'. |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 | (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ |
| 7799 | Return string describing the version of Ediff. |
| 7800 | When called interactively, displays the version. |
| 7801 | |
| 7802 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7803 | |
| 7804 | (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ |
| 7805 | Display Ediff's manual. |
| 7806 | With optional NODE, goes to that node. |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 | \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil) |
| 7809 | |
| 7810 | ;;;*** |
| 7811 | \f |
| 7812 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
| 7813 | ;;;;;; (16213 43267)) |
| 7814 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el |
| 7815 | |
| 7816 | (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\ |
| 7817 | Not documented |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | ;;;*** |
| 7822 | \f |
| 7823 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16213 43267)) |
| 7824 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 | (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) |
| 7827 | (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form)) |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil) |
| 7830 | |
| 7831 | (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))) |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | ;;;*** |
| 7834 | \f |
| 7835 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
| 7836 | ;;;;;; (16923 3605)) |
| 7837 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 | (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ |
| 7840 | Display Ediff's registry. |
| 7841 | |
| 7842 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 | (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) |
| 7845 | |
| 7846 | ;;;*** |
| 7847 | \f |
| 7848 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) |
| 7849 | ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16442 4953)) |
| 7850 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
| 7851 | |
| 7852 | (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ |
| 7853 | Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. |
| 7854 | To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', |
| 7855 | which see. |
| 7856 | |
| 7857 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7858 | |
| 7859 | (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ |
| 7860 | Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. |
| 7861 | Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. |
| 7862 | To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see. |
| 7863 | |
| 7864 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 | ;;;*** |
| 7867 | \f |
| 7868 | ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro |
| 7869 | ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" |
| 7870 | ;;;;;; (16822 52984)) |
| 7871 | ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ |
| 7874 | *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. |
| 7875 | Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") |
| 7876 | |
| 7877 | (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ |
| 7878 | Edit a keyboard macro. |
| 7879 | At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. |
| 7880 | Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit |
| 7881 | the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by |
| 7882 | its command name. |
| 7883 | With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way. |
| 7884 | |
| 7885 | \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil) |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 | (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ |
| 7888 | Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro. |
| 7889 | |
| 7890 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ |
| 7893 | Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'. |
| 7894 | |
| 7895 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ |
| 7898 | Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. |
| 7899 | The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". |
| 7900 | See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. |
| 7901 | Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. |
| 7902 | The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case |
| 7905 | the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. |
| 7906 | The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. |
| 7907 | Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always. |
| 7908 | |
| 7909 | \(fn START &optional END)" t nil) |
| 7910 | |
| 7911 | (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ |
| 7912 | Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. |
| 7913 | This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. |
| 7914 | Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. |
| 7915 | If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted |
| 7916 | or nil, use a compact 80-column format. |
| 7917 | |
| 7918 | \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil) |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 | ;;;*** |
| 7921 | \f |
| 7922 | ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" |
| 7923 | ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16213 43273)) |
| 7924 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 | (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ |
| 7927 | Set scroll margins. |
| 7928 | Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. |
| 7929 | Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window. |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil) |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 | (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ |
| 7934 | Turn on EDT Emulation. |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 7937 | |
| 7938 | ;;;*** |
| 7939 | \f |
| 7940 | ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" |
| 7941 | ;;;;;; (16775 26706)) |
| 7942 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 | (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ |
| 7945 | Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. |
| 7946 | The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. |
| 7947 | THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the |
| 7948 | contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be |
| 7949 | erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will |
| 7950 | be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to |
| 7951 | the buffer specified by BUFFER. |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 | If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and |
| 7954 | shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window |
| 7957 | in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer |
| 7958 | in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if |
| 7959 | this value is non-nil. |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and |
| 7962 | shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. |
| 7963 | If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. |
| 7964 | |
| 7965 | When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help |
| 7966 | buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and |
| 7967 | BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit. |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 | \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil) |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 | (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\ |
| 7972 | Not documented |
| 7973 | |
| 7974 | \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil) |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | ;;;*** |
| 7977 | \f |
| 7978 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string) |
| 7979 | ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16507 41097)) |
| 7980 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 | (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
| 7983 | *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.") |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc") |
| 7986 | |
| 7987 | (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
| 7988 | Toggle ElDoc mode on or off. |
| 7989 | Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. |
| 7990 | |
| 7991 | For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is |
| 7992 | within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. |
| 7993 | This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is |
| 7994 | in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained |
| 7995 | from the documentation string if possible. |
| 7996 | |
| 7997 | If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring |
| 7998 | instead. |
| 7999 | |
| 8000 | With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 8001 | |
| 8002 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8003 | |
| 8004 | (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
| 8005 | Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation). |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | ;;;*** |
| 8010 | \f |
| 8011 | ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16768 |
| 8012 | ;;;;;; 48631)) |
| 8013 | ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ |
| 8016 | Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. |
| 8017 | |
| 8018 | The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show |
| 8019 | an elided material again. |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 | This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks. |
| 8022 | |
| 8023 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8024 | |
| 8025 | ;;;*** |
| 8026 | \f |
| 8027 | ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
| 8028 | ;;;;;; (16870 21079)) |
| 8029 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
| 8030 | |
| 8031 | (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ |
| 8032 | Initialize elint. |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 | ;;;*** |
| 8037 | \f |
| 8038 | ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
| 8039 | ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16783 |
| 8040 | ;;;;;; 21522)) |
| 8041 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
| 8042 | |
| 8043 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ |
| 8044 | Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. |
| 8045 | FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function. |
| 8046 | |
| 8047 | \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil) |
| 8048 | |
| 8049 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ |
| 8050 | Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. |
| 8051 | Use optional LIST if provided instead. |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil) |
| 8054 | |
| 8055 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ |
| 8056 | Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. |
| 8057 | For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET |
| 8060 | |
| 8061 | \(fn PREFIX)" t nil) |
| 8062 | |
| 8063 | (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ |
| 8064 | Display current profiling results. |
| 8065 | If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling |
| 8066 | information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are |
| 8067 | displayed. |
| 8068 | |
| 8069 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | ;;;*** |
| 8072 | \f |
| 8073 | ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" |
| 8074 | ;;;;;; (16804 23129)) |
| 8075 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
| 8076 | |
| 8077 | (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ |
| 8078 | Report a bug in GNU Emacs. |
| 8079 | Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer. |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 | \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil) |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | ;;;*** |
| 8084 | \f |
| 8085 | ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor |
| 8086 | ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote |
| 8087 | ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor |
| 8088 | ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" |
| 8089 | ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16381 6707)) |
| 8090 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
| 8091 | |
| 8092 | (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) |
| 8093 | (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu)) |
| 8094 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] |
| 8095 | '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)) |
| 8096 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] |
| 8097 | '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)) |
| 8098 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] |
| 8099 | '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)) |
| 8100 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] |
| 8101 | '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)) |
| 8102 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] |
| 8103 | '("Files..." . emerge-files)) |
| 8104 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] |
| 8105 | '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)) |
| 8106 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] |
| 8107 | '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)) |
| 8108 | |
| 8109 | (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ |
| 8110 | Run Emerge on two files. |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 8113 | |
| 8114 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ |
| 8115 | Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor. |
| 8116 | |
| 8117 | \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 | (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ |
| 8120 | Run Emerge on two buffers. |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 8123 | |
| 8124 | (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ |
| 8125 | Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor. |
| 8126 | |
| 8127 | \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\ |
| 8130 | Not documented |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\ |
| 8135 | Not documented |
| 8136 | |
| 8137 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\ |
| 8140 | Not documented |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil) |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\ |
| 8145 | Not documented |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil) |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 | (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ |
| 8150 | Emerge two RCS revisions of a file. |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 8153 | |
| 8154 | (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ |
| 8155 | Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor. |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 | \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil) |
| 8158 | |
| 8159 | (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\ |
| 8160 | Not documented |
| 8161 | |
| 8162 | \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil) |
| 8163 | |
| 8164 | ;;;*** |
| 8165 | \f |
| 8166 | ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" |
| 8167 | ;;;;;; (16884 52115)) |
| 8168 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 | (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\ |
| 8171 | Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled. |
| 8172 | See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 8173 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 8174 | use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.") |
| 8175 | |
| 8176 | (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb") |
| 8177 | |
| 8178 | (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ |
| 8179 | Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. |
| 8180 | With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command |
| 8183 | \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode |
| 8184 | automatically. |
| 8185 | |
| 8186 | In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted |
| 8187 | as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by |
| 8188 | \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]. |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8191 | |
| 8192 | ;;;*** |
| 8193 | \f |
| 8194 | ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) |
| 8195 | ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16738 29931)) |
| 8196 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ |
| 8199 | Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. |
| 8200 | These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard |
| 8201 | text/enriched format. |
| 8202 | Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'. |
| 8203 | |
| 8204 | More information about Enriched mode is available in the file |
| 8205 | etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. |
| 8206 | |
| 8207 | Commands: |
| 8208 | |
| 8209 | \\{enriched-mode-map} |
| 8210 | |
| 8211 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8212 | |
| 8213 | (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\ |
| 8214 | Not documented |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 | \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil) |
| 8217 | |
| 8218 | (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\ |
| 8219 | Not documented |
| 8220 | |
| 8221 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | ;;;*** |
| 8224 | \f |
| 8225 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16777 |
| 8226 | ;;;;;; 65418)) |
| 8227 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
| 8228 | |
| 8229 | (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ |
| 8230 | Emacs shell interactive mode. |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 | \\{eshell-mode-map} |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8235 | |
| 8236 | ;;;*** |
| 8237 | \f |
| 8238 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16858 |
| 8239 | ;;;;;; 50924)) |
| 8240 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el |
| 8241 | |
| 8242 | (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ |
| 8243 | Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected. |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8246 | |
| 8247 | ;;;*** |
| 8248 | \f |
| 8249 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command |
| 8250 | ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16484 6599)) |
| 8251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el |
| 8252 | |
| 8253 | (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ |
| 8254 | Create an interactive Eshell buffer. |
| 8255 | The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of |
| 8256 | `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in |
| 8257 | that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session |
| 8258 | will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET') |
| 8259 | switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A |
| 8260 | nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the |
| 8261 | buffer selected (or created). |
| 8262 | |
| 8263 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8264 | |
| 8265 | (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ |
| 8266 | Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. |
| 8267 | With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point. |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil) |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 | (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ |
| 8272 | Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. |
| 8273 | The result might be any Lisp object. |
| 8274 | If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the |
| 8275 | command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned |
| 8276 | corresponding to a successful execution. |
| 8277 | |
| 8278 | \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil) |
| 8279 | |
| 8280 | (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ |
| 8281 | Report a bug in Eshell. |
| 8282 | Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. |
| 8283 | Please include any configuration details that might be involved. |
| 8284 | |
| 8285 | \(fn TOPIC)" t nil) |
| 8286 | |
| 8287 | ;;;*** |
| 8288 | \f |
| 8289 | ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
| 8290 | ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file |
| 8291 | ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window |
| 8292 | ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer |
| 8293 | ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook |
| 8294 | ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list |
| 8295 | ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16746 |
| 8296 | ;;;;;; 18215)) |
| 8297 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ |
| 8300 | *File name of tags table. |
| 8301 | To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. |
| 8302 | If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. |
| 8303 | Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") |
| 8304 | (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 | (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
| 8307 | *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. |
| 8308 | A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. |
| 8309 | Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags") |
| 8312 | |
| 8313 | (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
| 8314 | *List of file names of tags tables to search. |
| 8315 | An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. |
| 8316 | To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. |
| 8317 | If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. |
| 8318 | Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags") |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 | (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\ |
| 8323 | *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. |
| 8324 | An empty string means search the non-compressed file. |
| 8325 | These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated |
| 8326 | \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function |
| 8327 | `auto-compression-mode').") |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags") |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 | (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ |
| 8332 | *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. |
| 8333 | t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). |
| 8334 | Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table |
| 8335 | to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 | (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags") |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 | (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ |
| 8340 | *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. |
| 8341 | The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, |
| 8342 | not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") |
| 8343 | |
| 8344 | (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags") |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ |
| 8347 | *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. |
| 8348 | If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' |
| 8349 | has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. |
| 8350 | Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") |
| 8351 | |
| 8352 | (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags") |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 | (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ |
| 8355 | Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. |
| 8356 | FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. |
| 8357 | A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. |
| 8358 | |
| 8359 | Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. |
| 8360 | With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. |
| 8361 | When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag |
| 8362 | in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags |
| 8363 | file the tag was in. |
| 8364 | |
| 8365 | \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil) |
| 8366 | |
| 8367 | (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\ |
| 8368 | Select the buffer containing the current tags table. |
| 8369 | If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table. |
| 8370 | If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'. |
| 8371 | If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table; |
| 8372 | just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'. |
| 8373 | If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in |
| 8374 | `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'. |
| 8375 | Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list. |
| 8376 | |
| 8377 | \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil) |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ |
| 8380 | Return a list of files in the current tags table. |
| 8381 | Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned |
| 8382 | as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually |
| 8383 | without directory names. |
| 8384 | |
| 8385 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 | (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ |
| 8388 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. |
| 8389 | Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, |
| 8390 | but does not select the buffer. |
| 8391 | The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. |
| 8392 | |
| 8393 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for |
| 8394 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are |
| 8395 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P |
| 8396 | is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number |
| 8397 | or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed |
| 8402 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. |
| 8403 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. |
| 8404 | |
| 8405 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8406 | |
| 8407 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 | (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ |
| 8410 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. |
| 8411 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. |
| 8412 | The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. |
| 8413 | |
| 8414 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for |
| 8415 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are |
| 8416 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P |
| 8417 | is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number |
| 8418 | or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. |
| 8421 | |
| 8422 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed |
| 8423 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. |
| 8424 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. |
| 8425 | |
| 8426 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) |
| 8429 | (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) |
| 8430 | |
| 8431 | (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ |
| 8432 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. |
| 8433 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and |
| 8434 | move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer |
| 8435 | around or before point. |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for |
| 8438 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are |
| 8439 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P |
| 8440 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or |
| 8441 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. |
| 8442 | |
| 8443 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed |
| 8446 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. |
| 8447 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. |
| 8448 | |
| 8449 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil) |
| 8452 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) |
| 8453 | |
| 8454 | (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ |
| 8455 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. |
| 8456 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and |
| 8457 | move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer |
| 8458 | around or before point. |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for |
| 8461 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are |
| 8462 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P |
| 8463 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or |
| 8464 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. |
| 8465 | |
| 8466 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. |
| 8467 | |
| 8468 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed |
| 8469 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. |
| 8470 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 | \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil) |
| 8475 | (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 | (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ |
| 8478 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. |
| 8479 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for |
| 8482 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are |
| 8483 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P |
| 8484 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or |
| 8485 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. |
| 8486 | |
| 8487 | If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. |
| 8488 | |
| 8489 | A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed |
| 8490 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. |
| 8491 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8494 | |
| 8495 | \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 8496 | (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) |
| 8497 | (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) |
| 8498 | |
| 8499 | (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ |
| 8500 | Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 | This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument |
| 8503 | since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from |
| 8504 | where they were found. |
| 8505 | |
| 8506 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 | (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ |
| 8509 | Select next file among files in current tags table. |
| 8510 | |
| 8511 | A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the |
| 8512 | beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is |
| 8513 | neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 | Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer |
| 8516 | to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. |
| 8517 | |
| 8518 | Value is nil if the file was already visited; |
| 8519 | if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename. |
| 8520 | |
| 8521 | \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil) |
| 8522 | |
| 8523 | (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ |
| 8524 | Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. |
| 8525 | Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the |
| 8526 | argument is passed to `next-file', which see). |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 | Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of |
| 8529 | `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is |
| 8530 | interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to |
| 8531 | evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to |
| 8532 | nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file. |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 | \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil) |
| 8535 | (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) |
| 8536 | |
| 8537 | (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ |
| 8538 | Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. |
| 8539 | Stops when a match is found. |
| 8540 | To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. |
| 8541 | |
| 8542 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8543 | |
| 8544 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil) |
| 8545 | |
| 8546 | (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ |
| 8547 | Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table. |
| 8548 | Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
| 8549 | If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace |
| 8550 | with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'. |
| 8553 | |
| 8554 | \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil) |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ |
| 8557 | Display list of tags in file FILE. |
| 8558 | This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. |
| 8559 | FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a |
| 8560 | directory specification. |
| 8561 | |
| 8562 | \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil) |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ |
| 8565 | Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches. |
| 8566 | |
| 8567 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 8568 | |
| 8569 | (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ |
| 8570 | Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. |
| 8571 | The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; |
| 8572 | see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list. |
| 8573 | |
| 8574 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8575 | |
| 8576 | (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ |
| 8577 | Perform tags completion on the text around point. |
| 8578 | Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. |
| 8579 | The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default |
| 8580 | for \\[find-tag] (which see). |
| 8581 | |
| 8582 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8583 | |
| 8584 | ;;;*** |
| 8585 | \f |
| 8586 | ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer |
| 8587 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer |
| 8588 | ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel |
| 8589 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker |
| 8590 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker |
| 8591 | ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker |
| 8592 | ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
| 8593 | ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16953 20625)) |
| 8594 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 | (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8597 | Not documented |
| 8598 | |
| 8599 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8602 | Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. |
| 8603 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language |
| 8604 | and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. |
| 8605 | |
| 8606 | If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region |
| 8607 | begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary |
| 8608 | language. |
| 8609 | |
| 8610 | If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion |
| 8611 | even if the buffer is read-only. |
| 8612 | |
| 8613 | See also the descriptions of the variables |
| 8614 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and |
| 8615 | `ethio-use-three-dot-question'. |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 | \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) |
| 8618 | |
| 8619 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8620 | Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. |
| 8621 | |
| 8622 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary |
| 8623 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. |
| 8624 | |
| 8625 | If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer |
| 8626 | begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary |
| 8627 | language. |
| 8628 | |
| 8629 | If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the |
| 8630 | buffer is read-only. |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | See also the descriptions of the variables |
| 8633 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and |
| 8634 | `ethio-use-three-dot-question'. |
| 8635 | |
| 8636 | \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) |
| 8637 | |
| 8638 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8639 | Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. |
| 8640 | If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter. |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8643 | |
| 8644 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8645 | Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. |
| 8646 | |
| 8647 | If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", |
| 8648 | convert the segments between them into FIDEL. |
| 8649 | |
| 8650 | If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field |
| 8651 | and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'. |
| 8652 | |
| 8653 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8654 | |
| 8655 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8656 | Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. |
| 8657 | Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. |
| 8658 | The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted. |
| 8659 | |
| 8660 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8663 | Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. |
| 8664 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary |
| 8665 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 | If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert |
| 8668 | the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with |
| 8669 | the primary language. |
| 8670 | |
| 8671 | If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the |
| 8672 | buffer is read-only. |
| 8673 | |
| 8674 | See also the descriptions of the variables |
| 8675 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', |
| 8676 | `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'. |
| 8677 | |
| 8678 | \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) |
| 8679 | |
| 8680 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8681 | Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. |
| 8682 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary |
| 8683 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 | If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the |
| 8686 | region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the |
| 8687 | primary language. |
| 8688 | |
| 8689 | If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the |
| 8690 | buffer is read-only. |
| 8691 | |
| 8692 | See also the descriptions of the variables |
| 8693 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', |
| 8694 | `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'. |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil) |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8699 | Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. |
| 8700 | If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter. |
| 8701 | |
| 8702 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8705 | Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. |
| 8706 | |
| 8707 | If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, |
| 8708 | 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, |
| 8709 | 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and |
| 8710 | 3) convert the body into SERA. |
| 8711 | |
| 8712 | The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too. |
| 8713 | |
| 8714 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8717 | Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. |
| 8718 | The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted. |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 | (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8723 | Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor. |
| 8724 | |
| 8725 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8726 | |
| 8727 | (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8728 | Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. |
| 8729 | |
| 8730 | In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two |
| 8731 | Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should |
| 8732 | be 1, 2, or 3. |
| 8733 | |
| 8734 | If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. |
| 8735 | If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. |
| 8736 | If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 | The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region. |
| 8739 | |
| 8740 | \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil) |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 | (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8743 | Allow the user to input special characters. |
| 8744 | |
| 8745 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 8746 | |
| 8747 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8748 | Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. |
| 8749 | Each command is always surrounded by braces. |
| 8750 | |
| 8751 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 | (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8754 | Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars. |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8757 | |
| 8758 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8759 | Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 | Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the |
| 8762 | character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 | If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. |
| 8765 | Otherwise, [0-9A-F]. |
| 8766 | |
| 8767 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8768 | |
| 8769 | (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8770 | Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters. |
| 8771 | |
| 8772 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8773 | |
| 8774 | (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8775 | Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix. |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 | (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ |
| 8780 | Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension. |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8783 | |
| 8784 | ;;;*** |
| 8785 | \f |
| 8786 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
| 8787 | ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" |
| 8788 | ;;;;;; (16884 52115)) |
| 8789 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 | (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ |
| 8792 | Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. |
| 8793 | Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default |
| 8794 | server for future sessions. |
| 8795 | |
| 8796 | \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil) |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ |
| 8799 | Get the email field of NAME from the directory server. |
| 8800 | If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none. |
| 8801 | |
| 8802 | \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil) |
| 8803 | |
| 8804 | (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ |
| 8805 | Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server. |
| 8806 | If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none. |
| 8807 | |
| 8808 | \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil) |
| 8809 | |
| 8810 | (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ |
| 8811 | Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. |
| 8812 | The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to |
| 8813 | the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. |
| 8814 | The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the |
| 8815 | individual inline query words with directory attribute names. |
| 8816 | After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by |
| 8817 | `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. |
| 8818 | If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. |
| 8819 | `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. |
| 8820 | Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, |
| 8821 | see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers' |
| 8822 | |
| 8823 | \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil) |
| 8824 | |
| 8825 | (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ |
| 8826 | Display a form to query the directory server. |
| 8827 | If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first |
| 8828 | queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form. |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 | \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil) |
| 8831 | |
| 8832 | (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ |
| 8833 | Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. |
| 8834 | This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect. |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8837 | |
| 8838 | (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
| 8839 | |
| 8840 | ;;;*** |
| 8841 | \f |
| 8842 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline |
| 8843 | ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) |
| 8844 | ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 8845 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el |
| 8846 | |
| 8847 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ |
| 8848 | Display a button for unidentified binary DATA. |
| 8849 | |
| 8850 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) |
| 8851 | |
| 8852 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ |
| 8853 | Display URL and make it clickable. |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 8856 | |
| 8857 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\ |
| 8858 | Display e-mail address and make it clickable. |
| 8859 | |
| 8860 | \(fn MAIL)" nil nil) |
| 8861 | |
| 8862 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ |
| 8863 | Display a button to play the sound DATA. |
| 8864 | |
| 8865 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ |
| 8868 | Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible. |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) |
| 8871 | |
| 8872 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ |
| 8873 | Display a button for the JPEG DATA. |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 | ;;;*** |
| 8878 | \f |
| 8879 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) |
| 8880 | ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 8881 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el |
| 8882 | |
| 8883 | (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ |
| 8884 | Insert record at point into the BBDB database. |
| 8885 | This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer. |
| 8886 | |
| 8887 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 | (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ |
| 8890 | Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record. |
| 8891 | |
| 8892 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8893 | |
| 8894 | ;;;*** |
| 8895 | \f |
| 8896 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" |
| 8897 | ;;;;;; (16213 43280)) |
| 8898 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el |
| 8899 | |
| 8900 | (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ |
| 8901 | Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer. |
| 8902 | |
| 8903 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8904 | |
| 8905 | ;;;*** |
| 8906 | \f |
| 8907 | ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
| 8908 | ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret |
| 8909 | ;;;;;; executable-find executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" |
| 8910 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/executable.el" (16858 50935)) |
| 8911 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
| 8912 | |
| 8913 | (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\ |
| 8914 | Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style. |
| 8915 | If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\". |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil) |
| 8918 | |
| 8919 | (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
| 8920 | Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name. |
| 8921 | Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'. |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 | \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil) |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 | (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\ |
| 8926 | Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. |
| 8927 | While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] |
| 8928 | command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and |
| 8929 | `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts. |
| 8930 | |
| 8931 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 | (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
| 8934 | Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. |
| 8935 | The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', |
| 8936 | `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control |
| 8937 | when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made |
| 8938 | executable. |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 | \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil) |
| 8941 | |
| 8942 | (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ |
| 8943 | Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. |
| 8944 | The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself. |
| 8945 | |
| 8946 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8947 | |
| 8948 | (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
| 8949 | Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. |
| 8950 | If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing |
| 8951 | file modes. |
| 8952 | |
| 8953 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 8954 | |
| 8955 | ;;;*** |
| 8956 | \f |
| 8957 | ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot |
| 8958 | ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16213 43267)) |
| 8959 | ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
| 8960 | |
| 8961 | (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ |
| 8962 | Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. |
| 8963 | ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry |
| 8964 | has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). |
| 8965 | |
| 8966 | ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. |
| 8967 | |
| 8968 | EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the |
| 8969 | expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages |
| 8970 | to generate such functions. |
| 8971 | |
| 8972 | ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of |
| 8973 | numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the |
| 8974 | beginning of the expanded text. |
| 8975 | |
| 8976 | If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first |
| 8977 | member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions |
| 8978 | cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and |
| 8979 | `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. |
| 8980 | |
| 8981 | If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text. |
| 8982 | |
| 8983 | \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil) |
| 8984 | |
| 8985 | (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ |
| 8986 | Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. |
| 8987 | This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'. |
| 8988 | |
| 8989 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8990 | |
| 8991 | (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ |
| 8992 | Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. |
| 8993 | This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'. |
| 8994 | |
| 8995 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 8996 | (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) |
| 8997 | (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 | ;;;*** |
| 9000 | \f |
| 9001 | ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16858 50935)) |
| 9002 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
| 9003 | |
| 9004 | (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ |
| 9005 | Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format. |
| 9006 | For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'. |
| 9007 | |
| 9008 | \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line. |
| 9009 | \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line. |
| 9010 | \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. |
| 9011 | |
| 9012 | Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 | Key definitions: |
| 9015 | \\{f90-mode-map} |
| 9016 | |
| 9017 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 | `f90-do-indent' |
| 9020 | Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3). |
| 9021 | `f90-if-indent' |
| 9022 | Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3). |
| 9023 | `f90-type-indent' |
| 9024 | Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3). |
| 9025 | `f90-program-indent' |
| 9026 | Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks |
| 9027 | (default 2). |
| 9028 | `f90-continuation-indent' |
| 9029 | Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5). |
| 9030 | `f90-comment-region' |
| 9031 | String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each |
| 9032 | line in region (default \"!!!$\"). |
| 9033 | `f90-indented-comment-re' |
| 9034 | Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code |
| 9035 | (default \"!\"). |
| 9036 | `f90-directive-comment-re' |
| 9037 | Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented |
| 9038 | (default \"!hpf\\\\$\"). |
| 9039 | `f90-break-delimiters' |
| 9040 | Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken |
| 9041 | (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\"). |
| 9042 | `f90-break-before-delimiters' |
| 9043 | Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters |
| 9044 | (default t). |
| 9045 | `f90-beginning-ampersand' |
| 9046 | Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t). |
| 9047 | `f90-smart-end' |
| 9048 | From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. |
| 9049 | Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine |
| 9050 | whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink). |
| 9051 | `f90-auto-keyword-case' |
| 9052 | Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil). |
| 9053 | The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. |
| 9054 | `f90-leave-line-no' |
| 9055 | Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil). |
| 9056 | `f90-keywords-re' |
| 9057 | List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 | Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' |
| 9060 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9063 | |
| 9064 | ;;;*** |
| 9065 | \f |
| 9066 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special |
| 9067 | ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only |
| 9068 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu |
| 9069 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) |
| 9070 | ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16942 52929)) |
| 9071 | ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
| 9072 | (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap) |
| 9073 | (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 | (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ |
| 9076 | Menu keymap for faces.") |
| 9077 | |
| 9078 | (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) |
| 9079 | |
| 9080 | (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ |
| 9081 | Menu keymap for foreground colors.") |
| 9082 | |
| 9083 | (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) |
| 9084 | |
| 9085 | (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ |
| 9086 | Menu keymap for background colors.") |
| 9087 | |
| 9088 | (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) |
| 9089 | |
| 9090 | (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
| 9091 | Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
| 9092 | |
| 9093 | (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) |
| 9094 | |
| 9095 | (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
| 9096 | Submenu for text justification commands.") |
| 9097 | |
| 9098 | (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) |
| 9099 | |
| 9100 | (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
| 9101 | Submenu for indentation commands.") |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 | (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) |
| 9104 | |
| 9105 | (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ |
| 9106 | Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 | (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 | (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 | (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 | (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) |
| 9115 | |
| 9116 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9117 | Add FACE to the region or next character typed. |
| 9118 | This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that |
| 9119 | will not show through at all will be removed. |
| 9120 | |
| 9121 | Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer. |
| 9122 | |
| 9123 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) |
| 9124 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the |
| 9125 | requested face. |
| 9126 | |
| 9127 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character |
| 9128 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before |
| 9129 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. |
| 9130 | |
| 9131 | \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil) |
| 9132 | |
| 9133 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9134 | Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
| 9135 | This command reads the color in the minibuffer. |
| 9136 | |
| 9137 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) |
| 9138 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the |
| 9139 | requested face. |
| 9140 | |
| 9141 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character |
| 9142 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before |
| 9143 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. |
| 9144 | |
| 9145 | \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil) |
| 9146 | |
| 9147 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9148 | Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
| 9149 | This command reads the color in the minibuffer. |
| 9150 | |
| 9151 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) |
| 9152 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the |
| 9153 | requested face. |
| 9154 | |
| 9155 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character |
| 9156 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before |
| 9157 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. |
| 9158 | |
| 9159 | \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil) |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9162 | Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
| 9163 | This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
| 9164 | is the menu item's name. |
| 9165 | |
| 9166 | If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) |
| 9167 | and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the |
| 9168 | requested face. |
| 9169 | |
| 9170 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character |
| 9171 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before |
| 9172 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification. |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 | \(fn FACE START END)" t nil) |
| 9175 | |
| 9176 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9177 | Make the region invisible. |
| 9178 | This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with |
| 9179 | `facemenu-remove-special'. |
| 9180 | |
| 9181 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9184 | Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. |
| 9185 | This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with |
| 9186 | `facemenu-remove-special'. |
| 9187 | |
| 9188 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9191 | Make the region unmodifiable. |
| 9192 | This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with |
| 9193 | `facemenu-remove-special'. |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 9196 | |
| 9197 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9198 | Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties. |
| 9199 | |
| 9200 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9203 | Remove all text properties from the region. |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9208 | Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. |
| 9209 | These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'. |
| 9210 | |
| 9211 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 9212 | |
| 9213 | (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9214 | Read a color using the minibuffer. |
| 9215 | |
| 9216 | \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil) |
| 9217 | |
| 9218 | (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ |
| 9219 | Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. |
| 9220 | If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of |
| 9221 | colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of |
| 9222 | colors that the current display can handle. If the optional |
| 9223 | argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*. |
| 9224 | |
| 9225 | \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 | ;;;*** |
| 9228 | \f |
| 9229 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" |
| 9230 | ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16777 65418)) |
| 9231 | ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 | (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ |
| 9234 | Toggle Fast Lock mode. |
| 9235 | With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer |
| 9236 | is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 | If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text |
| 9241 | properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the |
| 9242 | buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 | Font Lock caches may be saved: |
| 9245 | - When you save the file's buffer. |
| 9246 | - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. |
| 9247 | - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. |
| 9248 | Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. |
| 9249 | See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 | Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 | Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, |
| 9254 | see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. |
| 9255 | For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', |
| 9256 | `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'. |
| 9257 | |
| 9258 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 9259 | |
| 9260 | (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ |
| 9261 | Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode. |
| 9262 | |
| 9263 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 | (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) |
| 9266 | |
| 9267 | ;;;*** |
| 9268 | \f |
| 9269 | ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue |
| 9270 | ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts |
| 9271 | ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 9272 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ |
| 9275 | Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. |
| 9276 | This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used |
| 9277 | with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing. |
| 9278 | |
| 9279 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 9280 | |
| 9281 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ |
| 9282 | Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts. |
| 9283 | |
| 9284 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 9285 | |
| 9286 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ |
| 9287 | Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. |
| 9288 | This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can |
| 9289 | bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt. |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 9292 | |
| 9293 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ |
| 9294 | Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. |
| 9295 | Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of |
| 9296 | messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly |
| 9297 | backup file names and the like). |
| 9298 | |
| 9299 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 9300 | |
| 9301 | (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ |
| 9302 | Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. |
| 9303 | Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event |
| 9304 | is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which |
| 9305 | is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up |
| 9306 | or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed |
| 9307 | internally by feedmail): |
| 9308 | |
| 9309 | after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) |
| 9310 | after-queue (a message has just been queued) |
| 9311 | after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) |
| 9312 | after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 | WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If |
| 9315 | the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected |
| 9316 | to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions |
| 9317 | by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, |
| 9318 | you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil. |
| 9319 | |
| 9320 | \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil) |
| 9321 | |
| 9322 | ;;;*** |
| 9323 | \f |
| 9324 | ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu |
| 9325 | ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16858 50909)) |
| 9326 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
| 9327 | |
| 9328 | (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ |
| 9329 | Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. |
| 9330 | Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. |
| 9331 | Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. |
| 9332 | Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, |
| 9333 | double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. |
| 9334 | Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'. |
| 9335 | |
| 9336 | \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil) |
| 9337 | |
| 9338 | (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ |
| 9339 | Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. |
| 9340 | If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. |
| 9341 | With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. |
| 9342 | If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. |
| 9343 | See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', |
| 9344 | and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. |
| 9345 | |
| 9346 | See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version. |
| 9347 | |
| 9348 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 9349 | |
| 9350 | (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point)) |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ |
| 9353 | Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. |
| 9354 | Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is |
| 9355 | cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. |
| 9356 | The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces |
| 9357 | a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'. |
| 9358 | |
| 9359 | \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil) |
| 9360 | |
| 9361 | (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ |
| 9362 | Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. |
| 9363 | Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. |
| 9364 | Return value: |
| 9365 | * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) |
| 9366 | * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns |
| 9367 | * otherwise, nil |
| 9368 | |
| 9369 | \(fn E)" t nil) |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 | (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ |
| 9372 | Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'. |
| 9373 | |
| 9374 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 | (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ |
| 9377 | Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'. |
| 9378 | |
| 9379 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9380 | |
| 9381 | ;;;*** |
| 9382 | \f |
| 9383 | ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" |
| 9384 | ;;;;;; (16830 50347)) |
| 9385 | ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 | (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ |
| 9388 | Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. |
| 9389 | Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in |
| 9390 | the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through |
| 9391 | the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
| 9392 | the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution |
| 9393 | \(directories) is done. |
| 9394 | |
| 9395 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 9396 | (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) |
| 9397 | (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) |
| 9398 | (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) |
| 9399 | |
| 9400 | ;;;*** |
| 9401 | \f |
| 9402 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options |
| 9403 | ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" |
| 9404 | ;;;;;; (16908 33360)) |
| 9405 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 | (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ |
| 9408 | *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. |
| 9409 | This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION |
| 9410 | gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. |
| 9411 | LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 | (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired") |
| 9414 | |
| 9415 | (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\ |
| 9416 | `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers. |
| 9417 | This should contain the \"-l\" switch. |
| 9418 | Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use |
| 9419 | them for `find-ls-option'.") |
| 9420 | |
| 9421 | (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired") |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 | (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ |
| 9424 | *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. |
| 9425 | On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. |
| 9426 | On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 | (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired") |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 | (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ |
| 9431 | Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. |
| 9432 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is |
| 9433 | |
| 9434 | find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 | except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use |
| 9437 | as the final argument. |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil) |
| 9440 | |
| 9441 | (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ |
| 9442 | Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, |
| 9443 | and run dired on those files. |
| 9444 | PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. |
| 9445 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is |
| 9446 | |
| 9447 | find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 | \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil) |
| 9450 | |
| 9451 | (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ |
| 9452 | Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output. |
| 9453 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is |
| 9454 | |
| 9455 | find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls |
| 9456 | |
| 9457 | Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options. |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 | \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 9460 | |
| 9461 | ;;;*** |
| 9462 | \f |
| 9463 | ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file |
| 9464 | ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" |
| 9465 | ;;;;;; (16767 25304)) |
| 9466 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 | (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\ |
| 9469 | *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'. |
| 9470 | Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files |
| 9471 | etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that |
| 9472 | construct.") |
| 9473 | |
| 9474 | (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ |
| 9475 | Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. |
| 9476 | See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
| 9477 | |
| 9478 | If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window. |
| 9479 | |
| 9480 | \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 9481 | |
| 9482 | (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file)) |
| 9483 | |
| 9484 | (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ |
| 9485 | Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. |
| 9486 | Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 | If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. |
| 9489 | If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. |
| 9490 | |
| 9491 | Variables of interest include: |
| 9492 | |
| 9493 | - `ff-case-fold-search' |
| 9494 | Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). |
| 9495 | If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
| 9496 | |
| 9497 | - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
| 9498 | If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
| 9499 | argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
| 9500 | |
| 9501 | - `ff-ignore-include' |
| 9502 | If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
| 9503 | |
| 9504 | - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
| 9505 | If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 | - `ff-quiet-mode' |
| 9508 | If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
| 9509 | |
| 9510 | - `ff-special-constructs' |
| 9511 | A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special |
| 9512 | constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for |
| 9513 | extracting the filename from that construct. |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 | - `ff-other-file-alist' |
| 9516 | Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 | - `ff-search-directories' |
| 9519 | List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
| 9520 | `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
| 9521 | |
| 9522 | - `ff-pre-find-hook' |
| 9523 | List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
| 9524 | |
| 9525 | - `ff-pre-load-hook' |
| 9526 | List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
| 9527 | |
| 9528 | - `ff-post-load-hook' |
| 9529 | List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 | - `ff-not-found-hook' |
| 9532 | List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | - `ff-file-created-hook' |
| 9535 | List of functions to be called if the other file has been created. |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 | \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil) |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 | (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ |
| 9540 | Visit the file you click on. |
| 9541 | |
| 9542 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 9543 | |
| 9544 | (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ |
| 9545 | Visit the file you click on in another window. |
| 9546 | |
| 9547 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 9548 | |
| 9549 | ;;;*** |
| 9550 | \f |
| 9551 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point |
| 9552 | ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition |
| 9553 | ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window |
| 9554 | ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame |
| 9555 | ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect |
| 9556 | ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func" |
| 9557 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16953 20625)) |
| 9558 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
| 9559 | |
| 9560 | (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\ |
| 9561 | Find the elisp source of LIBRARY. |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 | \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil) |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 | (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\ |
| 9566 | Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY. |
| 9567 | If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition. |
| 9568 | Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition, |
| 9569 | and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'. |
| 9570 | The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY. |
| 9571 | |
| 9572 | \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil) |
| 9573 | |
| 9574 | (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ |
| 9575 | Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. |
| 9576 | |
| 9577 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION |
| 9578 | in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is |
| 9579 | not selected. |
| 9580 | |
| 9581 | If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is |
| 9582 | searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise |
| 9583 | in `load-path'. |
| 9584 | |
| 9585 | \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil) |
| 9586 | |
| 9587 | (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ |
| 9588 | Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. |
| 9589 | |
| 9590 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function |
| 9591 | near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and |
| 9592 | places point before the definition. |
| 9593 | Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed. |
| 9594 | |
| 9595 | The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in |
| 9596 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. |
| 9597 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. |
| 9598 | |
| 9599 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 | (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ |
| 9602 | Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. |
| 9603 | |
| 9604 | See `find-function' for more details. |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 9607 | |
| 9608 | (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ |
| 9609 | Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. |
| 9610 | |
| 9611 | See `find-function' for more details. |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 9614 | |
| 9615 | (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ |
| 9616 | Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. |
| 9617 | |
| 9618 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL |
| 9619 | in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch |
| 9620 | to the buffer or display it. |
| 9621 | |
| 9622 | The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or |
| 9623 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. |
| 9624 | |
| 9625 | \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil) |
| 9626 | |
| 9627 | (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ |
| 9628 | Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable |
| 9631 | near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and |
| 9632 | places point before the definition. |
| 9633 | |
| 9634 | Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed. |
| 9635 | |
| 9636 | The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in |
| 9637 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. |
| 9638 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. |
| 9639 | |
| 9640 | \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) |
| 9641 | |
| 9642 | (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ |
| 9643 | Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. |
| 9644 | |
| 9645 | See `find-variable' for more details. |
| 9646 | |
| 9647 | \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) |
| 9648 | |
| 9649 | (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ |
| 9650 | Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. |
| 9651 | |
| 9652 | See `find-variable' for more details. |
| 9653 | |
| 9654 | \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil) |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 | (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\ |
| 9657 | Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. |
| 9658 | TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, |
| 9659 | `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin |
| 9660 | does not switch to the buffer or display it. |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 | The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or |
| 9663 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 | \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil) |
| 9666 | |
| 9667 | (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\ |
| 9668 | Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point. |
| 9669 | |
| 9670 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face |
| 9671 | near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and |
| 9672 | places point before the definition. |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 | Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed. |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 | The library where FACE is defined is searched for in |
| 9677 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. |
| 9678 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'. |
| 9679 | |
| 9680 | \(fn FACE)" t nil) |
| 9681 | |
| 9682 | (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ |
| 9683 | Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. |
| 9684 | Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed. |
| 9685 | |
| 9686 | \(fn KEY)" t nil) |
| 9687 | |
| 9688 | (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ |
| 9689 | Find directly the function at point in the other window. |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 | (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ |
| 9694 | Find directly the function at point in the other window. |
| 9695 | |
| 9696 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9697 | |
| 9698 | (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ |
| 9699 | Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions. |
| 9700 | |
| 9701 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 | ;;;*** |
| 9704 | \f |
| 9705 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories |
| 9706 | ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16213 43268)) |
| 9707 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el |
| 9708 | |
| 9709 | (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\ |
| 9710 | Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP. |
| 9711 | |
| 9712 | \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 9713 | |
| 9714 | (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\ |
| 9715 | Find all subdirectories of DIR. |
| 9716 | |
| 9717 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) |
| 9718 | |
| 9719 | (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\ |
| 9720 | Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP. |
| 9721 | |
| 9722 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 9723 | |
| 9724 | ;;;*** |
| 9725 | \f |
| 9726 | ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
| 9727 | ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16958 58756)) |
| 9728 | ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 | (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ |
| 9731 | Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer. |
| 9732 | |
| 9733 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9734 | |
| 9735 | (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ |
| 9736 | Display FILE's commentary section. |
| 9737 | FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'. |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 9740 | |
| 9741 | (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ |
| 9742 | Find packages matching a given keyword. |
| 9743 | |
| 9744 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9745 | |
| 9746 | ;;;*** |
| 9747 | \f |
| 9748 | ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
| 9749 | ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16213 43268)) |
| 9750 | ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
| 9751 | |
| 9752 | (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ |
| 9753 | Toggle flow control handling. |
| 9754 | When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. |
| 9755 | With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable. |
| 9756 | |
| 9757 | \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil) |
| 9758 | |
| 9759 | (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ |
| 9760 | Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. |
| 9761 | Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control |
| 9762 | on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, |
| 9763 | you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ |
| 9764 | to get the effect of a C-q. |
| 9765 | |
| 9766 | \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil) |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 | ;;;*** |
| 9769 | \f |
| 9770 | ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" |
| 9771 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 9772 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 | (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\ |
| 9775 | Not documented |
| 9776 | |
| 9777 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil) |
| 9778 | |
| 9779 | (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\ |
| 9780 | Not documented |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil) |
| 9783 | |
| 9784 | ;;;*** |
| 9785 | \f |
| 9786 | ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" |
| 9787 | ;;;;;; (16808 48570)) |
| 9788 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el |
| 9789 | |
| 9790 | (unless (assq (quote flymake-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flymake-mode flymake-mode-line)) minor-mode-alist))) |
| 9791 | |
| 9792 | (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\ |
| 9793 | Turn flymake mode on. |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 9796 | |
| 9797 | (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\ |
| 9798 | Turn flymake mode off. |
| 9799 | |
| 9800 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 9801 | |
| 9802 | ;;;*** |
| 9803 | \f |
| 9804 | ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off |
| 9805 | ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string) |
| 9806 | ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16939 44105)) |
| 9807 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
| 9808 | |
| 9809 | (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
| 9810 | *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. |
| 9811 | Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") |
| 9812 | |
| 9813 | (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell") |
| 9814 | |
| 9815 | (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
| 9816 | Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings. |
| 9817 | |
| 9818 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9819 | |
| 9820 | (defvar flyspell-mode nil) |
| 9821 | |
| 9822 | (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) |
| 9823 | |
| 9824 | (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
| 9825 | Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. |
| 9826 | This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. |
| 9827 | The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. |
| 9828 | With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. |
| 9829 | With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. |
| 9830 | |
| 9831 | Bindings: |
| 9832 | \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). |
| 9833 | \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. |
| 9834 | \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. |
| 9835 | |
| 9836 | Hooks: |
| 9837 | This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered. |
| 9838 | |
| 9839 | Remark: |
| 9840 | `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are |
| 9841 | valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by |
| 9842 | invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 | Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance |
| 9845 | consider adding: |
| 9846 | \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) |
| 9847 | in your .emacs file. |
| 9848 | |
| 9849 | \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region. |
| 9850 | \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer. |
| 9851 | |
| 9852 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 9853 | |
| 9854 | (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) |
| 9855 | |
| 9856 | (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\ |
| 9857 | The flyspell version |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9860 | |
| 9861 | (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
| 9862 | Turn Flyspell mode off. |
| 9863 | |
| 9864 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 9865 | |
| 9866 | (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\ |
| 9867 | Flyspell text between BEG and END. |
| 9868 | |
| 9869 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 9870 | |
| 9871 | (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\ |
| 9872 | Flyspell whole buffer. |
| 9873 | |
| 9874 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9875 | |
| 9876 | ;;;*** |
| 9877 | \f |
| 9878 | ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode |
| 9879 | ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" |
| 9880 | ;;;;;; (16534 3807)) |
| 9881 | ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
| 9882 | |
| 9883 | (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ |
| 9884 | Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'. |
| 9885 | |
| 9886 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9887 | |
| 9888 | (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ |
| 9889 | Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'. |
| 9890 | |
| 9891 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 | (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ |
| 9894 | Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. |
| 9895 | |
| 9896 | The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use |
| 9897 | of two major techniques: |
| 9898 | |
| 9899 | * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. |
| 9900 | This means that whenever one window is moved, all the |
| 9901 | others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) |
| 9902 | |
| 9903 | * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another |
| 9904 | window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This |
| 9905 | makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor |
| 9906 | movement commands. |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 | Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two |
| 9909 | side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow |
| 9910 | mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been |
| 9911 | one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, |
| 9912 | and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your |
| 9913 | mileage may vary). |
| 9914 | |
| 9915 | To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands |
| 9916 | `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. |
| 9917 | |
| 9918 | Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. |
| 9919 | |
| 9920 | If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode |
| 9921 | will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. |
| 9922 | \(This is the default.) |
| 9923 | |
| 9924 | When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' |
| 9925 | is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. |
| 9926 | |
| 9927 | Keys specific to Follow mode: |
| 9928 | \\{follow-mode-map} |
| 9929 | |
| 9930 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 9931 | |
| 9932 | (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ |
| 9933 | Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. |
| 9934 | |
| 9935 | Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text |
| 9936 | in the selected window. All other windows, in the current |
| 9937 | frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two |
| 9938 | side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the |
| 9939 | two windows always will display two successive pages. |
| 9940 | \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) |
| 9941 | |
| 9942 | If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, |
| 9943 | the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is |
| 9944 | selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. |
| 9945 | |
| 9946 | To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line |
| 9947 | in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: |
| 9948 | (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) |
| 9949 | |
| 9950 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 9951 | |
| 9952 | ;;;*** |
| 9953 | \f |
| 9954 | ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords |
| 9955 | ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" |
| 9956 | ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16960 18194)) |
| 9957 | ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
| 9958 | |
| 9959 | (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\ |
| 9960 | Not documented |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | \(fn ARG)" nil nil) |
| 9963 | |
| 9964 | (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
| 9965 | Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
| 9966 | MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' |
| 9967 | or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
| 9968 | KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. |
| 9969 | By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. |
| 9970 | If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current |
| 9971 | highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the |
| 9972 | end of the current highlighting list. |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 | For example: |
| 9975 | |
| 9976 | (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode |
| 9977 | '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) |
| 9978 | (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) |
| 9979 | |
| 9980 | adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in |
| 9981 | comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. |
| 9982 | |
| 9983 | When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended |
| 9984 | to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid |
| 9985 | subtle problems due to details of the implementation. |
| 9986 | |
| 9987 | Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g., |
| 9988 | see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', |
| 9989 | `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'. |
| 9990 | |
| 9991 | \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil) |
| 9992 | |
| 9993 | (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
| 9994 | Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
| 9995 | |
| 9996 | MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' |
| 9997 | or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. |
| 9998 | |
| 9999 | When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended |
| 10000 | to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid |
| 10001 | subtle problems due to details of the implementation. |
| 10002 | |
| 10003 | \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil) |
| 10004 | |
| 10005 | (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
| 10006 | Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would. |
| 10007 | |
| 10008 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10009 | |
| 10010 | ;;;*** |
| 10011 | \f |
| 10012 | ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16908 |
| 10013 | ;;;;;; 33362)) |
| 10014 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ |
| 10017 | Toggle footnote minor mode. |
| 10018 | \\<message-mode-map> |
| 10019 | key binding |
| 10020 | --- ------- |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 | \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes |
| 10023 | \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote |
| 10024 | \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote |
| 10025 | \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style |
| 10026 | \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message |
| 10027 | \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote |
| 10028 | |
| 10029 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 10030 | |
| 10031 | ;;;*** |
| 10032 | \f |
| 10033 | ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
| 10034 | ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16507 41097)) |
| 10035 | ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
| 10036 | |
| 10037 | (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ |
| 10038 | Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: |
| 10041 | TAB forms-next-field TAB |
| 10042 | C-c TAB forms-next-field |
| 10043 | C-c < forms-first-record < |
| 10044 | C-c > forms-last-record > |
| 10045 | C-c ? describe-mode ? |
| 10046 | C-c C-k forms-delete-record |
| 10047 | C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q |
| 10048 | C-c C-o forms-insert-record |
| 10049 | C-c C-l forms-jump-record l |
| 10050 | C-c C-n forms-next-record n |
| 10051 | C-c C-p forms-prev-record p |
| 10052 | C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r |
| 10053 | C-c C-s forms-search-forward s |
| 10054 | C-c C-x forms-exit x |
| 10055 | |
| 10056 | \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil) |
| 10057 | |
| 10058 | (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ |
| 10059 | Visit a file in Forms mode. |
| 10060 | |
| 10061 | \(fn FN)" t nil) |
| 10062 | |
| 10063 | (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ |
| 10064 | Visit a file in Forms mode in other window. |
| 10065 | |
| 10066 | \(fn FN)" t nil) |
| 10067 | |
| 10068 | ;;;*** |
| 10069 | \f |
| 10070 | ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" |
| 10071 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 10072 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
| 10073 | |
| 10074 | (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ |
| 10075 | *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. |
| 10076 | A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. |
| 10077 | A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked |
| 10078 | with a character in column 6.") |
| 10079 | |
| 10080 | (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran") |
| 10081 | |
| 10082 | (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ |
| 10083 | Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format. |
| 10084 | For free format code, use `f90-mode'. |
| 10085 | |
| 10086 | \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. |
| 10087 | Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 | Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords. |
| 10090 | |
| 10091 | Key definitions: |
| 10092 | \\{fortran-mode-map} |
| 10093 | |
| 10094 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: |
| 10095 | |
| 10096 | `comment-start' |
| 10097 | To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". |
| 10098 | `fortran-do-indent' |
| 10099 | Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3). |
| 10100 | `fortran-if-indent' |
| 10101 | Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3). |
| 10102 | `fortran-structure-indent' |
| 10103 | Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks. |
| 10104 | (default 3) |
| 10105 | `fortran-continuation-indent' |
| 10106 | Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5). |
| 10107 | `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' |
| 10108 | Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0). |
| 10109 | `fortran-comment-indent-style' |
| 10110 | How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are: |
| 10111 | nil don't change the indentation |
| 10112 | fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the |
| 10113 | value of either |
| 10114 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or |
| 10115 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format), |
| 10116 | depending on the continuation format in use. |
| 10117 | relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the |
| 10118 | indentation for a line of code. |
| 10119 | (default 'fixed) |
| 10120 | `fortran-comment-indent-char' |
| 10121 | Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for |
| 10122 | full-line comment indentation (default \" \"). |
| 10123 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' |
| 10124 | Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6). |
| 10125 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' |
| 10126 | Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9). |
| 10127 | `fortran-line-number-indent' |
| 10128 | Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will |
| 10129 | get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching |
| 10130 | column 5. |
| 10131 | `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' |
| 10132 | Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" |
| 10133 | statements (default nil). |
| 10134 | `fortran-blink-matching-if' |
| 10135 | Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement |
| 10136 | to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil) |
| 10137 | `fortran-continuation-string' |
| 10138 | Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation |
| 10139 | line (default \"$\"). |
| 10140 | `fortran-comment-region' |
| 10141 | String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in |
| 10142 | the region (default \"c$$$\"). |
| 10143 | `fortran-electric-line-number' |
| 10144 | Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column |
| 10145 | as typed (default t). |
| 10146 | `fortran-break-before-delimiters' |
| 10147 | Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t). |
| 10148 | |
| 10149 | Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' |
| 10150 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 10151 | |
| 10152 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 | ;;;*** |
| 10155 | \f |
| 10156 | ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region |
| 10157 | ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16775 26716)) |
| 10158 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el |
| 10159 | |
| 10160 | (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\ |
| 10161 | Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. |
| 10162 | |
| 10163 | Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, |
| 10164 | read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'. |
| 10165 | |
| 10166 | \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil) |
| 10167 | |
| 10168 | (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\ |
| 10169 | Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. |
| 10170 | |
| 10171 | Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, |
| 10172 | read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'. |
| 10173 | |
| 10174 | \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil) |
| 10175 | |
| 10176 | (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\ |
| 10177 | Compile fortune file. |
| 10178 | |
| 10179 | If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses |
| 10180 | the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories. |
| 10181 | |
| 10182 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) |
| 10183 | |
| 10184 | (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\ |
| 10185 | Create signature from output of the fortune program. |
| 10186 | |
| 10187 | If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, |
| 10188 | otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune |
| 10189 | choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix |
| 10190 | and choose the directory as the fortune-file. |
| 10191 | |
| 10192 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) |
| 10193 | |
| 10194 | (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\ |
| 10195 | Display a fortune cookie. |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 | If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, |
| 10198 | otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune |
| 10199 | choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix |
| 10200 | and choose the directory as the fortune-file. |
| 10201 | |
| 10202 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) |
| 10203 | |
| 10204 | ;;;*** |
| 10205 | \f |
| 10206 | ;;;### (autoloads (fringe-indicators set-fringe-style fringe-mode |
| 10207 | ;;;;;; fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 10208 | ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el |
| 10209 | |
| 10210 | (defvar fringe-mode nil "\ |
| 10211 | *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames. |
| 10212 | This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have |
| 10213 | the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying |
| 10214 | the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or |
| 10215 | a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates |
| 10216 | width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no |
| 10217 | fringe). |
| 10218 | To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make |
| 10219 | it take real effect. |
| 10220 | Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect. |
| 10221 | If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame, |
| 10222 | you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'") |
| 10223 | |
| 10224 | (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe") |
| 10225 | |
| 10226 | (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\ |
| 10227 | Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames. |
| 10228 | |
| 10229 | When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values |
| 10230 | for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only', |
| 10231 | `minimal' and `half'. |
| 10232 | |
| 10233 | When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the |
| 10234 | integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in |
| 10235 | cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single |
| 10236 | integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width. |
| 10237 | If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the |
| 10238 | default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and |
| 10239 | right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple |
| 10240 | of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe |
| 10241 | width of 0. |
| 10242 | |
| 10243 | Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default |
| 10244 | fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all |
| 10245 | frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you |
| 10246 | want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected |
| 10247 | frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'. |
| 10248 | |
| 10249 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 10250 | |
| 10251 | (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\ |
| 10252 | Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame. |
| 10253 | |
| 10254 | When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values |
| 10255 | for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only', |
| 10256 | `minimal' and `half'. |
| 10257 | |
| 10258 | When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the |
| 10259 | integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in |
| 10260 | cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single |
| 10261 | integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width. |
| 10262 | If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the |
| 10263 | default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and |
| 10264 | right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple |
| 10265 | of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe |
| 10266 | width of 0. |
| 10267 | |
| 10268 | Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default |
| 10269 | fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the |
| 10270 | default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command |
| 10271 | `fringe-mode'. |
| 10272 | |
| 10273 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 10274 | |
| 10275 | (defvar fringe-indicators nil "\ |
| 10276 | Visually indicate buffer boundaries and scrolling. |
| 10277 | Setting this variable, changes `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.") |
| 10278 | |
| 10279 | (custom-autoload (quote fringe-indicators) "fringe") |
| 10280 | |
| 10281 | ;;;*** |
| 10282 | \f |
| 10283 | ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (16960 18194)) |
| 10284 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el |
| 10285 | |
| 10286 | (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\ |
| 10287 | Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 10288 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 10289 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 10290 | |
| 10291 | If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just |
| 10292 | pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case |
| 10293 | it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the |
| 10294 | other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior. |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 | If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of |
| 10297 | `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless |
| 10298 | `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer |
| 10299 | occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in |
| 10300 | relevant buffer. |
| 10301 | |
| 10302 | Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar. |
| 10303 | |
| 10304 | The following commands help control operation : |
| 10305 | |
| 10306 | `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses. |
| 10307 | `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout. |
| 10308 | |
| 10309 | See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more |
| 10310 | detailed description of this mode. |
| 10311 | |
| 10312 | |
| 10313 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10314 | GDB Toolbar |
| 10315 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10316 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
| 10317 | | |
| 10318 | | |
| 10319 | | |
| 10320 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10321 | Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer |
| 10322 | | (comint-mode) |
| 10323 | | |
| 10324 | | |
| 10325 | | |
| 10326 | | |
| 10327 | | |
| 10328 | | |
| 10329 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10330 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
| 10331 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
| 10332 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
| 10333 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
| 10334 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10335 | |
| 10336 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 10337 | |
| 10338 | ;;;*** |
| 10339 | \f |
| 10340 | ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode generic-mode-internal define-generic-mode) |
| 10341 | ;;;;;; "generic" "generic.el" (16960 18194)) |
| 10342 | ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
| 10343 | |
| 10344 | (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\ |
| 10345 | A list of mode names for `generic-mode'. |
| 10346 | Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode' |
| 10347 | instead (which see).") |
| 10348 | |
| 10349 | (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ |
| 10350 | Create a new generic mode MODE. |
| 10351 | |
| 10352 | MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; it need not |
| 10353 | be quoted. The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the |
| 10354 | mode command. If you do not supply it, a default documentation |
| 10355 | string will be used instead. |
| 10356 | |
| 10357 | COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single |
| 10358 | character, a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the |
| 10359 | entry is a character or a string, it is added to the mode's |
| 10360 | syntax table with `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons |
| 10361 | pair, the elements of the pair are considered to be |
| 10362 | `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. (The latter |
| 10363 | should be nil if you want comments to end at end of line.) Note |
| 10364 | that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. |
| 10365 | |
| 10366 | KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with |
| 10367 | `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string. |
| 10368 | |
| 10369 | FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. |
| 10370 | Each entry in the list should have the same form as an entry in |
| 10371 | `font-lock-keywords'. |
| 10372 | |
| 10373 | AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to |
| 10374 | `auto-mode-alist'. These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' |
| 10375 | as soon as `define-generic-mode' is called. |
| 10376 | |
| 10377 | FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some |
| 10378 | additional setup. |
| 10379 | |
| 10380 | See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'. |
| 10381 | |
| 10382 | \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 10383 | |
| 10384 | (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\ |
| 10385 | Go into the generic mode MODE. |
| 10386 | |
| 10387 | \(fn MODE COMMENTS KEYWORDS FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNS)" nil nil) |
| 10388 | |
| 10389 | (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ |
| 10390 | Enter generic mode MODE. |
| 10391 | |
| 10392 | Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality |
| 10393 | for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their |
| 10394 | own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.) |
| 10395 | |
| 10396 | To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. |
| 10397 | Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'. |
| 10398 | |
| 10399 | \(fn MODE)" t nil) |
| 10400 | |
| 10401 | ;;;*** |
| 10402 | \f |
| 10403 | ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
| 10404 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 10405 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
| 10406 | |
| 10407 | (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ |
| 10408 | Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. |
| 10409 | When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) |
| 10410 | at places they belong to. |
| 10411 | |
| 10412 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 10413 | |
| 10414 | ;;;*** |
| 10415 | \f |
| 10416 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
| 10417 | ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16954 46150)) |
| 10418 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
| 10419 | |
| 10420 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ |
| 10421 | Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server. |
| 10422 | |
| 10423 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 10424 | |
| 10425 | (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ |
| 10426 | Read network news. |
| 10427 | If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup |
| 10428 | level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is |
| 10429 | non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the |
| 10430 | name of an NNTP server to use. |
| 10431 | As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local |
| 10432 | server. |
| 10433 | |
| 10434 | \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil) |
| 10435 | |
| 10436 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ |
| 10437 | Read news as a slave. |
| 10438 | |
| 10439 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 10440 | |
| 10441 | (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ |
| 10442 | Pop up a frame to read news. |
| 10443 | This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user |
| 10444 | option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument |
| 10445 | ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The |
| 10446 | optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string |
| 10447 | such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is |
| 10448 | omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the |
| 10449 | current display is used. |
| 10450 | |
| 10451 | \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 10452 | |
| 10453 | (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ |
| 10454 | Read network news. |
| 10455 | If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the |
| 10456 | startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will |
| 10457 | prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. |
| 10458 | |
| 10459 | \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil) |
| 10460 | |
| 10461 | ;;;*** |
| 10462 | \f |
| 10463 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch |
| 10464 | ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active |
| 10465 | ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group |
| 10466 | ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize |
| 10467 | ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" |
| 10468 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 10469 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
| 10470 | |
| 10471 | (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10472 | Start Gnus unplugged. |
| 10473 | |
| 10474 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10475 | |
| 10476 | (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10477 | Start Gnus plugged. |
| 10478 | |
| 10479 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10480 | |
| 10481 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10482 | Read news as a slave unplugged. |
| 10483 | |
| 10484 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 10485 | |
| 10486 | (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10487 | Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. |
| 10488 | |
| 10489 | The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when |
| 10490 | gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize, |
| 10491 | customize gnus-agent to nil. |
| 10492 | |
| 10493 | This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and |
| 10494 | `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent |
| 10495 | minor mode in all Gnus buffers. |
| 10496 | |
| 10497 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10498 | |
| 10499 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10500 | Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged. |
| 10501 | |
| 10502 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 10503 | |
| 10504 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10505 | Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when |
| 10506 | disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was |
| 10507 | next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported. |
| 10508 | |
| 10509 | \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 10510 | |
| 10511 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10512 | Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when |
| 10513 | disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was |
| 10514 | next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported. |
| 10515 | |
| 10516 | \(fn GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 10517 | |
| 10518 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10519 | Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded. |
| 10520 | |
| 10521 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 10522 | |
| 10523 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10524 | Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles |
| 10525 | downloaded into the agent. |
| 10526 | |
| 10527 | \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil) |
| 10528 | |
| 10529 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10530 | Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's |
| 10531 | topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable |
| 10532 | variables. Returns the first non-nil value found. |
| 10533 | |
| 10534 | \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil) |
| 10535 | |
| 10536 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10537 | Start Gnus and fetch session. |
| 10538 | |
| 10539 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10540 | |
| 10541 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10542 | Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session. |
| 10543 | |
| 10544 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10545 | |
| 10546 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\ |
| 10547 | Regenerate all agent covered files. |
| 10548 | If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore). |
| 10549 | |
| 10550 | \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil) |
| 10551 | |
| 10552 | ;;;*** |
| 10553 | \f |
| 10554 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" |
| 10555 | ;;;;;; (16954 46150)) |
| 10556 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el |
| 10557 | |
| 10558 | (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ |
| 10559 | Make the current buffer look like a nice article. |
| 10560 | |
| 10561 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 10562 | |
| 10563 | ;;;*** |
| 10564 | \f |
| 10565 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" |
| 10566 | ;;;;;; (16698 21927)) |
| 10567 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
| 10568 | |
| 10569 | (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ |
| 10570 | Play a sound FILE through the speaker. |
| 10571 | |
| 10572 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 10573 | |
| 10574 | ;;;*** |
| 10575 | \f |
| 10576 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group |
| 10577 | ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active |
| 10578 | ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16858 |
| 10579 | ;;;;;; 50925)) |
| 10580 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
| 10581 | |
| 10582 | (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ |
| 10583 | Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. |
| 10584 | |
| 10585 | Usage: |
| 10586 | $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache |
| 10587 | |
| 10588 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10589 | |
| 10590 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ |
| 10591 | Generate the cache active file. |
| 10592 | |
| 10593 | \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil) |
| 10594 | |
| 10595 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ |
| 10596 | Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR. |
| 10597 | |
| 10598 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) |
| 10599 | |
| 10600 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\ |
| 10601 | Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when |
| 10602 | disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was |
| 10603 | next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported. |
| 10604 | |
| 10605 | \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 10606 | |
| 10607 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\ |
| 10608 | Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when |
| 10609 | disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was |
| 10610 | next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported. |
| 10611 | |
| 10612 | \(fn GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 10613 | |
| 10614 | ;;;*** |
| 10615 | \f |
| 10616 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article) |
| 10617 | ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 10618 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el |
| 10619 | |
| 10620 | (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus)) |
| 10621 | |
| 10622 | (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\ |
| 10623 | Delay this article by some time. |
| 10624 | DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are: |
| 10625 | |
| 10626 | * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'), |
| 10627 | weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y'); |
| 10628 | |
| 10629 | * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the |
| 10630 | variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero. |
| 10631 | |
| 10632 | * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this |
| 10633 | time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today. |
| 10634 | |
| 10635 | \(fn DELAY)" t nil) |
| 10636 | |
| 10637 | (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\ |
| 10638 | Send all the delayed messages that are due now. |
| 10639 | |
| 10640 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10641 | |
| 10642 | (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\ |
| 10643 | Initialize the gnus-delay package. |
| 10644 | This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message. |
| 10645 | This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news. |
| 10646 | |
| 10647 | The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored. |
| 10648 | Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil. |
| 10649 | |
| 10650 | \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil) |
| 10651 | |
| 10652 | ;;;*** |
| 10653 | \f |
| 10654 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" |
| 10655 | ;;;;;; (16697 49031)) |
| 10656 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el |
| 10657 | |
| 10658 | (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\ |
| 10659 | Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode. |
| 10660 | |
| 10661 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 10662 | |
| 10663 | ;;;*** |
| 10664 | \f |
| 10665 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" |
| 10666 | ;;;;;; (16764 51520)) |
| 10667 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el |
| 10668 | |
| 10669 | (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\ |
| 10670 | Reminder user if there are unsent drafts. |
| 10671 | |
| 10672 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10673 | |
| 10674 | ;;;*** |
| 10675 | \f |
| 10676 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png |
| 10677 | ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header |
| 10678 | ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (16908 |
| 10679 | ;;;;;; 33361)) |
| 10680 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el |
| 10681 | |
| 10682 | (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\ |
| 10683 | Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'. |
| 10684 | |
| 10685 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10686 | |
| 10687 | (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\ |
| 10688 | Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'. |
| 10689 | |
| 10690 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10691 | |
| 10692 | (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\ |
| 10693 | Insert an X-Face header based on an image file. |
| 10694 | |
| 10695 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 10696 | |
| 10697 | (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\ |
| 10698 | Return an Face header based on an image file. |
| 10699 | |
| 10700 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 10701 | |
| 10702 | (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\ |
| 10703 | Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG. |
| 10704 | The PNG is returned as a string. |
| 10705 | |
| 10706 | \(fn FACE)" nil nil) |
| 10707 | |
| 10708 | (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\ |
| 10709 | Convert FILE to a Face. |
| 10710 | FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to |
| 10711 | 726 bytes. |
| 10712 | |
| 10713 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) |
| 10714 | |
| 10715 | ;;;*** |
| 10716 | \f |
| 10717 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) |
| 10718 | ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16927 493)) |
| 10719 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
| 10720 | |
| 10721 | (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ |
| 10722 | Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. |
| 10723 | Returns whether the fetching was successful or not. |
| 10724 | |
| 10725 | \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil) |
| 10726 | |
| 10727 | (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ |
| 10728 | Pop up a frame and enter GROUP. |
| 10729 | |
| 10730 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) |
| 10731 | |
| 10732 | ;;;*** |
| 10733 | \f |
| 10734 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" |
| 10735 | ;;;;;; (16698 21927)) |
| 10736 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
| 10737 | |
| 10738 | (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) |
| 10739 | |
| 10740 | (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ |
| 10741 | Run batched scoring. |
| 10742 | Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score |
| 10743 | |
| 10744 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10745 | |
| 10746 | ;;;*** |
| 10747 | \f |
| 10748 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate |
| 10749 | ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" |
| 10750 | ;;;;;; (16698 21927)) |
| 10751 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el |
| 10752 | |
| 10753 | (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ |
| 10754 | Not documented |
| 10755 | |
| 10756 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 10757 | |
| 10758 | (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\ |
| 10759 | Setup group parameters from List-Post header. |
| 10760 | If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones. |
| 10761 | |
| 10762 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil) |
| 10763 | |
| 10764 | (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ |
| 10765 | Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. |
| 10766 | |
| 10767 | \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map} |
| 10768 | |
| 10769 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 10770 | |
| 10771 | ;;;*** |
| 10772 | \f |
| 10773 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update |
| 10774 | ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" |
| 10775 | ;;;;;; (16698 21927)) |
| 10776 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el |
| 10777 | |
| 10778 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ |
| 10779 | Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. |
| 10780 | Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail |
| 10781 | splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with |
| 10782 | group parameters. |
| 10783 | |
| 10784 | If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called |
| 10785 | interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before |
| 10786 | getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to |
| 10787 | nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. |
| 10788 | |
| 10789 | A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of |
| 10790 | gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used |
| 10791 | by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is |
| 10792 | nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as |
| 10793 | the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, |
| 10794 | unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical |
| 10795 | uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more |
| 10796 | elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't |
| 10797 | match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See |
| 10798 | `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details. |
| 10799 | |
| 10800 | \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil) |
| 10801 | |
| 10802 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ |
| 10803 | Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL. |
| 10804 | It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil |
| 10805 | nil CATCH-ALL). |
| 10806 | |
| 10807 | If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used |
| 10808 | instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup. |
| 10809 | |
| 10810 | \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil) |
| 10811 | |
| 10812 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ |
| 10813 | Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. |
| 10814 | See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information. |
| 10815 | |
| 10816 | gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods. |
| 10817 | |
| 10818 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 10819 | |
| 10820 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ |
| 10821 | Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. |
| 10822 | It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT |
| 10823 | |
| 10824 | \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) |
| 10825 | |
| 10826 | GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will |
| 10827 | be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all |
| 10828 | existing groups are considered. |
| 10829 | |
| 10830 | if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned, |
| 10831 | otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be |
| 10832 | returned. |
| 10833 | |
| 10834 | For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC |
| 10835 | is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this |
| 10836 | case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or |
| 10837 | EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is |
| 10838 | constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if |
| 10839 | SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it |
| 10840 | matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT |
| 10841 | clauses will be generated. |
| 10842 | |
| 10843 | If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of |
| 10844 | catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no |
| 10845 | selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is |
| 10846 | there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy |
| 10847 | split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, |
| 10848 | as the last element of a '| SPLIT. |
| 10849 | |
| 10850 | For example, given the following group parameters: |
| 10851 | |
| 10852 | nnml:mail.bar: |
| 10853 | \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") |
| 10854 | (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) |
| 10855 | nnml:mail.foo: |
| 10856 | \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") |
| 10857 | (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") |
| 10858 | (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") |
| 10859 | (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) |
| 10860 | nnml:mail.others: |
| 10861 | \((split-spec . catch-all)) |
| 10862 | |
| 10863 | Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns: |
| 10864 | |
| 10865 | \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" |
| 10866 | \"mail.bar\") |
| 10867 | (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" |
| 10868 | - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) |
| 10869 | \"mail.others\") |
| 10870 | |
| 10871 | \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil) |
| 10872 | |
| 10873 | ;;;*** |
| 10874 | \f |
| 10875 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" |
| 10876 | ;;;;;; (16213 43273)) |
| 10877 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
| 10878 | |
| 10879 | (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ |
| 10880 | Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. |
| 10881 | Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server. |
| 10882 | |
| 10883 | \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil) |
| 10884 | |
| 10885 | ;;;*** |
| 10886 | \f |
| 10887 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail) |
| 10888 | ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16923 3623)) |
| 10889 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el |
| 10890 | |
| 10891 | (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ |
| 10892 | Start editing a mail message to be sent. |
| 10893 | Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the |
| 10894 | Gcc: header for archiving purposes. |
| 10895 | |
| 10896 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil) |
| 10897 | |
| 10898 | (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\ |
| 10899 | Mail to ADDRESS. |
| 10900 | |
| 10901 | \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil) |
| 10902 | |
| 10903 | (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\ |
| 10904 | Like `message-reply'. |
| 10905 | |
| 10906 | \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil) |
| 10907 | |
| 10908 | (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
| 10909 | |
| 10910 | ;;;*** |
| 10911 | \f |
| 10912 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon |
| 10913 | ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" |
| 10914 | ;;;;;; (16730 31107)) |
| 10915 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el |
| 10916 | |
| 10917 | (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\ |
| 10918 | Display picons in the From header. |
| 10919 | If picons are already displayed, remove them. |
| 10920 | |
| 10921 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10922 | |
| 10923 | (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\ |
| 10924 | Display picons in the Cc and To headers. |
| 10925 | If picons are already displayed, remove them. |
| 10926 | |
| 10927 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10928 | |
| 10929 | (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\ |
| 10930 | Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers. |
| 10931 | If picons are already displayed, remove them. |
| 10932 | |
| 10933 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 10934 | |
| 10935 | ;;;*** |
| 10936 | \f |
| 10937 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union |
| 10938 | ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection |
| 10939 | ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement |
| 10940 | ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" |
| 10941 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (16764 51520)) |
| 10942 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el |
| 10943 | |
| 10944 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10945 | Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2. |
| 10946 | Both lists have to be sorted over <. |
| 10947 | The tail of LIST1 is not copied. |
| 10948 | |
| 10949 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10950 | |
| 10951 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10952 | Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2. |
| 10953 | Both lists have to be sorted over <. |
| 10954 | LIST1 is modified. |
| 10955 | |
| 10956 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10957 | |
| 10958 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10959 | Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both. |
| 10960 | Both lists have to be sorted over <. |
| 10961 | |
| 10962 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10963 | |
| 10964 | (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10965 | Not documented |
| 10966 | |
| 10967 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10968 | |
| 10969 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10970 | Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2. |
| 10971 | LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <. |
| 10972 | |
| 10973 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10974 | |
| 10975 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10976 | Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2. |
| 10977 | RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <. |
| 10978 | |
| 10979 | \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil) |
| 10980 | |
| 10981 | (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection)) |
| 10982 | |
| 10983 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10984 | Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1. |
| 10985 | LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <. |
| 10986 | |
| 10987 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10988 | |
| 10989 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10990 | Return union of LIST1 and LIST2. |
| 10991 | LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <. |
| 10992 | |
| 10993 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 10994 | |
| 10995 | (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 10996 | Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1. |
| 10997 | LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <. |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil) |
| 11000 | |
| 11001 | (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\ |
| 11002 | Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect. |
| 11003 | |
| 11004 | \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil) |
| 11005 | |
| 11006 | ;;;*** |
| 11007 | \f |
| 11008 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize) |
| 11009 | ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (16923 3623)) |
| 11010 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el |
| 11011 | |
| 11012 | (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\ |
| 11013 | Not documented |
| 11014 | |
| 11015 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11016 | |
| 11017 | (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\ |
| 11018 | Install the registry hooks. |
| 11019 | |
| 11020 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11021 | |
| 11022 | ;;;*** |
| 11023 | \f |
| 11024 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate |
| 11025 | ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (16697 |
| 11026 | ;;;;;; 49031)) |
| 11027 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el |
| 11028 | |
| 11029 | (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\ |
| 11030 | Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region |
| 11031 | between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with |
| 11032 | \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then |
| 11033 | execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command. |
| 11034 | See the documentation for these variables and functions for details. |
| 11035 | |
| 11036 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11037 | |
| 11038 | (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\ |
| 11039 | Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region |
| 11040 | between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with |
| 11041 | \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost). |
| 11042 | See the documentation for these variables and functions for details. |
| 11043 | |
| 11044 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11045 | |
| 11046 | (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\ |
| 11047 | Not documented |
| 11048 | |
| 11049 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11050 | |
| 11051 | ;;;*** |
| 11052 | \f |
| 11053 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" |
| 11054 | ;;;;;; (16698 21927)) |
| 11055 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
| 11056 | |
| 11057 | (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ |
| 11058 | Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. |
| 11059 | Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions |
| 11060 | for matching on group names. |
| 11061 | |
| 11062 | For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as |
| 11063 | groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: |
| 11064 | |
| 11065 | $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" |
| 11066 | |
| 11067 | Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet. |
| 11068 | |
| 11069 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11070 | |
| 11071 | ;;;*** |
| 11072 | \f |
| 11073 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" |
| 11074 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 11075 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
| 11076 | |
| 11077 | (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ |
| 11078 | Update the format specification near point. |
| 11079 | |
| 11080 | \(fn VAR)" t nil) |
| 11081 | |
| 11082 | ;;;*** |
| 11083 | \f |
| 11084 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news |
| 11085 | ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16908 |
| 11086 | ;;;;;; 33361)) |
| 11087 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
| 11088 | |
| 11089 | (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ |
| 11090 | Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end. |
| 11091 | |
| 11092 | \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil) |
| 11093 | |
| 11094 | (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\ |
| 11095 | Not documented |
| 11096 | |
| 11097 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 11098 | |
| 11099 | ;;;*** |
| 11100 | \f |
| 11101 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" |
| 11102 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 11103 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
| 11104 | |
| 11105 | (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ |
| 11106 | Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'. |
| 11107 | |
| 11108 | \(fn CONF)" nil nil) |
| 11109 | |
| 11110 | ;;;*** |
| 11111 | \f |
| 11112 | ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 11113 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
| 11114 | |
| 11115 | (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ |
| 11116 | Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. |
| 11117 | |
| 11118 | If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. |
| 11119 | If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. |
| 11120 | If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. |
| 11121 | |
| 11122 | You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X |
| 11123 | and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous |
| 11124 | marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. |
| 11125 | |
| 11126 | You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting |
| 11127 | \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. |
| 11128 | |
| 11129 | This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the |
| 11130 | Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules. |
| 11131 | |
| 11132 | Use \\[describe-mode] for more info. |
| 11133 | |
| 11134 | \(fn &optional N M)" t nil) |
| 11135 | |
| 11136 | ;;;*** |
| 11137 | \f |
| 11138 | ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) |
| 11139 | ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16858 50931)) |
| 11140 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
| 11141 | |
| 11142 | (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ |
| 11143 | Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. |
| 11144 | Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for |
| 11145 | `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found |
| 11146 | there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click. |
| 11147 | |
| 11148 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 11149 | |
| 11150 | (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ |
| 11151 | Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. |
| 11152 | Send mail to address at point. See documentation for |
| 11153 | `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found |
| 11154 | there, then load the URL at or before point. |
| 11155 | |
| 11156 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11157 | |
| 11158 | (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ |
| 11159 | Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. |
| 11160 | Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL |
| 11161 | or to send e-mail. |
| 11162 | By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. |
| 11163 | |
| 11164 | Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and |
| 11165 | `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information). |
| 11166 | |
| 11167 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11168 | |
| 11169 | ;;;*** |
| 11170 | \f |
| 11171 | ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-compute-defaults |
| 11172 | ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command |
| 11173 | ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 11174 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el |
| 11175 | |
| 11176 | (defvar grep-window-height nil "\ |
| 11177 | *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.") |
| 11178 | |
| 11179 | (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep") |
| 11180 | |
| 11181 | (defvar grep-command nil "\ |
| 11182 | The default grep command for \\[grep]. |
| 11183 | If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names |
| 11184 | in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to |
| 11185 | include it when specifying `grep-command'. |
| 11186 | |
| 11187 | The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults'; |
| 11188 | call that function before using this variable in your program.") |
| 11189 | |
| 11190 | (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep") |
| 11191 | |
| 11192 | (defvar grep-find-command nil "\ |
| 11193 | The default find command for \\[grep-find]. |
| 11194 | The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults'; |
| 11195 | call that function before using this variable in your program.") |
| 11196 | |
| 11197 | (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep") |
| 11198 | |
| 11199 | (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\ |
| 11200 | List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').") |
| 11201 | |
| 11202 | (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep") |
| 11203 | |
| 11204 | (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)[: ]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([.:]?\\)\\([0-9]+\\)?\\(?:-\\(?:\\([0-9]+\\)\\3\\)?\\.?\\([0-9]+\\)?\\)?[: ]" 1 (2 . 5) (4 . 6)) ("^\\(.+?\\)[:(]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([:)]\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;41m\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[00m\\(\e\\[K\\)?\\)" 1 2 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 5) (match-end 3) 8)) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 3) 8))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 1))) "\ |
| 11205 | Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.") |
| 11206 | |
| 11207 | (defvar grep-program "grep" "\ |
| 11208 | The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'. |
| 11209 | This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.") |
| 11210 | |
| 11211 | (defvar find-program "find" "\ |
| 11212 | The default find program for `grep-find-command'. |
| 11213 | This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.") |
| 11214 | |
| 11215 | (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\ |
| 11216 | Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default. |
| 11217 | |
| 11218 | If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0'; |
| 11219 | if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'. |
| 11220 | |
| 11221 | This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.") |
| 11222 | |
| 11223 | (defvar grep-history nil) |
| 11224 | |
| 11225 | (defvar grep-find-history nil) |
| 11226 | |
| 11227 | (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\ |
| 11228 | Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'. |
| 11229 | Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'. |
| 11230 | |
| 11231 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 11232 | |
| 11233 | (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\ |
| 11234 | Not documented |
| 11235 | |
| 11236 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 11237 | |
| 11238 | (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\ |
| 11239 | Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. |
| 11240 | While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), |
| 11241 | or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines |
| 11242 | where grep found matches. |
| 11243 | |
| 11244 | This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
| 11245 | easily repeat a grep command. |
| 11246 | |
| 11247 | A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current |
| 11248 | tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command |
| 11249 | in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' |
| 11250 | if that history list is empty). |
| 11251 | |
| 11252 | If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to |
| 11253 | temporarily highlight in visited source lines. |
| 11254 | |
| 11255 | \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 11256 | |
| 11257 | (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\ |
| 11258 | Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
| 11259 | Collect output in a buffer. |
| 11260 | While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
| 11261 | to find the text that grep hits refer to. |
| 11262 | |
| 11263 | This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can |
| 11264 | easily repeat a find command. |
| 11265 | |
| 11266 | \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil) |
| 11267 | |
| 11268 | (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find)) |
| 11269 | |
| 11270 | (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\ |
| 11271 | Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR. |
| 11272 | Collect output in a buffer. |
| 11273 | Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter. |
| 11274 | With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP. |
| 11275 | The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES. |
| 11276 | FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g. |
| 11277 | entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. |
| 11278 | |
| 11279 | While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
| 11280 | to find the text that grep hits refer to. |
| 11281 | |
| 11282 | This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can |
| 11283 | easily repeat a find command. |
| 11284 | |
| 11285 | When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to |
| 11286 | those sub directories of DIR. |
| 11287 | |
| 11288 | \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil) |
| 11289 | |
| 11290 | ;;;*** |
| 11291 | \f |
| 11292 | ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16565 48734)) |
| 11293 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
| 11294 | |
| 11295 | (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ |
| 11296 | Load a PS image for display on FRAME. |
| 11297 | SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width |
| 11298 | and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of |
| 11299 | the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful. |
| 11300 | |
| 11301 | \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil) |
| 11302 | |
| 11303 | ;;;*** |
| 11304 | \f |
| 11305 | ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx |
| 11306 | ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16896 54110)) |
| 11307 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el |
| 11308 | |
| 11309 | (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ |
| 11310 | Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 11311 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11312 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11313 | |
| 11314 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11315 | |
| 11316 | (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ |
| 11317 | Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 11318 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11319 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11320 | |
| 11321 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11322 | |
| 11323 | (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ |
| 11324 | Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 11325 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11326 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11327 | |
| 11328 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11329 | |
| 11330 | (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ |
| 11331 | Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 11332 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11333 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11334 | |
| 11335 | You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source |
| 11336 | directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory. |
| 11337 | |
| 11338 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11339 | |
| 11340 | (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ |
| 11341 | Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 11342 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11343 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11344 | |
| 11345 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11346 | |
| 11347 | (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ |
| 11348 | Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. |
| 11349 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11350 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11351 | |
| 11352 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11353 | |
| 11354 | (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ |
| 11355 | Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. |
| 11356 | The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or |
| 11357 | \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\" |
| 11358 | switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value. |
| 11359 | |
| 11360 | See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for |
| 11361 | information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if |
| 11362 | `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the |
| 11363 | original source file access method. |
| 11364 | |
| 11365 | For general information about commands available to control jdb from |
| 11366 | gud, see `gud-mode'. |
| 11367 | |
| 11368 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11369 | |
| 11370 | (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\ |
| 11371 | Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. |
| 11372 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory |
| 11373 | and source-file directory for your debugger. |
| 11374 | |
| 11375 | \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil) |
| 11376 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
| 11377 | |
| 11378 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))) |
| 11379 | |
| 11380 | (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\ |
| 11381 | Major mode for editing GDB scripts |
| 11382 | |
| 11383 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11384 | |
| 11385 | ;;;*** |
| 11386 | \f |
| 11387 | ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16377 |
| 11388 | ;;;;;; 12872)) |
| 11389 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
| 11390 | |
| 11391 | (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ |
| 11392 | Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. |
| 11393 | The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' |
| 11394 | and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. |
| 11395 | |
| 11396 | Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) |
| 11397 | handwrite-fontsize (default 11) |
| 11398 | handwrite-numlines (default 60) |
| 11399 | handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil) |
| 11400 | |
| 11401 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11402 | |
| 11403 | ;;;*** |
| 11404 | \f |
| 11405 | ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
| 11406 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 11407 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
| 11408 | |
| 11409 | (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ |
| 11410 | Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings. |
| 11411 | |
| 11412 | \(fn NRINGS)" t nil) |
| 11413 | |
| 11414 | (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ |
| 11415 | Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. |
| 11416 | Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per |
| 11417 | second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. |
| 11418 | |
| 11419 | Repent before ring 31 moves. |
| 11420 | |
| 11421 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11422 | |
| 11423 | (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ |
| 11424 | Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. |
| 11425 | This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the |
| 11426 | current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need |
| 11427 | to be updated. |
| 11428 | |
| 11429 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11430 | |
| 11431 | ;;;*** |
| 11432 | \f |
| 11433 | ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region |
| 11434 | ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer |
| 11435 | ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string |
| 11436 | ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 11437 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el |
| 11438 | |
| 11439 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11440 | Return the help-echo string at point. |
| 11441 | Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay |
| 11442 | property, or nil, is returned. |
| 11443 | If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any |
| 11444 | `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value |
| 11445 | can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property. |
| 11446 | |
| 11447 | \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil) |
| 11448 | |
| 11449 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11450 | Return the keyboard help string at point. |
| 11451 | If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a |
| 11452 | string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If |
| 11453 | this produces no string either, return nil. |
| 11454 | |
| 11455 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 11456 | |
| 11457 | (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11458 | Display local help in the echo area. |
| 11459 | This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by |
| 11460 | the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce |
| 11461 | a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is |
| 11462 | printed instead. |
| 11463 | |
| 11464 | A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case |
| 11465 | there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is |
| 11466 | mainly meant for use from Lisp. |
| 11467 | |
| 11468 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11469 | |
| 11470 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11471 | Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'. |
| 11472 | This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'. |
| 11473 | |
| 11474 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11475 | |
| 11476 | (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11477 | Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'. |
| 11478 | This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active. |
| 11479 | |
| 11480 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11481 | |
| 11482 | (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\ |
| 11483 | *Automatically show local help on point-over. |
| 11484 | If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or |
| 11485 | `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the |
| 11486 | echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a |
| 11487 | quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings, |
| 11488 | `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets |
| 11489 | printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is |
| 11490 | included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap', |
| 11491 | `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or |
| 11492 | a non-empty list disables the feature. |
| 11493 | |
| 11494 | This variable only takes effect after a call to |
| 11495 | `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has |
| 11496 | been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call |
| 11497 | `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the |
| 11498 | effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'. |
| 11499 | |
| 11500 | When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer' |
| 11501 | is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which |
| 11502 | case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty |
| 11503 | list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus |
| 11504 | enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil. |
| 11505 | Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values |
| 11506 | that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'. |
| 11507 | The default is `never'.") |
| 11508 | |
| 11509 | (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt") |
| 11510 | |
| 11511 | (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11512 | Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property. |
| 11513 | Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal |
| 11514 | hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol. |
| 11515 | Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are |
| 11516 | considered different regions. |
| 11517 | |
| 11518 | With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next |
| 11519 | such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward. |
| 11520 | If point is already in a region, then that region does not count |
| 11521 | toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to |
| 11522 | the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a |
| 11523 | region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and |
| 11524 | do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over, |
| 11525 | an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned |
| 11526 | in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run. |
| 11527 | |
| 11528 | \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil) |
| 11529 | |
| 11530 | (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11531 | Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo. |
| 11532 | Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent |
| 11533 | areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered |
| 11534 | different regions. |
| 11535 | |
| 11536 | With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next |
| 11537 | help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point |
| 11538 | is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count |
| 11539 | toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region, |
| 11540 | move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not |
| 11541 | in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there |
| 11542 | are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the |
| 11543 | number of available regions is mentioned in the error message. |
| 11544 | |
| 11545 | A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a |
| 11546 | help-echo region without any local help being available. This is |
| 11547 | because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This |
| 11548 | rarely happens in practice. |
| 11549 | |
| 11550 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11551 | |
| 11552 | (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\ |
| 11553 | Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo. |
| 11554 | Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent |
| 11555 | areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered |
| 11556 | different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like |
| 11557 | `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.. |
| 11558 | |
| 11559 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11560 | |
| 11561 | ;;;*** |
| 11562 | \f |
| 11563 | ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable |
| 11564 | ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library |
| 11565 | ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16899 17454)) |
| 11566 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el |
| 11567 | |
| 11568 | (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11569 | Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. |
| 11570 | If there is a tutorial version written in the language |
| 11571 | of the selected language environment, that version is used. |
| 11572 | If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. |
| 11573 | With ARG, you are asked to choose which language. |
| 11574 | |
| 11575 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11576 | |
| 11577 | (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11578 | Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. |
| 11579 | This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]' |
| 11580 | to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load. |
| 11581 | Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes' |
| 11582 | to the specified name LIBRARY. |
| 11583 | |
| 11584 | If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories |
| 11585 | is used instead of `load-path'. |
| 11586 | |
| 11587 | When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a |
| 11588 | string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, |
| 11589 | and the file name is displayed in the echo area. |
| 11590 | |
| 11591 | \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil) |
| 11592 | |
| 11593 | (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11594 | Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol). |
| 11595 | |
| 11596 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 11597 | |
| 11598 | (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help)) |
| 11599 | |
| 11600 | (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11601 | Not documented |
| 11602 | |
| 11603 | \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil) |
| 11604 | |
| 11605 | (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11606 | Return the bound variable symbol found around point. |
| 11607 | Return 0 if there is no such symbol. |
| 11608 | If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound. |
| 11609 | |
| 11610 | \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil) |
| 11611 | |
| 11612 | (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11613 | Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). |
| 11614 | Returns the documentation as a string, also. |
| 11615 | If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), |
| 11616 | it is displayed along with the global value. |
| 11617 | |
| 11618 | \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 11619 | |
| 11620 | (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11621 | Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER. |
| 11622 | The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed. |
| 11623 | BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. |
| 11624 | |
| 11625 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 11626 | |
| 11627 | (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\ |
| 11628 | Describe the category specifications in the current category table. |
| 11629 | The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed. |
| 11630 | If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead. |
| 11631 | BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name. |
| 11632 | |
| 11633 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 11634 | |
| 11635 | ;;;*** |
| 11636 | \f |
| 11637 | ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" |
| 11638 | ;;;;;; (16875 35928)) |
| 11639 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
| 11640 | |
| 11641 | (defvar three-step-help nil "\ |
| 11642 | *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. |
| 11643 | The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, |
| 11644 | and window listing and describing the options. |
| 11645 | A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that |
| 11646 | \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") |
| 11647 | |
| 11648 | (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro") |
| 11649 | |
| 11650 | ;;;*** |
| 11651 | \f |
| 11652 | ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button |
| 11653 | ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup |
| 11654 | ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16939 44104)) |
| 11655 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el |
| 11656 | |
| 11657 | (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11658 | Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. |
| 11659 | Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. |
| 11660 | Commands: |
| 11661 | \\{help-mode-map} |
| 11662 | |
| 11663 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11664 | |
| 11665 | (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11666 | Not documented |
| 11667 | |
| 11668 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 11669 | |
| 11670 | (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11671 | Not documented |
| 11672 | |
| 11673 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 11674 | |
| 11675 | (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11676 | Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info. |
| 11677 | |
| 11678 | ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help |
| 11679 | buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the |
| 11680 | calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of |
| 11681 | items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared. |
| 11682 | |
| 11683 | This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared, |
| 11684 | because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can |
| 11685 | restore it properly when going back. |
| 11686 | |
| 11687 | \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil) |
| 11688 | |
| 11689 | (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11690 | Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. |
| 11691 | |
| 11692 | Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross |
| 11693 | references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have |
| 11694 | the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be |
| 11695 | disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in |
| 11696 | `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if |
| 11697 | preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without |
| 11698 | variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless |
| 11699 | preceded by the word `variable' or `option'. |
| 11700 | |
| 11701 | If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also |
| 11702 | cross-reference information related to multilingual environment |
| 11703 | \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate |
| 11704 | the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. |
| 11705 | |
| 11706 | A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of |
| 11707 | help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for |
| 11708 | that. |
| 11709 | |
| 11710 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 11711 | |
| 11712 | (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11713 | Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. |
| 11714 | MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched |
| 11715 | regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are |
| 11716 | passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked. |
| 11717 | See `help-make-xrefs'. |
| 11718 | |
| 11719 | \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 11720 | |
| 11721 | (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11722 | Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. |
| 11723 | TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed |
| 11724 | to the button's help-function when it is invoked. |
| 11725 | See `help-make-xrefs'. |
| 11726 | |
| 11727 | \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 11728 | |
| 11729 | (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\ |
| 11730 | Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO. |
| 11731 | |
| 11732 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 11733 | |
| 11734 | ;;;*** |
| 11735 | \f |
| 11736 | ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" |
| 11737 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16213 43273)) |
| 11738 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
| 11739 | |
| 11740 | (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ |
| 11741 | Describe local key bindings of current mode. |
| 11742 | |
| 11743 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11744 | |
| 11745 | (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ |
| 11746 | Provide help for current mode. |
| 11747 | |
| 11748 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11749 | |
| 11750 | ;;;*** |
| 11751 | \f |
| 11752 | ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" |
| 11753 | ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16858 50912)) |
| 11754 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
| 11755 | |
| 11756 | (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ |
| 11757 | \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
| 11758 | This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects |
| 11759 | of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit |
| 11760 | Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. |
| 11761 | |
| 11762 | This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format |
| 11763 | using the function `hexlify-buffer'. |
| 11764 | |
| 11765 | Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) |
| 11766 | representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line |
| 11767 | are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal |
| 11768 | values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. |
| 11769 | |
| 11770 | If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are |
| 11771 | unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as |
| 11772 | periods. |
| 11773 | |
| 11774 | If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be |
| 11775 | in hexl format. |
| 11776 | |
| 11777 | A sample format: |
| 11778 | |
| 11779 | HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT |
| 11780 | -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- |
| 11781 | 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod |
| 11782 | 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re |
| 11783 | 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte |
| 11784 | 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal |
| 11785 | 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print |
| 11786 | 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara |
| 11787 | 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont |
| 11788 | 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII |
| 11789 | 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are |
| 11790 | 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per |
| 11791 | 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin |
| 11792 | 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character |
| 11793 | 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. |
| 11794 | |
| 11795 | Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most |
| 11796 | cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] |
| 11797 | to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). |
| 11798 | |
| 11799 | Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are |
| 11800 | also supported. |
| 11801 | |
| 11802 | There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: |
| 11803 | |
| 11804 | ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are |
| 11805 | bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will |
| 11806 | insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. |
| 11807 | |
| 11808 | \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if |
| 11809 | it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place |
| 11810 | of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. |
| 11811 | |
| 11812 | \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) |
| 11813 | into the buffer at the current point. |
| 11814 | |
| 11815 | \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) |
| 11816 | into the buffer at the current point. |
| 11817 | |
| 11818 | \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) |
| 11819 | into the buffer at the current point. |
| 11820 | |
| 11821 | \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. |
| 11822 | |
| 11823 | Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands |
| 11824 | will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. |
| 11825 | |
| 11826 | You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
| 11827 | |
| 11828 | \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands. |
| 11829 | |
| 11830 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11831 | |
| 11832 | (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ |
| 11833 | Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. |
| 11834 | Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists. |
| 11835 | |
| 11836 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 11837 | |
| 11838 | (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ |
| 11839 | Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. |
| 11840 | This discards the buffer's undo information. |
| 11841 | |
| 11842 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11843 | |
| 11844 | ;;;*** |
| 11845 | \f |
| 11846 | ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
| 11847 | ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer |
| 11848 | ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16898 |
| 11849 | ;;;;;; 6195)) |
| 11850 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
| 11851 | |
| 11852 | (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ |
| 11853 | Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") |
| 11854 | |
| 11855 | (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock") |
| 11856 | |
| 11857 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ |
| 11858 | Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. |
| 11859 | |
| 11860 | If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also |
| 11861 | turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" |
| 11862 | submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, |
| 11863 | which can be called interactively, are: |
| 11864 | |
| 11865 | \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE |
| 11866 | Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. |
| 11867 | |
| 11868 | \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE |
| 11869 | Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. |
| 11870 | (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches |
| 11871 | to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) |
| 11872 | |
| 11873 | \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE |
| 11874 | Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. |
| 11875 | |
| 11876 | \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP |
| 11877 | Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. |
| 11878 | |
| 11879 | \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] |
| 11880 | Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will |
| 11881 | be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command |
| 11882 | is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. |
| 11883 | (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], |
| 11884 | any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. |
| 11885 | |
| 11886 | \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] |
| 11887 | Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). |
| 11888 | |
| 11889 | When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the |
| 11890 | beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: |
| 11891 | Hi-lock: FOO |
| 11892 | where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords |
| 11893 | already present. The patterns must start before position (number |
| 11894 | of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns |
| 11895 | will be read until |
| 11896 | Hi-lock: end |
| 11897 | is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'. |
| 11898 | |
| 11899 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11900 | |
| 11901 | (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) |
| 11902 | |
| 11903 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ |
| 11904 | Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. |
| 11905 | |
| 11906 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history |
| 11907 | list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. |
| 11908 | \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. |
| 11909 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History') |
| 11910 | |
| 11911 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) |
| 11912 | |
| 11913 | (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) |
| 11914 | |
| 11915 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ |
| 11916 | Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. |
| 11917 | |
| 11918 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history |
| 11919 | list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. |
| 11920 | \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. |
| 11921 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History') |
| 11922 | |
| 11923 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) |
| 11924 | |
| 11925 | (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)) |
| 11926 | |
| 11927 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ |
| 11928 | Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. |
| 11929 | |
| 11930 | Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial |
| 11931 | lower-case letters made case insensitive. |
| 11932 | |
| 11933 | \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil) |
| 11934 | |
| 11935 | (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) |
| 11936 | |
| 11937 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ |
| 11938 | Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. |
| 11939 | |
| 11940 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted |
| 11941 | regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock |
| 11942 | interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
| 11943 | \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
| 11944 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.) |
| 11945 | |
| 11946 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 11947 | |
| 11948 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ |
| 11949 | Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. |
| 11950 | |
| 11951 | Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using |
| 11952 | `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can |
| 11953 | be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'. |
| 11954 | |
| 11955 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 11956 | |
| 11957 | ;;;*** |
| 11958 | \f |
| 11959 | ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
| 11960 | ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16924 23221)) |
| 11961 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
| 11962 | |
| 11963 | (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
| 11964 | Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. |
| 11965 | With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. |
| 11966 | In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor |
| 11967 | would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect |
| 11968 | how the hiding is done: |
| 11969 | |
| 11970 | `hide-ifdef-env' |
| 11971 | An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the |
| 11972 | current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' |
| 11973 | is used. |
| 11974 | |
| 11975 | `hide-ifdef-define-alist' |
| 11976 | An association list of defined symbol lists. |
| 11977 | Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' |
| 11978 | and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' |
| 11979 | from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. |
| 11980 | |
| 11981 | `hide-ifdef-lines' |
| 11982 | Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and |
| 11983 | #endif lines when hiding. |
| 11984 | |
| 11985 | `hide-ifdef-initially' |
| 11986 | Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode |
| 11987 | is activated. |
| 11988 | |
| 11989 | `hide-ifdef-read-only' |
| 11990 | Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. |
| 11991 | After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. |
| 11992 | |
| 11993 | \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map} |
| 11994 | |
| 11995 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 11996 | |
| 11997 | (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ |
| 11998 | *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") |
| 11999 | |
| 12000 | (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif") |
| 12001 | |
| 12002 | (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ |
| 12003 | *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") |
| 12004 | |
| 12005 | (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif") |
| 12006 | |
| 12007 | (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ |
| 12008 | *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") |
| 12009 | |
| 12010 | (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif") |
| 12011 | |
| 12012 | ;;;*** |
| 12013 | \f |
| 12014 | ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
| 12015 | ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16858 50936)) |
| 12016 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
| 12017 | |
| 12018 | (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ |
| 12019 | *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
| 12020 | |
| 12021 | (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow") |
| 12022 | |
| 12023 | (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ |
| 12024 | *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
| 12025 | Each element has the form |
| 12026 | (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
| 12027 | |
| 12028 | If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks |
| 12029 | and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. |
| 12030 | |
| 12031 | START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is |
| 12032 | defined as text surrounded by START and END. |
| 12033 | |
| 12034 | As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START |
| 12035 | MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and |
| 12036 | MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper |
| 12037 | place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point |
| 12038 | is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example, |
| 12039 | see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. |
| 12040 | |
| 12041 | For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those |
| 12042 | cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. |
| 12043 | |
| 12044 | See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the |
| 12045 | use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. |
| 12046 | |
| 12047 | If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess |
| 12048 | appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing |
| 12049 | whitespace. Case does not matter.") |
| 12050 | |
| 12051 | (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ |
| 12052 | Toggle hideshow minor mode. |
| 12053 | With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 12054 | When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow |
| 12055 | commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. |
| 12056 | The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. |
| 12057 | |
| 12058 | The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', |
| 12059 | `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also |
| 12060 | `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. |
| 12061 | |
| 12062 | Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the |
| 12063 | variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. |
| 12064 | |
| 12065 | Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
| 12066 | |
| 12067 | Key bindings: |
| 12068 | \\{hs-minor-mode-map} |
| 12069 | |
| 12070 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12071 | |
| 12072 | ;;;*** |
| 12073 | \f |
| 12074 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file |
| 12075 | ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces |
| 12076 | ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change |
| 12077 | ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) |
| 12078 | ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16876 58220)) |
| 12079 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
| 12080 | |
| 12081 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12082 | Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
| 12083 | This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes. |
| 12084 | |
| 12085 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 12086 | |
| 12087 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12088 | Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12089 | |
| 12090 | Without an argument: |
| 12091 | If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active |
| 12092 | or passive state as determined by the variable |
| 12093 | `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active |
| 12094 | and passive state. |
| 12095 | |
| 12096 | With an argument ARG: |
| 12097 | If ARG is positive, set state to active; |
| 12098 | If ARG is zero, set state to passive; |
| 12099 | If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. |
| 12100 | |
| 12101 | Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. |
| 12102 | Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
| 12103 | not displayed in a different face. |
| 12104 | |
| 12105 | Functions: |
| 12106 | \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change |
| 12107 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change |
| 12108 | \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this |
| 12109 | buffer with the contents of a file |
| 12110 | \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region |
| 12111 | \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through |
| 12112 | various faces. |
| 12113 | |
| 12114 | Hook variables: |
| 12115 | `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12116 | `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state |
| 12117 | `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12118 | |
| 12119 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12120 | |
| 12121 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12122 | Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12123 | |
| 12124 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12125 | |
| 12126 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12127 | Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12128 | |
| 12129 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12130 | |
| 12131 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12132 | Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12133 | |
| 12134 | Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
| 12135 | of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in |
| 12136 | face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
| 12137 | shown in the last face in the list. |
| 12138 | |
| 12139 | You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved |
| 12140 | by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
| 12141 | buffer to be saved): |
| 12142 | |
| 12143 | (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) |
| 12144 | |
| 12145 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12146 | |
| 12147 | (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12148 | Compare two buffers and highlight the differences. |
| 12149 | |
| 12150 | The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window. |
| 12151 | |
| 12152 | If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted |
| 12153 | to save the file. |
| 12154 | |
| 12155 | Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is |
| 12156 | written to a temporary file for comparison. |
| 12157 | |
| 12158 | If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property |
| 12159 | changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and |
| 12160 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work. |
| 12161 | |
| 12162 | \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil) |
| 12163 | |
| 12164 | (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12165 | Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. |
| 12166 | |
| 12167 | If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when |
| 12168 | this function is called interactively. |
| 12169 | |
| 12170 | If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it |
| 12171 | also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is |
| 12172 | read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. |
| 12173 | |
| 12174 | If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property |
| 12175 | changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and |
| 12176 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work. |
| 12177 | |
| 12178 | \(fn FILE-B)" t nil) |
| 12179 | |
| 12180 | (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ |
| 12181 | Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. |
| 12182 | |
| 12183 | When called interactively: |
| 12184 | - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off |
| 12185 | - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode |
| 12186 | - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode |
| 12187 | - if called with a negative prefix turn it off |
| 12188 | |
| 12189 | When called from a program: |
| 12190 | - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off |
| 12191 | - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
| 12192 | - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode |
| 12193 | - otherwise just turn it on |
| 12194 | |
| 12195 | When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned |
| 12196 | on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if |
| 12197 | variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). |
| 12198 | \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'. |
| 12199 | |
| 12200 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12201 | |
| 12202 | ;;;*** |
| 12203 | \f |
| 12204 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers |
| 12205 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction |
| 12206 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space |
| 12207 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
| 12208 | ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16213 43268)) |
| 12209 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
| 12210 | |
| 12211 | (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ |
| 12212 | The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. |
| 12213 | To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, |
| 12214 | or insert functions in this list.") |
| 12215 | |
| 12216 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp") |
| 12217 | |
| 12218 | (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ |
| 12219 | *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") |
| 12220 | |
| 12221 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp") |
| 12222 | |
| 12223 | (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ |
| 12224 | *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") |
| 12225 | |
| 12226 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp") |
| 12227 | |
| 12228 | (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ |
| 12229 | *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") |
| 12230 | |
| 12231 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp") |
| 12232 | |
| 12233 | (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ |
| 12234 | *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") |
| 12235 | |
| 12236 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp") |
| 12237 | |
| 12238 | (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ |
| 12239 | *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. |
| 12240 | If nil, all buffers are searched.") |
| 12241 | |
| 12242 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp") |
| 12243 | |
| 12244 | (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ |
| 12245 | *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). |
| 12246 | Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes |
| 12247 | \(as atoms)") |
| 12248 | |
| 12249 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp") |
| 12250 | |
| 12251 | (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ |
| 12252 | *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). |
| 12253 | Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes |
| 12254 | \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable |
| 12255 | `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") |
| 12256 | |
| 12257 | (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp") |
| 12258 | |
| 12259 | (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ |
| 12260 | Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. |
| 12261 | The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are |
| 12262 | tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated |
| 12263 | application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible |
| 12264 | expansions. |
| 12265 | With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next |
| 12266 | function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], |
| 12267 | undoes the expansion. |
| 12268 | |
| 12269 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 12270 | |
| 12271 | (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ |
| 12272 | Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. |
| 12273 | Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second |
| 12274 | argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose. |
| 12275 | |
| 12276 | \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 12277 | |
| 12278 | ;;;*** |
| 12279 | \f |
| 12280 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
| 12281 | ;;;;;; (16908 33360)) |
| 12282 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
| 12283 | |
| 12284 | (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ |
| 12285 | Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point. |
| 12286 | With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 12287 | |
| 12288 | If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the |
| 12289 | line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the |
| 12290 | buffer's point might be different from the point of a |
| 12291 | non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function |
| 12292 | `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case. |
| 12293 | |
| 12294 | When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the |
| 12295 | line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it |
| 12296 | uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in |
| 12297 | addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'. |
| 12298 | |
| 12299 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12300 | |
| 12301 | (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\ |
| 12302 | Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. |
| 12303 | See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 12304 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 12305 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.") |
| 12306 | |
| 12307 | (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line") |
| 12308 | |
| 12309 | (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ |
| 12310 | Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
| 12311 | With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 12312 | |
| 12313 | Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and |
| 12314 | `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'. |
| 12315 | |
| 12316 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12317 | |
| 12318 | ;;;*** |
| 12319 | \f |
| 12320 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
| 12321 | ;;;;;; (16822 52985)) |
| 12322 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el |
| 12323 | |
| 12324 | (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\ |
| 12325 | Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. |
| 12326 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. |
| 12327 | |
| 12328 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. |
| 12329 | |
| 12330 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12331 | |
| 12332 | (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ |
| 12333 | Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). |
| 12334 | |
| 12335 | The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the |
| 12336 | documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. |
| 12337 | |
| 12338 | The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created. |
| 12339 | |
| 12340 | \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil) |
| 12341 | |
| 12342 | ;;;*** |
| 12343 | \f |
| 12344 | ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) |
| 12345 | ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 12346 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el |
| 12347 | |
| 12348 | (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ |
| 12349 | This function is obsolete. |
| 12350 | Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. |
| 12351 | Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. |
| 12352 | |
| 12353 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 12354 | |
| 12355 | (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ |
| 12356 | This function is obsolete. |
| 12357 | Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. |
| 12358 | Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. |
| 12359 | |
| 12360 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12361 | |
| 12362 | (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ |
| 12363 | This function is obsolete. |
| 12364 | Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. |
| 12365 | Also see `automatic-hscrolling'. |
| 12366 | |
| 12367 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12368 | |
| 12369 | ;;;*** |
| 12370 | \f |
| 12371 | ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (16777 |
| 12372 | ;;;;;; 65418)) |
| 12373 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el |
| 12374 | |
| 12375 | (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\ |
| 12376 | Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer. |
| 12377 | |
| 12378 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12379 | |
| 12380 | ;;;*** |
| 12381 | \f |
| 12382 | ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers |
| 12383 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers |
| 12384 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers |
| 12385 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp |
| 12386 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill |
| 12387 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines |
| 12388 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked |
| 12389 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show |
| 12390 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters |
| 12391 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters |
| 12392 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters |
| 12393 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable |
| 12394 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups |
| 12395 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank |
| 12396 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group |
| 12397 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group |
| 12398 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode |
| 12399 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p |
| 12400 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group |
| 12401 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group |
| 12402 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode |
| 12403 | ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16934 57456)) |
| 12404 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el |
| 12405 | |
| 12406 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12407 | Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility. |
| 12408 | With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 12409 | |
| 12410 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12411 | |
| 12412 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12413 | Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse. |
| 12414 | |
| 12415 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 12416 | |
| 12417 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12418 | Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point. |
| 12419 | |
| 12420 | \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil) |
| 12421 | |
| 12422 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12423 | Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse. |
| 12424 | |
| 12425 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 12426 | |
| 12427 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12428 | Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line. |
| 12429 | |
| 12430 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12431 | |
| 12432 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12433 | Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups. |
| 12434 | |
| 12435 | \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil) |
| 12436 | |
| 12437 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12438 | Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups. |
| 12439 | |
| 12440 | \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil) |
| 12441 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12442 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12443 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12444 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12445 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12446 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12447 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12448 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12449 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12450 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12451 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12452 | |
| 12453 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12454 | Not documented |
| 12455 | |
| 12456 | \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil) |
| 12457 | |
| 12458 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12459 | Make the current filters into a filtering group. |
| 12460 | |
| 12461 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12462 | |
| 12463 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12464 | Set the current filter groups to filter by mode. |
| 12465 | |
| 12466 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12467 | |
| 12468 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12469 | Remove the first filter group. |
| 12470 | |
| 12471 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12472 | |
| 12473 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12474 | Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters. |
| 12475 | |
| 12476 | \(fn GROUP)" t nil) |
| 12477 | |
| 12478 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12479 | Remove all filter groups. |
| 12480 | |
| 12481 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12482 | |
| 12483 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12484 | Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME. |
| 12485 | |
| 12486 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12487 | |
| 12488 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12489 | Kill the filter group named NAME. |
| 12490 | The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'. |
| 12491 | |
| 12492 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12493 | |
| 12494 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12495 | Kill the filter group at point. |
| 12496 | See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'. |
| 12497 | |
| 12498 | \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil) |
| 12499 | |
| 12500 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12501 | Yank the last killed filter group before group at point. |
| 12502 | |
| 12503 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12504 | |
| 12505 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12506 | Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME. |
| 12507 | |
| 12508 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12509 | |
| 12510 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12511 | Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME. |
| 12512 | They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively, |
| 12513 | prompt for NAME, and use the current filters. |
| 12514 | |
| 12515 | \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil) |
| 12516 | |
| 12517 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12518 | Delete saved filter groups with NAME. |
| 12519 | They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. |
| 12520 | |
| 12521 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12522 | |
| 12523 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12524 | Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME. |
| 12525 | The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used. |
| 12526 | If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead |
| 12527 | of replacing the current filters. |
| 12528 | |
| 12529 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12530 | |
| 12531 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12532 | Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer. |
| 12533 | |
| 12534 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12535 | |
| 12536 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12537 | Remove the top filter in this buffer. |
| 12538 | |
| 12539 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12540 | |
| 12541 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12542 | Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer. |
| 12543 | |
| 12544 | This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must |
| 12545 | be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be |
| 12546 | turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]. |
| 12547 | |
| 12548 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12549 | |
| 12550 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12551 | Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer. |
| 12552 | |
| 12553 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12554 | |
| 12555 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12556 | Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer. |
| 12557 | |
| 12558 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12559 | |
| 12560 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12561 | Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR. |
| 12562 | If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR |
| 12563 | filter into parts. |
| 12564 | |
| 12565 | \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 12566 | |
| 12567 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12568 | Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'. |
| 12569 | Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters. |
| 12570 | |
| 12571 | \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil) |
| 12572 | |
| 12573 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12574 | Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. |
| 12575 | |
| 12576 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12577 | |
| 12578 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12579 | Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters. |
| 12580 | |
| 12581 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12582 | |
| 12583 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12584 | Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. |
| 12585 | If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead |
| 12586 | of replacing the current filters. |
| 12587 | |
| 12588 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12589 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12590 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12591 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12592 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12593 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12594 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12595 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12596 | (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12597 | |
| 12598 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12599 | Toggle the current sorting mode. |
| 12600 | Default sorting modes are: |
| 12601 | Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed |
| 12602 | Name - the name of the buffer |
| 12603 | Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer |
| 12604 | Size - the size of the buffer |
| 12605 | |
| 12606 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12607 | |
| 12608 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12609 | Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order. |
| 12610 | |
| 12611 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12612 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12613 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12614 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12615 | (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el") |
| 12616 | |
| 12617 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12618 | Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package. |
| 12619 | |
| 12620 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12621 | |
| 12622 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12623 | Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'. |
| 12624 | This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown |
| 12625 | for this Ibuffer session. |
| 12626 | |
| 12627 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 12628 | |
| 12629 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12630 | Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'. |
| 12631 | This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown |
| 12632 | for this Ibuffer session. |
| 12633 | |
| 12634 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 12635 | |
| 12636 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12637 | Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). |
| 12638 | |
| 12639 | If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark |
| 12640 | to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. |
| 12641 | |
| 12642 | If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers |
| 12643 | mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards. |
| 12644 | |
| 12645 | \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil) |
| 12646 | |
| 12647 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12648 | Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). |
| 12649 | |
| 12650 | If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark |
| 12651 | to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. |
| 12652 | |
| 12653 | \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil) |
| 12654 | |
| 12655 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12656 | Hide all of the currently marked lines. |
| 12657 | |
| 12658 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12659 | |
| 12660 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12661 | Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME. |
| 12662 | |
| 12663 | If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the |
| 12664 | corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a |
| 12665 | hidden group filter, open it. |
| 12666 | |
| 12667 | If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer |
| 12668 | visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with |
| 12669 | a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable. |
| 12670 | |
| 12671 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 12672 | |
| 12673 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12674 | View the differences between this buffer and its associated file. |
| 12675 | This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'. |
| 12676 | |
| 12677 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12678 | |
| 12679 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12680 | Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring. |
| 12681 | |
| 12682 | The names are separated by a space. |
| 12683 | If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored. |
| 12684 | |
| 12685 | With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file. |
| 12686 | With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file. |
| 12687 | With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative |
| 12688 | to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'. |
| 12689 | |
| 12690 | You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank]. |
| 12691 | |
| 12692 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12693 | |
| 12694 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12695 | Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP. |
| 12696 | |
| 12697 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 12698 | |
| 12699 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12700 | Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP. |
| 12701 | |
| 12702 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 12703 | |
| 12704 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12705 | Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP. |
| 12706 | |
| 12707 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 12708 | |
| 12709 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12710 | Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE. |
| 12711 | |
| 12712 | \(fn MODE)" t nil) |
| 12713 | |
| 12714 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12715 | Mark all modified buffers. |
| 12716 | |
| 12717 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12718 | |
| 12719 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12720 | Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file. |
| 12721 | |
| 12722 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12723 | |
| 12724 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12725 | Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist. |
| 12726 | |
| 12727 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12728 | |
| 12729 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12730 | Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*. |
| 12731 | |
| 12732 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12733 | |
| 12734 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12735 | Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days. |
| 12736 | |
| 12737 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12738 | |
| 12739 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12740 | Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'. |
| 12741 | |
| 12742 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12743 | |
| 12744 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12745 | Mark all read-only buffers. |
| 12746 | |
| 12747 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12748 | |
| 12749 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12750 | Mark all `dired' buffers. |
| 12751 | |
| 12752 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 12753 | |
| 12754 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\ |
| 12755 | View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers. |
| 12756 | Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it |
| 12757 | defaults to one. |
| 12758 | |
| 12759 | \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil) |
| 12760 | |
| 12761 | ;;;*** |
| 12762 | \f |
| 12763 | ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter |
| 12764 | ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16544 |
| 12765 | ;;;;;; 33333)) |
| 12766 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el |
| 12767 | |
| 12768 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\ |
| 12769 | Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'. |
| 12770 | |
| 12771 | BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and |
| 12772 | `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer |
| 12773 | buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'. |
| 12774 | |
| 12775 | If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column. |
| 12776 | Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the |
| 12777 | SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to |
| 12778 | the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a |
| 12779 | function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column; |
| 12780 | it should return a string to display at the bottom. |
| 12781 | |
| 12782 | Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named |
| 12783 | ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be |
| 12784 | inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you |
| 12785 | change its definition, you should explicitly call |
| 12786 | `ibuffer-recompile-formats'. |
| 12787 | |
| 12788 | \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 12789 | |
| 12790 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\ |
| 12791 | Define a method of sorting named NAME. |
| 12792 | DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called |
| 12793 | `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'. |
| 12794 | DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method. |
| 12795 | |
| 12796 | For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one |
| 12797 | buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil |
| 12798 | value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'. |
| 12799 | |
| 12800 | \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 12801 | |
| 12802 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\ |
| 12803 | Generate a function which operates on a buffer. |
| 12804 | OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with |
| 12805 | `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it. |
| 12806 | When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for |
| 12807 | each marked buffer, with that buffer current. |
| 12808 | |
| 12809 | ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function. |
| 12810 | DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function. |
| 12811 | INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function. |
| 12812 | MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation |
| 12813 | uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for |
| 12814 | deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers. |
| 12815 | MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used |
| 12816 | to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid |
| 12817 | values are: |
| 12818 | nil - the function never modifiers buffers |
| 12819 | t - the function it always modifies buffers |
| 12820 | :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the |
| 12821 | buffer's modification flag. |
| 12822 | DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be |
| 12823 | prompted before performing this operation. |
| 12824 | OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the |
| 12825 | operation is complete, in the form: |
| 12826 | \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\" |
| 12827 | ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a |
| 12828 | confirmation message, in the form: |
| 12829 | \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\" |
| 12830 | COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this |
| 12831 | macro for exactly what it does. |
| 12832 | |
| 12833 | \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 12834 | |
| 12835 | (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\ |
| 12836 | Define a filter named NAME. |
| 12837 | DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function. |
| 12838 | READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user. |
| 12839 | DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter. |
| 12840 | |
| 12841 | BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or |
| 12842 | not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY |
| 12843 | will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER |
| 12844 | bound to the current value of the filter. |
| 12845 | |
| 12846 | \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 12847 | |
| 12848 | ;;;*** |
| 12849 | \f |
| 12850 | ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers) |
| 12851 | ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 12852 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el |
| 12853 | |
| 12854 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\ |
| 12855 | Display a list of buffers, in another window. |
| 12856 | If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for |
| 12857 | buffers which are visiting a file. |
| 12858 | |
| 12859 | \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 12860 | |
| 12861 | (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\ |
| 12862 | Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default. |
| 12863 | If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for |
| 12864 | buffers which are visiting a file. |
| 12865 | |
| 12866 | \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 12867 | |
| 12868 | (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\ |
| 12869 | Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers. |
| 12870 | Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information. |
| 12871 | |
| 12872 | Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window. |
| 12873 | Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults |
| 12874 | to \"*Ibuffer*\". |
| 12875 | Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers |
| 12876 | to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'. |
| 12877 | Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer. |
| 12878 | Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The |
| 12879 | special value `onewindow' means always use another window. |
| 12880 | Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering |
| 12881 | groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'. |
| 12882 | Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'. |
| 12883 | If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value |
| 12884 | locally in this buffer. |
| 12885 | |
| 12886 | \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil) |
| 12887 | |
| 12888 | ;;;*** |
| 12889 | \f |
| 12890 | ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file |
| 12891 | ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" |
| 12892 | ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (16939 44105)) |
| 12893 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el |
| 12894 | |
| 12895 | (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\ |
| 12896 | Export diary file to iCalendar format. |
| 12897 | All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar |
| 12898 | format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME. |
| 12899 | |
| 12900 | \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 12901 | |
| 12902 | (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\ |
| 12903 | Export region in diary file to iCalendar format. |
| 12904 | All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are |
| 12905 | converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file |
| 12906 | ICAL-FILENAME. |
| 12907 | This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this |
| 12908 | case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is |
| 12909 | written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'. |
| 12910 | |
| 12911 | \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 12912 | |
| 12913 | (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\ |
| 12914 | Import a iCalendar file and append to a diary file. |
| 12915 | Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file. |
| 12916 | Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'. |
| 12917 | Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as |
| 12918 | non-marking or not. |
| 12919 | |
| 12920 | \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil) |
| 12921 | |
| 12922 | (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\ |
| 12923 | Extract iCalendar events from current buffer. |
| 12924 | |
| 12925 | This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar |
| 12926 | object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary |
| 12927 | DIARY-FILE. |
| 12928 | |
| 12929 | It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary |
| 12930 | when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively, |
| 12931 | DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event. |
| 12932 | |
| 12933 | NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as |
| 12934 | non-marking. |
| 12935 | |
| 12936 | Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil |
| 12937 | means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the |
| 12938 | buffer `*icalendar-errors*'. |
| 12939 | |
| 12940 | \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil) |
| 12941 | |
| 12942 | ;;;*** |
| 12943 | \f |
| 12944 | ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (16960 |
| 12945 | ;;;;;; 18194)) |
| 12946 | ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
| 12947 | |
| 12948 | (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\ |
| 12949 | Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled. |
| 12950 | See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 12951 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 12952 | use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.") |
| 12953 | |
| 12954 | (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete") |
| 12955 | |
| 12956 | (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ |
| 12957 | Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. |
| 12958 | With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive. |
| 12959 | |
| 12960 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 12961 | |
| 12962 | ;;;*** |
| 12963 | \f |
| 12964 | ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16858 50936)) |
| 12965 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
| 12966 | |
| 12967 | (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ |
| 12968 | Major mode for editing Icon code. |
| 12969 | Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. |
| 12970 | Tab indents for Icon code. |
| 12971 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. |
| 12972 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 12973 | \\{icon-mode-map} |
| 12974 | Variables controlling indentation style: |
| 12975 | icon-tab-always-indent |
| 12976 | Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, |
| 12977 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. |
| 12978 | icon-auto-newline |
| 12979 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces |
| 12980 | inserted in Icon code. |
| 12981 | icon-indent-level |
| 12982 | Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. |
| 12983 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation |
| 12984 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. |
| 12985 | icon-continued-statement-offset |
| 12986 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the |
| 12987 | then-clause of an if or body of a while. |
| 12988 | icon-continued-brace-offset |
| 12989 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. |
| 12990 | This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. |
| 12991 | icon-brace-offset |
| 12992 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. |
| 12993 | icon-brace-imaginary-offset |
| 12994 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it were |
| 12995 | this far to the right of the start of its line. |
| 12996 | |
| 12997 | Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' |
| 12998 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 12999 | |
| 13000 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13001 | |
| 13002 | ;;;*** |
| 13003 | \f |
| 13004 | ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
| 13005 | ;;;;;; (16830 50350)) |
| 13006 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
| 13007 | |
| 13008 | (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ |
| 13009 | Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. |
| 13010 | If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. |
| 13011 | If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. |
| 13012 | |
| 13013 | When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' |
| 13014 | is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in |
| 13015 | separate frames. |
| 13016 | |
| 13017 | The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name', |
| 13018 | with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'. |
| 13019 | |
| 13020 | The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending |
| 13021 | input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. |
| 13022 | See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. |
| 13023 | |
| 13024 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 13025 | |
| 13026 | \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil) |
| 13027 | |
| 13028 | ;;;*** |
| 13029 | \f |
| 13030 | ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
| 13031 | ;;;;;; (16958 58759)) |
| 13032 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
| 13033 | |
| 13034 | (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ |
| 13035 | Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.5). |
| 13036 | |
| 13037 | The main features of this mode are |
| 13038 | |
| 13039 | 1. Indentation and Formatting |
| 13040 | -------------------------- |
| 13041 | Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. |
| 13042 | TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. |
| 13043 | |
| 13044 | To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This |
| 13045 | function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line |
| 13046 | at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string |
| 13047 | is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator. |
| 13048 | |
| 13049 | Comments are indented as follows: |
| 13050 | |
| 13051 | `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. |
| 13052 | `;;' Indent like the surrounding code |
| 13053 | `;' Indent to a minimum column. |
| 13054 | |
| 13055 | The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. |
| 13056 | |
| 13057 | Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a |
| 13058 | comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph |
| 13059 | relative to the first will be retained. Use |
| 13060 | \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these |
| 13061 | comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is |
| 13062 | nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented. |
| 13063 | |
| 13064 | To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the |
| 13065 | entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute |
| 13066 | \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer |
| 13067 | again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). |
| 13068 | |
| 13069 | 2. Routine Info |
| 13070 | ------------ |
| 13071 | IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the |
| 13072 | accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with |
| 13073 | \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the |
| 13074 | source file of a module. These commands know about system |
| 13075 | routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the |
| 13076 | idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under |
| 13077 | this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned |
| 13078 | user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by |
| 13079 | default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this |
| 13080 | information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
| 13081 | |
| 13082 | 3. Online IDL Help |
| 13083 | --------------- |
| 13084 | \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant |
| 13085 | for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single |
| 13086 | key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The |
| 13087 | HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check |
| 13088 | the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See |
| 13089 | the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed. |
| 13090 | |
| 13091 | 4. Completion |
| 13092 | ---------- |
| 13093 | \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
| 13094 | class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class |
| 13095 | tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context |
| 13096 | sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case |
| 13097 | strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or |
| 13098 | upper case. |
| 13099 | |
| 13100 | 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations |
| 13101 | -------------------------------- |
| 13102 | Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. |
| 13103 | The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples |
| 13104 | |
| 13105 | \\pr PROCEDURE template |
| 13106 | \\fu FUNCTION template |
| 13107 | \\c CASE statement template |
| 13108 | \\sw SWITCH statement template |
| 13109 | \\f FOR loop template |
| 13110 | \\r REPEAT Loop template |
| 13111 | \\w WHILE loop template |
| 13112 | \\i IF statement template |
| 13113 | \\elif IF-ELSE statement template |
| 13114 | \\b BEGIN |
| 13115 | |
| 13116 | For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also |
| 13117 | have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. |
| 13118 | |
| 13119 | \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the |
| 13120 | beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main). |
| 13121 | Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with |
| 13122 | \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. |
| 13123 | |
| 13124 | 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
| 13125 | ------------------------- |
| 13126 | The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by |
| 13127 | `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. |
| 13128 | |
| 13129 | 7. Automatic END completion |
| 13130 | ------------------------ |
| 13131 | If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed |
| 13132 | will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. |
| 13133 | |
| 13134 | 8. Hooks |
| 13135 | ----- |
| 13136 | Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. |
| 13137 | Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. |
| 13138 | |
| 13139 | 9. Documentation and Customization |
| 13140 | ------------------------------- |
| 13141 | Info documentation for this package is available. Use |
| 13142 | \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does |
| 13143 | not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the |
| 13144 | documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'. |
| 13145 | IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. |
| 13146 | |
| 13147 | 10.Keybindings |
| 13148 | ----------- |
| 13149 | Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. |
| 13150 | If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] |
| 13151 | followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. |
| 13152 | |
| 13153 | \\{idlwave-mode-map} |
| 13154 | |
| 13155 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13156 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode)) |
| 13157 | |
| 13158 | ;;;*** |
| 13159 | \f |
| 13160 | ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name |
| 13161 | ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file |
| 13162 | ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame |
| 13163 | ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only |
| 13164 | ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file |
| 13165 | ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer |
| 13166 | ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window |
| 13167 | ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (16916 |
| 13168 | ;;;;;; 30957)) |
| 13169 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el |
| 13170 | |
| 13171 | (defvar ido-mode nil "\ |
| 13172 | Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior |
| 13173 | should be enabled. The following values are possible: |
| 13174 | - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing, |
| 13175 | displaying...) |
| 13176 | - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...) |
| 13177 | - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior. |
| 13178 | - `nil': Turn off any ido switching. |
| 13179 | |
| 13180 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 13181 | use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.") |
| 13182 | |
| 13183 | (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido") |
| 13184 | |
| 13185 | (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\ |
| 13186 | Toggle ido speed-ups on or off. |
| 13187 | With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise. |
| 13188 | Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default |
| 13189 | keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of |
| 13190 | commands to the ido versions of these functions. |
| 13191 | However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or |
| 13192 | if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching. |
| 13193 | This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer. |
| 13194 | |
| 13195 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 13196 | |
| 13197 | (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\ |
| 13198 | Switch to another buffer. |
| 13199 | The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the |
| 13200 | default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible |
| 13201 | in another frame. |
| 13202 | |
| 13203 | As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are |
| 13204 | displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at |
| 13205 | `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the |
| 13206 | buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their |
| 13207 | normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map> |
| 13208 | |
| 13209 | RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the |
| 13210 | list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer. |
| 13211 | |
| 13212 | \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer. |
| 13213 | If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one. |
| 13214 | |
| 13215 | \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list. |
| 13216 | \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list. |
| 13217 | \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that |
| 13218 | matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer. |
| 13219 | If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers |
| 13220 | in a separate window. |
| 13221 | \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string. |
| 13222 | \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command. |
| 13223 | \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching. |
| 13224 | \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching. |
| 13225 | \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names. |
| 13226 | \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window. |
| 13227 | \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file. |
| 13228 | \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list. |
| 13229 | \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'. |
| 13230 | |
| 13231 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13232 | |
| 13233 | (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\ |
| 13234 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. |
| 13235 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13236 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. |
| 13237 | |
| 13238 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13239 | |
| 13240 | (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\ |
| 13241 | Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. |
| 13242 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13243 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. |
| 13244 | |
| 13245 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13246 | |
| 13247 | (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\ |
| 13248 | Kill a buffer. |
| 13249 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13250 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. |
| 13251 | |
| 13252 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13253 | |
| 13254 | (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\ |
| 13255 | Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point. |
| 13256 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13257 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. |
| 13258 | |
| 13259 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13260 | |
| 13261 | (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\ |
| 13262 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. |
| 13263 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13264 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'. |
| 13265 | |
| 13266 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13267 | |
| 13268 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\ |
| 13269 | Switch to another file starting from DIR. |
| 13270 | |
| 13271 | \(fn DIR)" t nil) |
| 13272 | |
| 13273 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\ |
| 13274 | Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer. |
| 13275 | The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the |
| 13276 | default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already |
| 13277 | visible in another frame. |
| 13278 | |
| 13279 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type |
| 13280 | in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if |
| 13281 | substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and |
| 13282 | `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can |
| 13283 | then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings, |
| 13284 | except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map> |
| 13285 | |
| 13286 | RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the |
| 13287 | list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file. |
| 13288 | |
| 13289 | \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file. |
| 13290 | If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one. |
| 13291 | |
| 13292 | \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list. |
| 13293 | \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list. |
| 13294 | \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that |
| 13295 | matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file. |
| 13296 | If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files |
| 13297 | in a separate window. |
| 13298 | \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory). |
| 13299 | \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history. |
| 13300 | \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history. |
| 13301 | \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history. |
| 13302 | \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history. |
| 13303 | \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories. |
| 13304 | \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory. |
| 13305 | \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command. |
| 13306 | \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching. |
| 13307 | \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching. |
| 13308 | \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names. |
| 13309 | \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file. |
| 13310 | \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file. |
| 13311 | \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window. |
| 13312 | \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'. |
| 13313 | |
| 13314 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13315 | |
| 13316 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\ |
| 13317 | Switch to another file and show it in another window. |
| 13318 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13319 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13320 | |
| 13321 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13322 | |
| 13323 | (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\ |
| 13324 | Switch to another file and show it in another window. |
| 13325 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13326 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13327 | |
| 13328 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13329 | |
| 13330 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\ |
| 13331 | Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer. |
| 13332 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13333 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13334 | |
| 13335 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13336 | |
| 13337 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\ |
| 13338 | Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer. |
| 13339 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13340 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13341 | |
| 13342 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13343 | |
| 13344 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\ |
| 13345 | Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer. |
| 13346 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13347 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13348 | |
| 13349 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13350 | |
| 13351 | (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\ |
| 13352 | Display a file in another window but don't select it. |
| 13353 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13354 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13355 | |
| 13356 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13357 | |
| 13358 | (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\ |
| 13359 | Switch to another file and show it in another frame. |
| 13360 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13361 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13362 | |
| 13363 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13364 | |
| 13365 | (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\ |
| 13366 | Write current buffer to a file. |
| 13367 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13368 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13369 | |
| 13370 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13371 | |
| 13372 | (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\ |
| 13373 | Insert contents of file in current buffer. |
| 13374 | The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13375 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13376 | |
| 13377 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13378 | |
| 13379 | (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\ |
| 13380 | Call dired the ido way. |
| 13381 | The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring. |
| 13382 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'. |
| 13383 | |
| 13384 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13385 | |
| 13386 | (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\ |
| 13387 | Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. |
| 13388 | Return the name of a buffer selected. |
| 13389 | PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default |
| 13390 | buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. |
| 13391 | If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected. |
| 13392 | |
| 13393 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil) |
| 13394 | |
| 13395 | (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\ |
| 13396 | Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'. |
| 13397 | Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. |
| 13398 | See `read-file-name' for additional parameters. |
| 13399 | |
| 13400 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil) |
| 13401 | |
| 13402 | (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\ |
| 13403 | Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'. |
| 13404 | Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. |
| 13405 | See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters. |
| 13406 | |
| 13407 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil) |
| 13408 | |
| 13409 | (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\ |
| 13410 | Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'. |
| 13411 | Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion. |
| 13412 | PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space. |
| 13413 | CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions. |
| 13414 | PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible |
| 13415 | with `completing-read'. |
| 13416 | If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless |
| 13417 | the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null. |
| 13418 | If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty |
| 13419 | string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH. |
| 13420 | If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially, |
| 13421 | with point positioned at the end. |
| 13422 | HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list. |
| 13423 | DEF, if non-nil, is the default value. |
| 13424 | |
| 13425 | \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil) |
| 13426 | |
| 13427 | ;;;*** |
| 13428 | \f |
| 13429 | ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 13430 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
| 13431 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") |
| 13432 | |
| 13433 | (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ |
| 13434 | Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. |
| 13435 | Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist. |
| 13436 | |
| 13437 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13438 | |
| 13439 | ;;;*** |
| 13440 | \f |
| 13441 | ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" |
| 13442 | ;;;;;; (16619 14967)) |
| 13443 | ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el |
| 13444 | |
| 13445 | (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\ |
| 13446 | Unconditionally turn on iimage mode. |
| 13447 | |
| 13448 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13449 | |
| 13450 | (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\ |
| 13451 | Toggle inline image minor mode. |
| 13452 | |
| 13453 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 13454 | |
| 13455 | ;;;*** |
| 13456 | \f |
| 13457 | ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image |
| 13458 | ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p |
| 13459 | ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-data) "image" |
| 13460 | ;;;;;; "image.el" (16954 46150)) |
| 13461 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
| 13462 | |
| 13463 | (defvar image-library-alist nil "\ |
| 13464 | Alist of image types vs external libraries needed to display them. |
| 13465 | |
| 13466 | Each element is a list (IMAGE-TYPE LIBRARY...), where the car is a symbol |
| 13467 | representing a supported image type, and the rest are strings giving |
| 13468 | alternate filenames for the corresponding external libraries. |
| 13469 | |
| 13470 | Emacs tries to load the libraries in the order they appear on the |
| 13471 | list; if none is loaded, the running session of Emacs won't |
| 13472 | support the image type. Types 'pbm and 'xbm don't need to be |
| 13473 | listed; they're always supported.") |
| 13474 | (put 'image-library-alist 'risky-local-variable t) |
| 13475 | |
| 13476 | (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
| 13477 | Determine the image type from image data DATA. |
| 13478 | Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot |
| 13479 | be determined. |
| 13480 | |
| 13481 | \(fn DATA)" nil nil) |
| 13482 | |
| 13483 | (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
| 13484 | Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. |
| 13485 | Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot |
| 13486 | be determined. |
| 13487 | |
| 13488 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) |
| 13489 | |
| 13490 | (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ |
| 13491 | Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. |
| 13492 | Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'. |
| 13493 | |
| 13494 | \(fn TYPE)" nil nil) |
| 13495 | |
| 13496 | (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ |
| 13497 | Create an image. |
| 13498 | FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. |
| 13499 | Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
| 13500 | or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
| 13501 | of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, |
| 13502 | use its file extension as image type. |
| 13503 | Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. |
| 13504 | Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
| 13505 | like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. |
| 13506 | Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported. |
| 13507 | |
| 13508 | \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil) |
| 13509 | |
| 13510 | (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ |
| 13511 | Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
| 13512 | IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
| 13513 | IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
| 13514 | `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the |
| 13515 | image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
| 13516 | POS may be an integer or marker. |
| 13517 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
| 13518 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means |
| 13519 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' |
| 13520 | means display it in the right marginal area. |
| 13521 | |
| 13522 | \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil) |
| 13523 | |
| 13524 | (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ |
| 13525 | Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. |
| 13526 | IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
| 13527 | with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
| 13528 | defaulted if you omit it. |
| 13529 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
| 13530 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means |
| 13531 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' |
| 13532 | means display it in the right marginal area. |
| 13533 | SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted |
| 13534 | means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) |
| 13535 | specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area |
| 13536 | to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or |
| 13537 | height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values. |
| 13538 | |
| 13539 | \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil) |
| 13540 | |
| 13541 | (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\ |
| 13542 | Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. |
| 13543 | IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
| 13544 | with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
| 13545 | defaulted if you omit it. |
| 13546 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
| 13547 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means |
| 13548 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' |
| 13549 | means display it in the right marginal area. |
| 13550 | The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices. |
| 13551 | |
| 13552 | \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil) |
| 13553 | |
| 13554 | (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ |
| 13555 | Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. |
| 13556 | Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. |
| 13557 | BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer. |
| 13558 | |
| 13559 | \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil) |
| 13560 | |
| 13561 | (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
| 13562 | Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. |
| 13563 | |
| 13564 | SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
| 13565 | |
| 13566 | Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of |
| 13567 | a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at |
| 13568 | least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
| 13569 | `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, |
| 13570 | e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a |
| 13571 | string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
| 13572 | is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image |
| 13573 | specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is |
| 13574 | satisfied. |
| 13575 | |
| 13576 | The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'. |
| 13577 | |
| 13578 | \(fn SPECS)" nil nil) |
| 13579 | |
| 13580 | (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
| 13581 | Define SYMBOL as an image. |
| 13582 | |
| 13583 | SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional |
| 13584 | documentation string. |
| 13585 | |
| 13586 | Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of |
| 13587 | a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at |
| 13588 | least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
| 13589 | `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, |
| 13590 | e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a |
| 13591 | string containing the actual image data. The first image |
| 13592 | specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to |
| 13593 | define SYMBOL. |
| 13594 | |
| 13595 | Example: |
| 13596 | |
| 13597 | (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") |
| 13598 | (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\"))) |
| 13599 | |
| 13600 | \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 13601 | |
| 13602 | ;;;*** |
| 13603 | \f |
| 13604 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp |
| 13605 | ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" |
| 13606 | ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16942 52930)) |
| 13607 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el |
| 13608 | |
| 13609 | (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\ |
| 13610 | *A list of image-file filename extensions. |
| 13611 | Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, |
| 13612 | in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. |
| 13613 | |
| 13614 | See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, |
| 13615 | setting this variable directly does not take effect unless |
| 13616 | `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when |
| 13617 | the variable is set using \\[customize].") |
| 13618 | |
| 13619 | (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file") |
| 13620 | |
| 13621 | (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ |
| 13622 | *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. |
| 13623 | Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, |
| 13624 | in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. |
| 13625 | |
| 13626 | See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is |
| 13627 | enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless |
| 13628 | `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when |
| 13629 | the variable is set using \\[customize].") |
| 13630 | |
| 13631 | (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file") |
| 13632 | |
| 13633 | (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ |
| 13634 | Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames. |
| 13635 | |
| 13636 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 13637 | |
| 13638 | (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ |
| 13639 | Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. |
| 13640 | Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for |
| 13641 | the command `insert-file-contents'. |
| 13642 | |
| 13643 | \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil) |
| 13644 | |
| 13645 | (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ |
| 13646 | Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. |
| 13647 | See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 13648 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 13649 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") |
| 13650 | |
| 13651 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file") |
| 13652 | |
| 13653 | (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ |
| 13654 | Toggle visiting of image files as images. |
| 13655 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
| 13656 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. |
| 13657 | |
| 13658 | Image files are those whose name has an extension in |
| 13659 | `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in |
| 13660 | `image-file-name-regexps'. |
| 13661 | |
| 13662 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 13663 | |
| 13664 | ;;;*** |
| 13665 | \f |
| 13666 | ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (16960 |
| 13667 | ;;;;;; 18194)) |
| 13668 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el |
| 13669 | (push '("\\.jpg\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13670 | (push '("\\.jpeg\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13671 | (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13672 | (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13673 | (push '("\\.tiff\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13674 | (push '("\\.tif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13675 | (push '("\\.xbm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13676 | (push '("\\.xpm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13677 | (push '("\\.pbm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13678 | (push '("\\.pgm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13679 | (push '("\\.ppm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13680 | (push '("\\.pnm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist) |
| 13681 | |
| 13682 | (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\ |
| 13683 | Major mode for image files. |
| 13684 | You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] |
| 13685 | to toggle between display as an image and display as text. |
| 13686 | |
| 13687 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13688 | |
| 13689 | ;;;*** |
| 13690 | \f |
| 13691 | ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar |
| 13692 | ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 13693 | ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
| 13694 | |
| 13695 | (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ |
| 13696 | *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. |
| 13697 | |
| 13698 | Affects only the mouse index menu. |
| 13699 | |
| 13700 | Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). |
| 13701 | The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found |
| 13702 | in the buffer. |
| 13703 | |
| 13704 | Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. |
| 13705 | |
| 13706 | The function should take two arguments and return t if the first |
| 13707 | element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; |
| 13708 | \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") |
| 13709 | |
| 13710 | (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu") |
| 13711 | |
| 13712 | (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ |
| 13713 | The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. |
| 13714 | |
| 13715 | If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' |
| 13716 | to create a buffer index. |
| 13717 | |
| 13718 | The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: |
| 13719 | (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) |
| 13720 | or like this: |
| 13721 | (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
| 13722 | with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in |
| 13723 | the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element |
| 13724 | of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
| 13725 | with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. |
| 13726 | |
| 13727 | MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the |
| 13728 | entries are not nested. |
| 13729 | |
| 13730 | REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is |
| 13731 | to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, |
| 13732 | etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the |
| 13733 | menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. |
| 13734 | |
| 13735 | INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the |
| 13736 | function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. |
| 13737 | |
| 13738 | The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the |
| 13739 | regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be |
| 13740 | used to alter the syntax table for the search. |
| 13741 | |
| 13742 | For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by |
| 13743 | `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the |
| 13744 | characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax |
| 13745 | during matching.") |
| 13746 | |
| 13747 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) |
| 13748 | |
| 13749 | (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ |
| 13750 | The function to use for creating a buffer index. |
| 13751 | |
| 13752 | It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index |
| 13753 | of the current buffer as an alist. |
| 13754 | |
| 13755 | Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). |
| 13756 | Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). |
| 13757 | A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). |
| 13758 | The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t |
| 13759 | if it is a sub-alist. |
| 13760 | |
| 13761 | This function is called within a `save-excursion'.") |
| 13762 | |
| 13763 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) |
| 13764 | |
| 13765 | (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ |
| 13766 | Function for finding the next index position. |
| 13767 | |
| 13768 | If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to |
| 13769 | `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable |
| 13770 | to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the |
| 13771 | file. |
| 13772 | |
| 13773 | The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the |
| 13774 | index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.") |
| 13775 | |
| 13776 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) |
| 13777 | |
| 13778 | (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ |
| 13779 | Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. |
| 13780 | |
| 13781 | This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' |
| 13782 | finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. |
| 13783 | It should return the name for that index item.") |
| 13784 | |
| 13785 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) |
| 13786 | |
| 13787 | (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
| 13788 | Function to compare string with index item. |
| 13789 | |
| 13790 | This function will be called with two strings, and should return |
| 13791 | non-nil if they match. |
| 13792 | |
| 13793 | If nil, comparison is done with `string='. |
| 13794 | Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, |
| 13795 | such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of |
| 13796 | arguments match\".") |
| 13797 | |
| 13798 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) |
| 13799 | |
| 13800 | (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
| 13801 | The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. |
| 13802 | The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") |
| 13803 | |
| 13804 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) |
| 13805 | |
| 13806 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) |
| 13807 | |
| 13808 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) |
| 13809 | |
| 13810 | (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ |
| 13811 | Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. |
| 13812 | NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. |
| 13813 | See the command `imenu' for more information. |
| 13814 | |
| 13815 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 13816 | |
| 13817 | (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ |
| 13818 | Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. |
| 13819 | |
| 13820 | A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook. |
| 13821 | |
| 13822 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13823 | |
| 13824 | (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ |
| 13825 | Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. |
| 13826 | INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' |
| 13827 | for more information. |
| 13828 | |
| 13829 | \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil) |
| 13830 | |
| 13831 | ;;;*** |
| 13832 | \f |
| 13833 | ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion |
| 13834 | ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region) |
| 13835 | ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16303 21394)) |
| 13836 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el |
| 13837 | |
| 13838 | (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\ |
| 13839 | Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. |
| 13840 | |
| 13841 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 13842 | |
| 13843 | (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\ |
| 13844 | Not documented |
| 13845 | |
| 13846 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 13847 | |
| 13848 | (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\ |
| 13849 | Not documented |
| 13850 | |
| 13851 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 13852 | |
| 13853 | (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\ |
| 13854 | Not documented |
| 13855 | |
| 13856 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 13857 | |
| 13858 | (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\ |
| 13859 | Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX. |
| 13860 | The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph. |
| 13861 | Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'. |
| 13862 | See also the function `indian-char-glyph'. |
| 13863 | |
| 13864 | \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil) |
| 13865 | |
| 13866 | (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\ |
| 13867 | Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset. |
| 13868 | The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index |
| 13869 | in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies. |
| 13870 | See also the function `indian-glyph-char'. |
| 13871 | |
| 13872 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 13873 | |
| 13874 | ;;;*** |
| 13875 | \f |
| 13876 | ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
| 13877 | ;;;;;; (16213 43282)) |
| 13878 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
| 13879 | |
| 13880 | (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ |
| 13881 | *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. |
| 13882 | Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp |
| 13883 | mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword |
| 13884 | \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") |
| 13885 | |
| 13886 | (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ |
| 13887 | *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") |
| 13888 | |
| 13889 | (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ |
| 13890 | *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. |
| 13891 | This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name |
| 13892 | and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp |
| 13893 | to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. |
| 13894 | The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" |
| 13895 | produces cosmetically superior output for this application, |
| 13896 | but it works only in Common Lisp.") |
| 13897 | |
| 13898 | (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ |
| 13899 | Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. |
| 13900 | Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, |
| 13901 | and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the |
| 13902 | Inferior Lisp buffer. |
| 13903 | |
| 13904 | This variable is only used if the variable |
| 13905 | `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. |
| 13906 | |
| 13907 | More precise choices: |
| 13908 | Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" |
| 13909 | franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" |
| 13910 | kcl: \"^>+ *\" |
| 13911 | |
| 13912 | This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") |
| 13913 | |
| 13914 | (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ |
| 13915 | *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") |
| 13916 | |
| 13917 | (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ |
| 13918 | Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. |
| 13919 | If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch |
| 13920 | to that buffer. |
| 13921 | With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value |
| 13922 | of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from |
| 13923 | `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
| 13924 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 13925 | |
| 13926 | \(fn CMD)" t nil) |
| 13927 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") |
| 13928 | |
| 13929 | (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) |
| 13930 | |
| 13931 | ;;;*** |
| 13932 | \f |
| 13933 | ;;;### (autoloads (Info-restore-desktop-buffer Info-speedbar-browser |
| 13934 | ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node |
| 13935 | ;;;;;; info-apropos Info-index Info-directory Info-goto-node info-standalone |
| 13936 | ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" |
| 13937 | ;;;;;; (16953 20624)) |
| 13938 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
| 13939 | |
| 13940 | (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ |
| 13941 | Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window. |
| 13942 | |
| 13943 | \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil) |
| 13944 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
| 13945 | (put 'info 'info-file "emacs") |
| 13946 | |
| 13947 | (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ |
| 13948 | Enter Info, the documentation browser. |
| 13949 | Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; |
| 13950 | the default is the top-level directory of Info. |
| 13951 | Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
| 13952 | `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. |
| 13953 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name; |
| 13954 | the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists, |
| 13955 | just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer |
| 13956 | with the top-level Info directory. |
| 13957 | |
| 13958 | In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs |
| 13959 | this command to read a file name from the minibuffer. |
| 13960 | A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number |
| 13961 | appended to the Info buffer name. |
| 13962 | |
| 13963 | The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. |
| 13964 | The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
| 13965 | in all the directories in that path. |
| 13966 | |
| 13967 | \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 13968 | |
| 13969 | (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\ |
| 13970 | Display the Emacs manual in Info mode. |
| 13971 | |
| 13972 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13973 | |
| 13974 | (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ |
| 13975 | Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. |
| 13976 | Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] |
| 13977 | In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself. |
| 13978 | |
| 13979 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 13980 | |
| 13981 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-node) "info" "\ |
| 13982 | Go to info node named NODENAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME. |
| 13983 | If NODENAME is of the form (FILENAME)NODENAME, the node is in the Info file |
| 13984 | FILENAME; otherwise, NODENAME should be in the current Info file (or one of |
| 13985 | its sub-files). |
| 13986 | Completion is available, but only for node names in the current Info file. |
| 13987 | If FORK is non-nil (interactively with a prefix arg), show the node in |
| 13988 | a new info buffer. |
| 13989 | If FORK is a string, it is the name to use for the new buffer. |
| 13990 | |
| 13991 | \(fn NODENAME &optional FORK)" t nil) |
| 13992 | |
| 13993 | (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
| 13994 | Go to the Info directory node. |
| 13995 | |
| 13996 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 13997 | |
| 13998 | (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\ |
| 13999 | Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file. |
| 14000 | If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses |
| 14001 | the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic. |
| 14002 | Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches. |
| 14003 | Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself. |
| 14004 | |
| 14005 | \(fn TOPIC)" t nil) |
| 14006 | |
| 14007 | (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\ |
| 14008 | Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING. |
| 14009 | Build a menu of the possible matches. |
| 14010 | |
| 14011 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) |
| 14012 | (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs") |
| 14013 | |
| 14014 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
| 14015 | Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. |
| 14016 | The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
| 14017 | or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
| 14018 | the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. |
| 14019 | COMMAND must be a symbol or string. |
| 14020 | |
| 14021 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) |
| 14022 | (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs") |
| 14023 | |
| 14024 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ |
| 14025 | Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. |
| 14026 | KEY is a string. |
| 14027 | Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
| 14028 | The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
| 14029 | or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
| 14030 | the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. |
| 14031 | |
| 14032 | \(fn KEY)" t nil) |
| 14033 | |
| 14034 | (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ |
| 14035 | Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. |
| 14036 | This will add a speedbar major display mode. |
| 14037 | |
| 14038 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14039 | |
| 14040 | (autoload (quote Info-restore-desktop-buffer) "info" "\ |
| 14041 | Restore an info buffer specified in a desktop file. |
| 14042 | |
| 14043 | \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil) |
| 14044 | |
| 14045 | ;;;*** |
| 14046 | \f |
| 14047 | ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file |
| 14048 | ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" |
| 14049 | ;;;;;; (16875 35928)) |
| 14050 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
| 14051 | |
| 14052 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ |
| 14053 | Throw away all cached data. |
| 14054 | This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without |
| 14055 | quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the |
| 14056 | system. |
| 14057 | |
| 14058 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14059 | (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs") |
| 14060 | |
| 14061 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ |
| 14062 | Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. |
| 14063 | When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. |
| 14064 | In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value |
| 14065 | into the minibuffer so you can edit it. |
| 14066 | The default symbol is the one found at point. |
| 14067 | |
| 14068 | With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered. |
| 14069 | |
| 14070 | \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 14071 | (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs") |
| 14072 | |
| 14073 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ |
| 14074 | Display the documentation of a file. |
| 14075 | When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. |
| 14076 | In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name |
| 14077 | into the minibuffer so you can edit it. |
| 14078 | The default file name is the one found at point. |
| 14079 | |
| 14080 | With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered. |
| 14081 | |
| 14082 | \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 14083 | |
| 14084 | (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ |
| 14085 | Perform completion on symbol preceding point. |
| 14086 | |
| 14087 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 14088 | |
| 14089 | (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ |
| 14090 | Perform completion on file preceding point. |
| 14091 | |
| 14092 | \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil) |
| 14093 | |
| 14094 | ;;;*** |
| 14095 | \f |
| 14096 | ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all |
| 14097 | ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (16484 6598)) |
| 14098 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el |
| 14099 | |
| 14100 | (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\ |
| 14101 | Check external references in FILENAME, an info document. |
| 14102 | |
| 14103 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 14104 | |
| 14105 | (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\ |
| 14106 | Check external references in all info documents in the usual path. |
| 14107 | The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'. |
| 14108 | |
| 14109 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14110 | |
| 14111 | (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\ |
| 14112 | Check info references in all customize groups and variables. |
| 14113 | `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked. |
| 14114 | |
| 14115 | `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the |
| 14116 | link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take |
| 14117 | quite a while. |
| 14118 | |
| 14119 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14120 | |
| 14121 | ;;;*** |
| 14122 | \f |
| 14123 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) |
| 14124 | ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16213 43269)) |
| 14125 | ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
| 14126 | |
| 14127 | (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ |
| 14128 | Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region. |
| 14129 | |
| 14130 | \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) |
| 14131 | |
| 14132 | (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ |
| 14133 | Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. |
| 14134 | Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. |
| 14135 | |
| 14136 | To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag |
| 14137 | table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which |
| 14138 | should be saved in place of the original visited file. |
| 14139 | |
| 14140 | The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is |
| 14141 | in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original |
| 14142 | file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it |
| 14143 | contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles. |
| 14144 | |
| 14145 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14146 | |
| 14147 | (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ |
| 14148 | Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. |
| 14149 | Check that every node pointer points to an existing node. |
| 14150 | |
| 14151 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14152 | |
| 14153 | (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ |
| 14154 | Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. |
| 14155 | Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. |
| 14156 | Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. |
| 14157 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\" |
| 14158 | |
| 14159 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 14160 | |
| 14161 | ;;;*** |
| 14162 | \f |
| 14163 | ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method |
| 14164 | ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" |
| 14165 | ;;;;;; (16829 43426)) |
| 14166 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
| 14167 | |
| 14168 | (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ |
| 14169 | Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search. |
| 14170 | |
| 14171 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14172 | |
| 14173 | (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ |
| 14174 | Toggle input method in interactive search. |
| 14175 | |
| 14176 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14177 | |
| 14178 | (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\ |
| 14179 | Not documented |
| 14180 | |
| 14181 | \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 14182 | |
| 14183 | ;;;*** |
| 14184 | \f |
| 14185 | ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (16541 |
| 14186 | ;;;;;; 47351)) |
| 14187 | ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el |
| 14188 | |
| 14189 | (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\ |
| 14190 | Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes. |
| 14191 | Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if |
| 14192 | the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer |
| 14193 | accessed via isearchb. |
| 14194 | |
| 14195 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14196 | |
| 14197 | ;;;*** |
| 14198 | \f |
| 14199 | ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" |
| 14200 | ;;;;;; (16927 496)) |
| 14201 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
| 14202 | |
| 14203 | (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ |
| 14204 | Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. |
| 14205 | This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. |
| 14206 | When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys |
| 14207 | \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following |
| 14208 | letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. |
| 14209 | |
| 14210 | You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language |
| 14211 | with the command `iso-accents-customize'. |
| 14212 | |
| 14213 | Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, |
| 14214 | ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). |
| 14215 | ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. |
| 14216 | \"s gives German sharp s. |
| 14217 | /a gives a with ring. |
| 14218 | /e gives an a-e ligature. |
| 14219 | ~< and ~> give guillemots. |
| 14220 | ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. |
| 14221 | ~? gives an inverted question mark. |
| 14222 | |
| 14223 | With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, |
| 14224 | and a negative argument disables it. |
| 14225 | |
| 14226 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 14227 | |
| 14228 | ;;;*** |
| 14229 | \f |
| 14230 | ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only |
| 14231 | ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
| 14232 | ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" |
| 14233 | ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16795 7139)) |
| 14234 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
| 14235 | |
| 14236 | (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14237 | Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. |
| 14238 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14239 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14240 | |
| 14241 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14242 | |
| 14243 | (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14244 | Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. |
| 14245 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14246 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14247 | |
| 14248 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14249 | |
| 14250 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14251 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. |
| 14252 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14253 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14254 | |
| 14255 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14256 | |
| 14257 | (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14258 | Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. |
| 14259 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14260 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14261 | |
| 14262 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14263 | |
| 14264 | (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14265 | Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. |
| 14266 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14267 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14268 | |
| 14269 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14270 | |
| 14271 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14272 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. |
| 14273 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14274 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14275 | |
| 14276 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14277 | |
| 14278 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14279 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. |
| 14280 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. |
| 14281 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14282 | |
| 14283 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14284 | |
| 14285 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14286 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. |
| 14287 | The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". |
| 14288 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14289 | |
| 14290 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14291 | |
| 14292 | (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14293 | Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. |
| 14294 | The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". |
| 14295 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist'). |
| 14296 | |
| 14297 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 14298 | |
| 14299 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14300 | Warn that format is read-only. |
| 14301 | |
| 14302 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14303 | |
| 14304 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14305 | Warn that format is write-only. |
| 14306 | |
| 14307 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14308 | |
| 14309 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ |
| 14310 | Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats. |
| 14311 | |
| 14312 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14313 | |
| 14314 | ;;;*** |
| 14315 | \f |
| 14316 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" |
| 14317 | ;;;;;; (16213 43274)) |
| 14318 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
| 14319 | (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) |
| 14320 | (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) |
| 14321 | (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) |
| 14322 | |
| 14323 | ;;;*** |
| 14324 | \f |
| 14325 | ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
| 14326 | ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
| 14327 | ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell |
| 14328 | ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist |
| 14329 | ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
| 14330 | ;;;;;; (16954 46151)) |
| 14331 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
| 14332 | |
| 14333 | (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
| 14334 | *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. |
| 14335 | If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, |
| 14336 | where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") |
| 14337 | |
| 14338 | (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell") |
| 14339 | |
| 14340 | (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ |
| 14341 | *List of local or customized dictionary definitions. |
| 14342 | These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'. |
| 14343 | |
| 14344 | To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you |
| 14345 | will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then |
| 14346 | re-start emacs.") |
| 14347 | |
| 14348 | (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell") |
| 14349 | |
| 14350 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
| 14351 | |
| 14352 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) |
| 14353 | |
| 14354 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))) |
| 14355 | |
| 14356 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) |
| 14357 | |
| 14358 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
| 14359 | |
| 14360 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
| 14361 | |
| 14362 | (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ |
| 14363 | An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. |
| 14364 | |
| 14365 | Each element of this list is also a list: |
| 14366 | |
| 14367 | \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P |
| 14368 | ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) |
| 14369 | |
| 14370 | DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', |
| 14371 | nil means the default dictionary. |
| 14372 | |
| 14373 | CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a |
| 14374 | word. |
| 14375 | |
| 14376 | NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. |
| 14377 | |
| 14378 | OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be |
| 14379 | used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow |
| 14380 | and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, |
| 14381 | otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the |
| 14382 | regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and |
| 14383 | \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but |
| 14384 | \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. |
| 14385 | If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. |
| 14386 | Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. |
| 14387 | |
| 14388 | CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string |
| 14389 | containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain |
| 14390 | a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single |
| 14391 | `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range |
| 14392 | for non-ASCII bytes. |
| 14393 | |
| 14394 | MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. |
| 14395 | Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any |
| 14396 | single word. |
| 14397 | |
| 14398 | ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell |
| 14399 | subprocess. |
| 14400 | |
| 14401 | EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which |
| 14402 | have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts |
| 14403 | can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff |
| 14404 | in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. |
| 14405 | The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, |
| 14406 | but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. |
| 14407 | Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See |
| 14408 | `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. |
| 14409 | |
| 14410 | CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. |
| 14411 | |
| 14412 | Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should |
| 14413 | contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the |
| 14414 | LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") |
| 14415 | |
| 14416 | (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ |
| 14417 | Key map for ispell menu.") |
| 14418 | |
| 14419 | (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ |
| 14420 | Spelling menu for XEmacs. |
| 14421 | If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, |
| 14422 | and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") |
| 14423 | |
| 14424 | (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload))) |
| 14425 | |
| 14426 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name))))))))) |
| 14427 | |
| 14428 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) |
| 14429 | |
| 14430 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) |
| 14431 | |
| 14432 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) |
| 14433 | |
| 14434 | (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ |
| 14435 | Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
| 14436 | The alist key must be a regular expression. |
| 14437 | Valid forms include: |
| 14438 | (KEY) - just skip the key. |
| 14439 | (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. |
| 14440 | (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. |
| 14441 | (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") |
| 14442 | |
| 14443 | (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
| 14444 | *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
| 14445 | First list is used raw. |
| 14446 | Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. |
| 14447 | |
| 14448 | Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected |
| 14449 | for skipping in latex mode.") |
| 14450 | |
| 14451 | (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\ |
| 14452 | *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers. |
| 14453 | Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist' |
| 14454 | Note - substrings of other matches must come last |
| 14455 | (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").") |
| 14456 | (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word) |
| 14457 | |
| 14458 | (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ |
| 14459 | Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. |
| 14460 | If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections |
| 14461 | in a window allowing you to choose one. |
| 14462 | |
| 14463 | If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' |
| 14464 | is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word |
| 14465 | \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. |
| 14466 | When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil |
| 14467 | when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. |
| 14468 | |
| 14469 | With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), |
| 14470 | resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. |
| 14471 | |
| 14472 | Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary, |
| 14473 | which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'. |
| 14474 | |
| 14475 | This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] |
| 14476 | or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
| 14477 | |
| 14478 | return values: |
| 14479 | nil word is correct or spelling is accepted. |
| 14480 | 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. |
| 14481 | \"word\" word corrected from word list. |
| 14482 | \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. |
| 14483 | quit spell session exited. |
| 14484 | |
| 14485 | \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil) |
| 14486 | |
| 14487 | (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\ |
| 14488 | Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. |
| 14489 | If so, ask if it needs to be saved. |
| 14490 | |
| 14491 | \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil) |
| 14492 | |
| 14493 | (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ |
| 14494 | Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. |
| 14495 | |
| 14496 | Selections are: |
| 14497 | |
| 14498 | DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. |
| 14499 | SPC: Accept word this time. |
| 14500 | `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. |
| 14501 | `a': Accept word for this session. |
| 14502 | `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. |
| 14503 | `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. |
| 14504 | `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. |
| 14505 | `?': Show these commands. |
| 14506 | `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. |
| 14507 | `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits |
| 14508 | the aborted check to be completed later. |
| 14509 | `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). |
| 14510 | `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. |
| 14511 | `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. |
| 14512 | `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. |
| 14513 | `C-l': redraws screen |
| 14514 | `C-r': recursive edit |
| 14515 | `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame |
| 14516 | |
| 14517 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 14518 | |
| 14519 | (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ |
| 14520 | Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). |
| 14521 | With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running. |
| 14522 | |
| 14523 | \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil) |
| 14524 | |
| 14525 | (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ |
| 14526 | Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell. |
| 14527 | With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers. |
| 14528 | Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer. |
| 14529 | |
| 14530 | By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. |
| 14531 | |
| 14532 | \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 14533 | |
| 14534 | (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ |
| 14535 | Interactively check a region for spelling errors. |
| 14536 | Return nil if spell session is quit, |
| 14537 | otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed. |
| 14538 | |
| 14539 | \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil) |
| 14540 | |
| 14541 | (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ |
| 14542 | Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors. |
| 14543 | |
| 14544 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14545 | |
| 14546 | (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ |
| 14547 | Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively. |
| 14548 | |
| 14549 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14550 | |
| 14551 | (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ |
| 14552 | Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word. |
| 14553 | |
| 14554 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14555 | |
| 14556 | (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ |
| 14557 | Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words'). |
| 14558 | If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character |
| 14559 | sequence inside of a word. |
| 14560 | |
| 14561 | Standard ispell choices are then available. |
| 14562 | |
| 14563 | \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil) |
| 14564 | |
| 14565 | (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ |
| 14566 | Completes word matching character sequence inside a word. |
| 14567 | |
| 14568 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14569 | |
| 14570 | (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
| 14571 | Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. |
| 14572 | If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
| 14573 | that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. |
| 14574 | |
| 14575 | Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are |
| 14576 | looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell |
| 14577 | program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries |
| 14578 | available on the net. |
| 14579 | |
| 14580 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14581 | |
| 14582 | (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
| 14583 | Toggle Ispell minor mode. |
| 14584 | With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. |
| 14585 | |
| 14586 | In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
| 14587 | warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. |
| 14588 | |
| 14589 | All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read |
| 14590 | them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC. |
| 14591 | |
| 14592 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 14593 | |
| 14594 | (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ |
| 14595 | Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. |
| 14596 | Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. |
| 14597 | Don't check included messages. |
| 14598 | |
| 14599 | To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, |
| 14600 | use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) |
| 14601 | The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. |
| 14602 | |
| 14603 | To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines |
| 14604 | in your .emacs file: |
| 14605 | (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 |
| 14606 | (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 |
| 14607 | (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) |
| 14608 | (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) |
| 14609 | |
| 14610 | You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to |
| 14611 | `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: |
| 14612 | (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message))) |
| 14613 | |
| 14614 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 14615 | |
| 14616 | ;;;*** |
| 14617 | \f |
| 14618 | ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16681 |
| 14619 | ;;;;;; 45592)) |
| 14620 | ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
| 14621 | |
| 14622 | (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ |
| 14623 | Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled. |
| 14624 | See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 14625 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 14626 | use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") |
| 14627 | |
| 14628 | (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb") |
| 14629 | |
| 14630 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ |
| 14631 | Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. |
| 14632 | With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. |
| 14633 | This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See |
| 14634 | `iswitchb' for details. |
| 14635 | |
| 14636 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 14637 | |
| 14638 | ;;;*** |
| 14639 | \f |
| 14640 | ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region |
| 14641 | ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku |
| 14642 | ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
| 14643 | ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 14644 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
| 14645 | |
| 14646 | (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14647 | Not documented |
| 14648 | |
| 14649 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 14650 | |
| 14651 | (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14652 | Convert argument to Katakana and return that. |
| 14653 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. |
| 14654 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. |
| 14655 | Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana |
| 14656 | (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value |
| 14657 | may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are |
| 14658 | necessary to represent OBJ. |
| 14659 | |
| 14660 | \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil) |
| 14661 | |
| 14662 | (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14663 | Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. |
| 14664 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. |
| 14665 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. |
| 14666 | |
| 14667 | \(fn OBJ)" nil nil) |
| 14668 | |
| 14669 | (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14670 | Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. |
| 14671 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. |
| 14672 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. |
| 14673 | Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character. |
| 14674 | |
| 14675 | \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil) |
| 14676 | |
| 14677 | (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14678 | Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. |
| 14679 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. |
| 14680 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. |
| 14681 | |
| 14682 | \(fn OBJ)" nil nil) |
| 14683 | |
| 14684 | (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14685 | Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. |
| 14686 | Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character |
| 14687 | of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. |
| 14688 | |
| 14689 | \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil) |
| 14690 | |
| 14691 | (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14692 | Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars. |
| 14693 | |
| 14694 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 14695 | |
| 14696 | (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14697 | Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. |
| 14698 | `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' |
| 14699 | `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. |
| 14700 | Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char. |
| 14701 | |
| 14702 | \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 14703 | |
| 14704 | (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14705 | Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. |
| 14706 | `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' |
| 14707 | `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. |
| 14708 | Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char. |
| 14709 | |
| 14710 | \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 14711 | |
| 14712 | (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ |
| 14713 | Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. |
| 14714 | If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading. |
| 14715 | |
| 14716 | \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil) |
| 14717 | |
| 14718 | ;;;*** |
| 14719 | \f |
| 14720 | ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16939 |
| 14721 | ;;;;;; 44104)) |
| 14722 | ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
| 14723 | |
| 14724 | (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ |
| 14725 | Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. |
| 14726 | FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region |
| 14727 | that needs to be (re)fontified. |
| 14728 | If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful. |
| 14729 | |
| 14730 | \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil) |
| 14731 | |
| 14732 | ;;;*** |
| 14733 | \f |
| 14734 | ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) |
| 14735 | ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16960 18194)) |
| 14736 | ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
| 14737 | |
| 14738 | (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ |
| 14739 | Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. |
| 14740 | See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 14741 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 14742 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") |
| 14743 | |
| 14744 | (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr") |
| 14745 | |
| 14746 | (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
| 14747 | Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. |
| 14748 | With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. |
| 14749 | Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on). |
| 14750 | |
| 14751 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 14752 | |
| 14753 | (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
| 14754 | Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled. |
| 14755 | |
| 14756 | \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 14757 | |
| 14758 | ;;;*** |
| 14759 | \f |
| 14760 | ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup |
| 14761 | ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" |
| 14762 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 14763 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el |
| 14764 | |
| 14765 | (defvar keypad-setup nil "\ |
| 14766 | Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. |
| 14767 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the |
| 14768 | decimal key must be specified.") |
| 14769 | |
| 14770 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad") |
| 14771 | |
| 14772 | (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\ |
| 14773 | Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on. |
| 14774 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the |
| 14775 | decimal key must be specified.") |
| 14776 | |
| 14777 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad") |
| 14778 | |
| 14779 | (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\ |
| 14780 | Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. |
| 14781 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the |
| 14782 | decimal key must be specified.") |
| 14783 | |
| 14784 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad") |
| 14785 | |
| 14786 | (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\ |
| 14787 | Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off. |
| 14788 | When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the |
| 14789 | decimal key must be specified.") |
| 14790 | |
| 14791 | (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad") |
| 14792 | |
| 14793 | (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\ |
| 14794 | Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP. |
| 14795 | If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings |
| 14796 | are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed. |
| 14797 | If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad |
| 14798 | keys are bound. |
| 14799 | |
| 14800 | Setup Binding |
| 14801 | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 14802 | 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M-- |
| 14803 | 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys. |
| 14804 | 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys. |
| 14805 | 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg) |
| 14806 | 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map; |
| 14807 | this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys |
| 14808 | in the global and local keymaps. |
| 14809 | |
| 14810 | If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil, |
| 14811 | the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.' |
| 14812 | |
| 14813 | \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil) |
| 14814 | |
| 14815 | ;;;*** |
| 14816 | \f |
| 14817 | ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" |
| 14818 | ;;;;;; (16213 43274)) |
| 14819 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
| 14820 | |
| 14821 | (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ |
| 14822 | Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. |
| 14823 | LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. |
| 14824 | |
| 14825 | `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed |
| 14826 | at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed |
| 14827 | at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' |
| 14828 | respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or |
| 14829 | shorter. |
| 14830 | |
| 14831 | `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay |
| 14832 | in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in |
| 14833 | the context of text formatting. |
| 14834 | |
| 14835 | \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil) |
| 14836 | |
| 14837 | ;;;*** |
| 14838 | \f |
| 14839 | ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16213 |
| 14840 | ;;;;;; 43274)) |
| 14841 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
| 14842 | |
| 14843 | (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
| 14844 | Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. |
| 14845 | With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from |
| 14846 | candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this |
| 14847 | list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer |
| 14848 | positions that contains the current selection.") |
| 14849 | |
| 14850 | (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
| 14851 | Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. |
| 14852 | Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. |
| 14853 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, |
| 14854 | positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. |
| 14855 | When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, |
| 14856 | and the return value is the length of the conversion. |
| 14857 | |
| 14858 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 14859 | |
| 14860 | ;;;*** |
| 14861 | \f |
| 14862 | ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro |
| 14863 | ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter |
| 14864 | ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" |
| 14865 | ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 14866 | ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el |
| 14867 | (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro) |
| 14868 | (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro) |
| 14869 | (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro) |
| 14870 | (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) |
| 14871 | (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro) |
| 14872 | (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap) |
| 14873 | (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap) |
| 14874 | |
| 14875 | (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14876 | Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. |
| 14877 | The commands are recorded even as they are executed. |
| 14878 | Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available. |
| 14879 | Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro. |
| 14880 | |
| 14881 | Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined. |
| 14882 | |
| 14883 | With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro |
| 14884 | defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin |
| 14885 | by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again. |
| 14886 | |
| 14887 | Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before |
| 14888 | defining the macro. |
| 14889 | |
| 14890 | Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter. |
| 14891 | The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter]. |
| 14892 | The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]. |
| 14893 | |
| 14894 | Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name. |
| 14895 | Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence. |
| 14896 | |
| 14897 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 14898 | |
| 14899 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14900 | Finish defining a keyboard macro. |
| 14901 | The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro]. |
| 14902 | The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro], |
| 14903 | or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked |
| 14904 | under that name. |
| 14905 | |
| 14906 | With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times, |
| 14907 | counting the definition just completed as the first repetition. |
| 14908 | An argument of zero means repeat until error. |
| 14909 | |
| 14910 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 14911 | |
| 14912 | (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14913 | Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro]. |
| 14914 | A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error. |
| 14915 | |
| 14916 | When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating |
| 14917 | just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this |
| 14918 | command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg' |
| 14919 | for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour. |
| 14920 | |
| 14921 | To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining |
| 14922 | others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro]. |
| 14923 | |
| 14924 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil) |
| 14925 | |
| 14926 | (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14927 | Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. |
| 14928 | The commands are recorded even as they are executed. |
| 14929 | |
| 14930 | Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the |
| 14931 | macro. |
| 14932 | |
| 14933 | With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping |
| 14934 | the current value of `kmacro-counter'). |
| 14935 | |
| 14936 | When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments |
| 14937 | the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument], |
| 14938 | inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter). |
| 14939 | |
| 14940 | The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter]. |
| 14941 | The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]. |
| 14942 | |
| 14943 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 14944 | |
| 14945 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14946 | End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro. |
| 14947 | With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times. |
| 14948 | With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring. |
| 14949 | |
| 14950 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil) |
| 14951 | |
| 14952 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14953 | Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined. |
| 14954 | With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times. |
| 14955 | Zero argument means repeat until there is an error. |
| 14956 | |
| 14957 | To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it |
| 14958 | even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro]. |
| 14959 | |
| 14960 | \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil) |
| 14961 | |
| 14962 | (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\ |
| 14963 | Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro. |
| 14964 | If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it. |
| 14965 | |
| 14966 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 14967 | |
| 14968 | ;;;*** |
| 14969 | \f |
| 14970 | ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string |
| 14971 | ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el" |
| 14972 | ;;;;;; (16303 15430)) |
| 14973 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el |
| 14974 | |
| 14975 | (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]") |
| 14976 | |
| 14977 | (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\ |
| 14978 | Not documented |
| 14979 | |
| 14980 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 14981 | |
| 14982 | (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\ |
| 14983 | Not documented |
| 14984 | |
| 14985 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 14986 | |
| 14987 | (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\ |
| 14988 | Not documented |
| 14989 | |
| 14990 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 14991 | |
| 14992 | ;;;*** |
| 14993 | \f |
| 14994 | ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
| 14995 | ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 14996 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
| 14997 | |
| 14998 | (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
| 14999 | *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
| 15000 | \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") |
| 15001 | |
| 15002 | (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\ |
| 15003 | Not documented |
| 15004 | |
| 15005 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15006 | |
| 15007 | ;;;*** |
| 15008 | \f |
| 15009 | ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" |
| 15010 | ;;;;;; (16478 51573)) |
| 15011 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
| 15012 | |
| 15013 | (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) |
| 15014 | |
| 15015 | (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ |
| 15016 | Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game. |
| 15017 | |
| 15018 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15019 | |
| 15020 | (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) |
| 15021 | |
| 15022 | (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ |
| 15023 | Start or resume an Lm game. |
| 15024 | If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. |
| 15025 | Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: |
| 15026 | |
| 15027 | prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game |
| 15028 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 15029 | none / 1 | yes | no |
| 15030 | 2 | yes | yes |
| 15031 | 3 | no | yes |
| 15032 | 4 | no | no |
| 15033 | |
| 15034 | You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], |
| 15035 | if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. |
| 15036 | Use \\[describe-mode] for more info. |
| 15037 | |
| 15038 | \(fn PARG)" t nil) |
| 15039 | |
| 15040 | ;;;*** |
| 15041 | \f |
| 15042 | ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion |
| 15043 | ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao |
| 15044 | ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16213 |
| 15045 | ;;;;;; 43280)) |
| 15046 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
| 15047 | |
| 15048 | (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\ |
| 15049 | Not documented |
| 15050 | |
| 15051 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 15052 | |
| 15053 | (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ |
| 15054 | Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. |
| 15055 | Only the first syllable is transcribed. |
| 15056 | The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where |
| 15057 | START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, |
| 15058 | LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. |
| 15059 | |
| 15060 | Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao |
| 15061 | syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR. |
| 15062 | |
| 15063 | \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil) |
| 15064 | |
| 15065 | (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ |
| 15066 | Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string. |
| 15067 | |
| 15068 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 15069 | |
| 15070 | (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\ |
| 15071 | Not documented |
| 15072 | |
| 15073 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 15074 | |
| 15075 | (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ |
| 15076 | Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. |
| 15077 | The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. |
| 15078 | Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text |
| 15079 | to compose. |
| 15080 | |
| 15081 | The return value is number of composed characters. |
| 15082 | |
| 15083 | \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) |
| 15084 | |
| 15085 | (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\ |
| 15086 | Not documented |
| 15087 | |
| 15088 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 15089 | |
| 15090 | ;;;*** |
| 15091 | \f |
| 15092 | ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display) |
| 15093 | ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 15094 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el |
| 15095 | |
| 15096 | (defvar latin1-display nil "\ |
| 15097 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. |
| 15098 | This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', |
| 15099 | if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using |
| 15100 | the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise |
| 15101 | ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input |
| 15102 | methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if |
| 15103 | `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. |
| 15104 | |
| 15105 | This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' |
| 15106 | charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them. |
| 15107 | |
| 15108 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 15109 | use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.") |
| 15110 | |
| 15111 | (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp") |
| 15112 | |
| 15113 | (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ |
| 15114 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. |
| 15115 | See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list |
| 15116 | must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the |
| 15117 | display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also |
| 15118 | `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats |
| 15119 | some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have |
| 15120 | a Unicode font with which to display them. |
| 15121 | |
| 15122 | \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil) |
| 15123 | |
| 15124 | (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\ |
| 15125 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters. |
| 15126 | This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't |
| 15127 | changed if the display can render Unicode characters. |
| 15128 | |
| 15129 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 15130 | use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.") |
| 15131 | |
| 15132 | (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp") |
| 15133 | |
| 15134 | ;;;*** |
| 15135 | \f |
| 15136 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" |
| 15137 | ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16213 43269)) |
| 15138 | ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
| 15139 | |
| 15140 | (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ |
| 15141 | Toggle Lazy Lock mode. |
| 15142 | With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it |
| 15143 | automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: |
| 15144 | |
| 15145 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) |
| 15146 | |
| 15147 | For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see |
| 15148 | `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in |
| 15149 | JIT Lock's favor. |
| 15150 | |
| 15151 | When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: |
| 15152 | |
| 15153 | - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. |
| 15154 | This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than |
| 15155 | `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs |
| 15156 | when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise |
| 15157 | reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow |
| 15158 | for large buffers. |
| 15159 | |
| 15160 | - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. |
| 15161 | This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. |
| 15162 | Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds |
| 15163 | of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if |
| 15164 | fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. |
| 15165 | |
| 15166 | - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. |
| 15167 | This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, |
| 15168 | fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs |
| 15169 | idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too |
| 15170 | slow to keep up with your typing. |
| 15171 | |
| 15172 | - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. |
| 15173 | This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic |
| 15174 | context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs |
| 15175 | remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and |
| 15176 | subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic |
| 15177 | contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. |
| 15178 | |
| 15179 | - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. |
| 15180 | This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has |
| 15181 | been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. |
| 15182 | This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. |
| 15183 | |
| 15184 | Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified |
| 15185 | lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode |
| 15186 | on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any |
| 15187 | event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. |
| 15188 | |
| 15189 | Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. |
| 15190 | If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth |
| 15191 | fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via |
| 15192 | the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and |
| 15193 | verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'. |
| 15194 | |
| 15195 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 15196 | |
| 15197 | (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ |
| 15198 | Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode. |
| 15199 | |
| 15200 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15201 | |
| 15202 | ;;;*** |
| 15203 | \f |
| 15204 | ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" |
| 15205 | ;;;;;; (16239 25259)) |
| 15206 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el |
| 15207 | |
| 15208 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode))) |
| 15209 | |
| 15210 | (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\ |
| 15211 | A major mode to edit GNU ld script files |
| 15212 | |
| 15213 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15214 | |
| 15215 | ;;;*** |
| 15216 | \f |
| 15217 | ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" |
| 15218 | ;;;;;; (16213 43269)) |
| 15219 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
| 15220 | |
| 15221 | (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ |
| 15222 | *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") |
| 15223 | |
| 15224 | (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ |
| 15225 | *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") |
| 15226 | |
| 15227 | (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ |
| 15228 | *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") |
| 15229 | |
| 15230 | (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ |
| 15231 | \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. |
| 15232 | Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: |
| 15233 | \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point |
| 15234 | for later transmission to Lisp job. |
| 15235 | \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. |
| 15236 | \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. |
| 15237 | \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job |
| 15238 | and transmit saved text. |
| 15239 | \\{ledit-mode-map} |
| 15240 | To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, |
| 15241 | do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode) |
| 15242 | |
| 15243 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15244 | |
| 15245 | (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\ |
| 15246 | Not documented |
| 15247 | |
| 15248 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15249 | |
| 15250 | ;;;*** |
| 15251 | \f |
| 15252 | ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16793 54110)) |
| 15253 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
| 15254 | |
| 15255 | (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ |
| 15256 | Run Conway's Life simulation. |
| 15257 | The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first |
| 15258 | arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between |
| 15259 | generations (this defaults to 1). |
| 15260 | |
| 15261 | \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil) |
| 15262 | |
| 15263 | ;;;*** |
| 15264 | \f |
| 15265 | ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16858 |
| 15266 | ;;;;;; 50917)) |
| 15267 | ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
| 15268 | |
| 15269 | (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ |
| 15270 | Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. |
| 15271 | If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
| 15272 | is nil, raise an error. |
| 15273 | |
| 15274 | This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to |
| 15275 | hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called |
| 15276 | instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should |
| 15277 | undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by |
| 15278 | loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to |
| 15279 | the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the |
| 15280 | variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it |
| 15281 | in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised, |
| 15282 | such as redefining an Emacs function. |
| 15283 | |
| 15284 | \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil) |
| 15285 | |
| 15286 | ;;;*** |
| 15287 | \f |
| 15288 | ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches) |
| 15289 | ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 15290 | ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
| 15291 | |
| 15292 | (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\ |
| 15293 | `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers. |
| 15294 | This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.") |
| 15295 | |
| 15296 | (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate") |
| 15297 | |
| 15298 | (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ |
| 15299 | Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
| 15300 | With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run. |
| 15301 | |
| 15302 | \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil) |
| 15303 | |
| 15304 | (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ |
| 15305 | Run the locate command with a filter. |
| 15306 | |
| 15307 | The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are |
| 15308 | shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search. |
| 15309 | |
| 15310 | \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil) |
| 15311 | |
| 15312 | ;;;*** |
| 15313 | \f |
| 15314 | ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16908 33360)) |
| 15315 | ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
| 15316 | |
| 15317 | (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ |
| 15318 | Setup a buffer to enter a log message. |
| 15319 | \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. |
| 15320 | If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. |
| 15321 | Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the |
| 15322 | buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. |
| 15323 | Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call |
| 15324 | `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. |
| 15325 | LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files |
| 15326 | that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). |
| 15327 | If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the |
| 15328 | log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it |
| 15329 | uses the current buffer. |
| 15330 | |
| 15331 | \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil) |
| 15332 | |
| 15333 | ;;;*** |
| 15334 | \f |
| 15335 | ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16923 |
| 15336 | ;;;;;; 3606)) |
| 15337 | ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
| 15338 | |
| 15339 | (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ |
| 15340 | Major mode for browsing CVS log output. |
| 15341 | |
| 15342 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15343 | |
| 15344 | ;;;*** |
| 15345 | \f |
| 15346 | ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
| 15347 | ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16213 |
| 15348 | ;;;;;; 43269)) |
| 15349 | ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
| 15350 | |
| 15351 | (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) |
| 15352 | |
| 15353 | (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) |
| 15354 | |
| 15355 | (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ |
| 15356 | *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. |
| 15357 | \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) |
| 15358 | |
| 15359 | On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by |
| 15360 | lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. |
| 15361 | |
| 15362 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of |
| 15363 | a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". |
| 15364 | Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel |
| 15365 | printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or |
| 15366 | \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set |
| 15367 | it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that |
| 15368 | file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") |
| 15369 | |
| 15370 | (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr") |
| 15371 | |
| 15372 | (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ |
| 15373 | *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. |
| 15374 | It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit |
| 15375 | switch on this list. |
| 15376 | See `lpr-command'.") |
| 15377 | |
| 15378 | (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr") |
| 15379 | |
| 15380 | (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ |
| 15381 | *Name of program for printing a file. |
| 15382 | |
| 15383 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then |
| 15384 | Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. |
| 15385 | The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on |
| 15386 | Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using |
| 15387 | `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is |
| 15388 | treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last |
| 15389 | argument.") |
| 15390 | |
| 15391 | (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr") |
| 15392 | |
| 15393 | (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ |
| 15394 | Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
| 15395 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' |
| 15396 | for customization of the printer command. |
| 15397 | |
| 15398 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15399 | |
| 15400 | (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ |
| 15401 | Paginate and print buffer contents. |
| 15402 | |
| 15403 | The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. |
| 15404 | If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program |
| 15405 | `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. |
| 15406 | `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. |
| 15407 | |
| 15408 | Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used |
| 15409 | in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. |
| 15410 | |
| 15411 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' |
| 15412 | for further customization of the printer command. |
| 15413 | |
| 15414 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15415 | |
| 15416 | (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ |
| 15417 | Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
| 15418 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' |
| 15419 | for customization of the printer command. |
| 15420 | |
| 15421 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 15422 | |
| 15423 | (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ |
| 15424 | Paginate and print the region contents. |
| 15425 | |
| 15426 | The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. |
| 15427 | If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program |
| 15428 | `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. |
| 15429 | `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. |
| 15430 | |
| 15431 | Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used |
| 15432 | in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. |
| 15433 | |
| 15434 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' |
| 15435 | for further customization of the printer command. |
| 15436 | |
| 15437 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 15438 | |
| 15439 | ;;;*** |
| 15440 | \f |
| 15441 | ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" |
| 15442 | ;;;;;; (16727 56921)) |
| 15443 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
| 15444 | |
| 15445 | (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ |
| 15446 | *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards. |
| 15447 | Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).") |
| 15448 | |
| 15449 | (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp") |
| 15450 | |
| 15451 | ;;;*** |
| 15452 | \f |
| 15453 | ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16213 |
| 15454 | ;;;;;; 43272)) |
| 15455 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el |
| 15456 | |
| 15457 | (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ |
| 15458 | Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. |
| 15459 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. |
| 15460 | |
| 15461 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. |
| 15462 | |
| 15463 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 15464 | |
| 15465 | ;;;*** |
| 15466 | \f |
| 15467 | ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16213 |
| 15468 | ;;;;;; 43282)) |
| 15469 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
| 15470 | |
| 15471 | (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ |
| 15472 | A major mode to edit m4 macro files. |
| 15473 | \\{m4-mode-map} |
| 15474 | |
| 15475 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15476 | |
| 15477 | ;;;*** |
| 15478 | \f |
| 15479 | ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el" |
| 15480 | ;;;;;; (16424 14687)) |
| 15481 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el |
| 15482 | |
| 15483 | (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\ |
| 15484 | Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM. |
| 15485 | If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged. |
| 15486 | The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro |
| 15487 | definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation. |
| 15488 | |
| 15489 | \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil) |
| 15490 | |
| 15491 | ;;;*** |
| 15492 | \f |
| 15493 | ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro |
| 15494 | ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16810 63790)) |
| 15495 | ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
| 15496 | |
| 15497 | (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ |
| 15498 | Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. |
| 15499 | Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. |
| 15500 | The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. |
| 15501 | Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command. |
| 15502 | |
| 15503 | \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil) |
| 15504 | |
| 15505 | (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ |
| 15506 | Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. |
| 15507 | Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on |
| 15508 | \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). |
| 15509 | |
| 15510 | This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same |
| 15511 | definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code |
| 15512 | will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings |
| 15513 | are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global |
| 15514 | bindings. |
| 15515 | |
| 15516 | To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', |
| 15517 | use this command, and then save the file. |
| 15518 | |
| 15519 | \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil) |
| 15520 | |
| 15521 | (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ |
| 15522 | Query user during kbd macro execution. |
| 15523 | With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard |
| 15524 | commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands |
| 15525 | each time the macro executes. |
| 15526 | Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. |
| 15527 | Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> |
| 15528 | \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. |
| 15529 | \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. |
| 15530 | \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. |
| 15531 | \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. |
| 15532 | \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that. |
| 15533 | |
| 15534 | \(fn FLAG)" t nil) |
| 15535 | |
| 15536 | (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ |
| 15537 | Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region. |
| 15538 | For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of |
| 15539 | the line, and run the last keyboard macro. |
| 15540 | |
| 15541 | When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and |
| 15542 | BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. |
| 15543 | The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to |
| 15544 | execute. |
| 15545 | |
| 15546 | This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and |
| 15547 | removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. |
| 15548 | |
| 15549 | For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another |
| 15550 | author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a |
| 15551 | section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point |
| 15552 | and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use |
| 15553 | `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. |
| 15554 | |
| 15555 | Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry |
| 15556 | looked like this: |
| 15557 | |
| 15558 | { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, |
| 15559 | { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, |
| 15560 | { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, |
| 15561 | |
| 15562 | You could enter the names in this format: |
| 15563 | |
| 15564 | foo |
| 15565 | bar |
| 15566 | baz |
| 15567 | |
| 15568 | and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: |
| 15569 | |
| 15570 | \\C-x ( |
| 15571 | \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, |
| 15572 | \\C-x ) |
| 15573 | |
| 15574 | and then select the region of un-tablified names and use |
| 15575 | `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. |
| 15576 | |
| 15577 | \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil) |
| 15578 | (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) |
| 15579 | |
| 15580 | ;;;*** |
| 15581 | \f |
| 15582 | ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" |
| 15583 | ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 15584 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
| 15585 | |
| 15586 | (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ |
| 15587 | Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. |
| 15588 | Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). |
| 15589 | If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see |
| 15590 | `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'. |
| 15591 | |
| 15592 | If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero |
| 15593 | or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of |
| 15594 | the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for |
| 15595 | each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than |
| 15596 | one recipients, all but the first is ignored. |
| 15597 | |
| 15598 | ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible |
| 15599 | \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. |
| 15600 | \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid |
| 15601 | consing a string.) |
| 15602 | |
| 15603 | \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil) |
| 15604 | |
| 15605 | (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ |
| 15606 | Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to. |
| 15607 | |
| 15608 | \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil) |
| 15609 | |
| 15610 | ;;;*** |
| 15611 | \f |
| 15612 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history |
| 15613 | ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" |
| 15614 | ;;;;;; (16213 43280)) |
| 15615 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
| 15616 | |
| 15617 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ |
| 15618 | Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks. |
| 15619 | |
| 15620 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15621 | |
| 15622 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\ |
| 15623 | Not documented |
| 15624 | |
| 15625 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15626 | |
| 15627 | (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ |
| 15628 | *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") |
| 15629 | |
| 15630 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist") |
| 15631 | |
| 15632 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ |
| 15633 | Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. |
| 15634 | Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the |
| 15635 | message. |
| 15636 | |
| 15637 | This function normally would be called when the message is sent. |
| 15638 | |
| 15639 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15640 | |
| 15641 | ;;;*** |
| 15642 | \f |
| 15643 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
| 15644 | ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p |
| 15645 | ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16456 |
| 15646 | ;;;;;; 21757)) |
| 15647 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
| 15648 | |
| 15649 | (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ |
| 15650 | *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. |
| 15651 | Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and |
| 15652 | often correct parser.") |
| 15653 | |
| 15654 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils") |
| 15655 | |
| 15656 | (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\ |
| 15657 | Not documented |
| 15658 | |
| 15659 | \(fn FILE)" nil nil) |
| 15660 | |
| 15661 | (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
| 15662 | Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. |
| 15663 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, |
| 15664 | we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. |
| 15665 | |
| 15666 | \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil) |
| 15667 | |
| 15668 | (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
| 15669 | Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. |
| 15670 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, |
| 15671 | we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. |
| 15672 | |
| 15673 | \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil) |
| 15674 | |
| 15675 | (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ |
| 15676 | Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. |
| 15677 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, |
| 15678 | we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=. |
| 15679 | If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful. |
| 15680 | If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte. |
| 15681 | That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward, |
| 15682 | as Rmail does. |
| 15683 | |
| 15684 | \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil) |
| 15685 | |
| 15686 | (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
| 15687 | Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. |
| 15688 | The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. |
| 15689 | If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. |
| 15690 | If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. |
| 15691 | If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields. |
| 15692 | |
| 15693 | \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil) |
| 15694 | |
| 15695 | ;;;*** |
| 15696 | \f |
| 15697 | ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) |
| 15698 | ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16858 50930)) |
| 15699 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
| 15700 | |
| 15701 | (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ |
| 15702 | Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package. |
| 15703 | |
| 15704 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 15705 | |
| 15706 | (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ |
| 15707 | Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. |
| 15708 | By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'. |
| 15709 | |
| 15710 | \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil) |
| 15711 | |
| 15712 | (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ |
| 15713 | Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. |
| 15714 | If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas. |
| 15715 | |
| 15716 | \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil) |
| 15717 | |
| 15718 | ;;;*** |
| 15719 | \f |
| 15720 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases |
| 15721 | ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16213 |
| 15722 | ;;;;;; 43280)) |
| 15723 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
| 15724 | |
| 15725 | (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ |
| 15726 | *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. |
| 15727 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: |
| 15728 | king@grassland.com |
| 15729 | If `parens', they look like: |
| 15730 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) |
| 15731 | If `angles', they look like: |
| 15732 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") |
| 15733 | |
| 15734 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias") |
| 15735 | |
| 15736 | (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ |
| 15737 | Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. |
| 15738 | If interactive, expand in header fields. |
| 15739 | Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and |
| 15740 | their `Resent-' variants. |
| 15741 | |
| 15742 | Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be |
| 15743 | removed from alias expansions. |
| 15744 | |
| 15745 | \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil) |
| 15746 | |
| 15747 | (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ |
| 15748 | Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. |
| 15749 | This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. |
| 15750 | |
| 15751 | Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. |
| 15752 | If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION |
| 15753 | can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces |
| 15754 | if it is quoted with double-quotes. |
| 15755 | |
| 15756 | \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil) |
| 15757 | |
| 15758 | (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ |
| 15759 | Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. |
| 15760 | Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches |
| 15761 | current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any. |
| 15762 | |
| 15763 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 15764 | |
| 15765 | ;;;*** |
| 15766 | \f |
| 15767 | ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" |
| 15768 | ;;;;;; (16719 60888)) |
| 15769 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
| 15770 | |
| 15771 | (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ |
| 15772 | Major mode for editing Makefiles. |
| 15773 | This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. |
| 15774 | |
| 15775 | \\{makefile-mode-map} |
| 15776 | |
| 15777 | In the browser, use the following keys: |
| 15778 | |
| 15779 | \\{makefile-browser-map} |
| 15780 | |
| 15781 | Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: |
| 15782 | |
| 15783 | `makefile-browser-buffer-name': |
| 15784 | Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. |
| 15785 | |
| 15786 | `makefile-target-colon': |
| 15787 | The string that gets appended to all target names |
| 15788 | inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. |
| 15789 | \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. |
| 15790 | |
| 15791 | `makefile-macro-assign': |
| 15792 | The string that gets appended to all macro names |
| 15793 | inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. |
| 15794 | The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what |
| 15795 | standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
| 15796 | allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
| 15797 | might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . |
| 15798 | |
| 15799 | `makefile-tab-after-target-colon': |
| 15800 | If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the |
| 15801 | target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. |
| 15802 | |
| 15803 | `makefile-browser-leftmost-column': |
| 15804 | Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. |
| 15805 | |
| 15806 | `makefile-browser-cursor-column': |
| 15807 | Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves |
| 15808 | up or down in the browser. |
| 15809 | |
| 15810 | `makefile-browser-selected-mark': |
| 15811 | String used to mark selected entries in the browser. |
| 15812 | |
| 15813 | `makefile-browser-unselected-mark': |
| 15814 | String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. |
| 15815 | |
| 15816 | `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p': |
| 15817 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor |
| 15818 | will automagically advance to the next line after an item |
| 15819 | has been selected in the browser. |
| 15820 | |
| 15821 | `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p': |
| 15822 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value then |
| 15823 | `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets |
| 15824 | (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise |
| 15825 | filenames are omitted. |
| 15826 | |
| 15827 | `makefile-cleanup-continuations': |
| 15828 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
| 15829 | will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
| 15830 | (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. |
| 15831 | This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving |
| 15832 | the backslash itself intact. |
| 15833 | IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
| 15834 | to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
| 15835 | |
| 15836 | `makefile-browser-hook': |
| 15837 | A function or list of functions to be called just before the |
| 15838 | browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. |
| 15839 | |
| 15840 | `makefile-special-targets-list': |
| 15841 | List of special targets. You will be offered to complete |
| 15842 | on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. |
| 15843 | at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode. |
| 15844 | |
| 15845 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15846 | |
| 15847 | ;;;*** |
| 15848 | \f |
| 15849 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16213 |
| 15850 | ;;;;;; 43269)) |
| 15851 | ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
| 15852 | |
| 15853 | (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ |
| 15854 | Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. |
| 15855 | Previous contents of that buffer are killed first. |
| 15856 | |
| 15857 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 15858 | |
| 15859 | ;;;*** |
| 15860 | \f |
| 15861 | ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16958 58756)) |
| 15862 | ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
| 15863 | |
| 15864 | (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) |
| 15865 | |
| 15866 | (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ |
| 15867 | Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. |
| 15868 | This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x |
| 15869 | command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the |
| 15870 | results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable |
| 15871 | `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. |
| 15872 | If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
| 15873 | |
| 15874 | To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or |
| 15875 | SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from |
| 15876 | all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the |
| 15877 | `Man-switches' variable, which see. |
| 15878 | |
| 15879 | \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil) |
| 15880 | |
| 15881 | (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ |
| 15882 | Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer. |
| 15883 | |
| 15884 | \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil) |
| 15885 | |
| 15886 | ;;;*** |
| 15887 | \f |
| 15888 | ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16213 43269)) |
| 15889 | ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el |
| 15890 | |
| 15891 | (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\ |
| 15892 | Toggle Master mode. |
| 15893 | With no argument, this command toggles the mode. |
| 15894 | Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. |
| 15895 | Null prefix argument turns off the mode. |
| 15896 | |
| 15897 | When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the |
| 15898 | following commands: |
| 15899 | |
| 15900 | \\{master-mode-map} |
| 15901 | |
| 15902 | The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'. |
| 15903 | You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show |
| 15904 | yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'. |
| 15905 | |
| 15906 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 15907 | |
| 15908 | ;;;*** |
| 15909 | \f |
| 15910 | ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16939 |
| 15911 | ;;;;;; 44104)) |
| 15912 | ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el |
| 15913 | |
| 15914 | (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t))) |
| 15915 | |
| 15916 | (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\ |
| 15917 | Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled. |
| 15918 | See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 15919 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 15920 | use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.") |
| 15921 | |
| 15922 | (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar") |
| 15923 | |
| 15924 | (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\ |
| 15925 | Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame. |
| 15926 | This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be |
| 15927 | created in the future. |
| 15928 | With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive, |
| 15929 | turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars. |
| 15930 | |
| 15931 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 15932 | |
| 15933 | ;;;*** |
| 15934 | \f |
| 15935 | ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame |
| 15936 | ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window |
| 15937 | ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body |
| 15938 | ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover |
| 15939 | ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply |
| 15940 | ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc |
| 15941 | ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note |
| 15942 | ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header |
| 15943 | ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject |
| 15944 | ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file |
| 15945 | ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function |
| 15946 | ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function |
| 15947 | ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator |
| 15948 | ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16953 20625)) |
| 15949 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
| 15950 | |
| 15951 | (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ |
| 15952 | *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. |
| 15953 | |
| 15954 | If nil, they contain just the return address like: |
| 15955 | king@grassland.com |
| 15956 | If `parens', they look like: |
| 15957 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) |
| 15958 | If `angles', they look like: |
| 15959 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> |
| 15960 | |
| 15961 | Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like |
| 15962 | `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") |
| 15963 | |
| 15964 | (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message") |
| 15965 | |
| 15966 | (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ |
| 15967 | Regexp matching the signature separator.") |
| 15968 | |
| 15969 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message") |
| 15970 | |
| 15971 | (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ |
| 15972 | *Local news organization file.") |
| 15973 | |
| 15974 | (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message") |
| 15975 | |
| 15976 | (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ |
| 15977 | Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. |
| 15978 | The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the |
| 15979 | variable `mail-header-separator'. |
| 15980 | |
| 15981 | Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), |
| 15982 | `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', |
| 15983 | `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. |
| 15984 | |
| 15985 | See also `send-mail-function'.") |
| 15986 | |
| 15987 | (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message") |
| 15988 | |
| 15989 | (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ |
| 15990 | *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line. |
| 15991 | |
| 15992 | Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on |
| 15993 | `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much, |
| 15994 | people who read your message will have to change their Gnus |
| 15995 | configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.") |
| 15996 | |
| 15997 | (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message") |
| 15998 | |
| 15999 | (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ |
| 16000 | *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. |
| 16001 | Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value. |
| 16002 | See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.") |
| 16003 | |
| 16004 | (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message") |
| 16005 | |
| 16006 | (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ |
| 16007 | *Function for citing an original message. |
| 16008 | Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and |
| 16009 | `message-cite-original-without-signature'. |
| 16010 | Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") |
| 16011 | |
| 16012 | (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message") |
| 16013 | |
| 16014 | (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ |
| 16015 | *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. |
| 16016 | This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the |
| 16017 | citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave |
| 16018 | point and mark around the citation text as modified.") |
| 16019 | |
| 16020 | (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message") |
| 16021 | |
| 16022 | (defvar message-signature t "\ |
| 16023 | *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. |
| 16024 | If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. |
| 16025 | If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. |
| 16026 | If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") |
| 16027 | |
| 16028 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message") |
| 16029 | |
| 16030 | (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ |
| 16031 | *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. |
| 16032 | Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. |
| 16033 | If nil, don't insert a signature.") |
| 16034 | |
| 16035 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message") |
| 16036 | |
| 16037 | (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\ |
| 16038 | *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.") |
| 16039 | |
| 16040 | (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message") |
| 16041 | |
| 16042 | (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
| 16043 | |
| 16044 | (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\ |
| 16045 | Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>). |
| 16046 | |
| 16047 | \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil) |
| 16048 | |
| 16049 | (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\ |
| 16050 | Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags. |
| 16051 | See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'. |
| 16052 | |
| 16053 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 16054 | |
| 16055 | (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\ |
| 16056 | Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags. |
| 16057 | See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'. |
| 16058 | |
| 16059 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 16060 | |
| 16061 | (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\ |
| 16062 | Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body. |
| 16063 | The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a |
| 16064 | prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the |
| 16065 | body, set `message-archive-note' to nil. |
| 16066 | |
| 16067 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16068 | |
| 16069 | (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\ |
| 16070 | Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP. |
| 16071 | With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post. |
| 16072 | |
| 16073 | \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil) |
| 16074 | |
| 16075 | (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\ |
| 16076 | Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost. |
| 16077 | If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the |
| 16078 | group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about |
| 16079 | crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of |
| 16080 | OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have |
| 16081 | been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost. |
| 16082 | |
| 16083 | \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil) |
| 16084 | |
| 16085 | (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\ |
| 16086 | Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP. |
| 16087 | With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post. |
| 16088 | |
| 16089 | \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil) |
| 16090 | |
| 16091 | (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\ |
| 16092 | Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header. |
| 16093 | |
| 16094 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16095 | |
| 16096 | (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ |
| 16097 | Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. |
| 16098 | Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> |
| 16099 | C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' |
| 16100 | C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message |
| 16101 | C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
| 16102 | C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject |
| 16103 | C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc |
| 16104 | C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To |
| 16105 | C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups |
| 16106 | C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution |
| 16107 | C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\") |
| 16108 | C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To |
| 16109 | C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To |
| 16110 | C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values |
| 16111 | C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\" |
| 16112 | C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body |
| 16113 | C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: |
| 16114 | C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body |
| 16115 | C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) |
| 16116 | C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc) |
| 16117 | C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) |
| 16118 | C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). |
| 16119 | C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). |
| 16120 | C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). |
| 16121 | C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). |
| 16122 | C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). |
| 16123 | C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). |
| 16124 | C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). |
| 16125 | C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). |
| 16126 | C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). |
| 16127 | C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). |
| 16128 | C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance). |
| 16129 | C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt). |
| 16130 | C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags). |
| 16131 | C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags). |
| 16132 | M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat). |
| 16133 | |
| 16134 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16135 | |
| 16136 | (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ |
| 16137 | Start editing a mail message to be sent. |
| 16138 | OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. |
| 16139 | |
| 16140 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil) |
| 16141 | |
| 16142 | (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ |
| 16143 | Start editing a news article to be sent. |
| 16144 | |
| 16145 | \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) |
| 16146 | |
| 16147 | (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ |
| 16148 | Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer. |
| 16149 | |
| 16150 | \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil) |
| 16151 | |
| 16152 | (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ |
| 16153 | Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer. |
| 16154 | |
| 16155 | \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil) |
| 16156 | |
| 16157 | (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ |
| 16158 | Follow up to the message in the current buffer. |
| 16159 | If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line. |
| 16160 | |
| 16161 | \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil) |
| 16162 | |
| 16163 | (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ |
| 16164 | Cancel an article you posted. |
| 16165 | If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message. |
| 16166 | |
| 16167 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16168 | |
| 16169 | (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ |
| 16170 | Start composing a message to supersede the current message. |
| 16171 | This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes |
| 16172 | header line with the old Message-ID. |
| 16173 | |
| 16174 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16175 | |
| 16176 | (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ |
| 16177 | Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file. |
| 16178 | |
| 16179 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16180 | |
| 16181 | (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ |
| 16182 | Forward the current message via mail. |
| 16183 | Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. |
| 16184 | Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward. |
| 16185 | |
| 16186 | \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil) |
| 16187 | |
| 16188 | (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\ |
| 16189 | Not documented |
| 16190 | |
| 16191 | \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil) |
| 16192 | |
| 16193 | (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\ |
| 16194 | Not documented |
| 16195 | |
| 16196 | \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil) |
| 16197 | |
| 16198 | (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\ |
| 16199 | Let RMAIL use message to forward. |
| 16200 | |
| 16201 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16202 | |
| 16203 | (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ |
| 16204 | Resend the current article to ADDRESS. |
| 16205 | |
| 16206 | \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil) |
| 16207 | |
| 16208 | (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ |
| 16209 | Re-mail the current message. |
| 16210 | This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that |
| 16211 | contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to |
| 16212 | you. |
| 16213 | |
| 16214 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16215 | |
| 16216 | (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ |
| 16217 | Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window. |
| 16218 | |
| 16219 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil) |
| 16220 | |
| 16221 | (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ |
| 16222 | Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame. |
| 16223 | |
| 16224 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil) |
| 16225 | |
| 16226 | (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ |
| 16227 | Start editing a news article to be sent. |
| 16228 | |
| 16229 | \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) |
| 16230 | |
| 16231 | (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ |
| 16232 | Start editing a news article to be sent. |
| 16233 | |
| 16234 | \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil) |
| 16235 | |
| 16236 | (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ |
| 16237 | Bold all nonblank characters in the region. |
| 16238 | Works by overstriking characters. |
| 16239 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END |
| 16240 | which specify the range to operate on. |
| 16241 | |
| 16242 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 16243 | |
| 16244 | (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ |
| 16245 | Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. |
| 16246 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END |
| 16247 | which specify the range to operate on. |
| 16248 | |
| 16249 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 16250 | |
| 16251 | ;;;*** |
| 16252 | \f |
| 16253 | ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" |
| 16254 | ;;;;;; (16923 3630)) |
| 16255 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
| 16256 | |
| 16257 | (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ |
| 16258 | Major mode for editing Metafont sources. |
| 16259 | Special commands: |
| 16260 | \\{meta-mode-map} |
| 16261 | |
| 16262 | Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables |
| 16263 | `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'. |
| 16264 | |
| 16265 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16266 | |
| 16267 | (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ |
| 16268 | Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. |
| 16269 | Special commands: |
| 16270 | \\{meta-mode-map} |
| 16271 | |
| 16272 | Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable |
| 16273 | `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'. |
| 16274 | |
| 16275 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16276 | |
| 16277 | ;;;*** |
| 16278 | \f |
| 16279 | ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body |
| 16280 | ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" |
| 16281 | ;;;;;; (16507 41097)) |
| 16282 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
| 16283 | |
| 16284 | (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ |
| 16285 | Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. |
| 16286 | Its body part is not interpreted at all. |
| 16287 | |
| 16288 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16289 | |
| 16290 | (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ |
| 16291 | Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. |
| 16292 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the |
| 16293 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). |
| 16294 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not |
| 16295 | redisplayed as output is inserted. |
| 16296 | Its header part is not interpreted at all. |
| 16297 | |
| 16298 | \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 16299 | |
| 16300 | (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ |
| 16301 | Process current buffer through `metamail'. |
| 16302 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the |
| 16303 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). |
| 16304 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil |
| 16305 | means current). |
| 16306 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not |
| 16307 | redisplayed as output is inserted. |
| 16308 | |
| 16309 | \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 16310 | |
| 16311 | (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ |
| 16312 | Process current region through 'metamail'. |
| 16313 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the |
| 16314 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). |
| 16315 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil |
| 16316 | means current). |
| 16317 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not |
| 16318 | redisplayed as output is inserted. |
| 16319 | |
| 16320 | \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 16321 | |
| 16322 | ;;;*** |
| 16323 | \f |
| 16324 | ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose |
| 16325 | ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16684 |
| 16326 | ;;;;;; 26435)) |
| 16327 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el |
| 16328 | |
| 16329 | (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ |
| 16330 | Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. |
| 16331 | This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail |
| 16332 | system. |
| 16333 | |
| 16334 | See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail. |
| 16335 | |
| 16336 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16337 | |
| 16338 | (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ |
| 16339 | Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. |
| 16340 | This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail |
| 16341 | system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus |
| 16342 | is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users |
| 16343 | should use `mh-smail' to compose mail. |
| 16344 | |
| 16345 | Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and |
| 16346 | OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED. |
| 16347 | |
| 16348 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil) |
| 16349 | |
| 16350 | (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\ |
| 16351 | Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system. |
| 16352 | This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. |
| 16353 | |
| 16354 | The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the |
| 16355 | initial Subject field, respectively. |
| 16356 | |
| 16357 | OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional |
| 16358 | header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both |
| 16359 | HEADER and VALUE are strings. |
| 16360 | |
| 16361 | CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored. |
| 16362 | |
| 16363 | \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil) |
| 16364 | |
| 16365 | (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ |
| 16366 | Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. |
| 16367 | This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail |
| 16368 | system. |
| 16369 | |
| 16370 | See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail. |
| 16371 | |
| 16372 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16373 | |
| 16374 | (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ |
| 16375 | Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> |
| 16376 | |
| 16377 | When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message |
| 16378 | using the MH mail handling system. |
| 16379 | |
| 16380 | There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option |
| 16381 | `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E |
| 16382 | commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running |
| 16383 | \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives. |
| 16384 | This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the |
| 16385 | directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion], |
| 16386 | the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent. |
| 16387 | |
| 16388 | Options that control this mode can be changed with |
| 16389 | \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group. |
| 16390 | |
| 16391 | When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and |
| 16392 | `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run. |
| 16393 | |
| 16394 | \\{mh-letter-mode-map} |
| 16395 | |
| 16396 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16397 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode)) |
| 16398 | |
| 16399 | ;;;*** |
| 16400 | \f |
| 16401 | ;;;### (autoloads (mh-restore-desktop-buffer mh-version mh-nmail |
| 16402 | ;;;;;; mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (16684 26435)) |
| 16403 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el |
| 16404 | |
| 16405 | (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ |
| 16406 | Inc(orporate) new mail with MH. |
| 16407 | Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E, |
| 16408 | the Emacs interface to the MH mail system. |
| 16409 | |
| 16410 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16411 | |
| 16412 | (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\ |
| 16413 | Check for new mail in inbox folder. |
| 16414 | Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E, |
| 16415 | the Emacs interface to the MH mail system. |
| 16416 | |
| 16417 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16418 | |
| 16419 | (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ |
| 16420 | Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system. |
| 16421 | |
| 16422 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16423 | |
| 16424 | (autoload (quote mh-restore-desktop-buffer) "mh-e" "\ |
| 16425 | Restore an MH folder buffer specified in a desktop file. |
| 16426 | When desktop creates a buffer, DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME holds the file name to |
| 16427 | visit, DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME holds the desired buffer name, and |
| 16428 | DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC holds a list of miscellaneous info used by the |
| 16429 | `desktop-buffer-handlers' functions. |
| 16430 | |
| 16431 | \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil) |
| 16432 | |
| 16433 | ;;;*** |
| 16434 | \f |
| 16435 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (16684 26435)) |
| 16436 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el |
| 16437 | |
| 16438 | (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 16439 | |
| 16440 | (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 16441 | |
| 16442 | (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 16443 | |
| 16444 | ;;;*** |
| 16445 | \f |
| 16446 | ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" |
| 16447 | ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16423 23568)) |
| 16448 | ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
| 16449 | |
| 16450 | (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ |
| 16451 | Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. |
| 16452 | The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', |
| 16453 | `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', |
| 16454 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', |
| 16455 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and |
| 16456 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. |
| 16457 | While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing |
| 16458 | the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was |
| 16459 | displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its |
| 16460 | lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged. |
| 16461 | |
| 16462 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16463 | |
| 16464 | (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ |
| 16465 | Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. |
| 16466 | Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') |
| 16467 | to its second argument TM. |
| 16468 | |
| 16469 | \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil) |
| 16470 | |
| 16471 | ;;;*** |
| 16472 | \f |
| 16473 | ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" |
| 16474 | ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16575 1356)) |
| 16475 | ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el |
| 16476 | |
| 16477 | (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ |
| 16478 | Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. |
| 16479 | See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 16480 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 16481 | use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") |
| 16482 | |
| 16483 | (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef") |
| 16484 | |
| 16485 | (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ |
| 16486 | Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode. |
| 16487 | When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the |
| 16488 | default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield |
| 16489 | the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET |
| 16490 | would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the |
| 16491 | default indication. |
| 16492 | |
| 16493 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
| 16494 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. |
| 16495 | |
| 16496 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16497 | |
| 16498 | ;;;*** |
| 16499 | \f |
| 16500 | ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" |
| 16501 | ;;;;;; (16858 50936)) |
| 16502 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el |
| 16503 | |
| 16504 | (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\ |
| 16505 | Major mode for the mixal asm language. |
| 16506 | \\{mixal-mode-map} |
| 16507 | |
| 16508 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16509 | |
| 16510 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))) |
| 16511 | |
| 16512 | ;;;*** |
| 16513 | \f |
| 16514 | ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion |
| 16515 | ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" |
| 16516 | ;;;;;; (16233 29568)) |
| 16517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el |
| 16518 | |
| 16519 | (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\ |
| 16520 | Not documented |
| 16521 | |
| 16522 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 16523 | |
| 16524 | (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\ |
| 16525 | Not documented |
| 16526 | |
| 16527 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 16528 | |
| 16529 | (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\ |
| 16530 | Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified. |
| 16531 | Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable |
| 16532 | PATTERN regexp. |
| 16533 | |
| 16534 | \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) |
| 16535 | |
| 16536 | ;;;*** |
| 16537 | \f |
| 16538 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" |
| 16539 | ;;;;;; (16697 49031)) |
| 16540 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el |
| 16541 | |
| 16542 | (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\ |
| 16543 | Show the external-body part of HANDLE. |
| 16544 | This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains |
| 16545 | the entire message. |
| 16546 | If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing. |
| 16547 | |
| 16548 | \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil) |
| 16549 | |
| 16550 | ;;;*** |
| 16551 | \f |
| 16552 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" |
| 16553 | ;;;;;; (16698 21928)) |
| 16554 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el |
| 16555 | |
| 16556 | (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ |
| 16557 | Show the partial part of HANDLE. |
| 16558 | This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains |
| 16559 | the entire message. |
| 16560 | If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing. |
| 16561 | |
| 16562 | \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil) |
| 16563 | |
| 16564 | ;;;*** |
| 16565 | \f |
| 16566 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents) |
| 16567 | ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (16954 46150)) |
| 16568 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el |
| 16569 | |
| 16570 | (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\ |
| 16571 | Insert file contents of URL. |
| 16572 | If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'. |
| 16573 | |
| 16574 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 16575 | |
| 16576 | (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\ |
| 16577 | Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'. |
| 16578 | |
| 16579 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 16580 | |
| 16581 | ;;;*** |
| 16582 | \f |
| 16583 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (16908 |
| 16584 | ;;;;;; 33361)) |
| 16585 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el |
| 16586 | |
| 16587 | (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\ |
| 16588 | Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles. |
| 16589 | |
| 16590 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 16591 | |
| 16592 | ;;;*** |
| 16593 | \f |
| 16594 | ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" |
| 16595 | ;;;;;; (16697 49031)) |
| 16596 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el |
| 16597 | |
| 16598 | (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\ |
| 16599 | Not documented |
| 16600 | |
| 16601 | \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil) |
| 16602 | |
| 16603 | (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\ |
| 16604 | Not documented |
| 16605 | |
| 16606 | \(fn CONT)" nil nil) |
| 16607 | |
| 16608 | ;;;*** |
| 16609 | \f |
| 16610 | ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt |
| 16611 | ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt) |
| 16612 | ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 16613 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el |
| 16614 | |
| 16615 | (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16616 | Not documented |
| 16617 | |
| 16618 | \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil) |
| 16619 | |
| 16620 | (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16621 | Not documented |
| 16622 | |
| 16623 | \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil) |
| 16624 | |
| 16625 | (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16626 | Not documented |
| 16627 | |
| 16628 | \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil) |
| 16629 | |
| 16630 | (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16631 | Not documented |
| 16632 | |
| 16633 | \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil) |
| 16634 | |
| 16635 | (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16636 | Not documented |
| 16637 | |
| 16638 | \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil) |
| 16639 | |
| 16640 | (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16641 | Not documented |
| 16642 | |
| 16643 | \(fn CONT)" nil nil) |
| 16644 | |
| 16645 | (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\ |
| 16646 | Not documented |
| 16647 | |
| 16648 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 16649 | |
| 16650 | ;;;*** |
| 16651 | \f |
| 16652 | ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" |
| 16653 | ;;;;;; (16858 50936)) |
| 16654 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
| 16655 | |
| 16656 | (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ |
| 16657 | This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. |
| 16658 | All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c |
| 16659 | followed by the first character of the construct. |
| 16660 | \\<m2-mode-map> |
| 16661 | \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case |
| 16662 | \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else |
| 16663 | \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header |
| 16664 | \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module |
| 16665 | \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or |
| 16666 | \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with |
| 16667 | \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio |
| 16668 | \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until |
| 16669 | \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while |
| 16670 | \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import |
| 16671 | \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment |
| 16672 | \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle |
| 16673 | \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error |
| 16674 | \\[m2-link] link |
| 16675 | |
| 16676 | `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. |
| 16677 | `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. |
| 16678 | `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program. |
| 16679 | |
| 16680 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16681 | |
| 16682 | ;;;*** |
| 16683 | \f |
| 16684 | ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" |
| 16685 | ;;;;;; (16442 4954)) |
| 16686 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el |
| 16687 | |
| 16688 | (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ |
| 16689 | Convert all text in a given region to morse code. |
| 16690 | |
| 16691 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 16692 | |
| 16693 | (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ |
| 16694 | Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text. |
| 16695 | |
| 16696 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 16697 | |
| 16698 | ;;;*** |
| 16699 | \f |
| 16700 | ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16770 |
| 16701 | ;;;;;; 10720)) |
| 16702 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
| 16703 | |
| 16704 | (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\ |
| 16705 | Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled. |
| 16706 | See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 16707 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 16708 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.") |
| 16709 | |
| 16710 | (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel") |
| 16711 | |
| 16712 | (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ |
| 16713 | Toggle Mouse Sel mode. |
| 16714 | With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 16715 | Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). |
| 16716 | |
| 16717 | When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: |
| 16718 | |
| 16719 | - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. |
| 16720 | |
| 16721 | - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. |
| 16722 | |
| 16723 | - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. |
| 16724 | Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. |
| 16725 | Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. |
| 16726 | Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. |
| 16727 | Triple-clicking selects lines. |
| 16728 | Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. |
| 16729 | |
| 16730 | - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect |
| 16731 | the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection. |
| 16732 | Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, |
| 16733 | mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and |
| 16734 | `interprogram-paste-function' to nil. |
| 16735 | |
| 16736 | - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at |
| 16737 | the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). |
| 16738 | |
| 16739 | - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection |
| 16740 | to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. |
| 16741 | |
| 16742 | - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. |
| 16743 | |
| 16744 | - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 |
| 16745 | & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the |
| 16746 | primary selection and region. |
| 16747 | |
| 16748 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16749 | |
| 16750 | ;;;*** |
| 16751 | \f |
| 16752 | ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 16753 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
| 16754 | |
| 16755 | (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ |
| 16756 | Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs. |
| 16757 | |
| 16758 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16759 | |
| 16760 | ;;;*** |
| 16761 | \f |
| 16762 | ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16764 51518)) |
| 16763 | ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
| 16764 | |
| 16765 | (defvar msb-mode nil "\ |
| 16766 | Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. |
| 16767 | See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 16768 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 16769 | use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") |
| 16770 | |
| 16771 | (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb") |
| 16772 | |
| 16773 | (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ |
| 16774 | Toggle Msb mode. |
| 16775 | With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 16776 | This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a |
| 16777 | different buffer menu using the function `msb'. |
| 16778 | |
| 16779 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16780 | |
| 16781 | ;;;*** |
| 16782 | \f |
| 16783 | ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset |
| 16784 | ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems |
| 16785 | ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly |
| 16786 | ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars |
| 16787 | ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" |
| 16788 | ;;;;;; (16515 33869)) |
| 16789 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
| 16790 | |
| 16791 | (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\ |
| 16792 | Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information. |
| 16793 | This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually |
| 16794 | non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs |
| 16795 | charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or |
| 16796 | from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited |
| 16797 | set of ISO charsets. |
| 16798 | |
| 16799 | Each element has the following format: |
| 16800 | (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ]) |
| 16801 | |
| 16802 | CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset. |
| 16803 | |
| 16804 | CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of |
| 16805 | CHARSET are mapped. |
| 16806 | |
| 16807 | TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a |
| 16808 | character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character |
| 16809 | code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a |
| 16810 | character code in CHARSET. |
| 16811 | |
| 16812 | CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET. |
| 16813 | It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form: |
| 16814 | (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...) |
| 16815 | or |
| 16816 | ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...)) |
| 16817 | In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and |
| 16818 | TO2, or... |
| 16819 | The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges |
| 16820 | of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.") |
| 16821 | |
| 16822 | (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16823 | Display a list of all character sets. |
| 16824 | |
| 16825 | The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for |
| 16826 | internal Emacs use. |
| 16827 | |
| 16828 | The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string |
| 16829 | multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four |
| 16830 | hexadecimal digits. |
| 16831 | `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. |
| 16832 | `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. |
| 16833 | |
| 16834 | The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH |
| 16835 | column contains the number of characters in a block of this character |
| 16836 | set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use |
| 16837 | for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. |
| 16838 | |
| 16839 | With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, |
| 16840 | but still shows the full information. |
| 16841 | |
| 16842 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 16843 | |
| 16844 | (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16845 | Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. |
| 16846 | It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list' |
| 16847 | or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable |
| 16848 | `non-iso-charset-alist'. |
| 16849 | |
| 16850 | Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. |
| 16851 | DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. |
| 16852 | INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. |
| 16853 | See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the |
| 16854 | detailed meanings of these arguments. |
| 16855 | |
| 16856 | \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil) |
| 16857 | |
| 16858 | (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16859 | Display a list of characters in the specified character set. |
| 16860 | This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the |
| 16861 | characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to |
| 16862 | PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'. |
| 16863 | |
| 16864 | \(fn CHARSET)" t nil) |
| 16865 | |
| 16866 | (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16867 | Display information about built-in character set CHARSET. |
| 16868 | |
| 16869 | \(fn CHARSET)" t nil) |
| 16870 | |
| 16871 | (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16872 | Display information about CODING-SYSTEM. |
| 16873 | |
| 16874 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil) |
| 16875 | |
| 16876 | (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16877 | Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. |
| 16878 | |
| 16879 | The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", |
| 16880 | where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order |
| 16881 | in place of `..': |
| 16882 | `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
| 16883 | eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
| 16884 | Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
| 16885 | eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
| 16886 | Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. |
| 16887 | eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' |
| 16888 | `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
| 16889 | eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
| 16890 | `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
| 16891 | eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
| 16892 | `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
| 16893 | eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
| 16894 | `default-process-coding-system' for read |
| 16895 | eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
| 16896 | `default-process-coding-system' for write |
| 16897 | eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' |
| 16898 | |
| 16899 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16900 | |
| 16901 | (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16902 | Display coding systems currently used, in detail. |
| 16903 | |
| 16904 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16905 | |
| 16906 | (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16907 | Display a list of all coding systems. |
| 16908 | This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. |
| 16909 | |
| 16910 | With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, |
| 16911 | but still contains full information about each coding system. |
| 16912 | |
| 16913 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 16914 | |
| 16915 | (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16916 | Display a list of all coding categories. |
| 16917 | |
| 16918 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 16919 | |
| 16920 | (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16921 | Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME. |
| 16922 | |
| 16923 | \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil) |
| 16924 | |
| 16925 | (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16926 | Display information about FONTSET. |
| 16927 | This shows which font is used for which character(s). |
| 16928 | |
| 16929 | \(fn FONTSET)" t nil) |
| 16930 | |
| 16931 | (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16932 | Display a list of all fontsets. |
| 16933 | This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. |
| 16934 | With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset; |
| 16935 | see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list. |
| 16936 | |
| 16937 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 16938 | |
| 16939 | (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16940 | Display information about all input methods. |
| 16941 | |
| 16942 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16943 | |
| 16944 | (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ |
| 16945 | Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). |
| 16946 | |
| 16947 | This shows various information related to the current multilingual |
| 16948 | environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, |
| 16949 | character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window |
| 16950 | system which uses fontsets). |
| 16951 | |
| 16952 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 16953 | |
| 16954 | ;;;*** |
| 16955 | \f |
| 16956 | ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment |
| 16957 | ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode |
| 16958 | ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
| 16959 | ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist |
| 16960 | ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence) |
| 16961 | ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 16962 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
| 16963 | |
| 16964 | (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ |
| 16965 | Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. |
| 16966 | TYPE should be `list' or `vector'. |
| 16967 | |
| 16968 | \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil) |
| 16969 | |
| 16970 | (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1") |
| 16971 | |
| 16972 | (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
| 16973 | Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil)) |
| 16974 | |
| 16975 | (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ |
| 16976 | Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string)) |
| 16977 | |
| 16978 | (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ |
| 16979 | Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING. |
| 16980 | |
| 16981 | \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil) |
| 16982 | |
| 16983 | (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ |
| 16984 | Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. |
| 16985 | The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting |
| 16986 | column; that means to return the characters occupying columns |
| 16987 | START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN |
| 16988 | are specified in terms of character display width in the current |
| 16989 | buffer; see also `char-width'. |
| 16990 | |
| 16991 | The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding |
| 16992 | character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end |
| 16993 | of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN |
| 16994 | comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at |
| 16995 | the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the |
| 16996 | middle of a character in STR. |
| 16997 | |
| 16998 | If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so |
| 16999 | the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN. |
| 17000 | |
| 17001 | If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the |
| 17002 | end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN, |
| 17003 | unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display |
| 17004 | width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS |
| 17005 | defaults to \"...\". |
| 17006 | |
| 17007 | \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil) |
| 17008 | |
| 17009 | (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) |
| 17010 | |
| 17011 | (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1") |
| 17012 | |
| 17013 | (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
| 17014 | Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. |
| 17015 | |
| 17016 | Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is |
| 17017 | any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form |
| 17018 | \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). |
| 17019 | |
| 17020 | You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key |
| 17021 | sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ |
| 17022 | can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) |
| 17023 | |
| 17024 | (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17025 | Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. |
| 17026 | Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ |
| 17027 | is considered. |
| 17028 | Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq |
| 17029 | longer than KEYSEQ. |
| 17030 | See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail. |
| 17031 | |
| 17032 | \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil) |
| 17033 | |
| 17034 | (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17035 | Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. |
| 17036 | Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. |
| 17037 | Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. |
| 17038 | The returned value is normally a nested alist of which |
| 17039 | car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. |
| 17040 | If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is |
| 17041 | how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes |
| 17042 | to reach a leaf in ALIST. |
| 17043 | Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil |
| 17044 | even if ALIST is not deep enough. |
| 17045 | |
| 17046 | \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil) |
| 17047 | |
| 17048 | (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17049 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property. |
| 17050 | |
| 17051 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) |
| 17052 | |
| 17053 | (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17054 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property. |
| 17055 | |
| 17056 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) |
| 17057 | |
| 17058 | (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17059 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property. |
| 17060 | |
| 17061 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) |
| 17062 | |
| 17063 | (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17064 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property. |
| 17065 | |
| 17066 | \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil) |
| 17067 | |
| 17068 | (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17069 | Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. |
| 17070 | PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding |
| 17071 | coding systems ordered by priority. |
| 17072 | |
| 17073 | \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 17074 | |
| 17075 | (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17076 | Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. |
| 17077 | The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the |
| 17078 | language environment LANG-ENV. |
| 17079 | |
| 17080 | \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil) |
| 17081 | |
| 17082 | (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\ |
| 17083 | Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR. |
| 17084 | On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an |
| 17085 | appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's |
| 17086 | charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character |
| 17087 | basis, this may not be accurate. |
| 17088 | |
| 17089 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 17090 | |
| 17091 | ;;;*** |
| 17092 | \f |
| 17093 | ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" |
| 17094 | ;;;;;; (16788 34909)) |
| 17095 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
| 17096 | |
| 17097 | (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ |
| 17098 | Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. |
| 17099 | See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 17100 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 17101 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") |
| 17102 | |
| 17103 | (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel") |
| 17104 | |
| 17105 | (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ |
| 17106 | Toggle mouse wheel support. |
| 17107 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
| 17108 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. |
| 17109 | |
| 17110 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17111 | |
| 17112 | (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ |
| 17113 | Enable mouse wheel support. |
| 17114 | |
| 17115 | \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil) |
| 17116 | |
| 17117 | ;;;*** |
| 17118 | \f |
| 17119 | ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
| 17120 | ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host |
| 17121 | ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) |
| 17122 | ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16719 60888)) |
| 17123 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
| 17124 | |
| 17125 | (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17126 | Run traceroute program for TARGET. |
| 17127 | |
| 17128 | \(fn TARGET)" t nil) |
| 17129 | |
| 17130 | (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17131 | Ping HOST. |
| 17132 | If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting |
| 17133 | `ping-program-options'. |
| 17134 | |
| 17135 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 17136 | |
| 17137 | (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17138 | Run ipconfig program. |
| 17139 | |
| 17140 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17141 | |
| 17142 | (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) |
| 17143 | |
| 17144 | (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17145 | Run netstat program. |
| 17146 | |
| 17147 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17148 | |
| 17149 | (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17150 | Run the arp program. |
| 17151 | |
| 17152 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17153 | |
| 17154 | (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17155 | Run the route program. |
| 17156 | |
| 17157 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17158 | |
| 17159 | (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17160 | Lookup the DNS information for HOST. |
| 17161 | |
| 17162 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 17163 | |
| 17164 | (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17165 | Run nslookup program. |
| 17166 | |
| 17167 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17168 | |
| 17169 | (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17170 | Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address). |
| 17171 | |
| 17172 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 17173 | |
| 17174 | (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17175 | Run dig program. |
| 17176 | |
| 17177 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 17178 | |
| 17179 | (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17180 | Run ftp program. |
| 17181 | |
| 17182 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 17183 | |
| 17184 | (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17185 | Finger USER on HOST. |
| 17186 | |
| 17187 | \(fn USER HOST)" t nil) |
| 17188 | |
| 17189 | (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17190 | Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. |
| 17191 | If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server |
| 17192 | from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server. |
| 17193 | |
| 17194 | \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil) |
| 17195 | |
| 17196 | (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17197 | Not documented |
| 17198 | |
| 17199 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17200 | |
| 17201 | (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17202 | Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST. |
| 17203 | |
| 17204 | \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil) |
| 17205 | |
| 17206 | (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ |
| 17207 | Open a network connection to HOST on PORT. |
| 17208 | |
| 17209 | \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil) |
| 17210 | |
| 17211 | ;;;*** |
| 17212 | \f |
| 17213 | ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments |
| 17214 | ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region |
| 17215 | ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default |
| 17216 | ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding |
| 17217 | ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el" |
| 17218 | ;;;;;; (16764 51518)) |
| 17219 | ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
| 17220 | |
| 17221 | (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) |
| 17222 | |
| 17223 | (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) |
| 17224 | |
| 17225 | (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) |
| 17226 | |
| 17227 | (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) |
| 17228 | |
| 17229 | (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\ |
| 17230 | Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps. |
| 17231 | Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will |
| 17232 | be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted |
| 17233 | to understand comments or not in the given buffer. |
| 17234 | Major modes should set this variable.") |
| 17235 | |
| 17236 | (defvar comment-column 32 "\ |
| 17237 | *Column to indent right-margin comments to. |
| 17238 | Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you |
| 17239 | can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook. |
| 17240 | Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order |
| 17241 | not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.") |
| 17242 | |
| 17243 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment") |
| 17244 | |
| 17245 | (defvar comment-start nil "\ |
| 17246 | *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") |
| 17247 | |
| 17248 | (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ |
| 17249 | *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. |
| 17250 | If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin |
| 17251 | at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") |
| 17252 | |
| 17253 | (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ |
| 17254 | Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") |
| 17255 | |
| 17256 | (defvar comment-end "" "\ |
| 17257 | *String to insert to end a new comment. |
| 17258 | Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") |
| 17259 | |
| 17260 | (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ |
| 17261 | Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. |
| 17262 | This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of |
| 17263 | the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired |
| 17264 | column indentation or nil. |
| 17265 | If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") |
| 17266 | |
| 17267 | (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\ |
| 17268 | Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one. |
| 17269 | The function has no args. |
| 17270 | |
| 17271 | Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where |
| 17272 | comments always start in column zero.") |
| 17273 | |
| 17274 | (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ |
| 17275 | *Style to be used for `comment-region'. |
| 17276 | See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") |
| 17277 | |
| 17278 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment") |
| 17279 | |
| 17280 | (defvar comment-padding " " "\ |
| 17281 | Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. |
| 17282 | Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string |
| 17283 | of the corresponding number of spaces. |
| 17284 | |
| 17285 | Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text |
| 17286 | makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") |
| 17287 | |
| 17288 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment") |
| 17289 | |
| 17290 | (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ |
| 17291 | *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments. |
| 17292 | That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter. |
| 17293 | This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to |
| 17294 | customize this variable. |
| 17295 | |
| 17296 | It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this |
| 17297 | behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
| 17298 | |
| 17299 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment") |
| 17300 | |
| 17301 | (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17302 | Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions. |
| 17303 | Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call |
| 17304 | this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that |
| 17305 | the variables are properly set. |
| 17306 | |
| 17307 | \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil) |
| 17308 | |
| 17309 | (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17310 | Default for `comment-indent-function'. |
| 17311 | |
| 17312 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 17313 | |
| 17314 | (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17315 | Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment. |
| 17316 | If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any. |
| 17317 | |
| 17318 | \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil) |
| 17319 | |
| 17320 | (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17321 | Set the comment column based on point. |
| 17322 | With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. |
| 17323 | With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. |
| 17324 | With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment |
| 17325 | and then align or create a comment on this line at that column. |
| 17326 | |
| 17327 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 17328 | |
| 17329 | (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17330 | Kill the comment on this line, if any. |
| 17331 | With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one. |
| 17332 | |
| 17333 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 17334 | |
| 17335 | (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17336 | Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region. |
| 17337 | The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the |
| 17338 | comment markers. |
| 17339 | |
| 17340 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17341 | |
| 17342 | (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17343 | Comment or uncomment each line in the region. |
| 17344 | With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END. |
| 17345 | Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters. |
| 17346 | If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. |
| 17347 | By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, |
| 17348 | even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines |
| 17349 | do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. |
| 17350 | |
| 17351 | The strings used as comment starts are built from |
| 17352 | `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'. |
| 17353 | |
| 17354 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17355 | |
| 17356 | (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17357 | Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments, |
| 17358 | in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it |
| 17359 | is passed on to the respective function. |
| 17360 | |
| 17361 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17362 | |
| 17363 | (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17364 | Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). |
| 17365 | If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call |
| 17366 | `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which |
| 17367 | case it calls `uncomment-region'). |
| 17368 | Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. |
| 17369 | Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. |
| 17370 | Else, call `comment-indent'. |
| 17371 | |
| 17372 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 17373 | |
| 17374 | (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\ |
| 17375 | Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments. |
| 17376 | This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.") |
| 17377 | |
| 17378 | (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment") |
| 17379 | |
| 17380 | (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ |
| 17381 | Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. |
| 17382 | This indents the body of the continued comment |
| 17383 | under the previous comment line. |
| 17384 | |
| 17385 | This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, |
| 17386 | starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. |
| 17387 | If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. |
| 17388 | |
| 17389 | If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column |
| 17390 | or comment indentation. |
| 17391 | |
| 17392 | The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, |
| 17393 | unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil. |
| 17394 | |
| 17395 | \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil) |
| 17396 | |
| 17397 | ;;;*** |
| 17398 | \f |
| 17399 | ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" |
| 17400 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 17401 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el |
| 17402 | |
| 17403 | (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\ |
| 17404 | Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories. |
| 17405 | |
| 17406 | \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil) |
| 17407 | |
| 17408 | ;;;*** |
| 17409 | \f |
| 17410 | ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16698 |
| 17411 | ;;;;;; 21928)) |
| 17412 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
| 17413 | |
| 17414 | (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ |
| 17415 | Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. |
| 17416 | If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added |
| 17417 | as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the |
| 17418 | first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that |
| 17419 | symbol in the alist. |
| 17420 | |
| 17421 | \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil) |
| 17422 | |
| 17423 | ;;;*** |
| 17424 | \f |
| 17425 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" |
| 17426 | ;;;;;; (16927 494)) |
| 17427 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
| 17428 | |
| 17429 | (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ |
| 17430 | Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. |
| 17431 | This command does not work if you use short group names. |
| 17432 | |
| 17433 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17434 | |
| 17435 | ;;;*** |
| 17436 | \f |
| 17437 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" |
| 17438 | ;;;;;; (16698 21928)) |
| 17439 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
| 17440 | |
| 17441 | (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ |
| 17442 | \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". |
| 17443 | Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups. |
| 17444 | |
| 17445 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17446 | |
| 17447 | ;;;*** |
| 17448 | \f |
| 17449 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" |
| 17450 | ;;;;;; (16792 36614)) |
| 17451 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
| 17452 | |
| 17453 | (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ |
| 17454 | Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories. |
| 17455 | |
| 17456 | \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil) |
| 17457 | |
| 17458 | ;;;*** |
| 17459 | \f |
| 17460 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) |
| 17461 | ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16698 21929)) |
| 17462 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
| 17463 | |
| 17464 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ |
| 17465 | Make an outbound package of SOUP replies. |
| 17466 | |
| 17467 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17468 | |
| 17469 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ |
| 17470 | Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail. |
| 17471 | |
| 17472 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17473 | |
| 17474 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ |
| 17475 | Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods. |
| 17476 | |
| 17477 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17478 | |
| 17479 | ;;;*** |
| 17480 | \f |
| 17481 | ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function) |
| 17482 | ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16939 44104)) |
| 17483 | ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
| 17484 | |
| 17485 | (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\ |
| 17486 | Function to call to handle disabled commands. |
| 17487 | If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") |
| 17488 | |
| 17489 | (defvaralias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function)) |
| 17490 | (make-obsolete-variable 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1") |
| 17491 | |
| 17492 | (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\ |
| 17493 | Not documented |
| 17494 | |
| 17495 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil) |
| 17496 | |
| 17497 | (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ |
| 17498 | Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. |
| 17499 | COMMAND must be a symbol. |
| 17500 | This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply |
| 17501 | to future sessions. |
| 17502 | |
| 17503 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) |
| 17504 | |
| 17505 | (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ |
| 17506 | Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. |
| 17507 | COMMAND must be a symbol. |
| 17508 | This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply |
| 17509 | to future sessions. |
| 17510 | |
| 17511 | \(fn COMMAND)" t nil) |
| 17512 | |
| 17513 | ;;;*** |
| 17514 | \f |
| 17515 | ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" |
| 17516 | ;;;;;; (16213 43283)) |
| 17517 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
| 17518 | |
| 17519 | (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ |
| 17520 | Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. |
| 17521 | \\{nroff-mode-map} |
| 17522 | Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. |
| 17523 | Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting |
| 17524 | closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs. |
| 17525 | |
| 17526 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17527 | |
| 17528 | ;;;*** |
| 17529 | \f |
| 17530 | ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" |
| 17531 | ;;;;;; (16213 43282)) |
| 17532 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
| 17533 | |
| 17534 | (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ |
| 17535 | Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. |
| 17536 | Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files |
| 17537 | specified by `octave-help-files'. |
| 17538 | If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion. |
| 17539 | |
| 17540 | \(fn KEY)" t nil) |
| 17541 | |
| 17542 | ;;;*** |
| 17543 | \f |
| 17544 | ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" |
| 17545 | ;;;;;; (16288 58564)) |
| 17546 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
| 17547 | |
| 17548 | (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ |
| 17549 | Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. |
| 17550 | This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. |
| 17551 | |
| 17552 | Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. |
| 17553 | |
| 17554 | The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as |
| 17555 | command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. |
| 17556 | |
| 17557 | Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in |
| 17558 | the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default |
| 17559 | startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'. |
| 17560 | |
| 17561 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17562 | |
| 17563 | (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) |
| 17564 | |
| 17565 | ;;;*** |
| 17566 | \f |
| 17567 | ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" |
| 17568 | ;;;;;; (16284 63121)) |
| 17569 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
| 17570 | |
| 17571 | (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ |
| 17572 | Major mode for editing Octave code. |
| 17573 | |
| 17574 | This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with |
| 17575 | indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by |
| 17576 | showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with |
| 17577 | Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). |
| 17578 | |
| 17579 | Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical |
| 17580 | computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for |
| 17581 | solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions |
| 17582 | can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which |
| 17583 | is why you need this mode!). |
| 17584 | |
| 17585 | The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous |
| 17586 | ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete |
| 17587 | source and binaries for several popular systems are available. |
| 17588 | |
| 17589 | Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. |
| 17590 | |
| 17591 | Keybindings |
| 17592 | =========== |
| 17593 | |
| 17594 | \\{octave-mode-map} |
| 17595 | |
| 17596 | Variables you can use to customize Octave mode |
| 17597 | ============================================== |
| 17598 | |
| 17599 | octave-auto-indent |
| 17600 | Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. |
| 17601 | Default is nil. |
| 17602 | |
| 17603 | octave-auto-newline |
| 17604 | Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. |
| 17605 | Default is nil. |
| 17606 | |
| 17607 | octave-blink-matching-block |
| 17608 | Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, |
| 17609 | newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. |
| 17610 | |
| 17611 | octave-block-offset |
| 17612 | Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. |
| 17613 | Default is 2. |
| 17614 | |
| 17615 | octave-continuation-offset |
| 17616 | Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. |
| 17617 | Default is 4. |
| 17618 | |
| 17619 | octave-continuation-string |
| 17620 | String used for Octave continuation lines. |
| 17621 | Default is a backslash. |
| 17622 | |
| 17623 | octave-mode-startup-message |
| 17624 | nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. |
| 17625 | Default is t. |
| 17626 | |
| 17627 | octave-send-echo-input |
| 17628 | Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a |
| 17629 | command to the inferior Octave process. |
| 17630 | |
| 17631 | octave-send-line-auto-forward |
| 17632 | Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after |
| 17633 | sending a line to the inferior Octave process. |
| 17634 | |
| 17635 | octave-send-echo-input |
| 17636 | Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. |
| 17637 | |
| 17638 | Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. |
| 17639 | |
| 17640 | To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the |
| 17641 | following lines to your `.emacs' file: |
| 17642 | |
| 17643 | (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) |
| 17644 | (setq auto-mode-alist |
| 17645 | (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) |
| 17646 | |
| 17647 | To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, |
| 17648 | add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: |
| 17649 | |
| 17650 | (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook |
| 17651 | (lambda () |
| 17652 | (abbrev-mode 1) |
| 17653 | (auto-fill-mode 1) |
| 17654 | (if (eq window-system 'x) |
| 17655 | (font-lock-mode 1)))) |
| 17656 | |
| 17657 | To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. |
| 17658 | This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information |
| 17659 | already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, |
| 17660 | including a reproducible test case and send the message. |
| 17661 | |
| 17662 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17663 | |
| 17664 | ;;;*** |
| 17665 | \f |
| 17666 | ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el" |
| 17667 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 17668 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el |
| 17669 | |
| 17670 | (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ |
| 17671 | Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. |
| 17672 | It is now better to use Customize instead. |
| 17673 | |
| 17674 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17675 | |
| 17676 | (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ |
| 17677 | Edit a list of Emacs user option values. |
| 17678 | Selects a buffer containing such a list, |
| 17679 | in which there are commands to set the option values. |
| 17680 | Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. |
| 17681 | |
| 17682 | The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete. |
| 17683 | |
| 17684 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17685 | |
| 17686 | ;;;*** |
| 17687 | \f |
| 17688 | ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler |
| 17689 | ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link org-diary org-agenda |
| 17690 | ;;;;;; org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (16876 |
| 17691 | ;;;;;; 58220)) |
| 17692 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el |
| 17693 | |
| 17694 | (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\ |
| 17695 | Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias |
| 17696 | \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\" |
| 17697 | |
| 17698 | Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which |
| 17699 | contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is |
| 17700 | implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content |
| 17701 | of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and |
| 17702 | time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs |
| 17703 | calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor. |
| 17704 | Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet |
| 17705 | messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project. |
| 17706 | For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it) |
| 17707 | can be exported as a well-structured ASCII or HTML file. |
| 17708 | |
| 17709 | The following commands are available: |
| 17710 | |
| 17711 | \\{org-mode-map} |
| 17712 | |
| 17713 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17714 | |
| 17715 | (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\ |
| 17716 | Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files. |
| 17717 | |
| 17718 | The following commands are available: |
| 17719 | |
| 17720 | \\{org-agenda-mode-map} |
| 17721 | |
| 17722 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17723 | |
| 17724 | (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\ |
| 17725 | Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'. |
| 17726 | The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you |
| 17727 | will be able to go to other weeks. |
| 17728 | With one C-u prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will |
| 17729 | also be shown, under the current date. |
| 17730 | START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday |
| 17731 | given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'. |
| 17732 | NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'. |
| 17733 | |
| 17734 | \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil) |
| 17735 | |
| 17736 | (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\ |
| 17737 | Returns diary information from org-files. |
| 17738 | This function can be used in an \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar. |
| 17739 | It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be |
| 17740 | listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what |
| 17741 | items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed: |
| 17742 | |
| 17743 | :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or |
| 17744 | date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will |
| 17745 | also be listed, on the expiration day. |
| 17746 | |
| 17747 | :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within |
| 17748 | `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only |
| 17749 | in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If |
| 17750 | an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed. |
| 17751 | |
| 17752 | :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date. |
| 17753 | The diary for *today* also contains items which were |
| 17754 | scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE. |
| 17755 | |
| 17756 | :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a |
| 17757 | long list - so this is not turned on by default. |
| 17758 | Like deadlines, these entires only show up in the |
| 17759 | diary for *today*, not at any other date. |
| 17760 | |
| 17761 | The call in the diary file should look like this: |
| 17762 | |
| 17763 | &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org |
| 17764 | |
| 17765 | Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name, |
| 17766 | all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically: |
| 17767 | |
| 17768 | &%%(org-diary) |
| 17769 | |
| 17770 | If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default |
| 17771 | arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may |
| 17772 | also be written as |
| 17773 | |
| 17774 | &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled) |
| 17775 | |
| 17776 | The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided |
| 17777 | by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this |
| 17778 | function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead. |
| 17779 | |
| 17780 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 17781 | |
| 17782 | (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\ |
| 17783 | \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location. |
| 17784 | This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with |
| 17785 | \\[org-insert-link]. |
| 17786 | For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted: |
| 17787 | For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'. |
| 17788 | For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'. |
| 17789 | |
| 17790 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 17791 | |
| 17792 | (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\ |
| 17793 | Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el. |
| 17794 | If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with |
| 17795 | remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the |
| 17796 | conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link. |
| 17797 | |
| 17798 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 17799 | |
| 17800 | (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\ |
| 17801 | Store stuff from remember.el into an org file. |
| 17802 | First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value |
| 17803 | of `org-default-notes-file' is used. |
| 17804 | Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to |
| 17805 | file the text at a specific location. |
| 17806 | You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the |
| 17807 | file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to |
| 17808 | find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note. |
| 17809 | |
| 17810 | Key Cursor position Note gets inserted |
| 17811 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 17812 | RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file |
| 17813 | RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor |
| 17814 | RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context. |
| 17815 | Or use prefix arg to specify level manually. |
| 17816 | <left> on headline as same level, before current heading |
| 17817 | <right> on headline as same level, after current heading |
| 17818 | |
| 17819 | So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to |
| 17820 | the default file. This way your current train of thought is not |
| 17821 | interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with |
| 17822 | little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location. |
| 17823 | |
| 17824 | Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a |
| 17825 | headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline |
| 17826 | is constructed from the current date and some additional data. |
| 17827 | |
| 17828 | If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is |
| 17829 | also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline |
| 17830 | \(i.e. after the stars). |
| 17831 | |
| 17832 | See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'. |
| 17833 | |
| 17834 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 17835 | |
| 17836 | (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\ |
| 17837 | Unconditionally turn on orgtbl-mode. |
| 17838 | |
| 17839 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 17840 | |
| 17841 | (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\ |
| 17842 | The org-mode table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes. |
| 17843 | |
| 17844 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17845 | |
| 17846 | ;;;*** |
| 17847 | \f |
| 17848 | ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el" |
| 17849 | ;;;;;; (16780 55376)) |
| 17850 | ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el |
| 17851 | |
| 17852 | (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ |
| 17853 | Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. |
| 17854 | Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, |
| 17855 | two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. |
| 17856 | |
| 17857 | Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily |
| 17858 | invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end |
| 17859 | of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked |
| 17860 | back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). |
| 17861 | |
| 17862 | Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> |
| 17863 | \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings |
| 17864 | \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading |
| 17865 | \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings |
| 17866 | \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level |
| 17867 | \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading |
| 17868 | |
| 17869 | \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). |
| 17870 | \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. |
| 17871 | \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible. |
| 17872 | |
| 17873 | The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. |
| 17874 | They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. |
| 17875 | \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. |
| 17876 | \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. |
| 17877 | \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. |
| 17878 | No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. |
| 17879 | With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. |
| 17880 | \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. |
| 17881 | \\[show-entry] make it visible. |
| 17882 | \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. |
| 17883 | The subheadings remain visible. |
| 17884 | \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. |
| 17885 | |
| 17886 | The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. |
| 17887 | A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the |
| 17888 | beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. |
| 17889 | |
| 17890 | Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of |
| 17891 | `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil. |
| 17892 | |
| 17893 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17894 | |
| 17895 | (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ |
| 17896 | Toggle Outline minor mode. |
| 17897 | With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. |
| 17898 | See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode. |
| 17899 | |
| 17900 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17901 | |
| 17902 | ;;;*** |
| 17903 | \f |
| 17904 | ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16821 35887)) |
| 17905 | ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
| 17906 | |
| 17907 | (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
| 17908 | Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. |
| 17909 | See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 17910 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 17911 | use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") |
| 17912 | |
| 17913 | (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren") |
| 17914 | |
| 17915 | (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
| 17916 | Toggle Show Paren mode. |
| 17917 | With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 17918 | Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). |
| 17919 | |
| 17920 | When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted |
| 17921 | in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. |
| 17922 | |
| 17923 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 17924 | |
| 17925 | ;;;*** |
| 17926 | \f |
| 17927 | ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" |
| 17928 | ;;;;;; (16243 62806)) |
| 17929 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el |
| 17930 | |
| 17931 | (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\ |
| 17932 | Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ). |
| 17933 | The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are |
| 17934 | unknown are returned as nil. |
| 17935 | |
| 17936 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 17937 | |
| 17938 | ;;;*** |
| 17939 | \f |
| 17940 | ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16213 |
| 17941 | ;;;;;; 43282)) |
| 17942 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
| 17943 | |
| 17944 | (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ |
| 17945 | Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> |
| 17946 | TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 17947 | |
| 17948 | \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code |
| 17949 | \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. |
| 17950 | |
| 17951 | Other useful functions are: |
| 17952 | |
| 17953 | \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. |
| 17954 | \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; |
| 17955 | \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) |
| 17956 | \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. |
| 17957 | \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. |
| 17958 | \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. |
| 17959 | \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. |
| 17960 | \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. |
| 17961 | \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). |
| 17962 | |
| 17963 | Variables controlling indentation/edit style: |
| 17964 | |
| 17965 | pascal-indent-level (default 3) |
| 17966 | Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. |
| 17967 | pascal-case-indent (default 2) |
| 17968 | Indentation for case statements. |
| 17969 | pascal-auto-newline (default nil) |
| 17970 | Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation |
| 17971 | mark after an end. |
| 17972 | pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) |
| 17973 | Non-nil means nested functions are indented. |
| 17974 | pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) |
| 17975 | Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, |
| 17976 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. |
| 17977 | pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) |
| 17978 | Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and |
| 17979 | functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. |
| 17980 | pascal-auto-lineup (default t) |
| 17981 | List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. |
| 17982 | |
| 17983 | See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and |
| 17984 | pascal-separator-keywords. |
| 17985 | |
| 17986 | Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with |
| 17987 | no args, if that value is non-nil. |
| 17988 | |
| 17989 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 17990 | |
| 17991 | ;;;*** |
| 17992 | \f |
| 17993 | ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" |
| 17994 | ;;;;;; (16213 43273)) |
| 17995 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
| 17996 | |
| 17997 | (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ |
| 17998 | Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. |
| 17999 | The keys affected are: |
| 18000 | Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. |
| 18001 | C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). |
| 18002 | M-Backspace does undo. |
| 18003 | Home and End move to beginning and end of line |
| 18004 | C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. |
| 18005 | C-Escape does list-buffers. |
| 18006 | |
| 18007 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18008 | |
| 18009 | ;;;*** |
| 18010 | \f |
| 18011 | ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" |
| 18012 | ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16589 26258)) |
| 18013 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
| 18014 | |
| 18015 | (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ |
| 18016 | Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled. |
| 18017 | See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 18018 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 18019 | use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.") |
| 18020 | |
| 18021 | (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select") |
| 18022 | |
| 18023 | (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ |
| 18024 | Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. |
| 18025 | |
| 18026 | This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. |
| 18027 | |
| 18028 | The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions |
| 18029 | which modify the status of the mark. |
| 18030 | |
| 18031 | The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. |
| 18032 | The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. |
| 18033 | |
| 18034 | C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. |
| 18035 | S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. |
| 18036 | |
| 18037 | M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. |
| 18038 | S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark |
| 18039 | behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the |
| 18040 | variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before |
| 18041 | turning PC Selection mode on. |
| 18042 | |
| 18043 | C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. |
| 18044 | S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. |
| 18045 | |
| 18046 | HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. |
| 18047 | S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. |
| 18048 | With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. |
| 18049 | |
| 18050 | END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. |
| 18051 | S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. |
| 18052 | With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. |
| 18053 | |
| 18054 | PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. |
| 18055 | S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. |
| 18056 | |
| 18057 | S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). |
| 18058 | S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). |
| 18059 | C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). |
| 18060 | |
| 18061 | In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set |
| 18062 | the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el |
| 18063 | but before calling PC Selection mode): |
| 18064 | |
| 18065 | F6 other-window |
| 18066 | DELETE delete-char |
| 18067 | C-DELETE kill-line |
| 18068 | M-DELETE kill-word |
| 18069 | C-M-DELETE kill-sexp |
| 18070 | C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word |
| 18071 | M-BACKSPACE undo |
| 18072 | |
| 18073 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 18074 | |
| 18075 | (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ |
| 18076 | Toggle PC Selection mode. |
| 18077 | Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, |
| 18078 | and cursor movement commands. |
| 18079 | This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. |
| 18080 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 18081 | you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].") |
| 18082 | |
| 18083 | (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select") |
| 18084 | |
| 18085 | ;;;*** |
| 18086 | \f |
| 18087 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16213 |
| 18088 | ;;;;;; 43269)) |
| 18089 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el |
| 18090 | |
| 18091 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ |
| 18092 | Completion rules for the `cvs' command. |
| 18093 | |
| 18094 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18095 | |
| 18096 | ;;;*** |
| 18097 | \f |
| 18098 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) |
| 18099 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16213 43269)) |
| 18100 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
| 18101 | |
| 18102 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ |
| 18103 | Completion for `gzip'. |
| 18104 | |
| 18105 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18106 | |
| 18107 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ |
| 18108 | Completion for `bzip2'. |
| 18109 | |
| 18110 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18111 | |
| 18112 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ |
| 18113 | Completion for GNU `make'. |
| 18114 | |
| 18115 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18116 | |
| 18117 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ |
| 18118 | Completion for the GNU tar utility. |
| 18119 | |
| 18120 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18121 | |
| 18122 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) |
| 18123 | |
| 18124 | ;;;*** |
| 18125 | \f |
| 18126 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) |
| 18127 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16213 43269)) |
| 18128 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el |
| 18129 | |
| 18130 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ |
| 18131 | Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem. |
| 18132 | |
| 18133 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18134 | |
| 18135 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ |
| 18136 | Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'. |
| 18137 | |
| 18138 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18139 | |
| 18140 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ |
| 18141 | Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'. |
| 18142 | |
| 18143 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18144 | |
| 18145 | ;;;*** |
| 18146 | \f |
| 18147 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16213 |
| 18148 | ;;;;;; 43269)) |
| 18149 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el |
| 18150 | |
| 18151 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ |
| 18152 | Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. |
| 18153 | These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 |
| 18154 | system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm |
| 18155 | not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. |
| 18156 | You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so. |
| 18157 | |
| 18158 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18159 | |
| 18160 | ;;;*** |
| 18161 | \f |
| 18162 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which |
| 18163 | ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) |
| 18164 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16213 43269)) |
| 18165 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el |
| 18166 | |
| 18167 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18168 | Completion for `cd'. |
| 18169 | |
| 18170 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18171 | |
| 18172 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) |
| 18173 | |
| 18174 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18175 | Completion for `rmdir'. |
| 18176 | |
| 18177 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18178 | |
| 18179 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18180 | Completion for `rm'. |
| 18181 | |
| 18182 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18183 | |
| 18184 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18185 | Completion for `xargs'. |
| 18186 | |
| 18187 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18188 | |
| 18189 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) |
| 18190 | |
| 18191 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18192 | Completion for `which'. |
| 18193 | |
| 18194 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18195 | |
| 18196 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18197 | Completion for the `chown' command. |
| 18198 | |
| 18199 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18200 | |
| 18201 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ |
| 18202 | Completion for the `chgrp' command. |
| 18203 | |
| 18204 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18205 | |
| 18206 | ;;;*** |
| 18207 | \f |
| 18208 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list |
| 18209 | ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete |
| 18210 | ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16880 |
| 18211 | ;;;;;; 58563)) |
| 18212 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
| 18213 | |
| 18214 | (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18215 | Support extensible programmable completion. |
| 18216 | To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your |
| 18217 | completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list). |
| 18218 | |
| 18219 | \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil) |
| 18220 | |
| 18221 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18222 | If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards. |
| 18223 | |
| 18224 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18225 | |
| 18226 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18227 | Expand the textual value of the current argument. |
| 18228 | This will modify the current buffer. |
| 18229 | |
| 18230 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18231 | |
| 18232 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18233 | Complete without reference to any cycling completions. |
| 18234 | |
| 18235 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18236 | |
| 18237 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18238 | Expand the textual value of the current argument. |
| 18239 | This will modify the current buffer. |
| 18240 | |
| 18241 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18242 | |
| 18243 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18244 | Display any help information relative to the current argument. |
| 18245 | |
| 18246 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18247 | |
| 18248 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18249 | Show the list of possible completions for the current argument. |
| 18250 | |
| 18251 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18252 | |
| 18253 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18254 | Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. |
| 18255 | COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the |
| 18256 | dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, |
| 18257 | this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'. |
| 18258 | |
| 18259 | \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil) |
| 18260 | |
| 18261 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ |
| 18262 | Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete. |
| 18263 | |
| 18264 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18265 | |
| 18266 | ;;;*** |
| 18267 | \f |
| 18268 | ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status |
| 18269 | ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" |
| 18270 | ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16953 20624)) |
| 18271 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
| 18272 | |
| 18273 | (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ |
| 18274 | Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. |
| 18275 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, |
| 18276 | and run `cvs-mode' on it. |
| 18277 | |
| 18278 | With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use. |
| 18279 | |
| 18280 | \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil) |
| 18281 | |
| 18282 | (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
| 18283 | Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. |
| 18284 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. |
| 18285 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), |
| 18286 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. |
| 18287 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. |
| 18288 | FLAGS is ignored. |
| 18289 | |
| 18290 | \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil) |
| 18291 | |
| 18292 | (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
| 18293 | Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. |
| 18294 | That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. |
| 18295 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. |
| 18296 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. |
| 18297 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), |
| 18298 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. |
| 18299 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. |
| 18300 | |
| 18301 | \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil) |
| 18302 | |
| 18303 | (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ |
| 18304 | Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. |
| 18305 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. |
| 18306 | With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. |
| 18307 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), |
| 18308 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. |
| 18309 | The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS |
| 18310 | passed to cvs. |
| 18311 | |
| 18312 | \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil) |
| 18313 | |
| 18314 | (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ |
| 18315 | Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. |
| 18316 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. |
| 18317 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. |
| 18318 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), |
| 18319 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. |
| 18320 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. |
| 18321 | |
| 18322 | \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil) |
| 18323 | |
| 18324 | (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") |
| 18325 | |
| 18326 | (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ |
| 18327 | The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. |
| 18328 | Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") |
| 18329 | |
| 18330 | (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs") |
| 18331 | |
| 18332 | (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
| 18333 | Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. |
| 18334 | nil means never do it. |
| 18335 | ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the |
| 18336 | command that prompted the opening of the directory. |
| 18337 | Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") |
| 18338 | |
| 18339 | (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs") |
| 18340 | |
| 18341 | (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
| 18342 | Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. |
| 18343 | The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) |
| 18344 | |
| 18345 | ;;;*** |
| 18346 | \f |
| 18347 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16858 50918)) |
| 18348 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
| 18349 | |
| 18350 | (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m))) |
| 18351 | |
| 18352 | ;;;*** |
| 18353 | \f |
| 18354 | ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
| 18355 | ;;;;;; (16958 58759)) |
| 18356 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
| 18357 | |
| 18358 | (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ |
| 18359 | Major mode for editing Perl code. |
| 18360 | Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. |
| 18361 | Tab indents for Perl code. |
| 18362 | Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. |
| 18363 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. |
| 18364 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 18365 | \\{perl-mode-map} |
| 18366 | Variables controlling indentation style: |
| 18367 | `perl-tab-always-indent' |
| 18368 | Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, |
| 18369 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. |
| 18370 | `perl-tab-to-comment' |
| 18371 | Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will |
| 18372 | either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move |
| 18373 | to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. |
| 18374 | `perl-nochange' |
| 18375 | Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. |
| 18376 | `perl-indent-level' |
| 18377 | Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. |
| 18378 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation |
| 18379 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. |
| 18380 | `perl-continued-statement-offset' |
| 18381 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the |
| 18382 | then-clause of an if or body of a while. |
| 18383 | `perl-continued-brace-offset' |
| 18384 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. |
| 18385 | This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. |
| 18386 | `perl-brace-offset' |
| 18387 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. |
| 18388 | `perl-brace-imaginary-offset' |
| 18389 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it were |
| 18390 | this far to the right of the start of its line. |
| 18391 | `perl-label-offset' |
| 18392 | Extra indentation for line that is a label. |
| 18393 | `perl-indent-continued-arguments' |
| 18394 | Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation. |
| 18395 | |
| 18396 | Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW |
| 18397 | perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 |
| 18398 | perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 |
| 18399 | perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 |
| 18400 | perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 |
| 18401 | perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 |
| 18402 | perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 |
| 18403 | |
| 18404 | Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'. |
| 18405 | |
| 18406 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18407 | |
| 18408 | ;;;*** |
| 18409 | \f |
| 18410 | ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key |
| 18411 | ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt |
| 18412 | ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" |
| 18413 | ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (16697 49031)) |
| 18414 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el |
| 18415 | |
| 18416 | (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\ |
| 18417 | Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS. |
| 18418 | If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt. |
| 18419 | |
| 18420 | \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil) |
| 18421 | |
| 18422 | (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\ |
| 18423 | Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS. |
| 18424 | If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt. |
| 18425 | If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within |
| 18426 | the region. |
| 18427 | |
| 18428 | \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil) |
| 18429 | |
| 18430 | (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\ |
| 18431 | Decrypt the current region between START and END. |
| 18432 | |
| 18433 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 18434 | |
| 18435 | (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\ |
| 18436 | Decrypt the current buffer. |
| 18437 | If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within |
| 18438 | the region. |
| 18439 | |
| 18440 | \(fn &optional START END)" t nil) |
| 18441 | |
| 18442 | (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\ |
| 18443 | Make the signature from text between START and END. |
| 18444 | If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create |
| 18445 | a detached signature. |
| 18446 | If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled |
| 18447 | and the the output is displayed. |
| 18448 | |
| 18449 | \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil) |
| 18450 | |
| 18451 | (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\ |
| 18452 | Sign the current buffer. |
| 18453 | If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a |
| 18454 | detached signature. |
| 18455 | If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data |
| 18456 | within the region. |
| 18457 | If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled |
| 18458 | and the the output is displayed. |
| 18459 | |
| 18460 | \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil) |
| 18461 | |
| 18462 | (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\ |
| 18463 | Verify the current region between START and END. |
| 18464 | If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as |
| 18465 | the detached signature of the current region. |
| 18466 | |
| 18467 | If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the |
| 18468 | signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'. |
| 18469 | |
| 18470 | \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil) |
| 18471 | |
| 18472 | (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\ |
| 18473 | Verify the current buffer. |
| 18474 | If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as |
| 18475 | the detached signature of the current region. |
| 18476 | If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the |
| 18477 | signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'. |
| 18478 | If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data |
| 18479 | within the region. |
| 18480 | |
| 18481 | \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil) |
| 18482 | |
| 18483 | (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\ |
| 18484 | Insert the ASCII armored public key. |
| 18485 | |
| 18486 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18487 | |
| 18488 | (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\ |
| 18489 | Import public keys in the current region between START and END. |
| 18490 | |
| 18491 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 18492 | |
| 18493 | (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\ |
| 18494 | Import public keys in the current buffer. |
| 18495 | |
| 18496 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18497 | |
| 18498 | ;;;*** |
| 18499 | \f |
| 18500 | ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" |
| 18501 | ;;;;;; (16534 3822)) |
| 18502 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
| 18503 | |
| 18504 | (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ |
| 18505 | Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. |
| 18506 | Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion |
| 18507 | afterwards settable by these commands: |
| 18508 | C-c < Move left after insertion. |
| 18509 | C-c > Move right after insertion. |
| 18510 | C-c ^ Move up after insertion. |
| 18511 | C-c . Move down after insertion. |
| 18512 | C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. |
| 18513 | C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. |
| 18514 | C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. |
| 18515 | C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. |
| 18516 | C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. |
| 18517 | C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. |
| 18518 | C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. |
| 18519 | C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. |
| 18520 | The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial |
| 18521 | direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to |
| 18522 | spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer |
| 18523 | with these commands: |
| 18524 | \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. |
| 18525 | \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. |
| 18526 | \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. |
| 18527 | \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. |
| 18528 | \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. |
| 18529 | C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. |
| 18530 | C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. |
| 18531 | Return Move to beginning of next line. |
| 18532 | You can edit tabular text with these commands: |
| 18533 | M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. |
| 18534 | `Indents' relative to a previous line. |
| 18535 | Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. |
| 18536 | C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. |
| 18537 | With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. |
| 18538 | See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars |
| 18539 | which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually |
| 18540 | change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. |
| 18541 | You can manipulate text with these commands: |
| 18542 | C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. |
| 18543 | C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. |
| 18544 | \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. |
| 18545 | \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared |
| 18546 | text is saved in the kill ring. |
| 18547 | \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. |
| 18548 | You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: |
| 18549 | C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. |
| 18550 | C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. |
| 18551 | C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. |
| 18552 | C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. |
| 18553 | C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. |
| 18554 | \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. |
| 18555 | \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands |
| 18556 | commands if invoked soon enough. |
| 18557 | You can return to the previous mode with: |
| 18558 | C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. |
| 18559 | Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. |
| 18560 | |
| 18561 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil. |
| 18562 | |
| 18563 | Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but |
| 18564 | they are not defaultly assigned to keys. |
| 18565 | |
| 18566 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18567 | |
| 18568 | (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) |
| 18569 | |
| 18570 | ;;;*** |
| 18571 | \f |
| 18572 | ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el" |
| 18573 | ;;;;;; (16213 43283)) |
| 18574 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el |
| 18575 | |
| 18576 | (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\ |
| 18577 | Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset. |
| 18578 | Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real. |
| 18579 | |
| 18580 | \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil) |
| 18581 | |
| 18582 | ;;;*** |
| 18583 | \f |
| 18584 | ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 18585 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
| 18586 | |
| 18587 | (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ |
| 18588 | Play pong and waste time. |
| 18589 | This is an implementation of the classical game pong. |
| 18590 | Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. |
| 18591 | |
| 18592 | pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
| 18593 | |
| 18594 | \\{pong-mode-map} |
| 18595 | |
| 18596 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18597 | |
| 18598 | ;;;*** |
| 18599 | \f |
| 18600 | ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer |
| 18601 | ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16609 26453)) |
| 18602 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
| 18603 | |
| 18604 | (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\ |
| 18605 | Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT. |
| 18606 | OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed |
| 18607 | to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible. |
| 18608 | |
| 18609 | \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil) |
| 18610 | |
| 18611 | (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\ |
| 18612 | Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object. |
| 18613 | |
| 18614 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 18615 | |
| 18616 | (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ |
| 18617 | Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. |
| 18618 | Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' |
| 18619 | can handle, whenever this is possible. |
| 18620 | Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see). |
| 18621 | |
| 18622 | \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil) |
| 18623 | |
| 18624 | (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ |
| 18625 | Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. |
| 18626 | If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used |
| 18627 | instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list |
| 18628 | in the variable `values'. |
| 18629 | |
| 18630 | \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil) |
| 18631 | |
| 18632 | (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ |
| 18633 | Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). |
| 18634 | With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. |
| 18635 | Ignores leading comment characters. |
| 18636 | |
| 18637 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 18638 | |
| 18639 | ;;;*** |
| 18640 | \f |
| 18641 | ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup |
| 18642 | ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name |
| 18643 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode |
| 18644 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header |
| 18645 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape |
| 18646 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces |
| 18647 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble |
| 18648 | ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print |
| 18649 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview |
| 18650 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript |
| 18651 | ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer |
| 18652 | ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory |
| 18653 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript |
| 18654 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print |
| 18655 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print |
| 18656 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview |
| 18657 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript |
| 18658 | ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el" |
| 18659 | ;;;;;; (16801 58022)) |
| 18660 | ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el |
| 18661 | |
| 18662 | (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\ |
| 18663 | Activate the printing interface buffer. |
| 18664 | |
| 18665 | If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing. |
| 18666 | |
| 18667 | For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help]. |
| 18668 | |
| 18669 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 18670 | |
| 18671 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18672 | Preview directory using ghostview. |
| 18673 | |
| 18674 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a |
| 18675 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the |
| 18676 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in |
| 18677 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. |
| 18678 | |
| 18679 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is |
| 18680 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for |
| 18681 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, |
| 18682 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the |
| 18683 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a |
| 18684 | file name. |
| 18685 | |
| 18686 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. |
| 18687 | |
| 18688 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18689 | |
| 18690 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 18691 | Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript. |
| 18692 | |
| 18693 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a |
| 18694 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the |
| 18695 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in |
| 18696 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. |
| 18697 | |
| 18698 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is |
| 18699 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for |
| 18700 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, |
| 18701 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the |
| 18702 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a |
| 18703 | file name. |
| 18704 | |
| 18705 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. |
| 18706 | |
| 18707 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18708 | |
| 18709 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18710 | Print directory using PostScript printer. |
| 18711 | |
| 18712 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a |
| 18713 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the |
| 18714 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in |
| 18715 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. |
| 18716 | |
| 18717 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is |
| 18718 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for |
| 18719 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, |
| 18720 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the |
| 18721 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a |
| 18722 | file name. |
| 18723 | |
| 18724 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. |
| 18725 | |
| 18726 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18727 | |
| 18728 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18729 | Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. |
| 18730 | |
| 18731 | It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'. |
| 18732 | |
| 18733 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a |
| 18734 | file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the |
| 18735 | command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in |
| 18736 | that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. |
| 18737 | |
| 18738 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is |
| 18739 | nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for |
| 18740 | FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, |
| 18741 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the |
| 18742 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a |
| 18743 | file name. |
| 18744 | |
| 18745 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. |
| 18746 | |
| 18747 | \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18748 | |
| 18749 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18750 | Preview buffer using ghostview. |
| 18751 | |
| 18752 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a |
| 18753 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves |
| 18754 | the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file. |
| 18755 | |
| 18756 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The |
| 18757 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a |
| 18758 | temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file |
| 18759 | with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. |
| 18760 | |
| 18761 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18762 | |
| 18763 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 18764 | Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript. |
| 18765 | |
| 18766 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a |
| 18767 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves |
| 18768 | the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 18769 | |
| 18770 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The |
| 18771 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the |
| 18772 | printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with |
| 18773 | that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. |
| 18774 | |
| 18775 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18776 | |
| 18777 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18778 | Print buffer using PostScript printer. |
| 18779 | |
| 18780 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a |
| 18781 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves |
| 18782 | the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 18783 | |
| 18784 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The |
| 18785 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the |
| 18786 | printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with |
| 18787 | that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. |
| 18788 | |
| 18789 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18790 | |
| 18791 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18792 | Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. |
| 18793 | |
| 18794 | It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'. |
| 18795 | |
| 18796 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a |
| 18797 | prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves |
| 18798 | the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 18799 | |
| 18800 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The |
| 18801 | argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the |
| 18802 | printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with |
| 18803 | that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name. |
| 18804 | |
| 18805 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18806 | |
| 18807 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18808 | Preview region using ghostview. |
| 18809 | |
| 18810 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'. |
| 18811 | |
| 18812 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18813 | |
| 18814 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 18815 | Print region using PostScript through ghostscript. |
| 18816 | |
| 18817 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'. |
| 18818 | |
| 18819 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18820 | |
| 18821 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18822 | Print region using PostScript printer. |
| 18823 | |
| 18824 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'. |
| 18825 | |
| 18826 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18827 | |
| 18828 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18829 | Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript. |
| 18830 | |
| 18831 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'. |
| 18832 | |
| 18833 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18834 | |
| 18835 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18836 | Preview major mode using ghostview. |
| 18837 | |
| 18838 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'. |
| 18839 | |
| 18840 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18841 | |
| 18842 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 18843 | Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript. |
| 18844 | |
| 18845 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'. |
| 18846 | |
| 18847 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18848 | |
| 18849 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18850 | Print major mode using PostScript printer. |
| 18851 | |
| 18852 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'. |
| 18853 | |
| 18854 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18855 | |
| 18856 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18857 | Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript. |
| 18858 | |
| 18859 | See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'. |
| 18860 | |
| 18861 | \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18862 | |
| 18863 | (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\ |
| 18864 | Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations. |
| 18865 | The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. |
| 18866 | The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. |
| 18867 | |
| 18868 | Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for |
| 18869 | matching. |
| 18870 | |
| 18871 | Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, |
| 18872 | prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP. |
| 18873 | |
| 18874 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. |
| 18875 | |
| 18876 | \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 18877 | |
| 18878 | (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\ |
| 18879 | Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations. |
| 18880 | The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. |
| 18881 | The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. |
| 18882 | |
| 18883 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18884 | |
| 18885 | (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\ |
| 18886 | Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations. |
| 18887 | The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex. |
| 18888 | The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected. |
| 18889 | |
| 18890 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18891 | |
| 18892 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\ |
| 18893 | Print directory using text printer. |
| 18894 | |
| 18895 | Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for |
| 18896 | matching. |
| 18897 | |
| 18898 | Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, |
| 18899 | prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP. |
| 18900 | |
| 18901 | See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'. |
| 18902 | |
| 18903 | \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 18904 | |
| 18905 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\ |
| 18906 | Print buffer using text printer. |
| 18907 | |
| 18908 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18909 | |
| 18910 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\ |
| 18911 | Print region using text printer. |
| 18912 | |
| 18913 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18914 | |
| 18915 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\ |
| 18916 | Print major mode using text printer. |
| 18917 | |
| 18918 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 18919 | |
| 18920 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18921 | Preview spooled PostScript. |
| 18922 | |
| 18923 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
| 18924 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file |
| 18925 | instead of saving it in a temporary file. |
| 18926 | |
| 18927 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, |
| 18928 | save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the |
| 18929 | PostScript image in a file with that name. |
| 18930 | |
| 18931 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18932 | |
| 18933 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 18934 | Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript. |
| 18935 | |
| 18936 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
| 18937 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file |
| 18938 | instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 18939 | |
| 18940 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, |
| 18941 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript |
| 18942 | image in a file with that name. |
| 18943 | |
| 18944 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18945 | |
| 18946 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18947 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. |
| 18948 | |
| 18949 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
| 18950 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file |
| 18951 | instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 18952 | |
| 18953 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, |
| 18954 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript |
| 18955 | image in a file with that name. |
| 18956 | |
| 18957 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18958 | |
| 18959 | (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18960 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it. |
| 18961 | |
| 18962 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
| 18963 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file |
| 18964 | instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 18965 | |
| 18966 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, |
| 18967 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript |
| 18968 | image in a file with that name. |
| 18969 | |
| 18970 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18971 | |
| 18972 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18973 | Preview PostScript file FILENAME. |
| 18974 | |
| 18975 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18976 | |
| 18977 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\ |
| 18978 | Preview PostScript file FILENAME. |
| 18979 | |
| 18980 | \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18981 | |
| 18982 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 18983 | Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript. |
| 18984 | |
| 18985 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18986 | |
| 18987 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18988 | Print PostScript file FILENAME. |
| 18989 | |
| 18990 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18991 | |
| 18992 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18993 | Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it. |
| 18994 | |
| 18995 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 18996 | |
| 18997 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\ |
| 18998 | Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer. |
| 18999 | |
| 19000 | Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input |
| 19001 | PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the |
| 19002 | command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and |
| 19003 | saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 19004 | |
| 19005 | Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The |
| 19006 | argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input |
| 19007 | PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input |
| 19008 | PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's |
| 19009 | nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the |
| 19010 | PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a |
| 19011 | file name. |
| 19012 | |
| 19013 | \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil) |
| 19014 | |
| 19015 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\ |
| 19016 | Toggle duplex for PostScript file. |
| 19017 | |
| 19018 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19019 | |
| 19020 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\ |
| 19021 | Toggle tumble for PostScript file. |
| 19022 | |
| 19023 | If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or |
| 19024 | right. |
| 19025 | If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or |
| 19026 | bottom. |
| 19027 | |
| 19028 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19029 | |
| 19030 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\ |
| 19031 | Toggle landscape for PostScript file. |
| 19032 | |
| 19033 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19034 | |
| 19035 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\ |
| 19036 | Toggle printing using ghostscript. |
| 19037 | |
| 19038 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19039 | |
| 19040 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\ |
| 19041 | Toggle printing with faces. |
| 19042 | |
| 19043 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19044 | |
| 19045 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\ |
| 19046 | Toggle spooling. |
| 19047 | |
| 19048 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19049 | |
| 19050 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\ |
| 19051 | Toggle duplex. |
| 19052 | |
| 19053 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19054 | |
| 19055 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\ |
| 19056 | Toggle tumble. |
| 19057 | |
| 19058 | If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or |
| 19059 | right. |
| 19060 | If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or |
| 19061 | bottom. |
| 19062 | |
| 19063 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19064 | |
| 19065 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\ |
| 19066 | Toggle landscape. |
| 19067 | |
| 19068 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19069 | |
| 19070 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\ |
| 19071 | Toggle upside-down. |
| 19072 | |
| 19073 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19074 | |
| 19075 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\ |
| 19076 | Toggle line number. |
| 19077 | |
| 19078 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19079 | |
| 19080 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\ |
| 19081 | Toggle zebra stripes. |
| 19082 | |
| 19083 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19084 | |
| 19085 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\ |
| 19086 | Toggle printing header. |
| 19087 | |
| 19088 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19089 | |
| 19090 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\ |
| 19091 | Toggle printing header frame. |
| 19092 | |
| 19093 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19094 | |
| 19095 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\ |
| 19096 | Toggle menu lock. |
| 19097 | |
| 19098 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19099 | |
| 19100 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\ |
| 19101 | Toggle auto region. |
| 19102 | |
| 19103 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19104 | |
| 19105 | (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\ |
| 19106 | Toggle auto mode. |
| 19107 | |
| 19108 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19109 | |
| 19110 | (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\ |
| 19111 | Customization of the `printing' group. |
| 19112 | |
| 19113 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) |
| 19114 | |
| 19115 | (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\ |
| 19116 | Customization of the `lpr' group. |
| 19117 | |
| 19118 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) |
| 19119 | |
| 19120 | (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\ |
| 19121 | Help for the printing package. |
| 19122 | |
| 19123 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) |
| 19124 | |
| 19125 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\ |
| 19126 | Interactively select a PostScript printer. |
| 19127 | |
| 19128 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19129 | |
| 19130 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\ |
| 19131 | Interactively select a text printer. |
| 19132 | |
| 19133 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19134 | |
| 19135 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\ |
| 19136 | Interactively select a PostScript utility. |
| 19137 | |
| 19138 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19139 | |
| 19140 | (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\ |
| 19141 | Show current ps-print settings. |
| 19142 | |
| 19143 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) |
| 19144 | |
| 19145 | (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\ |
| 19146 | Show current printing settings. |
| 19147 | |
| 19148 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) |
| 19149 | |
| 19150 | (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\ |
| 19151 | Show current lpr settings. |
| 19152 | |
| 19153 | \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil) |
| 19154 | |
| 19155 | (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\ |
| 19156 | Fast fire function for PostScript printing. |
| 19157 | |
| 19158 | If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer. |
| 19159 | Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in |
| 19160 | `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be |
| 19161 | printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'. |
| 19162 | |
| 19163 | |
| 19164 | Interactively, you have the following situations: |
| 19165 | |
| 19166 | M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET |
| 19167 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will |
| 19168 | immediatelly be done using the current active printer. |
| 19169 | |
| 19170 | C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET |
| 19171 | C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET |
| 19172 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current |
| 19173 | PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new |
| 19174 | current active printer. |
| 19175 | |
| 19176 | C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET |
| 19177 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name, |
| 19178 | and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the |
| 19179 | printer. |
| 19180 | |
| 19181 | C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET |
| 19182 | The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current |
| 19183 | PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active |
| 19184 | printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in |
| 19185 | that file instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 19186 | |
| 19187 | |
| 19188 | Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than |
| 19189 | zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows: |
| 19190 | |
| 19191 | If it's nil, send the image to the printer. |
| 19192 | |
| 19193 | If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts |
| 19194 | the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly |
| 19195 | be done using the new current active printer. |
| 19196 | |
| 19197 | If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name |
| 19198 | and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the |
| 19199 | printer. |
| 19200 | |
| 19201 | If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a |
| 19202 | current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active |
| 19203 | printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file |
| 19204 | instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 19205 | |
| 19206 | If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new |
| 19207 | active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active |
| 19208 | printer. |
| 19209 | |
| 19210 | Otherwise, send the image to the printer. |
| 19211 | |
| 19212 | |
| 19213 | Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode' |
| 19214 | are both set to t. |
| 19215 | |
| 19216 | \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil) |
| 19217 | |
| 19218 | (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\ |
| 19219 | Fast fire function for text printing. |
| 19220 | |
| 19221 | If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer. |
| 19222 | Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in |
| 19223 | `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be |
| 19224 | printed using `pr-txt-mode'. |
| 19225 | |
| 19226 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
| 19227 | user for a new active text printer. |
| 19228 | |
| 19229 | Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows: |
| 19230 | |
| 19231 | If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer. |
| 19232 | |
| 19233 | If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new |
| 19234 | active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active |
| 19235 | printer. |
| 19236 | |
| 19237 | If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer. |
| 19238 | |
| 19239 | Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode' |
| 19240 | are both set to t. |
| 19241 | |
| 19242 | \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil) |
| 19243 | |
| 19244 | ;;;*** |
| 19245 | \f |
| 19246 | ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" |
| 19247 | ;;;;;; (16814 63075)) |
| 19248 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
| 19249 | |
| 19250 | (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ |
| 19251 | Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. |
| 19252 | Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. |
| 19253 | Commands: |
| 19254 | \\{prolog-mode-map} |
| 19255 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' |
| 19256 | if that value is non-nil. |
| 19257 | |
| 19258 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19259 | |
| 19260 | (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ |
| 19261 | Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*. |
| 19262 | |
| 19263 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19264 | |
| 19265 | ;;;*** |
| 19266 | \f |
| 19267 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 19268 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
| 19269 | |
| 19270 | (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ |
| 19271 | *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. |
| 19272 | The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") |
| 19273 | |
| 19274 | ;;;*** |
| 19275 | \f |
| 19276 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16213 |
| 19277 | ;;;;;; 43282)) |
| 19278 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
| 19279 | |
| 19280 | (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ |
| 19281 | Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. |
| 19282 | |
| 19283 | Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. |
| 19284 | |
| 19285 | The following variables hold user options, and can |
| 19286 | be set through the `customize' command: |
| 19287 | |
| 19288 | `ps-mode-auto-indent' |
| 19289 | `ps-mode-tab' |
| 19290 | `ps-mode-paper-size' |
| 19291 | `ps-mode-print-function' |
| 19292 | `ps-run-prompt' |
| 19293 | `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2' |
| 19294 | `ps-run-x' |
| 19295 | `ps-run-dumb' |
| 19296 | `ps-run-init' |
| 19297 | `ps-run-error-line-numbers' |
| 19298 | `ps-run-tmp-dir' |
| 19299 | |
| 19300 | Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. |
| 19301 | |
| 19302 | |
| 19303 | \\{ps-mode-map} |
| 19304 | |
| 19305 | |
| 19306 | When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], |
| 19307 | a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. |
| 19308 | The keymap for this second window is: |
| 19309 | |
| 19310 | \\{ps-run-mode-map} |
| 19311 | |
| 19312 | |
| 19313 | When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message |
| 19314 | with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring |
| 19315 | point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input |
| 19316 | to the interpreter was sent from that window. |
| 19317 | Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. |
| 19318 | |
| 19319 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19320 | |
| 19321 | ;;;*** |
| 19322 | \f |
| 19323 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string |
| 19324 | ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string |
| 19325 | ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) |
| 19326 | ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16923 3608)) |
| 19327 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
| 19328 | |
| 19329 | (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
| 19330 | *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. |
| 19331 | |
| 19332 | Valid values are: |
| 19333 | |
| 19334 | nil This is the value to use the default settings which |
| 19335 | is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII |
| 19336 | and Latin characters. The default setting can be |
| 19337 | changed by setting the variable |
| 19338 | `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. |
| 19339 | The initial value of this variable is |
| 19340 | `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see |
| 19341 | documentation). |
| 19342 | |
| 19343 | `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese |
| 19344 | or Korean PostScript printer and want to print |
| 19345 | buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and |
| 19346 | JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, |
| 19347 | it was not tested the Korean characters printing. |
| 19348 | If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, |
| 19349 | test it. |
| 19350 | |
| 19351 | `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print |
| 19352 | buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin |
| 19353 | and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution |
| 19354 | Format) is a format used for distributing X's font |
| 19355 | source file. BDF fonts are included in |
| 19356 | `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts |
| 19357 | for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to |
| 19358 | use this value, be sure to have installed |
| 19359 | `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable |
| 19360 | `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for |
| 19361 | documentation of this variable). |
| 19362 | |
| 19363 | `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used |
| 19364 | PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 |
| 19365 | characters. This is convenient when you want or |
| 19366 | need to use both latin and non-latin characters on |
| 19367 | the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', |
| 19368 | `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. |
| 19369 | |
| 19370 | Any other value is treated as nil.") |
| 19371 | |
| 19372 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule") |
| 19373 | |
| 19374 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19375 | Setup special ASCII font for STRING. |
| 19376 | STRING should contain only ASCII characters. |
| 19377 | |
| 19378 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 19379 | |
| 19380 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19381 | Not documented |
| 19382 | |
| 19383 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 19384 | |
| 19385 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19386 | Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO. |
| 19387 | |
| 19388 | It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. |
| 19389 | |
| 19390 | Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. |
| 19391 | |
| 19392 | Returns the value: |
| 19393 | |
| 19394 | (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) |
| 19395 | |
| 19396 | Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of |
| 19397 | the sequence. |
| 19398 | |
| 19399 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil) |
| 19400 | |
| 19401 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19402 | Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO. |
| 19403 | |
| 19404 | It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same |
| 19405 | composition. |
| 19406 | |
| 19407 | Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. |
| 19408 | |
| 19409 | Returns the value: |
| 19410 | |
| 19411 | (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) |
| 19412 | |
| 19413 | Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of |
| 19414 | the sequence. |
| 19415 | |
| 19416 | \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil) |
| 19417 | |
| 19418 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19419 | Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters. |
| 19420 | |
| 19421 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 19422 | |
| 19423 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19424 | Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG. |
| 19425 | FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\". |
| 19426 | |
| 19427 | \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil) |
| 19428 | |
| 19429 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19430 | Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. |
| 19431 | This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not. |
| 19432 | |
| 19433 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 19434 | |
| 19435 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\ |
| 19436 | Not documented |
| 19437 | |
| 19438 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 19439 | |
| 19440 | ;;;*** |
| 19441 | \f |
| 19442 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region |
| 19443 | ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces |
| 19444 | ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer |
| 19445 | ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces |
| 19446 | ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type |
| 19447 | ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16958 |
| 19448 | ;;;;;; 58756)) |
| 19449 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
| 19450 | |
| 19451 | (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\ |
| 19452 | *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media. |
| 19453 | See `ps-paper-type'.") |
| 19454 | |
| 19455 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print") |
| 19456 | |
| 19457 | (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ |
| 19458 | *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
| 19459 | Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
| 19460 | example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") |
| 19461 | |
| 19462 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print") |
| 19463 | |
| 19464 | (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\ |
| 19465 | *Specify how buffer's text color is printed. |
| 19466 | |
| 19467 | Valid values are: |
| 19468 | |
| 19469 | nil Do not print colors. |
| 19470 | |
| 19471 | t Print colors. |
| 19472 | |
| 19473 | black-white Print colors on black/white printer. |
| 19474 | See also `ps-black-white-faces'. |
| 19475 | |
| 19476 | Any other value is treated as t.") |
| 19477 | |
| 19478 | (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print") |
| 19479 | |
| 19480 | (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19481 | Customization of ps-print group. |
| 19482 | |
| 19483 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19484 | |
| 19485 | (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19486 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. |
| 19487 | |
| 19488 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the |
| 19489 | user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of |
| 19490 | sending it to the printer. |
| 19491 | |
| 19492 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, |
| 19493 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript |
| 19494 | image in a file with that name. |
| 19495 | |
| 19496 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 19497 | |
| 19498 | (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19499 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. |
| 19500 | Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
| 19501 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, |
| 19502 | so it has a way to determine color values. |
| 19503 | |
| 19504 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 19505 | |
| 19506 | (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19507 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. |
| 19508 | Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region. |
| 19509 | |
| 19510 | \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 19511 | |
| 19512 | (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19513 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. |
| 19514 | Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
| 19515 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, |
| 19516 | so it has a way to determine color values. |
| 19517 | |
| 19518 | \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 19519 | |
| 19520 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19521 | Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. |
| 19522 | Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local |
| 19523 | buffer to be sent to the printer later. |
| 19524 | |
| 19525 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. |
| 19526 | |
| 19527 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19528 | |
| 19529 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19530 | Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. |
| 19531 | Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
| 19532 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, |
| 19533 | so it has a way to determine color values. |
| 19534 | |
| 19535 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. |
| 19536 | |
| 19537 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19538 | |
| 19539 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19540 | Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. |
| 19541 | Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. |
| 19542 | |
| 19543 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. |
| 19544 | |
| 19545 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 19546 | |
| 19547 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19548 | Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. |
| 19549 | Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
| 19550 | the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, |
| 19551 | so it has a way to determine color values. |
| 19552 | |
| 19553 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer. |
| 19554 | |
| 19555 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 19556 | |
| 19557 | (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19558 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. |
| 19559 | |
| 19560 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the |
| 19561 | user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file |
| 19562 | instead of sending it to the printer. |
| 19563 | |
| 19564 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, |
| 19565 | send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript |
| 19566 | image in a file with that name. |
| 19567 | |
| 19568 | \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 19569 | |
| 19570 | (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19571 | Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size. |
| 19572 | Done using the current ps-print setup. |
| 19573 | Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s |
| 19574 | \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head |
| 19575 | |
| 19576 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19577 | |
| 19578 | (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19579 | Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. |
| 19580 | The table depends on the current ps-print setup. |
| 19581 | |
| 19582 | \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil) |
| 19583 | |
| 19584 | (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19585 | Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. |
| 19586 | The table depends on the current ps-print setup. |
| 19587 | |
| 19588 | \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil) |
| 19589 | |
| 19590 | (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19591 | Return the current PostScript-generation setup. |
| 19592 | |
| 19593 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 19594 | |
| 19595 | (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19596 | Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
| 19597 | |
| 19598 | If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged |
| 19599 | with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
| 19600 | |
| 19601 | If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; |
| 19602 | otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. |
| 19603 | |
| 19604 | The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. |
| 19605 | |
| 19606 | See `ps-extend-face' for documentation. |
| 19607 | |
| 19608 | \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil) |
| 19609 | |
| 19610 | (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ |
| 19611 | Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
| 19612 | |
| 19613 | If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged |
| 19614 | with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
| 19615 | |
| 19616 | If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; |
| 19617 | otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. |
| 19618 | |
| 19619 | The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: |
| 19620 | |
| 19621 | (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) |
| 19622 | |
| 19623 | FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. |
| 19624 | |
| 19625 | FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the |
| 19626 | foreground and background colors respectively. |
| 19627 | |
| 19628 | EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: |
| 19629 | bold - use bold font. |
| 19630 | italic - use italic font. |
| 19631 | underline - put a line under text. |
| 19632 | strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. |
| 19633 | overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. |
| 19634 | shadow - text will have a shadow. |
| 19635 | box - text will be surrounded by a box. |
| 19636 | outline - print characters as hollow outlines. |
| 19637 | |
| 19638 | If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored. |
| 19639 | |
| 19640 | \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil) |
| 19641 | |
| 19642 | ;;;*** |
| 19643 | \f |
| 19644 | ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" |
| 19645 | ;;;;;; (16908 33362)) |
| 19646 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el |
| 19647 | |
| 19648 | (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode))) |
| 19649 | |
| 19650 | (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode))) |
| 19651 | |
| 19652 | (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))) |
| 19653 | |
| 19654 | (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\ |
| 19655 | Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*. |
| 19656 | CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the |
| 19657 | buffer automatically. |
| 19658 | If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to |
| 19659 | that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial |
| 19660 | command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added |
| 19661 | to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' |
| 19662 | \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
| 19663 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 19664 | |
| 19665 | \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil) |
| 19666 | |
| 19667 | (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\ |
| 19668 | Major mode for editing Python files. |
| 19669 | Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct |
| 19670 | parsing of the source. |
| 19671 | See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to |
| 19672 | contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode |
| 19673 | commands for running Python under Emacs. |
| 19674 | |
| 19675 | The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal |
| 19676 | with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as |
| 19677 | current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple |
| 19678 | times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach |
| 19679 | the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level. |
| 19680 | \\<python-mode-map> |
| 19681 | Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for |
| 19682 | an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement |
| 19683 | deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it |
| 19684 | deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to |
| 19685 | the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle |
| 19686 | through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks. |
| 19687 | |
| 19688 | \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no |
| 19689 | effect outside them. |
| 19690 | |
| 19691 | Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process), |
| 19692 | Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def' |
| 19693 | lines count as headers. |
| 19694 | |
| 19695 | \\{python-mode-map} |
| 19696 | |
| 19697 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19698 | |
| 19699 | (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\ |
| 19700 | Major mode for editing Jython files. |
| 19701 | Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses. |
| 19702 | Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'. |
| 19703 | |
| 19704 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 19705 | |
| 19706 | ;;;*** |
| 19707 | \f |
| 19708 | ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el" |
| 19709 | ;;;;;; (16698 21929)) |
| 19710 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el |
| 19711 | |
| 19712 | (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\ |
| 19713 | Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045. |
| 19714 | If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that |
| 19715 | coding-system. |
| 19716 | |
| 19717 | Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument |
| 19718 | with \\[universal-coding-system-argument]. |
| 19719 | |
| 19720 | The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated. |
| 19721 | QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding |
| 19722 | them into characters should be done separately. |
| 19723 | |
| 19724 | \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil) |
| 19725 | |
| 19726 | ;;;*** |
| 19727 | \f |
| 19728 | ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal |
| 19729 | ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
| 19730 | ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout |
| 19731 | ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail" |
| 19732 | ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16954 46150)) |
| 19733 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
| 19734 | |
| 19735 | (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\ |
| 19736 | Return the title of the current Quail package. |
| 19737 | |
| 19738 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 19739 | |
| 19740 | (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ |
| 19741 | Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. |
| 19742 | The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. |
| 19743 | |
| 19744 | This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running |
| 19745 | `quail-activate', which see. |
| 19746 | |
| 19747 | \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil) |
| 19748 | |
| 19749 | (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ |
| 19750 | Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. |
| 19751 | TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. |
| 19752 | Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, |
| 19753 | FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, |
| 19754 | CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, |
| 19755 | UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. |
| 19756 | |
| 19757 | GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. |
| 19758 | If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown |
| 19759 | with the currently selected translation being highlighted. |
| 19760 | If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character |
| 19761 | in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is |
| 19762 | shown. |
| 19763 | If it is nil, the current key is shown. |
| 19764 | |
| 19765 | DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command |
| 19766 | `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form |
| 19767 | \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a |
| 19768 | string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is |
| 19769 | replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a |
| 19770 | list of candidates. |
| 19771 | |
| 19772 | TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation |
| 19773 | region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding |
| 19774 | command to be called. |
| 19775 | |
| 19776 | FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept |
| 19777 | for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a |
| 19778 | translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the |
| 19779 | first candidate when the same key is entered later. |
| 19780 | |
| 19781 | DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is |
| 19782 | selected automatically without allowing users to select another |
| 19783 | translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of |
| 19784 | no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other |
| 19785 | programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set |
| 19786 | to t. |
| 19787 | |
| 19788 | KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a |
| 19789 | user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the |
| 19790 | documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and |
| 19791 | `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. |
| 19792 | |
| 19793 | SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show |
| 19794 | the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. |
| 19795 | If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless |
| 19796 | this package defines no translations for single character keys. |
| 19797 | |
| 19798 | CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode |
| 19799 | map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. |
| 19800 | Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some |
| 19801 | other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to |
| 19802 | convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII |
| 19803 | characters to represent Vietnamese characters. |
| 19804 | |
| 19805 | MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum |
| 19806 | length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of |
| 19807 | key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break |
| 19808 | the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul |
| 19809 | packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we |
| 19810 | break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". |
| 19811 | |
| 19812 | OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which |
| 19813 | covers Quail translation region. |
| 19814 | |
| 19815 | UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update |
| 19816 | the current translation region according to a new translation data. By |
| 19817 | default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation |
| 19818 | for it) is inserted. |
| 19819 | |
| 19820 | CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while |
| 19821 | conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character |
| 19822 | vs. corresponding command to be called. |
| 19823 | |
| 19824 | If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of |
| 19825 | commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as |
| 19826 | non-Quail commands. |
| 19827 | |
| 19828 | \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil) |
| 19829 | |
| 19830 | (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
| 19831 | Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. |
| 19832 | |
| 19833 | Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not |
| 19834 | characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the |
| 19835 | standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This |
| 19836 | function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what |
| 19837 | you type is correctly handled. |
| 19838 | |
| 19839 | \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil) |
| 19840 | |
| 19841 | (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
| 19842 | Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. |
| 19843 | |
| 19844 | The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected |
| 19845 | keyboard type. |
| 19846 | |
| 19847 | \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil) |
| 19848 | |
| 19849 | (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ |
| 19850 | Define translation rules of the current Quail package. |
| 19851 | Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. |
| 19852 | KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. |
| 19853 | TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. |
| 19854 | If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. |
| 19855 | If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. |
| 19856 | If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate |
| 19857 | for the translation. |
| 19858 | In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. |
| 19859 | |
| 19860 | If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, |
| 19861 | it is used to handle KEY. |
| 19862 | |
| 19863 | The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following |
| 19864 | rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where |
| 19865 | ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently |
| 19866 | the following annotation types are supported. |
| 19867 | |
| 19868 | append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should |
| 19869 | be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. |
| 19870 | |
| 19871 | face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in |
| 19872 | candidate list. |
| 19873 | |
| 19874 | advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is |
| 19875 | selected. The function is called with one argument, the |
| 19876 | selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is |
| 19877 | inserted. |
| 19878 | |
| 19879 | no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not |
| 19880 | generated for the following translations. |
| 19881 | |
| 19882 | \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 19883 | |
| 19884 | (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ |
| 19885 | Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. |
| 19886 | |
| 19887 | Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for |
| 19888 | which to install MAP. |
| 19889 | |
| 19890 | The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'. |
| 19891 | |
| 19892 | \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil) |
| 19893 | |
| 19894 | (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
| 19895 | Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. |
| 19896 | |
| 19897 | Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for |
| 19898 | which to install MAP. |
| 19899 | |
| 19900 | The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'. |
| 19901 | |
| 19902 | \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil) |
| 19903 | |
| 19904 | (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
| 19905 | Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. |
| 19906 | KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. |
| 19907 | TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, |
| 19908 | a function, or a cons. |
| 19909 | It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. |
| 19910 | If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. |
| 19911 | If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate |
| 19912 | for the translation. |
| 19913 | If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function |
| 19914 | to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the |
| 19915 | variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, |
| 19916 | the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. |
| 19917 | In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. |
| 19918 | |
| 19919 | If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, |
| 19920 | it is used to handle KEY. |
| 19921 | |
| 19922 | Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package |
| 19923 | to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the |
| 19924 | current Quail package. |
| 19925 | |
| 19926 | Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION |
| 19927 | to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. |
| 19928 | |
| 19929 | \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil) |
| 19930 | |
| 19931 | (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ |
| 19932 | Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
| 19933 | |
| 19934 | If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the |
| 19935 | current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. |
| 19936 | |
| 19937 | Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. |
| 19938 | |
| 19939 | Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the |
| 19940 | function `quail-define-rules' for the detail. |
| 19941 | |
| 19942 | \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil) |
| 19943 | |
| 19944 | (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ |
| 19945 | Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. |
| 19946 | DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; |
| 19947 | normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory |
| 19948 | of the Emacs source tree. |
| 19949 | |
| 19950 | It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, |
| 19951 | and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. |
| 19952 | |
| 19953 | When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional |
| 19954 | directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory |
| 19955 | of each directory. |
| 19956 | |
| 19957 | \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil) |
| 19958 | |
| 19959 | ;;;*** |
| 19960 | \f |
| 19961 | ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls |
| 19962 | ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url |
| 19963 | ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16543 |
| 19964 | ;;;;;; 16567)) |
| 19965 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
| 19966 | |
| 19967 | (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ |
| 19968 | Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the |
| 19969 | `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that |
| 19970 | `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. |
| 19971 | |
| 19972 | To make use of this do something like: |
| 19973 | |
| 19974 | (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) |
| 19975 | |
| 19976 | in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") |
| 19977 | |
| 19978 | (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ |
| 19979 | Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. |
| 19980 | |
| 19981 | If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current |
| 19982 | buffer, this default action can be modifed via |
| 19983 | `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'. |
| 19984 | |
| 19985 | \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil) |
| 19986 | |
| 19987 | (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ |
| 19988 | Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP. |
| 19989 | |
| 19990 | \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil) |
| 19991 | |
| 19992 | (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ |
| 19993 | Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. |
| 19994 | |
| 19995 | See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination |
| 19996 | is decided. |
| 19997 | |
| 19998 | \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil) |
| 19999 | |
| 20000 | (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ |
| 20001 | Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. |
| 20002 | |
| 20003 | If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the |
| 20004 | current buffer, this default action can be modifed via |
| 20005 | `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'. |
| 20006 | |
| 20007 | \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil) |
| 20008 | |
| 20009 | (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ |
| 20010 | Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP. |
| 20011 | |
| 20012 | \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil) |
| 20013 | |
| 20014 | (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ |
| 20015 | Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing. |
| 20016 | |
| 20017 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20018 | |
| 20019 | (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ |
| 20020 | A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. |
| 20021 | |
| 20022 | The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: |
| 20023 | |
| 20024 | \\{quickurl-list-mode-map} |
| 20025 | |
| 20026 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20027 | |
| 20028 | (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ |
| 20029 | Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'. |
| 20030 | |
| 20031 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20032 | |
| 20033 | ;;;*** |
| 20034 | \f |
| 20035 | ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16213 |
| 20036 | ;;;;;; 43280)) |
| 20037 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
| 20038 | |
| 20039 | (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ |
| 20040 | Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. |
| 20041 | See \\[compile]. |
| 20042 | |
| 20043 | \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil) |
| 20044 | |
| 20045 | ;;;*** |
| 20046 | \f |
| 20047 | ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder regexp-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
| 20048 | ;;;;;; (16930 25649)) |
| 20049 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
| 20050 | |
| 20051 | (autoload (quote regexp-builder) "re-builder" "\ |
| 20052 | Alias for `re-builder': Construct a regexp interactively. |
| 20053 | |
| 20054 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20055 | |
| 20056 | (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ |
| 20057 | Construct a regexp interactively. |
| 20058 | |
| 20059 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20060 | |
| 20061 | ;;;*** |
| 20062 | \f |
| 20063 | ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16958 58756)) |
| 20064 | ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
| 20065 | |
| 20066 | (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ |
| 20067 | Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. |
| 20068 | See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 20069 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 20070 | use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") |
| 20071 | |
| 20072 | (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf") |
| 20073 | |
| 20074 | (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
| 20075 | Toggle recentf mode. |
| 20076 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
| 20077 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. |
| 20078 | |
| 20079 | When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files |
| 20080 | that were operated on recently. |
| 20081 | |
| 20082 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20083 | |
| 20084 | ;;;*** |
| 20085 | \f |
| 20086 | ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle |
| 20087 | ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle |
| 20088 | ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle |
| 20089 | ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16894 |
| 20090 | ;;;;;; 3339)) |
| 20091 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
| 20092 | |
| 20093 | (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ |
| 20094 | If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab. |
| 20095 | As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to |
| 20096 | the desired column only if the line is long enough. |
| 20097 | |
| 20098 | \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil) |
| 20099 | |
| 20100 | (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2") |
| 20101 | |
| 20102 | (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20103 | Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
| 20104 | The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the |
| 20105 | line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region |
| 20106 | ends. |
| 20107 | |
| 20108 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20109 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has |
| 20110 | to be deleted. |
| 20111 | |
| 20112 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) |
| 20113 | |
| 20114 | (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20115 | Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
| 20116 | Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. |
| 20117 | |
| 20118 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20119 | With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be |
| 20120 | deleted. |
| 20121 | |
| 20122 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil) |
| 20123 | |
| 20124 | (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20125 | Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
| 20126 | Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. |
| 20127 | |
| 20128 | \(fn START END)" nil nil) |
| 20129 | |
| 20130 | (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20131 | Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
| 20132 | |
| 20133 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20134 | You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. |
| 20135 | |
| 20136 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be |
| 20137 | deleted. |
| 20138 | |
| 20139 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) |
| 20140 | |
| 20141 | (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20142 | Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point. |
| 20143 | |
| 20144 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20145 | |
| 20146 | (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20147 | Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. |
| 20148 | RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second |
| 20149 | line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. |
| 20150 | RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. |
| 20151 | After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner |
| 20152 | and point is at the lower right corner. |
| 20153 | |
| 20154 | \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil) |
| 20155 | |
| 20156 | (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20157 | Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
| 20158 | |
| 20159 | The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
| 20160 | but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
| 20161 | |
| 20162 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20163 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text |
| 20164 | on the right side of the rectangle. |
| 20165 | |
| 20166 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) |
| 20167 | |
| 20168 | (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle)) |
| 20169 | |
| 20170 | (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20171 | Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. |
| 20172 | The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line |
| 20173 | at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the |
| 20174 | rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
| 20175 | |
| 20176 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20177 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines. |
| 20178 | |
| 20179 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) |
| 20180 | |
| 20181 | (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20182 | Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. |
| 20183 | The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. |
| 20184 | |
| 20185 | Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING. |
| 20186 | |
| 20187 | \(fn START END STRING)" t nil) |
| 20188 | |
| 20189 | (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle)) |
| 20190 | |
| 20191 | (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20192 | Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
| 20193 | |
| 20194 | When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20195 | The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. |
| 20196 | This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text. |
| 20197 | |
| 20198 | \(fn START END STRING)" t nil) |
| 20199 | |
| 20200 | (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
| 20201 | Blank out the region-rectangle. |
| 20202 | The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. |
| 20203 | |
| 20204 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
| 20205 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the |
| 20206 | rectangle which were empty. |
| 20207 | |
| 20208 | \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil) |
| 20209 | |
| 20210 | ;;;*** |
| 20211 | \f |
| 20212 | ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16884 |
| 20213 | ;;;;;; 52115)) |
| 20214 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el |
| 20215 | |
| 20216 | (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ |
| 20217 | Toggle Refill minor mode. |
| 20218 | With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. |
| 20219 | |
| 20220 | When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when |
| 20221 | changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause |
| 20222 | refilling if they would cause auto-filling. |
| 20223 | |
| 20224 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20225 | |
| 20226 | ;;;*** |
| 20227 | \f |
| 20228 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode |
| 20229 | ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16896 54112)) |
| 20230 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
| 20231 | |
| 20232 | (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ |
| 20233 | Turn on RefTeX mode. |
| 20234 | |
| 20235 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 20236 | |
| 20237 | (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ |
| 20238 | Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. |
| 20239 | |
| 20240 | \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
| 20241 | capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. |
| 20242 | |
| 20243 | Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
| 20244 | When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and |
| 20245 | context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a |
| 20246 | \\ref macro. |
| 20247 | |
| 20248 | Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression |
| 20249 | to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX |
| 20250 | database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. |
| 20251 | |
| 20252 | Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
| 20253 | or the current selection. More general index entries are created with |
| 20254 | `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. |
| 20255 | |
| 20256 | Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by |
| 20257 | pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. |
| 20258 | |
| 20259 | Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. |
| 20260 | You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. |
| 20261 | |
| 20262 | \\{reftex-mode-map} |
| 20263 | Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu |
| 20264 | on the menu bar. |
| 20265 | |
| 20266 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 20267 | |
| 20268 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20269 | |
| 20270 | (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\ |
| 20271 | Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning. |
| 20272 | This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use. |
| 20273 | |
| 20274 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 20275 | |
| 20276 | ;;;*** |
| 20277 | \f |
| 20278 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" |
| 20279 | ;;;;;; (16913 6364)) |
| 20280 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
| 20281 | |
| 20282 | (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ |
| 20283 | Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
| 20284 | After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with |
| 20285 | bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the |
| 20286 | matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according |
| 20287 | to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. |
| 20288 | |
| 20289 | If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. |
| 20290 | |
| 20291 | FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
| 20292 | |
| 20293 | When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in |
| 20294 | cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many |
| 20295 | citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' |
| 20296 | command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of |
| 20297 | `reftex-cite-format'. |
| 20298 | |
| 20299 | The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. |
| 20300 | Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. |
| 20301 | While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. |
| 20302 | `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files. |
| 20303 | |
| 20304 | \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil) |
| 20305 | |
| 20306 | ;;;*** |
| 20307 | \f |
| 20308 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" |
| 20309 | ;;;;;; (16887 27629)) |
| 20310 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el |
| 20311 | |
| 20312 | (defvar reftex-isearch-minor-mode nil) |
| 20313 | |
| 20314 | (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\ |
| 20315 | When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file. |
| 20316 | This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of |
| 20317 | the current TeX document. |
| 20318 | |
| 20319 | With no argument, this command toggles |
| 20320 | `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn |
| 20321 | `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive. |
| 20322 | |
| 20323 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20324 | |
| 20325 | ;;;*** |
| 20326 | \f |
| 20327 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
| 20328 | ;;;;;; (16875 35929)) |
| 20329 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
| 20330 | |
| 20331 | (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ |
| 20332 | Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. |
| 20333 | This buffer was created with RefTeX. |
| 20334 | |
| 20335 | To insert new phrases, use |
| 20336 | - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word |
| 20337 | - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. |
| 20338 | |
| 20339 | To index phrases use one of: |
| 20340 | |
| 20341 | \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase |
| 20342 | \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) |
| 20343 | \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases |
| 20344 | \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases |
| 20345 | \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region |
| 20346 | |
| 20347 | You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. |
| 20348 | To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. |
| 20349 | |
| 20350 | For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. |
| 20351 | |
| 20352 | Here are all local bindings. |
| 20353 | |
| 20354 | \\{reftex-index-phrases-map} |
| 20355 | |
| 20356 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20357 | |
| 20358 | ;;;*** |
| 20359 | \f |
| 20360 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" |
| 20361 | ;;;;;; (16875 35929)) |
| 20362 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el |
| 20363 | |
| 20364 | (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\ |
| 20365 | Return a list of all files belonging to the current document. |
| 20366 | When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory |
| 20367 | of master file. |
| 20368 | |
| 20369 | \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil) |
| 20370 | |
| 20371 | ;;;*** |
| 20372 | \f |
| 20373 | ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
| 20374 | ;;;;;; (16821 35887)) |
| 20375 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
| 20376 | |
| 20377 | (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ |
| 20378 | Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. |
| 20379 | Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, |
| 20380 | quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp |
| 20381 | is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. |
| 20382 | The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: |
| 20383 | |
| 20384 | (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) |
| 20385 | (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) |
| 20386 | |
| 20387 | If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded |
| 20388 | by \\=\\< and \\>. |
| 20389 | |
| 20390 | \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil) |
| 20391 | |
| 20392 | (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ |
| 20393 | Return the depth of REGEXP. |
| 20394 | This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs |
| 20395 | \(parenthesised expressions) in REGEXP. |
| 20396 | |
| 20397 | \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil) |
| 20398 | |
| 20399 | ;;;*** |
| 20400 | \f |
| 20401 | ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 20402 | ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
| 20403 | |
| 20404 | (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ |
| 20405 | Repeat most recently executed command. |
| 20406 | With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use |
| 20407 | the prefix arg that was used before (if any). |
| 20408 | This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. |
| 20409 | |
| 20410 | If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then |
| 20411 | be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior |
| 20412 | can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'. |
| 20413 | |
| 20414 | \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil) |
| 20415 | |
| 20416 | ;;;*** |
| 20417 | \f |
| 20418 | ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" |
| 20419 | ;;;;;; (16213 43280)) |
| 20420 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
| 20421 | |
| 20422 | (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
| 20423 | Begin submitting a bug report via email. |
| 20424 | |
| 20425 | ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is |
| 20426 | the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, |
| 20427 | you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). |
| 20428 | Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
| 20429 | Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, |
| 20430 | and point is left after the salutation. |
| 20431 | |
| 20432 | VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' |
| 20433 | for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are |
| 20434 | passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text |
| 20435 | to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is |
| 20436 | left after that text. |
| 20437 | |
| 20438 | This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' |
| 20439 | is non-nil. |
| 20440 | |
| 20441 | This function does not send a message; it uses the given information |
| 20442 | to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send |
| 20443 | \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which |
| 20444 | mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message. |
| 20445 | |
| 20446 | \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil) |
| 20447 | |
| 20448 | ;;;*** |
| 20449 | \f |
| 20450 | ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" |
| 20451 | ;;;;;; (16213 43271)) |
| 20452 | ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
| 20453 | |
| 20454 | (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ |
| 20455 | Make the current definition and/or comment visible. |
| 20456 | Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the |
| 20457 | visibility of comments that precede it. |
| 20458 | Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. |
| 20459 | If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the |
| 20460 | window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the |
| 20461 | definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment |
| 20462 | which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get |
| 20463 | as much of the comment onscreen as possible. |
| 20464 | Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and |
| 20465 | preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of |
| 20466 | the comment lines. |
| 20467 | If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun |
| 20468 | visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line |
| 20469 | visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only |
| 20470 | comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the |
| 20471 | first comment line visible (if point is in a comment). |
| 20472 | |
| 20473 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20474 | (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) |
| 20475 | |
| 20476 | ;;;*** |
| 20477 | \f |
| 20478 | ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16213 |
| 20479 | ;;;;;; 43271)) |
| 20480 | ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el |
| 20481 | |
| 20482 | (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ |
| 20483 | Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes. |
| 20484 | |
| 20485 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 20486 | |
| 20487 | ;;;*** |
| 20488 | \f |
| 20489 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el" |
| 20490 | ;;;;;; (16942 52930)) |
| 20491 | ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el |
| 20492 | |
| 20493 | (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ |
| 20494 | Toggle Reveal mode on or off. |
| 20495 | Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. |
| 20496 | |
| 20497 | Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. |
| 20498 | With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. |
| 20499 | With zero or negative ARG turn mode off. |
| 20500 | |
| 20501 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20502 | |
| 20503 | (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\ |
| 20504 | Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled. |
| 20505 | See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 20506 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 20507 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.") |
| 20508 | |
| 20509 | (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal") |
| 20510 | |
| 20511 | (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ |
| 20512 | Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off. |
| 20513 | Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. |
| 20514 | |
| 20515 | Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. |
| 20516 | With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. |
| 20517 | With zero or negative ARG turn mode off. |
| 20518 | |
| 20519 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20520 | |
| 20521 | ;;;*** |
| 20522 | \f |
| 20523 | ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties |
| 20524 | ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el" |
| 20525 | ;;;;;; (16213 43271)) |
| 20526 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el |
| 20527 | |
| 20528 | (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\ |
| 20529 | Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. |
| 20530 | Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active. |
| 20531 | If emacs is not running under a window system, |
| 20532 | `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.") |
| 20533 | |
| 20534 | (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow") |
| 20535 | |
| 20536 | (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\ |
| 20537 | Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. |
| 20538 | Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs |
| 20539 | is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window |
| 20540 | system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.") |
| 20541 | |
| 20542 | (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow") |
| 20543 | |
| 20544 | (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\ |
| 20545 | Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled. |
| 20546 | See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 20547 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 20548 | use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.") |
| 20549 | |
| 20550 | (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow") |
| 20551 | |
| 20552 | (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\ |
| 20553 | Toggle File-Name Shadow mode. |
| 20554 | When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer |
| 20555 | that would be ignored (because the result is passed through |
| 20556 | `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in |
| 20557 | `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make |
| 20558 | that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. |
| 20559 | |
| 20560 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
| 20561 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. |
| 20562 | |
| 20563 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 20564 | |
| 20565 | ;;;*** |
| 20566 | \f |
| 20567 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" |
| 20568 | ;;;;;; (16213 43273)) |
| 20569 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
| 20570 | |
| 20571 | (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ |
| 20572 | Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise. |
| 20573 | |
| 20574 | \(fn X)" nil nil) |
| 20575 | |
| 20576 | (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ |
| 20577 | Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements. |
| 20578 | |
| 20579 | \(fn SIZE)" nil nil) |
| 20580 | |
| 20581 | ;;;*** |
| 20582 | \f |
| 20583 | ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16507 41097)) |
| 20584 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el |
| 20585 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
| 20586 | |
| 20587 | (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ |
| 20588 | Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. |
| 20589 | INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain |
| 20590 | other arguments for `rlogin'. |
| 20591 | |
| 20592 | Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. |
| 20593 | |
| 20594 | Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' |
| 20595 | \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). |
| 20596 | If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, |
| 20597 | a new buffer with a different connection will be made. |
| 20598 | |
| 20599 | When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is |
| 20600 | a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. |
| 20601 | |
| 20602 | The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to |
| 20603 | run. It can be a relative or absolute path. |
| 20604 | |
| 20605 | The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to |
| 20606 | the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in |
| 20607 | INPUT-ARGS. |
| 20608 | |
| 20609 | If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the |
| 20610 | default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to |
| 20611 | access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes |
| 20612 | an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This |
| 20613 | error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. |
| 20614 | |
| 20615 | If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default |
| 20616 | directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. |
| 20617 | This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine |
| 20618 | share the same files via NFS. This is the default. |
| 20619 | |
| 20620 | If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the |
| 20621 | function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the |
| 20622 | variable. |
| 20623 | |
| 20624 | \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 20625 | |
| 20626 | ;;;*** |
| 20627 | \f |
| 20628 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-restore-desktop-buffer rmail-set-remote-password |
| 20629 | ;;;;;; rmail-input rmail-mode rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook |
| 20630 | ;;;;;; rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory |
| 20631 | ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output |
| 20632 | ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers |
| 20633 | ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names |
| 20634 | ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16954 |
| 20635 | ;;;;;; 46150)) |
| 20636 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
| 20637 | |
| 20638 | (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\ |
| 20639 | Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS. |
| 20640 | Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils. |
| 20641 | |
| 20642 | \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil) |
| 20643 | |
| 20644 | (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ |
| 20645 | *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message. |
| 20646 | A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address |
| 20647 | plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") |
| 20648 | |
| 20649 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail") |
| 20650 | |
| 20651 | (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\ |
| 20652 | A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the |
| 20653 | variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set |
| 20654 | `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default |
| 20655 | value is the user's email address and name.) |
| 20656 | It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") |
| 20657 | |
| 20658 | (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\ |
| 20659 | *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. |
| 20660 | This variable is used for reformatting the message header, |
| 20661 | which normally happens once for each message, |
| 20662 | when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. |
| 20663 | To make a change in this variable take effect |
| 20664 | for a message that you have already viewed, |
| 20665 | go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") |
| 20666 | |
| 20667 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail") |
| 20668 | |
| 20669 | (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ |
| 20670 | *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. |
| 20671 | If nil, display all header fields except those matched by |
| 20672 | `rmail-ignored-headers'.") |
| 20673 | |
| 20674 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail") |
| 20675 | |
| 20676 | (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\ |
| 20677 | *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") |
| 20678 | |
| 20679 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail") |
| 20680 | |
| 20681 | (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ |
| 20682 | *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. |
| 20683 | A value of nil means don't highlight. |
| 20684 | See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") |
| 20685 | |
| 20686 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail") |
| 20687 | |
| 20688 | (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ |
| 20689 | *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") |
| 20690 | |
| 20691 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail") |
| 20692 | |
| 20693 | (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ |
| 20694 | *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") |
| 20695 | |
| 20696 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail") |
| 20697 | |
| 20698 | (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ |
| 20699 | *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. |
| 20700 | nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") |
| 20701 | \(the name varies depending on the operating system, |
| 20702 | and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") |
| 20703 | |
| 20704 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail") |
| 20705 | |
| 20706 | (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ |
| 20707 | *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail. |
| 20708 | This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of |
| 20709 | the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.") |
| 20710 | |
| 20711 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail") |
| 20712 | |
| 20713 | (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ |
| 20714 | *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") |
| 20715 | |
| 20716 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail") |
| 20717 | |
| 20718 | (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ |
| 20719 | *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") |
| 20720 | |
| 20721 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail") |
| 20722 | |
| 20723 | (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ |
| 20724 | *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") |
| 20725 | |
| 20726 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail") |
| 20727 | |
| 20728 | (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
| 20729 | List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") |
| 20730 | |
| 20731 | (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ |
| 20732 | List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") |
| 20733 | |
| 20734 | (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ |
| 20735 | List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") |
| 20736 | |
| 20737 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail") |
| 20738 | |
| 20739 | (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
| 20740 | List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") |
| 20741 | |
| 20742 | (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
| 20743 | List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. |
| 20744 | When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is |
| 20745 | still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") |
| 20746 | |
| 20747 | (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ |
| 20748 | Coding system used in RMAIL file. |
| 20749 | |
| 20750 | This is set to nil by default.") |
| 20751 | |
| 20752 | (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ |
| 20753 | *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. |
| 20754 | If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. |
| 20755 | If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message |
| 20756 | until a user explicitly requires it.") |
| 20757 | |
| 20758 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail") |
| 20759 | |
| 20760 | (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ |
| 20761 | Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. |
| 20762 | This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. |
| 20763 | It is called with no argument.") |
| 20764 | |
| 20765 | (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\ |
| 20766 | Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. |
| 20767 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or |
| 20768 | `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil. |
| 20769 | It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a |
| 20770 | buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer |
| 20771 | is the outgoing mail buffer.") |
| 20772 | |
| 20773 | (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\ |
| 20774 | Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. |
| 20775 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. |
| 20776 | It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a |
| 20777 | buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer |
| 20778 | is the outgoing mail buffer.") |
| 20779 | |
| 20780 | (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\ |
| 20781 | Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. |
| 20782 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. |
| 20783 | It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where |
| 20784 | MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.") |
| 20785 | |
| 20786 | (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\ |
| 20787 | Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. |
| 20788 | This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. |
| 20789 | It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where |
| 20790 | MSG is the message number, |
| 20791 | REGEXP is the regular expression, |
| 20792 | LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.") |
| 20793 | |
| 20794 | (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ |
| 20795 | Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. |
| 20796 | When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, |
| 20797 | this feature is required with `require'.") |
| 20798 | |
| 20799 | (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ |
| 20800 | *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. |
| 20801 | If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, |
| 20802 | the message is decoded as normal way. |
| 20803 | |
| 20804 | If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is |
| 20805 | ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by |
| 20806 | the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") |
| 20807 | |
| 20808 | (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\ |
| 20809 | Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. |
| 20810 | The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") |
| 20811 | |
| 20812 | (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ |
| 20813 | Read and edit incoming mail. |
| 20814 | Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) |
| 20815 | and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. |
| 20816 | Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. |
| 20817 | |
| 20818 | May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on |
| 20819 | that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. |
| 20820 | Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you |
| 20821 | have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. |
| 20822 | |
| 20823 | If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file. |
| 20824 | |
| 20825 | \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil) |
| 20826 | |
| 20827 | (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ |
| 20828 | Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. |
| 20829 | All normal editing commands are turned off. |
| 20830 | Instead, these commands are available: |
| 20831 | |
| 20832 | \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). |
| 20833 | \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. |
| 20834 | \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. |
| 20835 | \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. |
| 20836 | \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. |
| 20837 | \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. |
| 20838 | \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. |
| 20839 | \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. |
| 20840 | \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. |
| 20841 | \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. |
| 20842 | \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. |
| 20843 | \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. |
| 20844 | \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. |
| 20845 | \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages |
| 20846 | till a deleted message is found. |
| 20847 | \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. |
| 20848 | \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. |
| 20849 | \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. |
| 20850 | \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. |
| 20851 | \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. |
| 20852 | \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. |
| 20853 | \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). |
| 20854 | \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. |
| 20855 | \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. |
| 20856 | \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. |
| 20857 | \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. |
| 20858 | \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). |
| 20859 | \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). |
| 20860 | \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. |
| 20861 | \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. |
| 20862 | \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. |
| 20863 | \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. |
| 20864 | \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label |
| 20865 | (label defaults to last one specified). |
| 20866 | Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. |
| 20867 | Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. |
| 20868 | \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label |
| 20869 | \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. |
| 20870 | \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). |
| 20871 | \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). |
| 20872 | \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). |
| 20873 | \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). |
| 20874 | \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header. |
| 20875 | |
| 20876 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20877 | |
| 20878 | (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ |
| 20879 | Run Rmail on file FILENAME. |
| 20880 | |
| 20881 | \(fn FILENAME)" t nil) |
| 20882 | |
| 20883 | (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\ |
| 20884 | Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server. |
| 20885 | |
| 20886 | \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil) |
| 20887 | |
| 20888 | (autoload (quote rmail-restore-desktop-buffer) "rmail" "\ |
| 20889 | Restore an rmail buffer specified in a desktop file. |
| 20890 | |
| 20891 | \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil) |
| 20892 | |
| 20893 | ;;;*** |
| 20894 | \f |
| 20895 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" |
| 20896 | ;;;;;; (16213 43280)) |
| 20897 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
| 20898 | |
| 20899 | (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ |
| 20900 | Edit the contents of this message. |
| 20901 | |
| 20902 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 20903 | |
| 20904 | ;;;*** |
| 20905 | \f |
| 20906 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message |
| 20907 | ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" |
| 20908 | ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 20909 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
| 20910 | |
| 20911 | (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ |
| 20912 | Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. |
| 20913 | Completion is performed over known labels when reading. |
| 20914 | |
| 20915 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) |
| 20916 | |
| 20917 | (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ |
| 20918 | Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. |
| 20919 | Completion is performed over known labels when reading. |
| 20920 | |
| 20921 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) |
| 20922 | |
| 20923 | (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\ |
| 20924 | Not documented |
| 20925 | |
| 20926 | \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil) |
| 20927 | |
| 20928 | (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ |
| 20929 | Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. |
| 20930 | LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. |
| 20931 | If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. |
| 20932 | With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels. |
| 20933 | |
| 20934 | \(fn N LABELS)" t nil) |
| 20935 | |
| 20936 | (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ |
| 20937 | Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. |
| 20938 | LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. |
| 20939 | If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. |
| 20940 | With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels. |
| 20941 | |
| 20942 | \(fn N LABELS)" t nil) |
| 20943 | |
| 20944 | ;;;*** |
| 20945 | \f |
| 20946 | ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" |
| 20947 | ;;;;;; (16213 43280)) |
| 20948 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
| 20949 | |
| 20950 | (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ |
| 20951 | Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. |
| 20952 | You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. |
| 20953 | If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list. |
| 20954 | |
| 20955 | \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 20956 | |
| 20957 | ;;;*** |
| 20958 | \f |
| 20959 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output |
| 20960 | ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" |
| 20961 | ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 20962 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
| 20963 | |
| 20964 | (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ |
| 20965 | *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. |
| 20966 | This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). |
| 20967 | The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. |
| 20968 | NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, |
| 20969 | or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns |
| 20970 | a file name as a string.") |
| 20971 | |
| 20972 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout") |
| 20973 | |
| 20974 | (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ |
| 20975 | Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. |
| 20976 | If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. |
| 20977 | If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs |
| 20978 | buffer visiting that file. |
| 20979 | If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is |
| 20980 | appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. |
| 20981 | |
| 20982 | The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', |
| 20983 | which is updated to the name you use in this command. |
| 20984 | |
| 20985 | A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages |
| 20986 | starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
| 20987 | |
| 20988 | If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed |
| 20989 | mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message. |
| 20990 | |
| 20991 | \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil) |
| 20992 | |
| 20993 | (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ |
| 20994 | *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") |
| 20995 | |
| 20996 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout") |
| 20997 | |
| 20998 | (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ |
| 20999 | Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. |
| 21000 | A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages |
| 21001 | starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
| 21002 | When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. |
| 21003 | |
| 21004 | If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then |
| 21005 | messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages |
| 21006 | will be appended with their original headers. |
| 21007 | |
| 21008 | The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', |
| 21009 | which is updated to the name you use in this command. |
| 21010 | |
| 21011 | The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not |
| 21012 | to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. |
| 21013 | |
| 21014 | The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS. |
| 21015 | |
| 21016 | \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil) |
| 21017 | |
| 21018 | (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ |
| 21019 | Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. |
| 21020 | FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message. |
| 21021 | |
| 21022 | \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 21023 | |
| 21024 | ;;;*** |
| 21025 | \f |
| 21026 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent |
| 21027 | ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject |
| 21028 | ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16213 |
| 21029 | ;;;;;; 43280)) |
| 21030 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
| 21031 | |
| 21032 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21033 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. |
| 21034 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21035 | |
| 21036 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 21037 | |
| 21038 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21039 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. |
| 21040 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21041 | |
| 21042 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 21043 | |
| 21044 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21045 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. |
| 21046 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21047 | |
| 21048 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 21049 | |
| 21050 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21051 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. |
| 21052 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21053 | |
| 21054 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 21055 | |
| 21056 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21057 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. |
| 21058 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21059 | |
| 21060 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 21061 | |
| 21062 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21063 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. |
| 21064 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21065 | |
| 21066 | \(fn REVERSE)" t nil) |
| 21067 | |
| 21068 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\ |
| 21069 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. |
| 21070 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. |
| 21071 | KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels. |
| 21072 | |
| 21073 | \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil) |
| 21074 | |
| 21075 | ;;;*** |
| 21076 | \f |
| 21077 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
| 21078 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp |
| 21079 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary |
| 21080 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) |
| 21081 | ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16294 21153)) |
| 21082 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
| 21083 | |
| 21084 | (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ |
| 21085 | *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") |
| 21086 | |
| 21087 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum") |
| 21088 | |
| 21089 | (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ |
| 21090 | *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") |
| 21091 | |
| 21092 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum") |
| 21093 | |
| 21094 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ |
| 21095 | Display a summary of all messages, one line per message. |
| 21096 | |
| 21097 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21098 | |
| 21099 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ |
| 21100 | Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. |
| 21101 | LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas. |
| 21102 | |
| 21103 | \(fn LABELS)" t nil) |
| 21104 | |
| 21105 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ |
| 21106 | Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. |
| 21107 | Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; |
| 21108 | but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), |
| 21109 | only look in the To and From fields. |
| 21110 | RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas. |
| 21111 | |
| 21112 | \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 21113 | |
| 21114 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ |
| 21115 | Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. |
| 21116 | If the regular expression is found in the header of the message |
| 21117 | \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), |
| 21118 | Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary. |
| 21119 | |
| 21120 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 21121 | |
| 21122 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ |
| 21123 | Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. |
| 21124 | Normally checks the Subject field of headers; |
| 21125 | but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), |
| 21126 | look in the whole message. |
| 21127 | SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas. |
| 21128 | |
| 21129 | \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil) |
| 21130 | |
| 21131 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ |
| 21132 | Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. |
| 21133 | SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas. |
| 21134 | |
| 21135 | \(fn SENDERS)" t nil) |
| 21136 | |
| 21137 | (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ |
| 21138 | *Function to decode summary-line. |
| 21139 | |
| 21140 | By default, `identity' is set.") |
| 21141 | |
| 21142 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum") |
| 21143 | |
| 21144 | (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
| 21145 | *Regexp matching user mail addresses. |
| 21146 | If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent |
| 21147 | when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, |
| 21148 | the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. |
| 21149 | If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' |
| 21150 | are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. |
| 21151 | |
| 21152 | Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails |
| 21153 | sent by you under different user names. |
| 21154 | Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses. |
| 21155 | |
| 21156 | Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") |
| 21157 | |
| 21158 | (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum") |
| 21159 | |
| 21160 | ;;;*** |
| 21161 | \f |
| 21162 | ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" |
| 21163 | ;;;;;; (16213 43281)) |
| 21164 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el |
| 21165 | |
| 21166 | (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ |
| 21167 | Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. |
| 21168 | Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. |
| 21169 | If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work. |
| 21170 | |
| 21171 | \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil) |
| 21172 | |
| 21173 | ;;;*** |
| 21174 | \f |
| 21175 | ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region |
| 21176 | ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 21177 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
| 21178 | |
| 21179 | (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\ |
| 21180 | Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string. |
| 21181 | |
| 21182 | \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil) |
| 21183 | |
| 21184 | (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\ |
| 21185 | Return Rot13 encryption of STRING. |
| 21186 | |
| 21187 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 21188 | |
| 21189 | (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\ |
| 21190 | Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer. |
| 21191 | |
| 21192 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 21193 | |
| 21194 | (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ |
| 21195 | Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. |
| 21196 | The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. |
| 21197 | |
| 21198 | To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window |
| 21199 | is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded |
| 21200 | in rot 13. |
| 21201 | |
| 21202 | See also `toggle-rot13-mode'. |
| 21203 | |
| 21204 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21205 | |
| 21206 | (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ |
| 21207 | Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window. |
| 21208 | |
| 21209 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21210 | |
| 21211 | ;;;*** |
| 21212 | \f |
| 21213 | ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly |
| 21214 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame |
| 21215 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height |
| 21216 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el" |
| 21217 | ;;;;;; (16507 41097)) |
| 21218 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el |
| 21219 | |
| 21220 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ |
| 21221 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
| 21222 | |
| 21223 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini") |
| 21224 | |
| 21225 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ |
| 21226 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
| 21227 | |
| 21228 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini") |
| 21229 | |
| 21230 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ |
| 21231 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
| 21232 | |
| 21233 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini") |
| 21234 | |
| 21235 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ |
| 21236 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
| 21237 | |
| 21238 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini") |
| 21239 | |
| 21240 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ |
| 21241 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
| 21242 | |
| 21243 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini") |
| 21244 | |
| 21245 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ |
| 21246 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
| 21247 | |
| 21248 | (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini") |
| 21249 | |
| 21250 | (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ |
| 21251 | This function is obsolete. |
| 21252 | |
| 21253 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) |
| 21254 | |
| 21255 | ;;;*** |
| 21256 | \f |
| 21257 | ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16908 |
| 21258 | ;;;;;; 33360)) |
| 21259 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el |
| 21260 | |
| 21261 | (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\ |
| 21262 | Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0. |
| 21263 | |
| 21264 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 21265 | |
| 21266 | ;;;*** |
| 21267 | \f |
| 21268 | ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16534 |
| 21269 | ;;;;;; 3808)) |
| 21270 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el |
| 21271 | |
| 21272 | (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\ |
| 21273 | Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. |
| 21274 | FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. |
| 21275 | NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result. |
| 21276 | |
| 21277 | \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil) |
| 21278 | |
| 21279 | (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\ |
| 21280 | Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string. |
| 21281 | REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below. |
| 21282 | See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. |
| 21283 | |
| 21284 | The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp |
| 21285 | notation. |
| 21286 | |
| 21287 | STRING |
| 21288 | matches string STRING literally. |
| 21289 | |
| 21290 | CHAR |
| 21291 | matches character CHAR literally. |
| 21292 | |
| 21293 | `not-newline', `nonl' |
| 21294 | matches any character except a newline. |
| 21295 | . |
| 21296 | `anything' |
| 21297 | matches any character |
| 21298 | |
| 21299 | `(any SET ...)' |
| 21300 | `(in SET ...)' |
| 21301 | `(char SET ...)' |
| 21302 | matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string. |
| 21303 | Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. |
| 21304 | Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'. |
| 21305 | |
| 21306 | SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit', |
| 21307 | `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum', |
| 21308 | `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper', |
| 21309 | `word', or one of their synonyms. |
| 21310 | |
| 21311 | `(not (any SET ...))' |
| 21312 | matches any character not in SET ... |
| 21313 | |
| 21314 | `line-start', `bol' |
| 21315 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line |
| 21316 | in the text being matched |
| 21317 | |
| 21318 | `line-end', `eol' |
| 21319 | is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line |
| 21320 | |
| 21321 | `string-start', `bos', `bot' |
| 21322 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the |
| 21323 | string being matched against. |
| 21324 | |
| 21325 | `string-end', `eos', `eot' |
| 21326 | matches the empty string, but only at the end of the |
| 21327 | string being matched against. |
| 21328 | |
| 21329 | `buffer-start' |
| 21330 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the |
| 21331 | buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'. |
| 21332 | |
| 21333 | `buffer-end' |
| 21334 | matches the empty string, but only at the end of the |
| 21335 | buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'. |
| 21336 | |
| 21337 | `point' |
| 21338 | matches the empty string, but only at point. |
| 21339 | |
| 21340 | `word-start', `bow' |
| 21341 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a |
| 21342 | word. |
| 21343 | |
| 21344 | `word-end', `eow' |
| 21345 | matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. |
| 21346 | |
| 21347 | `word-boundary' |
| 21348 | matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a |
| 21349 | word. |
| 21350 | |
| 21351 | `(not word-boundary)' |
| 21352 | `not-word-boundary' |
| 21353 | matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a |
| 21354 | word. |
| 21355 | |
| 21356 | `digit', `numeric', `num' |
| 21357 | matches 0 through 9. |
| 21358 | |
| 21359 | `control', `cntrl' |
| 21360 | matches ASCII control characters. |
| 21361 | |
| 21362 | `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit' |
| 21363 | matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. |
| 21364 | |
| 21365 | `blank' |
| 21366 | matches space and tab only. |
| 21367 | |
| 21368 | `graphic', `graph' |
| 21369 | matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, |
| 21370 | space, and DEL. |
| 21371 | |
| 21372 | `printing', `print' |
| 21373 | matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars |
| 21374 | and DEL. |
| 21375 | |
| 21376 | `alphanumeric', `alnum' |
| 21377 | matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, |
| 21378 | it matches anything that has word syntax.) |
| 21379 | |
| 21380 | `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha' |
| 21381 | matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, |
| 21382 | it matches anything that has word syntax.) |
| 21383 | |
| 21384 | `ascii' |
| 21385 | matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. |
| 21386 | |
| 21387 | `nonascii' |
| 21388 | matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. |
| 21389 | |
| 21390 | `lower', `lower-case' |
| 21391 | matches anything lower-case. |
| 21392 | |
| 21393 | `upper', `upper-case' |
| 21394 | matches anything upper-case. |
| 21395 | |
| 21396 | `punctuation', `punct' |
| 21397 | matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, |
| 21398 | it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) |
| 21399 | |
| 21400 | `space', `whitespace', `white' |
| 21401 | matches anything that has whitespace syntax. |
| 21402 | |
| 21403 | `word', `wordchar' |
| 21404 | matches anything that has word syntax. |
| 21405 | |
| 21406 | `not-wordchar' |
| 21407 | matches anything that has non-word syntax. |
| 21408 | |
| 21409 | `(syntax SYNTAX)' |
| 21410 | matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one |
| 21411 | of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax |
| 21412 | character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'. |
| 21413 | |
| 21414 | `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) |
| 21415 | `punctuation' (\\s.) |
| 21416 | `word' (\\sw) |
| 21417 | `symbol' (\\s_) |
| 21418 | `open-parenthesis' (\\s() |
| 21419 | `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) |
| 21420 | `expression-prefix' (\\s') |
| 21421 | `string-quote' (\\s\") |
| 21422 | `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) |
| 21423 | `escape' (\\s\\) |
| 21424 | `character-quote' (\\s/) |
| 21425 | `comment-start' (\\s<) |
| 21426 | `comment-end' (\\s>) |
| 21427 | `string-delimiter' (\\s|) |
| 21428 | `comment-delimiter' (\\s!) |
| 21429 | |
| 21430 | `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' |
| 21431 | matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX. |
| 21432 | |
| 21433 | `(category CATEGORY)' |
| 21434 | matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be |
| 21435 | either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. |
| 21436 | |
| 21437 | `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) |
| 21438 | `base-vowel' (\\c1) |
| 21439 | `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) |
| 21440 | `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) |
| 21441 | `tone-mark' (\\c4) |
| 21442 | `symbol' (\\c5) |
| 21443 | `digit' (\\c6) |
| 21444 | `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) |
| 21445 | `vowel-sign' (\\c8) |
| 21446 | `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) |
| 21447 | `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) |
| 21448 | `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) |
| 21449 | `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) |
| 21450 | `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) |
| 21451 | `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) |
| 21452 | `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) |
| 21453 | `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) |
| 21454 | `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) |
| 21455 | `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) |
| 21456 | `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) |
| 21457 | `combining-diacritic' (\\c^) |
| 21458 | `ascii' (\\ca) |
| 21459 | `arabic' (\\cb) |
| 21460 | `chinese' (\\cc) |
| 21461 | `ethiopic' (\\ce) |
| 21462 | `greek' (\\cg) |
| 21463 | `korean' (\\ch) |
| 21464 | `indian' (\\ci) |
| 21465 | `japanese' (\\cj) |
| 21466 | `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) |
| 21467 | `latin' (\\cl) |
| 21468 | `lao' (\\co) |
| 21469 | `tibetan' (\\cq) |
| 21470 | `japanese-roman' (\\cr) |
| 21471 | `thai' (\\ct) |
| 21472 | `vietnamese' (\\cv) |
| 21473 | `hebrew' (\\cw) |
| 21474 | `cyrillic' (\\cy) |
| 21475 | `can-break' (\\c|) |
| 21476 | |
| 21477 | `(not (category CATEGORY))' |
| 21478 | matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY. |
| 21479 | |
| 21480 | `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21481 | `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21482 | `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21483 | `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21484 | matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. |
| 21485 | |
| 21486 | `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21487 | `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21488 | like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', |
| 21489 | `match-beginning', and `match-string'. |
| 21490 | |
| 21491 | `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21492 | another name for `submatch'. |
| 21493 | |
| 21494 | `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21495 | `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' |
| 21496 | matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all |
| 21497 | args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting |
| 21498 | regular expression. |
| 21499 | |
| 21500 | `(minimal-match SEXP)' |
| 21501 | produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching |
| 21502 | zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they |
| 21503 | match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can |
| 21504 | still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. |
| 21505 | |
| 21506 | `(maximal-match SEXP)' |
| 21507 | produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. |
| 21508 | |
| 21509 | Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if |
| 21510 | enclosed in `(and ...)'. |
| 21511 | |
| 21512 | `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)' |
| 21513 | `(0+ SEXP ...)' |
| 21514 | matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches. |
| 21515 | |
| 21516 | `(* SEXP ...)' |
| 21517 | like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent |
| 21518 | of `rx-greedy-flag'. |
| 21519 | |
| 21520 | `(*? SEXP ...)' |
| 21521 | like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp, |
| 21522 | independent of `rx-greedy-flag'. |
| 21523 | |
| 21524 | `(one-or-more SEXP ...)' |
| 21525 | `(1+ SEXP ...)' |
| 21526 | matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ... |
| 21527 | |
| 21528 | `(+ SEXP ...)' |
| 21529 | like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. |
| 21530 | |
| 21531 | `(+? SEXP ...)' |
| 21532 | like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. |
| 21533 | |
| 21534 | `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)' |
| 21535 | `(optional SEXP ...)' |
| 21536 | `(opt SEXP ...)' |
| 21537 | matches zero or one occurrences of A. |
| 21538 | |
| 21539 | `(? SEXP ...)' |
| 21540 | like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. |
| 21541 | |
| 21542 | `(?? SEXP ...)' |
| 21543 | like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. |
| 21544 | |
| 21545 | `(repeat N SEXP)' |
| 21546 | `(= N SEXP ...)' |
| 21547 | matches N occurrences. |
| 21548 | |
| 21549 | `(>= N SEXP ...)' |
| 21550 | matches N or more occurrences. |
| 21551 | |
| 21552 | `(repeat N M SEXP)' |
| 21553 | `(** N M SEXP ...)' |
| 21554 | matches N to M occurrences. |
| 21555 | |
| 21556 | `(backref N)' |
| 21557 | matches what was matched previously by submatch N. |
| 21558 | |
| 21559 | `(backref N)' |
| 21560 | matches what was matched previously by submatch N. |
| 21561 | |
| 21562 | `(backref N)' |
| 21563 | matches what was matched previously by submatch N. |
| 21564 | |
| 21565 | `(eval FORM)' |
| 21566 | evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, |
| 21567 | `regexp-quote' it. |
| 21568 | |
| 21569 | `(regexp REGEXP)' |
| 21570 | include REGEXP in string notation in the result. |
| 21571 | |
| 21572 | \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 21573 | |
| 21574 | ;;;*** |
| 21575 | \f |
| 21576 | ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" |
| 21577 | ;;;;;; (16923 3630)) |
| 21578 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
| 21579 | |
| 21580 | (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ |
| 21581 | Major mode for editing Scheme code. |
| 21582 | Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
| 21583 | |
| 21584 | In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional |
| 21585 | commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling |
| 21586 | the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the |
| 21587 | modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact |
| 21588 | with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT |
| 21589 | Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the |
| 21590 | documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to |
| 21591 | start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. |
| 21592 | |
| 21593 | Commands: |
| 21594 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 21595 | Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. |
| 21596 | \\{scheme-mode-map} |
| 21597 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
| 21598 | if that value is non-nil. |
| 21599 | |
| 21600 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21601 | |
| 21602 | (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ |
| 21603 | Major mode for editing DSSSL code. |
| 21604 | Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
| 21605 | |
| 21606 | Commands: |
| 21607 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 21608 | Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. |
| 21609 | \\{scheme-mode-map} |
| 21610 | Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then |
| 21611 | `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if |
| 21612 | that variable's value is a string. |
| 21613 | |
| 21614 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21615 | |
| 21616 | ;;;*** |
| 21617 | \f |
| 21618 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" |
| 21619 | ;;;;;; (16698 21929)) |
| 21620 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
| 21621 | |
| 21622 | (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ |
| 21623 | Mode for editing Gnus score files. |
| 21624 | This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. |
| 21625 | |
| 21626 | \\{gnus-score-mode-map} |
| 21627 | |
| 21628 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21629 | |
| 21630 | ;;;*** |
| 21631 | \f |
| 21632 | ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16213 |
| 21633 | ;;;;;; 43281)) |
| 21634 | ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el |
| 21635 | |
| 21636 | (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ |
| 21637 | Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. |
| 21638 | Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
| 21639 | \\{scribe-mode-map} |
| 21640 | |
| 21641 | Interesting variables: |
| 21642 | |
| 21643 | `scribe-fancy-paragraphs' |
| 21644 | Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. |
| 21645 | |
| 21646 | `scribe-electric-quote' |
| 21647 | Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. |
| 21648 | |
| 21649 | `scribe-electric-parenthesis' |
| 21650 | Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') |
| 21651 | automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form. |
| 21652 | |
| 21653 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21654 | |
| 21655 | ;;;*** |
| 21656 | \f |
| 21657 | ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" |
| 21658 | ;;;;;; (16213 43271)) |
| 21659 | ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el |
| 21660 | |
| 21661 | (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ |
| 21662 | Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled. |
| 21663 | See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 21664 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 21665 | use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") |
| 21666 | |
| 21667 | (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all") |
| 21668 | |
| 21669 | (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ |
| 21670 | Toggle Scroll-All minor mode. |
| 21671 | With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 21672 | When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window |
| 21673 | apply to all visible windows in the same frame. |
| 21674 | |
| 21675 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 21676 | |
| 21677 | ;;;*** |
| 21678 | \f |
| 21679 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists |
| 21680 | ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-citation-hook |
| 21681 | ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to |
| 21682 | ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function |
| 21683 | ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind |
| 21684 | ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" |
| 21685 | ;;;;;; (16954 46150)) |
| 21686 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
| 21687 | |
| 21688 | (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ |
| 21689 | *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. |
| 21690 | |
| 21691 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: |
| 21692 | king@grassland.com |
| 21693 | If `parens', they look like: |
| 21694 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) |
| 21695 | If `angles', they look like: |
| 21696 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> |
| 21697 | If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
| 21698 | derived from the envelope-from address. |
| 21699 | |
| 21700 | In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused |
| 21701 | Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' |
| 21702 | to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now |
| 21703 | controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") |
| 21704 | |
| 21705 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail") |
| 21706 | |
| 21707 | (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
| 21708 | *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
| 21709 | The value used to specify it is whatever is found in |
| 21710 | the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. |
| 21711 | |
| 21712 | On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a |
| 21713 | privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and |
| 21714 | smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the |
| 21715 | variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.") |
| 21716 | |
| 21717 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail") |
| 21718 | |
| 21719 | (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ |
| 21720 | *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. |
| 21721 | This is done when the message is initialized, |
| 21722 | so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") |
| 21723 | |
| 21724 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail") |
| 21725 | |
| 21726 | (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ |
| 21727 | *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. |
| 21728 | nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") |
| 21729 | |
| 21730 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail") |
| 21731 | |
| 21732 | (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\ |
| 21733 | *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") |
| 21734 | |
| 21735 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail") |
| 21736 | |
| 21737 | (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ |
| 21738 | Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. |
| 21739 | The headers should be delimited by a line which is |
| 21740 | not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, |
| 21741 | that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. |
| 21742 | This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also |
| 21743 | `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") |
| 21744 | |
| 21745 | (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail") |
| 21746 | |
| 21747 | (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ |
| 21748 | *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") |
| 21749 | |
| 21750 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail") |
| 21751 | |
| 21752 | (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ |
| 21753 | *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. |
| 21754 | This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") |
| 21755 | |
| 21756 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail") |
| 21757 | |
| 21758 | (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ |
| 21759 | *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. |
| 21760 | If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable |
| 21761 | when you first send mail.") |
| 21762 | |
| 21763 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail") |
| 21764 | |
| 21765 | (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ |
| 21766 | *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. |
| 21767 | This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different |
| 21768 | feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. |
| 21769 | This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") |
| 21770 | |
| 21771 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail") |
| 21772 | |
| 21773 | (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ |
| 21774 | *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. |
| 21775 | This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by |
| 21776 | the `Mail' or `mailx' program. |
| 21777 | This file need not actually exist.") |
| 21778 | |
| 21779 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail") |
| 21780 | |
| 21781 | (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\ |
| 21782 | *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. |
| 21783 | Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t), |
| 21784 | and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified. |
| 21785 | The hook functions can find the header of the cited message |
| 21786 | in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included |
| 21787 | in the cited portion of the message. |
| 21788 | |
| 21789 | If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken |
| 21790 | instead of no action.") |
| 21791 | |
| 21792 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail") |
| 21793 | |
| 21794 | (defvar mail-signature nil "\ |
| 21795 | *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. |
| 21796 | If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. |
| 21797 | If a string, that string is inserted. |
| 21798 | (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, |
| 21799 | which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) |
| 21800 | Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated |
| 21801 | and should insert whatever you want to insert.") |
| 21802 | |
| 21803 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail") |
| 21804 | |
| 21805 | (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\ |
| 21806 | *Directory for mail buffers. |
| 21807 | Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers. |
| 21808 | This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.") |
| 21809 | |
| 21810 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail") |
| 21811 | |
| 21812 | (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ |
| 21813 | Major mode for editing mail to be sent. |
| 21814 | Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: |
| 21815 | \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit |
| 21816 | Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
| 21817 | \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: |
| 21818 | \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: |
| 21819 | \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: |
| 21820 | \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To: |
| 21821 | \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To: |
| 21822 | \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). |
| 21823 | \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). |
| 21824 | \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). |
| 21825 | \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). |
| 21826 | \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). |
| 21827 | Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and |
| 21828 | `mail-mode-hook' (in that order). |
| 21829 | |
| 21830 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21831 | |
| 21832 | (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\ |
| 21833 | *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to. |
| 21834 | |
| 21835 | The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\" |
| 21836 | header when sending a message to a mailing list.") |
| 21837 | |
| 21838 | (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail") |
| 21839 | |
| 21840 | (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ |
| 21841 | *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. |
| 21842 | This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
| 21843 | and `default-sendmail-coding-system', |
| 21844 | but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. |
| 21845 | See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
| 21846 | |
| 21847 | (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ |
| 21848 | Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. |
| 21849 | This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. |
| 21850 | |
| 21851 | This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. |
| 21852 | User should not set this variable manually, |
| 21853 | instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding |
| 21854 | of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. |
| 21855 | See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
| 21856 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
| 21857 | |
| 21858 | (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ |
| 21859 | Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). |
| 21860 | When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. |
| 21861 | The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. |
| 21862 | |
| 21863 | Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the |
| 21864 | end; see the variable `mail-signature'. |
| 21865 | |
| 21866 | \\<mail-mode-map> |
| 21867 | While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. |
| 21868 | |
| 21869 | Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode |
| 21870 | to move to message header fields: |
| 21871 | \\{mail-mode-map} |
| 21872 | |
| 21873 | If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted |
| 21874 | when the message is initialized. |
| 21875 | |
| 21876 | If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); |
| 21877 | a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. |
| 21878 | |
| 21879 | If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name |
| 21880 | is inserted. |
| 21881 | |
| 21882 | The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is |
| 21883 | initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. |
| 21884 | |
| 21885 | When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says |
| 21886 | not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. |
| 21887 | |
| 21888 | The second through fifth arguments, |
| 21889 | TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil |
| 21890 | the initial contents of those header fields. |
| 21891 | These arguments should not have final newlines. |
| 21892 | The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an |
| 21893 | original message being replied to, or else an action |
| 21894 | of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. |
| 21895 | Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. |
| 21896 | The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take |
| 21897 | if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); |
| 21898 | when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. |
| 21899 | This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'. |
| 21900 | |
| 21901 | \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil) |
| 21902 | |
| 21903 | (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ |
| 21904 | Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window. |
| 21905 | |
| 21906 | \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil) |
| 21907 | |
| 21908 | (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ |
| 21909 | Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame. |
| 21910 | |
| 21911 | \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil) |
| 21912 | |
| 21913 | ;;;*** |
| 21914 | \f |
| 21915 | ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el" |
| 21916 | ;;;;;; (16908 33360)) |
| 21917 | ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
| 21918 | |
| 21919 | (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ |
| 21920 | Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. |
| 21921 | This starts a server communications subprocess through which |
| 21922 | client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. |
| 21923 | To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the |
| 21924 | Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". |
| 21925 | |
| 21926 | Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess. |
| 21927 | |
| 21928 | \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil) |
| 21929 | |
| 21930 | (defvar server-mode nil "\ |
| 21931 | Non-nil if Server mode is enabled. |
| 21932 | See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 21933 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 21934 | use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.") |
| 21935 | |
| 21936 | (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server") |
| 21937 | |
| 21938 | (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\ |
| 21939 | Toggle Server mode. |
| 21940 | With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
| 21941 | Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the |
| 21942 | `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'. |
| 21943 | |
| 21944 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 21945 | |
| 21946 | ;;;*** |
| 21947 | \f |
| 21948 | ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16923 3608)) |
| 21949 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el |
| 21950 | |
| 21951 | (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\ |
| 21952 | Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. |
| 21953 | See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info. |
| 21954 | |
| 21955 | Key definitions: |
| 21956 | \\{ses-mode-map} |
| 21957 | These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part): |
| 21958 | \\{ses-mode-print-map} |
| 21959 | These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula: |
| 21960 | \\{ses-mode-edit-map} |
| 21961 | |
| 21962 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21963 | |
| 21964 | ;;;*** |
| 21965 | \f |
| 21966 | ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" |
| 21967 | ;;;;;; (16942 52931)) |
| 21968 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
| 21969 | |
| 21970 | (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ |
| 21971 | Major mode for editing SGML documents. |
| 21972 | Makes > match <. |
| 21973 | Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on |
| 21974 | `sgml-quick-keys'. |
| 21975 | |
| 21976 | An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around |
| 21977 | the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, |
| 21978 | N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. |
| 21979 | |
| 21980 | If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in |
| 21981 | your `.emacs' file. |
| 21982 | |
| 21983 | Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. |
| 21984 | |
| 21985 | Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. |
| 21986 | Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. |
| 21987 | \\{sgml-mode-map} |
| 21988 | |
| 21989 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 21990 | |
| 21991 | (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode)) |
| 21992 | |
| 21993 | (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ |
| 21994 | Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. |
| 21995 | This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with |
| 21996 | completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use |
| 21997 | \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on |
| 21998 | which this is based. |
| 21999 | |
| 22000 | Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. |
| 22001 | |
| 22002 | To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most |
| 22003 | browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so |
| 22004 | you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you |
| 22005 | can also view with a browser to see what happens: |
| 22006 | |
| 22007 | <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can |
| 22008 | have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> |
| 22009 | <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. |
| 22010 | |
| 22011 | <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are |
| 22012 | ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as |
| 22013 | <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or |
| 22014 | Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. |
| 22015 | |
| 22016 | Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points |
| 22017 | to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a |
| 22018 | href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current |
| 22019 | directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. |
| 22020 | |
| 22021 | Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. |
| 22022 | |
| 22023 | If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be |
| 22024 | interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. |
| 22025 | To work around that, do: |
| 22026 | (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) |
| 22027 | |
| 22028 | \\{html-mode-map} |
| 22029 | |
| 22030 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22031 | |
| 22032 | ;;;*** |
| 22033 | \f |
| 22034 | ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" |
| 22035 | ;;;;;; (16878 27292)) |
| 22036 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
| 22037 | |
| 22038 | (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ |
| 22039 | Major mode for editing shell scripts. |
| 22040 | This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, |
| 22041 | as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. |
| 22042 | Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is |
| 22043 | assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. |
| 22044 | |
| 22045 | This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by |
| 22046 | means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This |
| 22047 | mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to |
| 22048 | shell-specific features. |
| 22049 | |
| 22050 | The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. |
| 22051 | The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The |
| 22052 | following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: |
| 22053 | |
| 22054 | \\[sh-case] case statement |
| 22055 | \\[sh-for] for loop |
| 22056 | \\[sh-function] function definition |
| 22057 | \\[sh-if] if statement |
| 22058 | \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n |
| 22059 | \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop |
| 22060 | \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop |
| 22061 | \\[sh-select] select loop |
| 22062 | \\[sh-until] until loop |
| 22063 | \\[sh-while] while loop |
| 22064 | |
| 22065 | For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
| 22066 | \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. |
| 22067 | \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. |
| 22068 | \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line |
| 22069 | would indent to the way it currently is. |
| 22070 | \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the |
| 22071 | buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
| 22072 | |
| 22073 | |
| 22074 | \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
| 22075 | \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. |
| 22076 | \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. |
| 22077 | \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. |
| 22078 | \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. |
| 22079 | \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. |
| 22080 | |
| 22081 | \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. |
| 22082 | {, (, [, ', \", ` |
| 22083 | Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. |
| 22084 | |
| 22085 | If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can |
| 22086 | set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly |
| 22087 | indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. |
| 22088 | |
| 22089 | If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] |
| 22090 | with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle. |
| 22091 | |
| 22092 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22093 | |
| 22094 | (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) |
| 22095 | |
| 22096 | ;;;*** |
| 22097 | \f |
| 22098 | ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 22099 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el |
| 22100 | |
| 22101 | (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\ |
| 22102 | Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object. |
| 22103 | OBJECT is either a string or a buffer. |
| 22104 | Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the |
| 22105 | hash of a portion of OBJECT. |
| 22106 | If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form. |
| 22107 | |
| 22108 | \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil) |
| 22109 | |
| 22110 | ;;;*** |
| 22111 | \f |
| 22112 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" |
| 22113 | ;;;;;; (16377 12872)) |
| 22114 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
| 22115 | |
| 22116 | (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ |
| 22117 | Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. |
| 22118 | |
| 22119 | This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the |
| 22120 | `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp |
| 22121 | files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a |
| 22122 | message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by |
| 22123 | the earlier. |
| 22124 | |
| 22125 | For example, suppose `load-path' is set to |
| 22126 | |
| 22127 | \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") |
| 22128 | |
| 22129 | and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then |
| 22130 | XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: |
| 22131 | \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. |
| 22132 | |
| 22133 | The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless |
| 22134 | the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). |
| 22135 | |
| 22136 | When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle |
| 22137 | problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the |
| 22138 | XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to |
| 22139 | 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed |
| 22140 | it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. |
| 22141 | Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX |
| 22142 | will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new |
| 22143 | emacs version). |
| 22144 | |
| 22145 | This function performs these checks and flags all possible |
| 22146 | shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc |
| 22147 | \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file |
| 22148 | XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is |
| 22149 | considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. |
| 22150 | |
| 22151 | When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a |
| 22152 | buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the |
| 22153 | \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'. |
| 22154 | |
| 22155 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22156 | |
| 22157 | ;;;*** |
| 22158 | \f |
| 22159 | ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group |
| 22160 | ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16768 |
| 22161 | ;;;;;; 48631)) |
| 22162 | ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el |
| 22163 | |
| 22164 | (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\ |
| 22165 | Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. |
| 22166 | This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from |
| 22167 | one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are |
| 22168 | defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy |
| 22169 | files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites |
| 22170 | in the cluster. |
| 22171 | |
| 22172 | \(fn NAME)" t nil) |
| 22173 | |
| 22174 | (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\ |
| 22175 | Declare a single file to be shared between sites. |
| 22176 | It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the |
| 22177 | new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be |
| 22178 | specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster'). |
| 22179 | |
| 22180 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22181 | |
| 22182 | (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\ |
| 22183 | Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. |
| 22184 | Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list |
| 22185 | of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all |
| 22186 | hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). |
| 22187 | Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see |
| 22188 | `shadow-define-cluster'). |
| 22189 | |
| 22190 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22191 | |
| 22192 | (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\ |
| 22193 | Set up file shadowing. |
| 22194 | |
| 22195 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22196 | |
| 22197 | ;;;*** |
| 22198 | \f |
| 22199 | ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" |
| 22200 | ;;;;;; (16377 12872)) |
| 22201 | ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
| 22202 | |
| 22203 | (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ |
| 22204 | Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and |
| 22205 | don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that |
| 22206 | match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the |
| 22207 | shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell |
| 22208 | arguments.") |
| 22209 | |
| 22210 | (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell") |
| 22211 | |
| 22212 | (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ |
| 22213 | Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). |
| 22214 | Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. |
| 22215 | If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. |
| 22216 | If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. |
| 22217 | Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', |
| 22218 | or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, |
| 22219 | or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. |
| 22220 | If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input |
| 22221 | (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell |
| 22222 | discards input when it starts up.) |
| 22223 | The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input |
| 22224 | and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. |
| 22225 | See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. |
| 22226 | |
| 22227 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 22228 | in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 22229 | before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 22230 | in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. |
| 22231 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 22232 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 22233 | |
| 22234 | The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name |
| 22235 | such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, |
| 22236 | its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. |
| 22237 | Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. |
| 22238 | |
| 22239 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 22240 | |
| 22241 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 22242 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") |
| 22243 | |
| 22244 | ;;;*** |
| 22245 | \f |
| 22246 | ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage) |
| 22247 | ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 22248 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el |
| 22249 | |
| 22250 | (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\ |
| 22251 | Not documented |
| 22252 | |
| 22253 | \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil) |
| 22254 | |
| 22255 | (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\ |
| 22256 | Not documented |
| 22257 | |
| 22258 | \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil) |
| 22259 | |
| 22260 | (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\ |
| 22261 | Not documented |
| 22262 | |
| 22263 | \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil) |
| 22264 | |
| 22265 | ;;;*** |
| 22266 | \f |
| 22267 | ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" |
| 22268 | ;;;;;; (16697 49031)) |
| 22269 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el |
| 22270 | |
| 22271 | (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\ |
| 22272 | Major mode for editing Sieve code. |
| 22273 | This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap |
| 22274 | inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing |
| 22275 | indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. |
| 22276 | |
| 22277 | Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'. |
| 22278 | |
| 22279 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22280 | |
| 22281 | ;;;*** |
| 22282 | \f |
| 22283 | ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16858 |
| 22284 | ;;;;;; 50937)) |
| 22285 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
| 22286 | |
| 22287 | (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ |
| 22288 | Major mode for editing SIMULA code. |
| 22289 | \\{simula-mode-map} |
| 22290 | Variables controlling indentation style: |
| 22291 | `simula-tab-always-indent' |
| 22292 | Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, |
| 22293 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. |
| 22294 | `simula-indent-level' |
| 22295 | Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. |
| 22296 | `simula-substatement-offset' |
| 22297 | Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. |
| 22298 | `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3 |
| 22299 | Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, |
| 22300 | e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- |
| 22301 | line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation |
| 22302 | with respect to the previous line of the statement. |
| 22303 | `simula-label-offset' -4711 |
| 22304 | Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. |
| 22305 | `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0) |
| 22306 | Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. |
| 22307 | Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr |
| 22308 | extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. |
| 22309 | `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0) |
| 22310 | Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the |
| 22311 | corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is |
| 22312 | extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. |
| 22313 | `simula-electric-indent' nil |
| 22314 | If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' |
| 22315 | will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. |
| 22316 | `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase |
| 22317 | Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of |
| 22318 | the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', |
| 22319 | or nil if they should not be changed. |
| 22320 | `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table |
| 22321 | Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be |
| 22322 | expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', |
| 22323 | (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. |
| 22324 | |
| 22325 | Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook |
| 22326 | with no arguments, if that value is non-nil. |
| 22327 | |
| 22328 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22329 | |
| 22330 | ;;;*** |
| 22331 | \f |
| 22332 | ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new |
| 22333 | ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 22334 | ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
| 22335 | |
| 22336 | (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ |
| 22337 | Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") |
| 22338 | |
| 22339 | (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ |
| 22340 | Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. |
| 22341 | DOCUMENTATION is that of the command. |
| 22342 | SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'. |
| 22343 | |
| 22344 | \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 22345 | |
| 22346 | (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ |
| 22347 | Insert SKELETON. |
| 22348 | Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). |
| 22349 | If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending |
| 22350 | on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. |
| 22351 | This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in |
| 22352 | \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). |
| 22353 | |
| 22354 | Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value |
| 22355 | of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored. |
| 22356 | |
| 22357 | \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil) |
| 22358 | |
| 22359 | (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ |
| 22360 | Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. |
| 22361 | |
| 22362 | With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point |
| 22363 | \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. |
| 22364 | If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first |
| 22365 | REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. |
| 22366 | |
| 22367 | An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked |
| 22368 | points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in |
| 22369 | alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. |
| 22370 | But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. |
| 22371 | |
| 22372 | The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the |
| 22373 | variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the |
| 22374 | interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. |
| 22375 | |
| 22376 | SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if |
| 22377 | not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. |
| 22378 | |
| 22379 | If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also |
| 22380 | `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: |
| 22381 | |
| 22382 | \\n go to next line and indent according to mode |
| 22383 | _ interesting point, interregion here |
| 22384 | - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides |
| 22385 | interesting point set by _ |
| 22386 | > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode |
| 22387 | @ add position to `skeleton-positions' |
| 22388 | & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point |
| 22389 | | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point |
| 22390 | -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') |
| 22391 | resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled |
| 22392 | nil skipped |
| 22393 | |
| 22394 | After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of - |
| 22395 | or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text. |
| 22396 | |
| 22397 | Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may |
| 22398 | itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for |
| 22399 | different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a |
| 22400 | non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but |
| 22401 | continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such |
| 22402 | a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is |
| 22403 | formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of |
| 22404 | strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. |
| 22405 | |
| 22406 | Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. |
| 22407 | Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. |
| 22408 | Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an |
| 22409 | endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them |
| 22410 | to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are |
| 22411 | available: |
| 22412 | |
| 22413 | str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR |
| 22414 | then: insert previously read string once more |
| 22415 | help help-form during interaction with the user or nil |
| 22416 | input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str |
| 22417 | v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want |
| 22418 | |
| 22419 | When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call |
| 22420 | `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil. |
| 22421 | |
| 22422 | \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil) |
| 22423 | |
| 22424 | (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ |
| 22425 | Insert the character you type ARG times. |
| 22426 | |
| 22427 | With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region |
| 22428 | is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. |
| 22429 | Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a |
| 22430 | word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. |
| 22431 | Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character |
| 22432 | such as backslash. |
| 22433 | |
| 22434 | If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else |
| 22435 | the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the |
| 22436 | symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others. |
| 22437 | |
| 22438 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 22439 | |
| 22440 | ;;;*** |
| 22441 | \f |
| 22442 | ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" |
| 22443 | ;;;;;; (16534 3808)) |
| 22444 | ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
| 22445 | |
| 22446 | (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\ |
| 22447 | Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts. |
| 22448 | NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the |
| 22449 | buffer names. |
| 22450 | |
| 22451 | \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil) |
| 22452 | |
| 22453 | (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ |
| 22454 | Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. |
| 22455 | \\{smerge-mode-map} |
| 22456 | |
| 22457 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 22458 | |
| 22459 | ;;;*** |
| 22460 | \f |
| 22461 | ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" |
| 22462 | ;;;;;; (16912 31021)) |
| 22463 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el |
| 22464 | |
| 22465 | (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\ |
| 22466 | Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images. |
| 22467 | A list of images is returned. |
| 22468 | |
| 22469 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 22470 | |
| 22471 | (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\ |
| 22472 | Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or |
| 22473 | interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer |
| 22474 | |
| 22475 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 22476 | |
| 22477 | ;;;*** |
| 22478 | \f |
| 22479 | ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" |
| 22480 | ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16908 33362)) |
| 22481 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
| 22482 | |
| 22483 | (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\ |
| 22484 | Not documented |
| 22485 | |
| 22486 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 22487 | |
| 22488 | (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\ |
| 22489 | Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'. |
| 22490 | |
| 22491 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22492 | |
| 22493 | ;;;*** |
| 22494 | \f |
| 22495 | ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 22496 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
| 22497 | |
| 22498 | (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ |
| 22499 | Play the Snake game. |
| 22500 | Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. |
| 22501 | |
| 22502 | Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. |
| 22503 | |
| 22504 | Snake mode keybindings: |
| 22505 | \\<snake-mode-map> |
| 22506 | \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake |
| 22507 | \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game |
| 22508 | \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game |
| 22509 | \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left |
| 22510 | \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right |
| 22511 | \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up |
| 22512 | \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down |
| 22513 | |
| 22514 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22515 | |
| 22516 | ;;;*** |
| 22517 | \f |
| 22518 | ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
| 22519 | ;;;;;; (16858 50931)) |
| 22520 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
| 22521 | |
| 22522 | (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ |
| 22523 | Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. |
| 22524 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. |
| 22525 | Tab indents for C code. |
| 22526 | Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. |
| 22527 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 22528 | \\{snmp-mode-map} |
| 22529 | Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then |
| 22530 | `snmp-mode-hook'. |
| 22531 | |
| 22532 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22533 | |
| 22534 | (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ |
| 22535 | Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. |
| 22536 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. |
| 22537 | Tab indents for C code. |
| 22538 | Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. |
| 22539 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 22540 | \\{snmp-mode-map} |
| 22541 | Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', |
| 22542 | then `snmpv2-mode-hook'. |
| 22543 | |
| 22544 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22545 | |
| 22546 | ;;;*** |
| 22547 | \f |
| 22548 | ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name |
| 22549 | ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) |
| 22550 | ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16213 43272)) |
| 22551 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el |
| 22552 | |
| 22553 | (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ |
| 22554 | *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. |
| 22555 | |
| 22556 | A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords |
| 22557 | `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, |
| 22558 | and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. |
| 22559 | |
| 22560 | For example, the form |
| 22561 | |
| 22562 | '(24-hours \":\" minutes |
| 22563 | (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) |
| 22564 | |
| 22565 | would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") |
| 22566 | |
| 22567 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar") |
| 22568 | |
| 22569 | (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ |
| 22570 | *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. |
| 22571 | |
| 22572 | The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is |
| 22573 | sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value |
| 22574 | can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New |
| 22575 | York City. |
| 22576 | |
| 22577 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") |
| 22578 | |
| 22579 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar") |
| 22580 | |
| 22581 | (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ |
| 22582 | *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. |
| 22583 | |
| 22584 | The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is |
| 22585 | sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value |
| 22586 | can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New |
| 22587 | York City. |
| 22588 | |
| 22589 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") |
| 22590 | |
| 22591 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar") |
| 22592 | |
| 22593 | (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ |
| 22594 | *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. |
| 22595 | For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude |
| 22596 | pair. |
| 22597 | |
| 22598 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") |
| 22599 | |
| 22600 | (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar") |
| 22601 | |
| 22602 | (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ |
| 22603 | Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. |
| 22604 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. |
| 22605 | |
| 22606 | If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, |
| 22607 | latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. |
| 22608 | |
| 22609 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file. |
| 22610 | |
| 22611 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 22612 | |
| 22613 | (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ |
| 22614 | *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. |
| 22615 | Requires floating point. |
| 22616 | |
| 22617 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 22618 | |
| 22619 | ;;;*** |
| 22620 | \f |
| 22621 | ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16213 |
| 22622 | ;;;;;; 43281)) |
| 22623 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
| 22624 | |
| 22625 | (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ |
| 22626 | Play Solitaire. |
| 22627 | |
| 22628 | To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. |
| 22629 | \\<solitaire-mode-map> |
| 22630 | Move around the board using the cursor keys. |
| 22631 | Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. |
| 22632 | Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. |
| 22633 | Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. |
| 22634 | \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically |
| 22635 | check after each move or undo) |
| 22636 | |
| 22637 | What is Solitaire? |
| 22638 | |
| 22639 | I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and |
| 22640 | its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: |
| 22641 | Initially, the board will look similar to this: |
| 22642 | |
| 22643 | Le Solitaire |
| 22644 | ============ |
| 22645 | |
| 22646 | o o o |
| 22647 | |
| 22648 | o o o |
| 22649 | |
| 22650 | o o o o o o o |
| 22651 | |
| 22652 | o o o . o o o |
| 22653 | |
| 22654 | o o o o o o o |
| 22655 | |
| 22656 | o o o |
| 22657 | |
| 22658 | o o o |
| 22659 | |
| 22660 | Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one |
| 22661 | hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The |
| 22662 | aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last |
| 22663 | one in the middle of the board if you're cool. |
| 22664 | |
| 22665 | A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole |
| 22666 | after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either |
| 22667 | horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like |
| 22668 | this: o o . |
| 22669 | |
| 22670 | Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, |
| 22671 | which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o |
| 22672 | |
| 22673 | That's all. Here's the board after two moves: |
| 22674 | |
| 22675 | o o o |
| 22676 | |
| 22677 | . o o |
| 22678 | |
| 22679 | o o . o o o o |
| 22680 | |
| 22681 | o . o o o o o |
| 22682 | |
| 22683 | o o o o o o o |
| 22684 | |
| 22685 | o o o |
| 22686 | |
| 22687 | o o o |
| 22688 | |
| 22689 | Pick your favourite shortcuts: |
| 22690 | |
| 22691 | \\{solitaire-mode-map} |
| 22692 | |
| 22693 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 22694 | |
| 22695 | ;;;*** |
| 22696 | \f |
| 22697 | ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields |
| 22698 | ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs |
| 22699 | ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16460 18645)) |
| 22700 | ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
| 22701 | |
| 22702 | (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ |
| 22703 | General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. |
| 22704 | |
| 22705 | We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces |
| 22706 | called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of |
| 22707 | it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the |
| 22708 | buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be |
| 22709 | contiguous. |
| 22710 | |
| 22711 | Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. |
| 22712 | If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. |
| 22713 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22714 | the sort order. |
| 22715 | |
| 22716 | The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point |
| 22717 | across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. |
| 22718 | |
| 22719 | NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. |
| 22720 | It moves point to the start of the next record. |
| 22721 | It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. |
| 22722 | The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr |
| 22723 | is called. |
| 22724 | |
| 22725 | ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. |
| 22726 | It should move point to the end of the record. |
| 22727 | |
| 22728 | STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. |
| 22729 | It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or |
| 22730 | else the key is the substring between the values of point after |
| 22731 | STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key |
| 22732 | starts at the beginning of the record. |
| 22733 | |
| 22734 | ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. |
| 22735 | ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the |
| 22736 | same as ENDRECFUN. |
| 22737 | |
| 22738 | PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers, |
| 22739 | it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'. |
| 22740 | |
| 22741 | \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil) |
| 22742 | |
| 22743 | (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ |
| 22744 | Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. |
| 22745 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: |
| 22746 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). |
| 22747 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22748 | the sort order. |
| 22749 | |
| 22750 | \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22751 | |
| 22752 | (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ |
| 22753 | Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. |
| 22754 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: |
| 22755 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). |
| 22756 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22757 | the sort order. |
| 22758 | |
| 22759 | \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22760 | |
| 22761 | (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ |
| 22762 | Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. |
| 22763 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: |
| 22764 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). |
| 22765 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22766 | the sort order. |
| 22767 | |
| 22768 | \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22769 | |
| 22770 | (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ |
| 22771 | Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. |
| 22772 | Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. |
| 22773 | Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
| 22774 | which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. |
| 22775 | Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. |
| 22776 | With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
| 22777 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: |
| 22778 | FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. |
| 22779 | |
| 22780 | \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22781 | |
| 22782 | (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ |
| 22783 | Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. |
| 22784 | Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. |
| 22785 | With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
| 22786 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: |
| 22787 | FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. |
| 22788 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22789 | the sort order. |
| 22790 | |
| 22791 | \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22792 | |
| 22793 | (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ |
| 22794 | Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. |
| 22795 | RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. |
| 22796 | For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" |
| 22797 | KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) |
| 22798 | is to be used for sorting. |
| 22799 | If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from |
| 22800 | RECORD-REGEXP is used. |
| 22801 | If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. |
| 22802 | Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. |
| 22803 | If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. |
| 22804 | |
| 22805 | With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. |
| 22806 | |
| 22807 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22808 | the sort order. |
| 22809 | |
| 22810 | For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line |
| 22811 | starting with the letter \"f\", |
| 22812 | RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\" |
| 22813 | |
| 22814 | \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22815 | |
| 22816 | (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ |
| 22817 | Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. |
| 22818 | For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes |
| 22819 | the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. |
| 22820 | The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. |
| 22821 | A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. |
| 22822 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
| 22823 | the sort order. |
| 22824 | |
| 22825 | Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, |
| 22826 | because tabs could be split across the specified columns |
| 22827 | and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, |
| 22828 | it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. |
| 22829 | Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting. |
| 22830 | |
| 22831 | \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22832 | |
| 22833 | (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ |
| 22834 | Reverse the order of lines in a region. |
| 22835 | From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END. |
| 22836 | |
| 22837 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 22838 | |
| 22839 | ;;;*** |
| 22840 | \f |
| 22841 | ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (16908 |
| 22842 | ;;;;;; 33362)) |
| 22843 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el |
| 22844 | |
| 22845 | (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\ |
| 22846 | Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization |
| 22847 | |
| 22848 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22849 | |
| 22850 | ;;;*** |
| 22851 | \f |
| 22852 | ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" |
| 22853 | ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16931 6984)) |
| 22854 | ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
| 22855 | |
| 22856 | (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) |
| 22857 | |
| 22858 | (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ |
| 22859 | Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. |
| 22860 | nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in |
| 22861 | `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is |
| 22862 | supported at a time. |
| 22863 | `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. |
| 22864 | `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted. |
| 22865 | |
| 22866 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 22867 | |
| 22868 | (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ |
| 22869 | Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. |
| 22870 | If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is |
| 22871 | selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame. |
| 22872 | |
| 22873 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22874 | |
| 22875 | ;;;*** |
| 22876 | \f |
| 22877 | ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) |
| 22878 | ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16213 43284)) |
| 22879 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
| 22880 | |
| 22881 | (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) |
| 22882 | |
| 22883 | (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ |
| 22884 | Check spelling of every word in the buffer. |
| 22885 | For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling |
| 22886 | and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. |
| 22887 | If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word |
| 22888 | as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped. |
| 22889 | |
| 22890 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22891 | |
| 22892 | (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ |
| 22893 | Check spelling of word at or before point. |
| 22894 | If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling |
| 22895 | and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it. |
| 22896 | |
| 22897 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22898 | |
| 22899 | (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ |
| 22900 | Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. |
| 22901 | Used in a program, applies from START to END. |
| 22902 | DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: |
| 22903 | for example, \"word\". |
| 22904 | |
| 22905 | \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil) |
| 22906 | |
| 22907 | (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ |
| 22908 | Check spelling of string supplied as argument. |
| 22909 | |
| 22910 | \(fn STRING)" t nil) |
| 22911 | |
| 22912 | ;;;*** |
| 22913 | \f |
| 22914 | ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16213 |
| 22915 | ;;;;;; 43281)) |
| 22916 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
| 22917 | |
| 22918 | (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ |
| 22919 | Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail. |
| 22920 | |
| 22921 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22922 | |
| 22923 | (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ |
| 22924 | Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'. |
| 22925 | |
| 22926 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 22927 | |
| 22928 | ;;;*** |
| 22929 | \f |
| 22930 | ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres |
| 22931 | ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix |
| 22932 | ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help |
| 22933 | ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16908 |
| 22934 | ;;;;;; 33362)) |
| 22935 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
| 22936 | |
| 22937 | (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\ |
| 22938 | Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT. |
| 22939 | |
| 22940 | PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as |
| 22941 | `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable |
| 22942 | `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning |
| 22943 | of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is |
| 22944 | `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list. |
| 22945 | If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end |
| 22946 | of the current highlighting list. |
| 22947 | |
| 22948 | For example: |
| 22949 | |
| 22950 | (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms |
| 22951 | '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face))) |
| 22952 | |
| 22953 | adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in |
| 22954 | `_t' as data types. |
| 22955 | |
| 22956 | \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil) |
| 22957 | |
| 22958 | (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ |
| 22959 | Show short help for the SQL modes. |
| 22960 | |
| 22961 | Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is |
| 22962 | usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. |
| 22963 | |
| 22964 | Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: |
| 22965 | |
| 22966 | PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] |
| 22967 | MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] |
| 22968 | SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite] |
| 22969 | |
| 22970 | Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: |
| 22971 | |
| 22972 | Solid: \\[sql-solid] |
| 22973 | Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] |
| 22974 | Informix: \\[sql-informix] |
| 22975 | Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] |
| 22976 | Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] |
| 22977 | Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] |
| 22978 | DB2: \\[sql-db2] |
| 22979 | Interbase: \\[sql-interbase] |
| 22980 | Linter: \\[sql-linter] |
| 22981 | |
| 22982 | But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. |
| 22983 | |
| 22984 | Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the |
| 22985 | buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt |
| 22986 | is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions |
| 22987 | that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. |
| 22988 | |
| 22989 | If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a |
| 22990 | procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in |
| 22991 | `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be |
| 22992 | anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. |
| 22993 | |
| 22994 | In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire |
| 22995 | buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are |
| 22996 | appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer. |
| 22997 | |
| 22998 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 22999 | |
| 23000 | (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ |
| 23001 | Major mode to edit SQL. |
| 23002 | |
| 23003 | You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using |
| 23004 | \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. |
| 23005 | See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. |
| 23006 | |
| 23007 | \\{sql-mode-map} |
| 23008 | Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
| 23009 | |
| 23010 | When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi |
| 23011 | buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This |
| 23012 | will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this |
| 23013 | SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to |
| 23014 | determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the |
| 23015 | value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. |
| 23016 | |
| 23017 | For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see |
| 23018 | `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23019 | |
| 23020 | Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify |
| 23021 | one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, |
| 23022 | you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file: |
| 23023 | |
| 23024 | \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook |
| 23025 | (lambda () |
| 23026 | (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table))) |
| 23027 | |
| 23028 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23029 | |
| 23030 | (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\ |
| 23031 | Run product interpreter as an inferior process. |
| 23032 | |
| 23033 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23034 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23035 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23036 | |
| 23037 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23038 | |
| 23039 | \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil) |
| 23040 | |
| 23041 | (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
| 23042 | Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. |
| 23043 | |
| 23044 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23045 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23046 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23047 | |
| 23048 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses |
| 23049 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as |
| 23050 | defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in |
| 23051 | the list `sql-oracle-options'. |
| 23052 | |
| 23053 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23054 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23055 | |
| 23056 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23057 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23058 | before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23059 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23060 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23061 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23062 | |
| 23063 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23064 | |
| 23065 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23066 | |
| 23067 | (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ |
| 23068 | Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. |
| 23069 | |
| 23070 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23071 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23072 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23073 | |
| 23074 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses |
| 23075 | the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and |
| 23076 | `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
| 23077 | can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. |
| 23078 | |
| 23079 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23080 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23081 | |
| 23082 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23083 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23084 | before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23085 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23086 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23087 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23088 | |
| 23089 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23090 | |
| 23091 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23092 | |
| 23093 | (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ |
| 23094 | Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. |
| 23095 | |
| 23096 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23097 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23098 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23099 | |
| 23100 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses |
| 23101 | the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. |
| 23102 | |
| 23103 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23104 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23105 | |
| 23106 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23107 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23108 | before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23109 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23110 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23111 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23112 | |
| 23113 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23114 | |
| 23115 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23116 | |
| 23117 | (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\ |
| 23118 | Run sqlite as an inferior process. |
| 23119 | |
| 23120 | SQLite is free software. |
| 23121 | |
| 23122 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23123 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23124 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23125 | |
| 23126 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses |
| 23127 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and |
| 23128 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
| 23129 | can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'. |
| 23130 | |
| 23131 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23132 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23133 | |
| 23134 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23135 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23136 | before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23137 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23138 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23139 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23140 | |
| 23141 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23142 | |
| 23143 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23144 | |
| 23145 | (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ |
| 23146 | Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. |
| 23147 | |
| 23148 | Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software. |
| 23149 | |
| 23150 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23151 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23152 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23153 | |
| 23154 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses |
| 23155 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and |
| 23156 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
| 23157 | can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. |
| 23158 | |
| 23159 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23160 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23161 | |
| 23162 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23163 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23164 | before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23165 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23166 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23167 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23168 | |
| 23169 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23170 | |
| 23171 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23172 | |
| 23173 | (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ |
| 23174 | Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. |
| 23175 | |
| 23176 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23177 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23178 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23179 | |
| 23180 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses |
| 23181 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as |
| 23182 | defaults, if set. |
| 23183 | |
| 23184 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23185 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23186 | |
| 23187 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23188 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23189 | before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23190 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23191 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23192 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23193 | |
| 23194 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23195 | |
| 23196 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23197 | |
| 23198 | (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ |
| 23199 | Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. |
| 23200 | |
| 23201 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23202 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23203 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23204 | |
| 23205 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses |
| 23206 | the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. |
| 23207 | |
| 23208 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23209 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23210 | |
| 23211 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23212 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23213 | before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23214 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23215 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23216 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23217 | |
| 23218 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23219 | |
| 23220 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23221 | |
| 23222 | (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ |
| 23223 | Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process. |
| 23224 | |
| 23225 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23226 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23227 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23228 | |
| 23229 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the |
| 23230 | variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' |
| 23231 | as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored |
| 23232 | in the list `sql-ms-options'. |
| 23233 | |
| 23234 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23235 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23236 | |
| 23237 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23238 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23239 | before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23240 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23241 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23242 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23243 | |
| 23244 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23245 | |
| 23246 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23247 | |
| 23248 | (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
| 23249 | Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. |
| 23250 | |
| 23251 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23252 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23253 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23254 | |
| 23255 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses |
| 23256 | the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. |
| 23257 | Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list |
| 23258 | `sql-postgres-options'. |
| 23259 | |
| 23260 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23261 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23262 | |
| 23263 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23264 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23265 | before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23266 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23267 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23268 | `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
| 23269 | your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
| 23270 | Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: |
| 23271 | |
| 23272 | \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions |
| 23273 | '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) |
| 23274 | |
| 23275 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23276 | |
| 23277 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23278 | |
| 23279 | (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\ |
| 23280 | Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. |
| 23281 | |
| 23282 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23283 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23284 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23285 | |
| 23286 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login |
| 23287 | uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as |
| 23288 | defaults, if set. |
| 23289 | |
| 23290 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23291 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23292 | |
| 23293 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23294 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23295 | before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23296 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23297 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23298 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23299 | |
| 23300 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23301 | |
| 23302 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23303 | |
| 23304 | (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\ |
| 23305 | Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. |
| 23306 | |
| 23307 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23308 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23309 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23310 | |
| 23311 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not |
| 23312 | automatic login. |
| 23313 | |
| 23314 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23315 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23316 | |
| 23317 | If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to |
| 23318 | db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set |
| 23319 | `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after |
| 23320 | advice. See the elisp manual for more information. |
| 23321 | |
| 23322 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters |
| 23323 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] |
| 23324 | before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] |
| 23325 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. |
| 23326 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and |
| 23327 | `default-process-coding-system'. |
| 23328 | |
| 23329 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23330 | |
| 23331 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23332 | |
| 23333 | (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\ |
| 23334 | Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process. |
| 23335 | |
| 23336 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. |
| 23337 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer |
| 23338 | `*SQL*'. |
| 23339 | |
| 23340 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'. |
| 23341 | Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and |
| 23342 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
| 23343 | can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on |
| 23344 | parameters. |
| 23345 | |
| 23346 | `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for |
| 23347 | local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the |
| 23348 | `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run |
| 23349 | for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use |
| 23350 | an empty password. |
| 23351 | |
| 23352 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending |
| 23353 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. |
| 23354 | |
| 23355 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.) |
| 23356 | |
| 23357 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23358 | |
| 23359 | ;;;*** |
| 23360 | \f |
| 23361 | ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer |
| 23362 | ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes |
| 23363 | ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke |
| 23364 | ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke |
| 23365 | ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16768 |
| 23366 | ;;;;;; 48632)) |
| 23367 | ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
| 23368 | |
| 23369 | (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23370 | Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. |
| 23371 | Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. |
| 23372 | COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE |
| 23373 | is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the |
| 23374 | documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function. |
| 23375 | |
| 23376 | See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. |
| 23377 | |
| 23378 | \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil) |
| 23379 | |
| 23380 | (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23381 | Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. |
| 23382 | Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. |
| 23383 | This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being |
| 23384 | entered in the strokes buffer if the variable |
| 23385 | `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. |
| 23386 | Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke |
| 23387 | |
| 23388 | \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil) |
| 23389 | |
| 23390 | (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23391 | Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. |
| 23392 | Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. |
| 23393 | Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This |
| 23394 | is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and |
| 23395 | then complete the stroke with button 3. |
| 23396 | Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke |
| 23397 | |
| 23398 | \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil) |
| 23399 | |
| 23400 | (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23401 | Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command. |
| 23402 | This must be bound to a mouse event. |
| 23403 | |
| 23404 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 23405 | |
| 23406 | (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23407 | Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command. |
| 23408 | This must be bound to a mouse event. |
| 23409 | |
| 23410 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 23411 | |
| 23412 | (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23413 | Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively. |
| 23414 | |
| 23415 | \(fn STROKE)" t nil) |
| 23416 | |
| 23417 | (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ |
| 23418 | Get instruction on using the `strokes' package. |
| 23419 | |
| 23420 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23421 | |
| 23422 | (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
| 23423 | Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'. |
| 23424 | |
| 23425 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23426 | |
| 23427 | (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
| 23428 | Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. |
| 23429 | With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes |
| 23430 | chronologically by command name. |
| 23431 | If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead. |
| 23432 | |
| 23433 | \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil) |
| 23434 | |
| 23435 | (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ |
| 23436 | Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled. |
| 23437 | See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 23438 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 23439 | use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.") |
| 23440 | |
| 23441 | (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes") |
| 23442 | |
| 23443 | (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ |
| 23444 | Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map> |
| 23445 | With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 23446 | Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands. |
| 23447 | Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define |
| 23448 | new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also |
| 23449 | \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes. |
| 23450 | |
| 23451 | To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use |
| 23452 | \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them. |
| 23453 | Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer], |
| 23454 | \\[strokes-decode-buffer]. |
| 23455 | |
| 23456 | \\{strokes-mode-map} |
| 23457 | |
| 23458 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 23459 | |
| 23460 | (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ |
| 23461 | Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. |
| 23462 | Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. |
| 23463 | Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status. |
| 23464 | |
| 23465 | \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil) |
| 23466 | |
| 23467 | (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ |
| 23468 | Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer. |
| 23469 | |
| 23470 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23471 | |
| 23472 | ;;;*** |
| 23473 | \f |
| 23474 | ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region) |
| 23475 | ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 23476 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el |
| 23477 | |
| 23478 | (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ |
| 23479 | Studlify-case the region. |
| 23480 | |
| 23481 | \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil) |
| 23482 | |
| 23483 | (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ |
| 23484 | Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument. |
| 23485 | |
| 23486 | \(fn COUNT)" t nil) |
| 23487 | |
| 23488 | (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\ |
| 23489 | Studlify-case the current buffer. |
| 23490 | |
| 23491 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23492 | |
| 23493 | ;;;*** |
| 23494 | \f |
| 23495 | ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" |
| 23496 | ;;;;;; (16830 50349)) |
| 23497 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
| 23498 | |
| 23499 | (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ |
| 23500 | Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. |
| 23501 | This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply |
| 23502 | function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated |
| 23503 | info node `(SC)Top' for more details. |
| 23504 | `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the |
| 23505 | original message but it does require a few things: |
| 23506 | |
| 23507 | 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. |
| 23508 | |
| 23509 | 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the |
| 23510 | reply buffer. |
| 23511 | |
| 23512 | 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been |
| 23513 | inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the |
| 23514 | original message. |
| 23515 | |
| 23516 | 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. |
| 23517 | |
| 23518 | 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. |
| 23519 | |
| 23520 | For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't |
| 23521 | when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run |
| 23522 | before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function. |
| 23523 | |
| 23524 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 23525 | |
| 23526 | ;;;*** |
| 23527 | \f |
| 23528 | ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16213 |
| 23529 | ;;;;;; 43273)) |
| 23530 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el |
| 23531 | |
| 23532 | (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\ |
| 23533 | Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS. |
| 23534 | The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that |
| 23535 | the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon. |
| 23536 | Point is at POS when this function returns. |
| 23537 | |
| 23538 | \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil) |
| 23539 | |
| 23540 | ;;;*** |
| 23541 | \f |
| 23542 | ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 23543 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
| 23544 | |
| 23545 | (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ |
| 23546 | Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. |
| 23547 | Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments |
| 23548 | START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. |
| 23549 | The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops. |
| 23550 | |
| 23551 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 23552 | |
| 23553 | (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ |
| 23554 | Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. |
| 23555 | A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs |
| 23556 | when this can be done without changing the column they end at. |
| 23557 | Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments |
| 23558 | START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. |
| 23559 | The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops. |
| 23560 | |
| 23561 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 23562 | |
| 23563 | ;;;*** |
| 23564 | \f |
| 23565 | ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column |
| 23566 | ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source |
| 23567 | ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column |
| 23568 | ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell |
| 23569 | ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically |
| 23570 | ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell |
| 23571 | ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell |
| 23572 | ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table |
| 23573 | ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize |
| 23574 | ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column |
| 23575 | ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook |
| 23576 | ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook) |
| 23577 | ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16958 58759)) |
| 23578 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el |
| 23579 | |
| 23580 | (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\ |
| 23581 | *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'. |
| 23582 | User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.") |
| 23583 | |
| 23584 | (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table") |
| 23585 | |
| 23586 | (defvar table-load-hook nil "\ |
| 23587 | *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.") |
| 23588 | |
| 23589 | (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table") |
| 23590 | |
| 23591 | (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\ |
| 23592 | *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.") |
| 23593 | |
| 23594 | (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table") |
| 23595 | |
| 23596 | (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\ |
| 23597 | *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.") |
| 23598 | |
| 23599 | (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table") |
| 23600 | |
| 23601 | (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\ |
| 23602 | Insert an editable text table. |
| 23603 | Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional |
| 23604 | parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each |
| 23605 | cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size |
| 23606 | is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size |
| 23607 | for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is |
| 23608 | entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters |
| 23609 | delimiting them. |
| 23610 | |
| 23611 | Examples: |
| 23612 | |
| 23613 | \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location. |
| 23614 | |
| 23615 | Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the |
| 23616 | location of point. |
| 23617 | |
| 23618 | -!- |
| 23619 | |
| 23620 | Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table |
| 23621 | specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows, |
| 23622 | 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next |
| 23623 | table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the |
| 23624 | first cell. |
| 23625 | |
| 23626 | +-----+-----+-----+ |
| 23627 | |-!- | | | |
| 23628 | +-----+-----+-----+ |
| 23629 | |
| 23630 | Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map> |
| 23631 | |
| 23632 | M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character |
| 23633 | width, which results as |
| 23634 | |
| 23635 | +--------------+-----+-----+ |
| 23636 | |-!- | | | |
| 23637 | +--------------+-----+-----+ |
| 23638 | |
| 23639 | Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing |
| 23640 | TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this: |
| 23641 | |
| 23642 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23643 | | | |-!- | |
| 23644 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23645 | |
| 23646 | If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation, |
| 23647 | what you could have done better was to have had given the complete |
| 23648 | width information to `table-insert'. |
| 23649 | |
| 23650 | Cell width(s): 14 6 32 |
| 23651 | |
| 23652 | instead of |
| 23653 | |
| 23654 | Cell width(s): 5 |
| 23655 | |
| 23656 | This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment |
| 23657 | work all together. |
| 23658 | |
| 23659 | If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the |
| 23660 | first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line. |
| 23661 | |
| 23662 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23663 | |-!- | | | |
| 23664 | | | | | |
| 23665 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23666 | |
| 23667 | Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row. |
| 23668 | |
| 23669 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23670 | |-!- | | | |
| 23671 | | | | | |
| 23672 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23673 | | | | | |
| 23674 | | | | | |
| 23675 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23676 | |
| 23677 | Move the point under the table as shown below. |
| 23678 | |
| 23679 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23680 | | | | | |
| 23681 | | | | | |
| 23682 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23683 | | | | | |
| 23684 | | | | | |
| 23685 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23686 | -!- |
| 23687 | |
| 23688 | Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work |
| 23689 | when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at |
| 23690 | outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end. |
| 23691 | |
| 23692 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23693 | | | | | |
| 23694 | | | | | |
| 23695 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23696 | | | | | |
| 23697 | | | | | |
| 23698 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23699 | |-!- | | | |
| 23700 | | | | | |
| 23701 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23702 | |
| 23703 | Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected |
| 23704 | results. |
| 23705 | |
| 23706 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23707 | | | | | |
| 23708 | | | | | |
| 23709 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23710 | | | |Text editing inside the table | |
| 23711 | | | |cell produces reasonably | |
| 23712 | | | |expected results.-!- | |
| 23713 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23714 | | | | | |
| 23715 | | | | | |
| 23716 | +--------------+------+--------------------------------+ |
| 23717 | |
| 23718 | Inside a table cell has a special keymap. |
| 23719 | |
| 23720 | \\{table-cell-map} |
| 23721 | |
| 23722 | \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil) |
| 23723 | |
| 23724 | (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\ |
| 23725 | Insert N table row(s). |
| 23726 | When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above |
| 23727 | the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below |
| 23728 | the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s) |
| 23729 | are appended at the bottom of the table. |
| 23730 | |
| 23731 | \(fn N)" t nil) |
| 23732 | |
| 23733 | (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\ |
| 23734 | Insert N table column(s). |
| 23735 | When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left |
| 23736 | of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be |
| 23737 | right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly |
| 23738 | created column(s) are appended at the right of the table. |
| 23739 | |
| 23740 | \(fn N)" t nil) |
| 23741 | |
| 23742 | (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\ |
| 23743 | Insert row(s) or column(s). |
| 23744 | See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'. |
| 23745 | |
| 23746 | \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil) |
| 23747 | |
| 23748 | (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\ |
| 23749 | Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them. |
| 23750 | Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the |
| 23751 | optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the |
| 23752 | buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses |
| 23753 | all the table specific features. |
| 23754 | |
| 23755 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 23756 | |
| 23757 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\ |
| 23758 | Not documented |
| 23759 | |
| 23760 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23761 | |
| 23762 | (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\ |
| 23763 | Recognize all tables within region. |
| 23764 | BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric |
| 23765 | prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become |
| 23766 | inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table |
| 23767 | specific features. |
| 23768 | |
| 23769 | \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 23770 | |
| 23771 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\ |
| 23772 | Not documented |
| 23773 | |
| 23774 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 23775 | |
| 23776 | (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\ |
| 23777 | Recognize a table at point. |
| 23778 | If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table |
| 23779 | becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all |
| 23780 | the table specific features. |
| 23781 | |
| 23782 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 23783 | |
| 23784 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\ |
| 23785 | Not documented |
| 23786 | |
| 23787 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23788 | |
| 23789 | (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23790 | Recognize a table cell that contains current point. |
| 23791 | Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The |
| 23792 | optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and |
| 23793 | must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG |
| 23794 | is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes |
| 23795 | plain text and loses all the table specific features. |
| 23796 | |
| 23797 | \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil) |
| 23798 | |
| 23799 | (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23800 | Not documented |
| 23801 | |
| 23802 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23803 | |
| 23804 | (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23805 | Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically. |
| 23806 | Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current |
| 23807 | cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also |
| 23808 | heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The |
| 23809 | optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be |
| 23810 | specified. |
| 23811 | |
| 23812 | \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil) |
| 23813 | |
| 23814 | (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23815 | Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically. |
| 23816 | Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell |
| 23817 | and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell |
| 23818 | must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This |
| 23819 | is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current |
| 23820 | one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular |
| 23821 | table structure. |
| 23822 | |
| 23823 | \(fn N)" t nil) |
| 23824 | |
| 23825 | (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23826 | Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally. |
| 23827 | Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the |
| 23828 | table's rectangle structure. |
| 23829 | |
| 23830 | \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil) |
| 23831 | |
| 23832 | (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23833 | Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally. |
| 23834 | Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the |
| 23835 | table's rectangle structure. |
| 23836 | |
| 23837 | \(fn N)" t nil) |
| 23838 | |
| 23839 | (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23840 | Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell. |
| 23841 | With argument ARG, do it ARG times; |
| 23842 | a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells. |
| 23843 | Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only. |
| 23844 | |
| 23845 | Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases) |
| 23846 | |
| 23847 | You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press |
| 23848 | \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press |
| 23849 | \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key. |
| 23850 | |
| 23851 | +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+ |
| 23852 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 | |
| 23853 | +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+ |
| 23854 | |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 | |
| 23855 | | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+ |
| 23856 | | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 | |
| 23857 | +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+ |
| 23858 | |
| 23859 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ |
| 23860 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |
| 23861 | | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+ |
| 23862 | +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 | |
| 23863 | |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+ |
| 23864 | | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 | |
| 23865 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ |
| 23866 | |
| 23867 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+ |
| 23868 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |
| 23869 | | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ | |
| 23870 | | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+ |
| 23871 | +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 | |
| 23872 | |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | | |
| 23873 | | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ |
| 23874 | +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ |
| 23875 | |
| 23876 | \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil) |
| 23877 | |
| 23878 | (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23879 | Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell. |
| 23880 | With argument ARG, do it ARG times; |
| 23881 | a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells. |
| 23882 | |
| 23883 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 23884 | |
| 23885 | (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23886 | Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION. |
| 23887 | DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below. |
| 23888 | |
| 23889 | \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil) |
| 23890 | |
| 23891 | (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\ |
| 23892 | Split current cell vertically. |
| 23893 | Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location. |
| 23894 | |
| 23895 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23896 | |
| 23897 | (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\ |
| 23898 | Split current cell horizontally. |
| 23899 | Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location. |
| 23900 | |
| 23901 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 23902 | |
| 23903 | (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23904 | Split current cell in ORIENTATION. |
| 23905 | ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically. |
| 23906 | |
| 23907 | \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil) |
| 23908 | |
| 23909 | (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\ |
| 23910 | Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells. |
| 23911 | WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, |
| 23912 | 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none. |
| 23913 | |
| 23914 | \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil) |
| 23915 | |
| 23916 | (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\ |
| 23917 | Justify cell contents. |
| 23918 | JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top, |
| 23919 | 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is |
| 23920 | non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph, |
| 23921 | otherwise the entire cell contents is justified. |
| 23922 | |
| 23923 | \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil) |
| 23924 | |
| 23925 | (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\ |
| 23926 | Justify cells of a row. |
| 23927 | JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top, |
| 23928 | 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. |
| 23929 | |
| 23930 | \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil) |
| 23931 | |
| 23932 | (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\ |
| 23933 | Justify cells of a column. |
| 23934 | JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top, |
| 23935 | 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. |
| 23936 | |
| 23937 | \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil) |
| 23938 | |
| 23939 | (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\ |
| 23940 | Toggle fixing width mode. |
| 23941 | In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell |
| 23942 | width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in |
| 23943 | order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines. |
| 23944 | |
| 23945 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 23946 | |
| 23947 | (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\ |
| 23948 | Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table. |
| 23949 | The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell |
| 23950 | width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table |
| 23951 | height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells |
| 23952 | is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell |
| 23953 | frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns |
| 23954 | and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore |
| 23955 | the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with |
| 23956 | non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional |
| 23957 | WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported. |
| 23958 | |
| 23959 | \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil) |
| 23960 | |
| 23961 | (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\ |
| 23962 | Generate source of the current table in the specified language. |
| 23963 | LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the |
| 23964 | structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals. |
| 23965 | The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer |
| 23966 | object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default |
| 23967 | buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case |
| 23968 | the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation. |
| 23969 | When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination |
| 23970 | buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the |
| 23971 | generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination |
| 23972 | buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are |
| 23973 | untouched. |
| 23974 | |
| 23975 | References used for this implementation: |
| 23976 | |
| 23977 | HTML: |
| 23978 | http://www.w3.org |
| 23979 | |
| 23980 | LaTeX: |
| 23981 | http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html |
| 23982 | |
| 23983 | CALS (DocBook DTD): |
| 23984 | http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm |
| 23985 | http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751 |
| 23986 | |
| 23987 | \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil) |
| 23988 | |
| 23989 | (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\ |
| 23990 | Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell. |
| 23991 | STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an |
| 23992 | empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with |
| 23993 | numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of |
| 23994 | parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the |
| 23995 | last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the |
| 23996 | number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell |
| 23997 | traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward |
| 23998 | entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence |
| 23999 | elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing. |
| 24000 | INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element |
| 24001 | insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for |
| 24002 | INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence |
| 24003 | is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell |
| 24004 | structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or |
| 24005 | 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string. |
| 24006 | |
| 24007 | Example: |
| 24008 | |
| 24009 | (progn |
| 24010 | (table-insert 16 3 5 1) |
| 24011 | (table-forward-cell 15) |
| 24012 | (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center) |
| 24013 | (table-forward-cell 16) |
| 24014 | (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center) |
| 24015 | (table-forward-cell 1) |
| 24016 | (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center)) |
| 24017 | |
| 24018 | (progn |
| 24019 | (table-insert 16 8 5 1) |
| 24020 | (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right) |
| 24021 | (table-forward-cell 1) |
| 24022 | (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left)) |
| 24023 | |
| 24024 | \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil) |
| 24025 | |
| 24026 | (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\ |
| 24027 | Delete N row(s) of cells. |
| 24028 | Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row |
| 24029 | contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must |
| 24030 | consists from cells of same height. |
| 24031 | |
| 24032 | \(fn N)" t nil) |
| 24033 | |
| 24034 | (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\ |
| 24035 | Delete N column(s) of cells. |
| 24036 | Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is |
| 24037 | the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each |
| 24038 | column must consists from cells of same width. |
| 24039 | |
| 24040 | \(fn N)" t nil) |
| 24041 | |
| 24042 | (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\ |
| 24043 | Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region. |
| 24044 | Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END |
| 24045 | specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table. |
| 24046 | The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional |
| 24047 | COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents |
| 24048 | is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the |
| 24049 | delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of |
| 24050 | columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and |
| 24051 | ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and |
| 24052 | the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY |
| 24053 | is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell |
| 24054 | justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell |
| 24055 | width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when |
| 24056 | ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified. |
| 24057 | |
| 24058 | |
| 24059 | Example 1: |
| 24060 | |
| 24061 | 1, 2, 3, 4 |
| 24062 | 5, 6, 7, 8 |
| 24063 | , 9, 10 |
| 24064 | |
| 24065 | Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP |
| 24066 | \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In |
| 24067 | this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is |
| 24068 | specified as 5. |
| 24069 | |
| 24070 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ |
| 24071 | | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | |
| 24072 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ |
| 24073 | | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | |
| 24074 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ |
| 24075 | | | 9 | 10 | | |
| 24076 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ |
| 24077 | |
| 24078 | Note: |
| 24079 | |
| 24080 | In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert' |
| 24081 | in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end |
| 24082 | of each row is optional. |
| 24083 | |
| 24084 | |
| 24085 | Example 2: |
| 24086 | |
| 24087 | This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing. |
| 24088 | Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from |
| 24089 | -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item |
| 24090 | name headers. This time specify empty string for both |
| 24091 | COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP. |
| 24092 | |
| 24093 | -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power |
| 24094 | requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
| 24095 | |
| 24096 | Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
| 24097 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
| 24098 | expression, it parses the specified text |
| 24099 | area and extracts cell items from |
| 24100 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
| 24101 | of them. |
| 24102 | |
| 24103 | Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
| 24104 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
| 24105 | the specified region is placed in that |
| 24106 | cell.-*- |
| 24107 | |
| 24108 | Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table |
| 24109 | like this. |
| 24110 | |
| 24111 | +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ |
| 24112 | |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power| |
| 24113 | |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | |
| 24114 | | | |
| 24115 | |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular | |
| 24116 | | expression and raw delimiter regular | |
| 24117 | | expression, it parses the specified text | |
| 24118 | | area and extracts cell items from | |
| 24119 | | non-table text and then forms a table out | |
| 24120 | | of them. | |
| 24121 | | | |
| 24122 | |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it | |
| 24123 | | creates a single cell table. The text in | |
| 24124 | | the specified region is placed in that | |
| 24125 | | cell. | |
| 24126 | +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ |
| 24127 | |
| 24128 | By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of |
| 24129 | paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited |
| 24130 | independently. |
| 24131 | |
| 24132 | +-----------------------------------------------------------------+ |
| 24133 | |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power| |
| 24134 | |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. | |
| 24135 | +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ |
| 24136 | |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular | |
| 24137 | | |expression and raw delimiter regular | |
| 24138 | | |expression, it parses the specified text | |
| 24139 | | |area and extracts cell items from | |
| 24140 | | |non-table text and then forms a table out | |
| 24141 | | |of them. | |
| 24142 | +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ |
| 24143 | |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it | |
| 24144 | | |creates a single cell table. The text in | |
| 24145 | | |the specified region is placed in that | |
| 24146 | | |cell. | |
| 24147 | +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+ |
| 24148 | |
| 24149 | By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the |
| 24150 | contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as |
| 24151 | companion command to `table-capture' this way. |
| 24152 | |
| 24153 | \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil) |
| 24154 | |
| 24155 | (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\ |
| 24156 | Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table. |
| 24157 | Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command |
| 24158 | converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to |
| 24159 | `table-capture' which does the opposite process. |
| 24160 | |
| 24161 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24162 | |
| 24163 | ;;;*** |
| 24164 | \f |
| 24165 | ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 24166 | ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
| 24167 | |
| 24168 | (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ |
| 24169 | Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group. |
| 24170 | |
| 24171 | \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 24172 | |
| 24173 | ;;;*** |
| 24174 | \f |
| 24175 | ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16954 46150)) |
| 24176 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
| 24177 | |
| 24178 | (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ |
| 24179 | Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. |
| 24180 | You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. |
| 24181 | Letters no longer insert themselves. |
| 24182 | Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; |
| 24183 | or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. |
| 24184 | Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. |
| 24185 | |
| 24186 | If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and |
| 24187 | save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be |
| 24188 | saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file |
| 24189 | inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. |
| 24190 | |
| 24191 | See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. |
| 24192 | \\{tar-mode-map} |
| 24193 | |
| 24194 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24195 | |
| 24196 | ;;;*** |
| 24197 | \f |
| 24198 | ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
| 24199 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16808 48570)) |
| 24200 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
| 24201 | |
| 24202 | (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ |
| 24203 | Major mode for editing Tcl code. |
| 24204 | Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. |
| 24205 | Tab indents for Tcl code. |
| 24206 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. |
| 24207 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. |
| 24208 | |
| 24209 | Variables controlling indentation style: |
| 24210 | `tcl-indent-level' |
| 24211 | Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. |
| 24212 | `tcl-continued-indent-level' |
| 24213 | Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. |
| 24214 | |
| 24215 | Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable |
| 24216 | documentation for details): |
| 24217 | `tcl-tab-always-indent' |
| 24218 | Controls action of TAB key. |
| 24219 | `tcl-auto-newline' |
| 24220 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, |
| 24221 | and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. |
| 24222 | `tcl-use-smart-word-finder' |
| 24223 | If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current |
| 24224 | word when looking up help on a Tcl command. |
| 24225 | |
| 24226 | Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for |
| 24227 | `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions |
| 24228 | already exist. |
| 24229 | |
| 24230 | Commands: |
| 24231 | \\{tcl-mode-map} |
| 24232 | |
| 24233 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24234 | |
| 24235 | (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ |
| 24236 | Run inferior Tcl process. |
| 24237 | Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. |
| 24238 | See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information. |
| 24239 | |
| 24240 | \(fn CMD)" t nil) |
| 24241 | |
| 24242 | (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ |
| 24243 | Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. |
| 24244 | Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'. |
| 24245 | |
| 24246 | \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 24247 | |
| 24248 | ;;;*** |
| 24249 | \f |
| 24250 | ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16548 34615)) |
| 24251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el |
| 24252 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
| 24253 | |
| 24254 | (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ |
| 24255 | Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). |
| 24256 | Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to. |
| 24257 | Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number. |
| 24258 | |
| 24259 | Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' |
| 24260 | where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program |
| 24261 | is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', |
| 24262 | falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. |
| 24263 | Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time. |
| 24264 | |
| 24265 | \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil) |
| 24266 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") |
| 24267 | |
| 24268 | (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ |
| 24269 | Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). |
| 24270 | Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. |
| 24271 | Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time. |
| 24272 | |
| 24273 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 24274 | |
| 24275 | ;;;*** |
| 24276 | \f |
| 24277 | ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16829 |
| 24278 | ;;;;;; 43426)) |
| 24279 | ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
| 24280 | |
| 24281 | (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ |
| 24282 | Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. |
| 24283 | The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. |
| 24284 | If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. |
| 24285 | Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to |
| 24286 | the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM. |
| 24287 | |
| 24288 | \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil) |
| 24289 | |
| 24290 | (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ |
| 24291 | Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer. |
| 24292 | The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the |
| 24293 | commands to use in that buffer. |
| 24294 | |
| 24295 | \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer. |
| 24296 | |
| 24297 | \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil) |
| 24298 | |
| 24299 | (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ |
| 24300 | Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer. |
| 24301 | |
| 24302 | \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil) |
| 24303 | |
| 24304 | ;;;*** |
| 24305 | \f |
| 24306 | ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16698 |
| 24307 | ;;;;;; 21926)) |
| 24308 | ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
| 24309 | |
| 24310 | (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ |
| 24311 | Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. |
| 24312 | ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. |
| 24313 | BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, |
| 24314 | and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that |
| 24315 | program as keyboard input. |
| 24316 | |
| 24317 | Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS |
| 24318 | are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. |
| 24319 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window |
| 24320 | -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. |
| 24321 | |
| 24322 | To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands |
| 24323 | to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), |
| 24324 | type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. |
| 24325 | Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. |
| 24326 | This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. |
| 24327 | |
| 24328 | `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. |
| 24329 | |
| 24330 | Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour |
| 24331 | of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: |
| 24332 | terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, |
| 24333 | terminal-redisplay-interval. |
| 24334 | |
| 24335 | This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists |
| 24336 | and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the |
| 24337 | subprocess started. |
| 24338 | |
| 24339 | \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil) |
| 24340 | |
| 24341 | ;;;*** |
| 24342 | \f |
| 24343 | ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" |
| 24344 | ;;;;;; (16635 35907)) |
| 24345 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el |
| 24346 | |
| 24347 | (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\ |
| 24348 | Start coverage on function under point. |
| 24349 | |
| 24350 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24351 | |
| 24352 | ;;;*** |
| 24353 | \f |
| 24354 | ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 24355 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
| 24356 | |
| 24357 | (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ |
| 24358 | Play the Tetris game. |
| 24359 | Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and |
| 24360 | rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so |
| 24361 | as to form complete rows. |
| 24362 | |
| 24363 | tetris-mode keybindings: |
| 24364 | \\<tetris-mode-map> |
| 24365 | \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris |
| 24366 | \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game |
| 24367 | \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game |
| 24368 | \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left |
| 24369 | \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right |
| 24370 | \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise |
| 24371 | \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise |
| 24372 | \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area |
| 24373 | |
| 24374 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24375 | |
| 24376 | ;;;*** |
| 24377 | \f |
| 24378 | ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode |
| 24379 | ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode |
| 24380 | ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command |
| 24381 | ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names |
| 24382 | ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command |
| 24383 | ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp |
| 24384 | ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" |
| 24385 | ;;;;;; (16958 58759)) |
| 24386 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
| 24387 | |
| 24388 | (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ |
| 24389 | *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") |
| 24390 | |
| 24391 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode") |
| 24392 | |
| 24393 | (defvar tex-directory "." "\ |
| 24394 | *Directory in which temporary files are written. |
| 24395 | You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it |
| 24396 | and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are |
| 24397 | `\\input' commands with relative directories.") |
| 24398 | |
| 24399 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode") |
| 24400 | |
| 24401 | (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ |
| 24402 | Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. |
| 24403 | If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; |
| 24404 | if it matches the first line of the file, |
| 24405 | `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") |
| 24406 | |
| 24407 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode") |
| 24408 | |
| 24409 | (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ |
| 24410 | *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. |
| 24411 | The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' |
| 24412 | if the variable is non-nil.") |
| 24413 | |
| 24414 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode") |
| 24415 | |
| 24416 | (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ |
| 24417 | *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") |
| 24418 | |
| 24419 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode") |
| 24420 | |
| 24421 | (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ |
| 24422 | *Command used to run TeX subjob. |
| 24423 | TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. |
| 24424 | See the documentation of that variable.") |
| 24425 | |
| 24426 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24427 | |
| 24428 | (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ |
| 24429 | *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. |
| 24430 | LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. |
| 24431 | See the documentation of that variable.") |
| 24432 | |
| 24433 | (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24434 | |
| 24435 | (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ |
| 24436 | *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. |
| 24437 | SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. |
| 24438 | See the documentation of that variable.") |
| 24439 | |
| 24440 | (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24441 | |
| 24442 | (defvar tex-start-options "" "\ |
| 24443 | *TeX options to use when starting TeX. |
| 24444 | These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands' |
| 24445 | and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted. |
| 24446 | If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.") |
| 24447 | |
| 24448 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode") |
| 24449 | |
| 24450 | (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ |
| 24451 | *TeX commands to use when starting TeX. |
| 24452 | They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space. |
| 24453 | If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.") |
| 24454 | |
| 24455 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode") |
| 24456 | |
| 24457 | (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ |
| 24458 | *User defined LaTeX block names. |
| 24459 | Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") |
| 24460 | |
| 24461 | (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode") |
| 24462 | |
| 24463 | (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ |
| 24464 | *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. |
| 24465 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; |
| 24466 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") |
| 24467 | |
| 24468 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24469 | |
| 24470 | (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ |
| 24471 | *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. |
| 24472 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; |
| 24473 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") |
| 24474 | |
| 24475 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24476 | |
| 24477 | (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ |
| 24478 | *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. |
| 24479 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; |
| 24480 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. |
| 24481 | |
| 24482 | If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable |
| 24483 | `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; |
| 24484 | for example, |
| 24485 | |
| 24486 | (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command |
| 24487 | '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) |
| 24488 | |
| 24489 | would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to |
| 24490 | use.") |
| 24491 | |
| 24492 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24493 | |
| 24494 | (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\ |
| 24495 | *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. |
| 24496 | If it is a string, that specifies the command directly. |
| 24497 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; |
| 24498 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end. |
| 24499 | |
| 24500 | If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.") |
| 24501 | |
| 24502 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24503 | |
| 24504 | (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ |
| 24505 | *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. |
| 24506 | Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") |
| 24507 | |
| 24508 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode") |
| 24509 | |
| 24510 | (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
| 24511 | *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
| 24512 | This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file |
| 24513 | is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. |
| 24514 | Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") |
| 24515 | |
| 24516 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode") |
| 24517 | |
| 24518 | (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ |
| 24519 | *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") |
| 24520 | |
| 24521 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode") |
| 24522 | |
| 24523 | (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ |
| 24524 | *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") |
| 24525 | |
| 24526 | (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode") |
| 24527 | |
| 24528 | (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ |
| 24529 | Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. |
| 24530 | Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether |
| 24531 | this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', |
| 24532 | `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, |
| 24533 | such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' |
| 24534 | says which mode to use. |
| 24535 | |
| 24536 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24537 | |
| 24538 | (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) |
| 24539 | |
| 24540 | (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) |
| 24541 | |
| 24542 | (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) |
| 24543 | |
| 24544 | (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ |
| 24545 | Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. |
| 24546 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. |
| 24547 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, |
| 24548 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. |
| 24549 | |
| 24550 | Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" |
| 24551 | copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), |
| 24552 | running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. |
| 24553 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. |
| 24554 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. |
| 24555 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. |
| 24556 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. |
| 24557 | |
| 24558 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing |
| 24559 | mismatched $'s or braces. |
| 24560 | |
| 24561 | Special commands: |
| 24562 | \\{plain-tex-mode-map} |
| 24563 | |
| 24564 | Mode variables: |
| 24565 | tex-run-command |
| 24566 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. |
| 24567 | tex-directory |
| 24568 | Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs |
| 24569 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. |
| 24570 | tex-dvi-print-command |
| 24571 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. |
| 24572 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command |
| 24573 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix |
| 24574 | argument) to print a .dvi file. |
| 24575 | tex-dvi-view-command |
| 24576 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. |
| 24577 | tex-show-queue-command |
| 24578 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print |
| 24579 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. |
| 24580 | |
| 24581 | Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook |
| 24582 | `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the |
| 24583 | special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run. |
| 24584 | |
| 24585 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24586 | |
| 24587 | (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ |
| 24588 | Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. |
| 24589 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. |
| 24590 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, |
| 24591 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. |
| 24592 | |
| 24593 | Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble |
| 24594 | copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), |
| 24595 | running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. |
| 24596 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. |
| 24597 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. |
| 24598 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. |
| 24599 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. |
| 24600 | |
| 24601 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing |
| 24602 | mismatched $'s or braces. |
| 24603 | |
| 24604 | Special commands: |
| 24605 | \\{latex-mode-map} |
| 24606 | |
| 24607 | Mode variables: |
| 24608 | latex-run-command |
| 24609 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. |
| 24610 | tex-directory |
| 24611 | Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs |
| 24612 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. |
| 24613 | tex-dvi-print-command |
| 24614 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. |
| 24615 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command |
| 24616 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix |
| 24617 | argument) to print a .dvi file. |
| 24618 | tex-dvi-view-command |
| 24619 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. |
| 24620 | tex-show-queue-command |
| 24621 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print |
| 24622 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. |
| 24623 | |
| 24624 | Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then |
| 24625 | `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special |
| 24626 | subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run. |
| 24627 | |
| 24628 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24629 | |
| 24630 | (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ |
| 24631 | Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. |
| 24632 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. |
| 24633 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, |
| 24634 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. |
| 24635 | |
| 24636 | Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble |
| 24637 | copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), |
| 24638 | running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. |
| 24639 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. |
| 24640 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. |
| 24641 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. |
| 24642 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. |
| 24643 | |
| 24644 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing |
| 24645 | mismatched $'s or braces. |
| 24646 | |
| 24647 | Special commands: |
| 24648 | \\{slitex-mode-map} |
| 24649 | |
| 24650 | Mode variables: |
| 24651 | slitex-run-command |
| 24652 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. |
| 24653 | tex-directory |
| 24654 | Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs |
| 24655 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. |
| 24656 | tex-dvi-print-command |
| 24657 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. |
| 24658 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command |
| 24659 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix |
| 24660 | argument) to print a .dvi file. |
| 24661 | tex-dvi-view-command |
| 24662 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. |
| 24663 | tex-show-queue-command |
| 24664 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print |
| 24665 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. |
| 24666 | |
| 24667 | Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook |
| 24668 | `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook |
| 24669 | `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook |
| 24670 | `tex-shell-hook' is run. |
| 24671 | |
| 24672 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24673 | |
| 24674 | (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\ |
| 24675 | Not documented |
| 24676 | |
| 24677 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 24678 | |
| 24679 | (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ |
| 24680 | Major mode to edit DocTeX files. |
| 24681 | |
| 24682 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24683 | |
| 24684 | ;;;*** |
| 24685 | \f |
| 24686 | ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) |
| 24687 | ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16939 44105)) |
| 24688 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
| 24689 | |
| 24690 | (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ |
| 24691 | Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. |
| 24692 | The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file |
| 24693 | name specified in the @setfilename command. |
| 24694 | |
| 24695 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table |
| 24696 | and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and |
| 24697 | Info-split to do these manually. |
| 24698 | |
| 24699 | \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil) |
| 24700 | |
| 24701 | (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ |
| 24702 | Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. |
| 24703 | This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. |
| 24704 | The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is |
| 24705 | converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer. |
| 24706 | |
| 24707 | \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil) |
| 24708 | |
| 24709 | (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ |
| 24710 | Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. |
| 24711 | The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file |
| 24712 | names specified in the @setfilename command. |
| 24713 | |
| 24714 | This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and |
| 24715 | creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that |
| 24716 | is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original |
| 24717 | Texinfo source buffer is not changed. |
| 24718 | |
| 24719 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file |
| 24720 | if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually. |
| 24721 | |
| 24722 | \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil) |
| 24723 | |
| 24724 | ;;;*** |
| 24725 | \f |
| 24726 | ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) |
| 24727 | ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16858 50941)) |
| 24728 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
| 24729 | |
| 24730 | (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ |
| 24731 | *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") |
| 24732 | |
| 24733 | (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo") |
| 24734 | |
| 24735 | (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ |
| 24736 | *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") |
| 24737 | |
| 24738 | (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo") |
| 24739 | |
| 24740 | (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ |
| 24741 | Major mode for editing Texinfo files. |
| 24742 | |
| 24743 | It has these extra commands: |
| 24744 | \\{texinfo-mode-map} |
| 24745 | |
| 24746 | These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals |
| 24747 | and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or |
| 24748 | the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and |
| 24749 | modified version of TeX input format. |
| 24750 | |
| 24751 | Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is |
| 24752 | set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see |
| 24753 | what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, |
| 24754 | use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. |
| 24755 | |
| 24756 | You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. |
| 24757 | This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the |
| 24758 | lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. |
| 24759 | These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. |
| 24760 | In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and |
| 24761 | use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot |
| 24762 | in the Texinfo file. |
| 24763 | |
| 24764 | In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various |
| 24765 | frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these |
| 24766 | commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with |
| 24767 | \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to |
| 24768 | move forward past the closing brace. |
| 24769 | |
| 24770 | Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or |
| 24771 | updating menus and node pointers. These functions |
| 24772 | |
| 24773 | * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, |
| 24774 | * insert or update the menu for a section, and |
| 24775 | * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. |
| 24776 | |
| 24777 | Here are the functions: |
| 24778 | |
| 24779 | texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] |
| 24780 | texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] |
| 24781 | texinfo-sequential-node-update |
| 24782 | |
| 24783 | texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] |
| 24784 | texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] |
| 24785 | texinfo-master-menu |
| 24786 | |
| 24787 | texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) |
| 24788 | |
| 24789 | The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to |
| 24790 | which menu descriptions are indented. |
| 24791 | |
| 24792 | Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the |
| 24793 | `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs |
| 24794 | in the region. |
| 24795 | |
| 24796 | To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file |
| 24797 | hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the |
| 24798 | Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an |
| 24799 | `@chapter' or `@section' line. |
| 24800 | |
| 24801 | If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and |
| 24802 | be the first node in the file. |
| 24803 | |
| 24804 | Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
| 24805 | value of `texinfo-mode-hook'. |
| 24806 | |
| 24807 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24808 | |
| 24809 | ;;;*** |
| 24810 | \f |
| 24811 | ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function |
| 24812 | ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string |
| 24813 | ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" |
| 24814 | ;;;;;; (16954 46150)) |
| 24815 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
| 24816 | |
| 24817 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ |
| 24818 | Compose Thai characters in the region. |
| 24819 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, |
| 24820 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region. |
| 24821 | |
| 24822 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 24823 | |
| 24824 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ |
| 24825 | Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string. |
| 24826 | |
| 24827 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 24828 | |
| 24829 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ |
| 24830 | Compose Thai characters in the current buffer. |
| 24831 | |
| 24832 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24833 | |
| 24834 | (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\ |
| 24835 | Not documented |
| 24836 | |
| 24837 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 24838 | |
| 24839 | (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
| 24840 | Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. |
| 24841 | The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. |
| 24842 | Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text |
| 24843 | to compose. |
| 24844 | |
| 24845 | The return value is number of composed characters. |
| 24846 | |
| 24847 | \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) |
| 24848 | |
| 24849 | (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\ |
| 24850 | Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition. |
| 24851 | |
| 24852 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 24853 | |
| 24854 | ;;;*** |
| 24855 | \f |
| 24856 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
| 24857 | ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) |
| 24858 | ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 24859 | ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
| 24860 | |
| 24861 | (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24862 | Move forward to the end of the next THING. |
| 24863 | |
| 24864 | \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil) |
| 24865 | |
| 24866 | (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24867 | Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. |
| 24868 | THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. |
| 24869 | Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', |
| 24870 | `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. |
| 24871 | |
| 24872 | See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define |
| 24873 | a symbol as a valid THING. |
| 24874 | |
| 24875 | The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions |
| 24876 | of the textual entity that was found. |
| 24877 | |
| 24878 | \(fn THING)" nil nil) |
| 24879 | |
| 24880 | (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24881 | Return the THING at point. |
| 24882 | THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. |
| 24883 | Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', |
| 24884 | `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. |
| 24885 | |
| 24886 | See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define |
| 24887 | a symbol as a valid THING. |
| 24888 | |
| 24889 | \(fn THING)" nil nil) |
| 24890 | |
| 24891 | (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24892 | Not documented |
| 24893 | |
| 24894 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 24895 | |
| 24896 | (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24897 | Not documented |
| 24898 | |
| 24899 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 24900 | |
| 24901 | (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24902 | Not documented |
| 24903 | |
| 24904 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 24905 | |
| 24906 | (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ |
| 24907 | Not documented |
| 24908 | |
| 24909 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 24910 | |
| 24911 | ;;;*** |
| 24912 | \f |
| 24913 | ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked |
| 24914 | ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el" |
| 24915 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 24916 | ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el |
| 24917 | |
| 24918 | (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\ |
| 24919 | Display the thumbnail for IMG. |
| 24920 | |
| 24921 | \(fn IMG)" t nil) |
| 24922 | |
| 24923 | (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\ |
| 24924 | Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR. |
| 24925 | Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp, |
| 24926 | and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window. |
| 24927 | |
| 24928 | \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil) |
| 24929 | |
| 24930 | (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\ |
| 24931 | In Dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files. |
| 24932 | |
| 24933 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24934 | |
| 24935 | (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\ |
| 24936 | In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory. |
| 24937 | |
| 24938 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24939 | |
| 24940 | (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir)) |
| 24941 | |
| 24942 | (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\ |
| 24943 | In dired, Call the setroot program on the image at point. |
| 24944 | |
| 24945 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 24946 | |
| 24947 | ;;;*** |
| 24948 | \f |
| 24949 | ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion |
| 24950 | ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer |
| 24951 | ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region |
| 24952 | ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan |
| 24953 | ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" |
| 24954 | ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 24955 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
| 24956 | |
| 24957 | (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24958 | Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
| 24959 | Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil. |
| 24960 | |
| 24961 | \(fn CH)" nil nil) |
| 24962 | |
| 24963 | (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24964 | Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string. |
| 24965 | |
| 24966 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 24967 | |
| 24968 | (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24969 | Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. |
| 24970 | The returned string has no composition information. |
| 24971 | |
| 24972 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 24973 | |
| 24974 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24975 | Compose Tibetan string STR. |
| 24976 | |
| 24977 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 24978 | |
| 24979 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24980 | Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END. |
| 24981 | |
| 24982 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 24983 | |
| 24984 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24985 | Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. |
| 24986 | This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters |
| 24987 | are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences. |
| 24988 | |
| 24989 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 24990 | |
| 24991 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24992 | Decompose Tibetan string STR. |
| 24993 | This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters |
| 24994 | are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences. |
| 24995 | |
| 24996 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 24997 | |
| 24998 | (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 24999 | Not documented |
| 25000 | |
| 25001 | \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) |
| 25002 | |
| 25003 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 25004 | Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. |
| 25005 | See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'. |
| 25006 | |
| 25007 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25008 | |
| 25009 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 25010 | Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. |
| 25011 | See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region. |
| 25012 | |
| 25013 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25014 | |
| 25015 | (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 25016 | Not documented |
| 25017 | |
| 25018 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 25019 | |
| 25020 | (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 25021 | Not documented |
| 25022 | |
| 25023 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 25024 | |
| 25025 | (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\ |
| 25026 | Not documented |
| 25027 | |
| 25028 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 25029 | |
| 25030 | ;;;*** |
| 25031 | \f |
| 25032 | ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
| 25033 | ;;;;;; (16213 43284)) |
| 25034 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
| 25035 | |
| 25036 | (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ |
| 25037 | Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. |
| 25038 | See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and |
| 25039 | `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration |
| 25040 | parameters. |
| 25041 | This function performs no refilling of the changed text. |
| 25042 | |
| 25043 | \(fn BEG END)" t nil) |
| 25044 | |
| 25045 | (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ |
| 25046 | Add hard spaces in the current buffer. |
| 25047 | See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and |
| 25048 | `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration |
| 25049 | parameters. |
| 25050 | This function performs no refilling of the changed text. |
| 25051 | |
| 25052 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25053 | |
| 25054 | ;;;*** |
| 25055 | \f |
| 25056 | ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) |
| 25057 | ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 25058 | ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
| 25059 | |
| 25060 | (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
| 25061 | *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") |
| 25062 | |
| 25063 | (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time") |
| 25064 | |
| 25065 | (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ |
| 25066 | Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. |
| 25067 | This display updates automatically every minute. |
| 25068 | If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date |
| 25069 | are displayed as well. |
| 25070 | This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update. |
| 25071 | |
| 25072 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25073 | |
| 25074 | (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
| 25075 | Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. |
| 25076 | See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 25077 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 25078 | use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") |
| 25079 | |
| 25080 | (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time") |
| 25081 | |
| 25082 | (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ |
| 25083 | Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. |
| 25084 | With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. |
| 25085 | |
| 25086 | When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. |
| 25087 | If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date |
| 25088 | are displayed as well. |
| 25089 | This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update. |
| 25090 | |
| 25091 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 25092 | |
| 25093 | ;;;*** |
| 25094 | \f |
| 25095 | ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year |
| 25096 | ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract |
| 25097 | ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds |
| 25098 | ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16698 |
| 25099 | ;;;;;; 21926)) |
| 25100 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el |
| 25101 | |
| 25102 | (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ |
| 25103 | Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. |
| 25104 | |
| 25105 | \(fn DATE)" nil nil) |
| 25106 | |
| 25107 | (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\ |
| 25108 | Convert time value TIME to a floating point number. |
| 25109 | You can use `float-time' instead. |
| 25110 | |
| 25111 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) |
| 25112 | |
| 25113 | (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\ |
| 25114 | Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value. |
| 25115 | |
| 25116 | \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil) |
| 25117 | |
| 25118 | (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\ |
| 25119 | Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2. |
| 25120 | |
| 25121 | \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) |
| 25122 | |
| 25123 | (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\ |
| 25124 | Convert DAYS into a time value. |
| 25125 | |
| 25126 | \(fn DAYS)" nil nil) |
| 25127 | |
| 25128 | (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\ |
| 25129 | Return the time elapsed since TIME. |
| 25130 | TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string. |
| 25131 | |
| 25132 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) |
| 25133 | |
| 25134 | (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract)) |
| 25135 | |
| 25136 | (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\ |
| 25137 | Subtract two time values. |
| 25138 | Return the difference in the format of a time value. |
| 25139 | |
| 25140 | \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) |
| 25141 | |
| 25142 | (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\ |
| 25143 | Add two time values. One should represent a time difference. |
| 25144 | |
| 25145 | \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil) |
| 25146 | |
| 25147 | (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\ |
| 25148 | Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE. |
| 25149 | DATE should be a date-time string. |
| 25150 | |
| 25151 | \(fn DATE)" nil nil) |
| 25152 | |
| 25153 | (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\ |
| 25154 | Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2. |
| 25155 | DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings. |
| 25156 | |
| 25157 | \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil) |
| 25158 | |
| 25159 | (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\ |
| 25160 | Return t if YEAR is a leap year. |
| 25161 | |
| 25162 | \(fn YEAR)" nil nil) |
| 25163 | |
| 25164 | (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\ |
| 25165 | Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME. |
| 25166 | |
| 25167 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) |
| 25168 | |
| 25169 | (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\ |
| 25170 | The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME. |
| 25171 | TIME should be a time value. |
| 25172 | The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary. |
| 25173 | |
| 25174 | \(fn TIME)" nil nil) |
| 25175 | |
| 25176 | (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ |
| 25177 | Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. |
| 25178 | If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros. |
| 25179 | |
| 25180 | \(fn DATE)" nil nil) |
| 25181 | |
| 25182 | ;;;*** |
| 25183 | \f |
| 25184 | ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" |
| 25185 | ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16589 26258)) |
| 25186 | ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
| 25187 | |
| 25188 | (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ |
| 25189 | Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
| 25190 | A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
| 25191 | every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: |
| 25192 | (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) |
| 25193 | or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom. |
| 25194 | Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and |
| 25195 | look like one of the following: |
| 25196 | Time-stamp: <> |
| 25197 | Time-stamp: \" \" |
| 25198 | The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: |
| 25199 | Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> |
| 25200 | The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. |
| 25201 | The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. |
| 25202 | The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
| 25203 | `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the |
| 25204 | template. |
| 25205 | |
| 25206 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25207 | |
| 25208 | (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ |
| 25209 | Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. |
| 25210 | With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 25211 | |
| 25212 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 25213 | |
| 25214 | ;;;*** |
| 25215 | \f |
| 25216 | ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
| 25217 | ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out |
| 25218 | ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in |
| 25219 | ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" |
| 25220 | ;;;;;; (16534 3808)) |
| 25221 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el |
| 25222 | |
| 25223 | (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25224 | Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. |
| 25225 | If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then |
| 25226 | the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline |
| 25227 | will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, |
| 25228 | the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its |
| 25229 | updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only |
| 25230 | if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline |
| 25231 | display (non-nil means on). |
| 25232 | |
| 25233 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 25234 | |
| 25235 | (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25236 | Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. |
| 25237 | With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that |
| 25238 | many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg |
| 25239 | \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or |
| 25240 | weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of |
| 25241 | _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time |
| 25242 | this function is called within a day. |
| 25243 | |
| 25244 | PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and |
| 25245 | FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' |
| 25246 | interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to |
| 25247 | discover the name of the project. |
| 25248 | |
| 25249 | \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil) |
| 25250 | |
| 25251 | (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25252 | Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. |
| 25253 | If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was |
| 25254 | begun during the last time segment. |
| 25255 | |
| 25256 | REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and |
| 25257 | FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' |
| 25258 | interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to |
| 25259 | discover the reason. |
| 25260 | |
| 25261 | \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil) |
| 25262 | |
| 25263 | (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25264 | Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment. |
| 25265 | If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution. |
| 25266 | If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time |
| 25267 | worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days. |
| 25268 | |
| 25269 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 25270 | |
| 25271 | (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25272 | Change to working on a different project. |
| 25273 | This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one. |
| 25274 | With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the |
| 25275 | time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were |
| 25276 | working on. |
| 25277 | |
| 25278 | \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil) |
| 25279 | |
| 25280 | (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25281 | Ask the user whether to clock out. |
| 25282 | This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'. |
| 25283 | |
| 25284 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 25285 | |
| 25286 | (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25287 | Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. |
| 25288 | Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'. |
| 25289 | |
| 25290 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25291 | |
| 25292 | (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25293 | Return a string representing the amount of time left today. |
| 25294 | Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY |
| 25295 | is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. |
| 25296 | See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of |
| 25297 | \"relative to today\". |
| 25298 | |
| 25299 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 25300 | |
| 25301 | (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25302 | Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. |
| 25303 | Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is |
| 25304 | non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked. |
| 25305 | |
| 25306 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil) |
| 25307 | |
| 25308 | (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ |
| 25309 | Return a string representing the end of today's workday. |
| 25310 | This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If |
| 25311 | SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include |
| 25312 | seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be |
| 25313 | relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. |
| 25314 | |
| 25315 | \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil) |
| 25316 | |
| 25317 | ;;;*** |
| 25318 | \f |
| 25319 | ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
| 25320 | ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" |
| 25321 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 25322 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el |
| 25323 | |
| 25324 | (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) |
| 25325 | |
| 25326 | (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ |
| 25327 | Remove TIMER from the list of active timers. |
| 25328 | |
| 25329 | \(fn TIMER)" nil nil) |
| 25330 | |
| 25331 | (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ |
| 25332 | Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION. |
| 25333 | |
| 25334 | \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil) |
| 25335 | |
| 25336 | (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ |
| 25337 | Perform an action at time TIME. |
| 25338 | Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. |
| 25339 | TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds |
| 25340 | from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) |
| 25341 | meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. |
| 25342 | REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. |
| 25343 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
| 25344 | |
| 25345 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. |
| 25346 | |
| 25347 | \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) |
| 25348 | |
| 25349 | (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ |
| 25350 | Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. |
| 25351 | Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. |
| 25352 | SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. |
| 25353 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
| 25354 | |
| 25355 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. |
| 25356 | |
| 25357 | \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) |
| 25358 | |
| 25359 | (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ |
| 25360 | Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. |
| 25361 | If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. |
| 25362 | This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'. |
| 25363 | |
| 25364 | \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil) |
| 25365 | |
| 25366 | (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ |
| 25367 | Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. |
| 25368 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
| 25369 | SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
| 25370 | |
| 25371 | If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for |
| 25372 | exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). |
| 25373 | |
| 25374 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'. |
| 25375 | |
| 25376 | \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil) |
| 25377 | (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) |
| 25378 | |
| 25379 | (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ |
| 25380 | Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. |
| 25381 | If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. |
| 25382 | The call should look like: |
| 25383 | (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) |
| 25384 | The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external |
| 25385 | event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); |
| 25386 | if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not |
| 25387 | be detected. |
| 25388 | |
| 25389 | \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 25390 | |
| 25391 | ;;;*** |
| 25392 | \f |
| 25393 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" |
| 25394 | ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16534 3808)) |
| 25395 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
| 25396 | |
| 25397 | (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ |
| 25398 | Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. |
| 25399 | Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which |
| 25400 | the generated Quail package is saved. |
| 25401 | |
| 25402 | \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil) |
| 25403 | |
| 25404 | (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ |
| 25405 | Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. |
| 25406 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; |
| 25407 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. |
| 25408 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to |
| 25409 | generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". |
| 25410 | To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\". |
| 25411 | |
| 25412 | \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil) |
| 25413 | |
| 25414 | ;;;*** |
| 25415 | \f |
| 25416 | ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion |
| 25417 | ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16233 |
| 25418 | ;;;;;; 29568)) |
| 25419 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el |
| 25420 | |
| 25421 | (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\ |
| 25422 | Not documented |
| 25423 | |
| 25424 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 25425 | |
| 25426 | (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\ |
| 25427 | Not documented |
| 25428 | |
| 25429 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 25430 | |
| 25431 | (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\ |
| 25432 | Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified. |
| 25433 | Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable |
| 25434 | PATTERN regexp. |
| 25435 | |
| 25436 | \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil) |
| 25437 | |
| 25438 | ;;;*** |
| 25439 | \f |
| 25440 | ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" |
| 25441 | ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 25442 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
| 25443 | (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) |
| 25444 | (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) |
| 25445 | (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) |
| 25446 | |
| 25447 | (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ |
| 25448 | Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. |
| 25449 | See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. |
| 25450 | X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; |
| 25451 | we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice. |
| 25452 | |
| 25453 | \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil) |
| 25454 | |
| 25455 | (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ |
| 25456 | Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. |
| 25457 | This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar |
| 25458 | on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. |
| 25459 | See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. |
| 25460 | |
| 25461 | \(fn EVENT)" t nil) |
| 25462 | |
| 25463 | (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ |
| 25464 | Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. |
| 25465 | Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements |
| 25466 | in the menu in two ways: |
| 25467 | *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; |
| 25468 | *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. |
| 25469 | The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. |
| 25470 | |
| 25471 | MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a |
| 25472 | keymap or an alist of alists. |
| 25473 | DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. |
| 25474 | Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU. |
| 25475 | |
| 25476 | \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil) |
| 25477 | |
| 25478 | ;;;*** |
| 25479 | \f |
| 25480 | ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities |
| 25481 | ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) |
| 25482 | ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16507 41097)) |
| 25483 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
| 25484 | |
| 25485 | (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25486 | Add new category CAT to the TODO list. |
| 25487 | |
| 25488 | \(fn CAT)" t nil) |
| 25489 | |
| 25490 | (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25491 | Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY. |
| 25492 | |
| 25493 | \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil) |
| 25494 | |
| 25495 | (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25496 | Insert new TODO list entry. |
| 25497 | With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current |
| 25498 | category. |
| 25499 | |
| 25500 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 25501 | |
| 25502 | (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25503 | List top priorities for each category. |
| 25504 | |
| 25505 | Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which |
| 25506 | defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. |
| 25507 | |
| 25508 | If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted |
| 25509 | between each category. |
| 25510 | |
| 25511 | \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil) |
| 25512 | |
| 25513 | (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25514 | Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. |
| 25515 | If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted |
| 25516 | between each category. |
| 25517 | |
| 25518 | Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'. |
| 25519 | |
| 25520 | \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil) |
| 25521 | |
| 25522 | (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25523 | Major mode for editing TODO lists. |
| 25524 | |
| 25525 | \\{todo-mode-map} |
| 25526 | |
| 25527 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25528 | |
| 25529 | (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25530 | Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary. |
| 25531 | |
| 25532 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 25533 | |
| 25534 | (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ |
| 25535 | Show TODO list. |
| 25536 | |
| 25537 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25538 | |
| 25539 | ;;;*** |
| 25540 | \f |
| 25541 | ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu |
| 25542 | ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" |
| 25543 | ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16775 26718)) |
| 25544 | ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el |
| 25545 | |
| 25546 | (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ |
| 25547 | Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. |
| 25548 | See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 25549 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 25550 | use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") |
| 25551 | |
| 25552 | (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar") |
| 25553 | |
| 25554 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ |
| 25555 | Toggle use of the tool bar. |
| 25556 | With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 25557 | |
| 25558 | See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for |
| 25559 | conveniently adding tool bar items. |
| 25560 | |
| 25561 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 25562 | |
| 25563 | (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t))) |
| 25564 | |
| 25565 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ |
| 25566 | Add an item to the tool bar. |
| 25567 | ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol |
| 25568 | for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
| 25569 | PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See |
| 25570 | Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. |
| 25571 | |
| 25572 | ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The |
| 25573 | function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells |
| 25574 | is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally |
| 25575 | ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. |
| 25576 | |
| 25577 | Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'. |
| 25578 | To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'. |
| 25579 | |
| 25580 | \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil) |
| 25581 | |
| 25582 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\ |
| 25583 | Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP. |
| 25584 | ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol |
| 25585 | for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
| 25586 | PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See |
| 25587 | Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. |
| 25588 | |
| 25589 | ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The |
| 25590 | function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells |
| 25591 | is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally |
| 25592 | ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. |
| 25593 | |
| 25594 | \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) |
| 25595 | |
| 25596 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ |
| 25597 | Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. |
| 25598 | This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its |
| 25599 | binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but |
| 25600 | modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It |
| 25601 | finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional |
| 25602 | properties to add to the binding. |
| 25603 | |
| 25604 | MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap. |
| 25605 | |
| 25606 | Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'. |
| 25607 | To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'. |
| 25608 | |
| 25609 | \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) |
| 25610 | |
| 25611 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ |
| 25612 | Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. |
| 25613 | This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from |
| 25614 | the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but |
| 25615 | modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It |
| 25616 | finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional |
| 25617 | properties to add to the binding. |
| 25618 | |
| 25619 | MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap. |
| 25620 | |
| 25621 | \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil) |
| 25622 | |
| 25623 | ;;;*** |
| 25624 | \f |
| 25625 | ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (16960 18194)) |
| 25626 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
| 25627 | |
| 25628 | (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
| 25629 | Non-nil if Tooltip mode is enabled. |
| 25630 | See the command `tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 25631 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 25632 | use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") |
| 25633 | |
| 25634 | (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip") |
| 25635 | |
| 25636 | (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ |
| 25637 | Toggle Tooltip display. |
| 25638 | With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
| 25639 | |
| 25640 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 25641 | |
| 25642 | ;;;*** |
| 25643 | \f |
| 25644 | ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16812 |
| 25645 | ;;;;;; 26772)) |
| 25646 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
| 25647 | |
| 25648 | (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) |
| 25649 | |
| 25650 | (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) |
| 25651 | |
| 25652 | (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ |
| 25653 | Turn on TPU/edt emulation. |
| 25654 | |
| 25655 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25656 | |
| 25657 | ;;;*** |
| 25658 | \f |
| 25659 | ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) |
| 25660 | ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16213 43273)) |
| 25661 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
| 25662 | |
| 25663 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ |
| 25664 | Set scroll margins. |
| 25665 | |
| 25666 | \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil) |
| 25667 | |
| 25668 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ |
| 25669 | Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen. |
| 25670 | |
| 25671 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25672 | |
| 25673 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ |
| 25674 | Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text. |
| 25675 | |
| 25676 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25677 | |
| 25678 | ;;;*** |
| 25679 | \f |
| 25680 | ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16227 13384)) |
| 25681 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
| 25682 | |
| 25683 | (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ |
| 25684 | Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. |
| 25685 | PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving |
| 25686 | streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected |
| 25687 | to a tcp server on another machine. |
| 25688 | |
| 25689 | \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil) |
| 25690 | |
| 25691 | ;;;*** |
| 25692 | \f |
| 25693 | ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) |
| 25694 | ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16930 25650)) |
| 25695 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
| 25696 | |
| 25697 | (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ |
| 25698 | *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") |
| 25699 | |
| 25700 | (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace") |
| 25701 | |
| 25702 | (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ |
| 25703 | Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. |
| 25704 | For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument |
| 25705 | and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the |
| 25706 | trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice |
| 25707 | there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. |
| 25708 | Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other |
| 25709 | display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead. |
| 25710 | |
| 25711 | \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 25712 | |
| 25713 | (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ |
| 25714 | Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. |
| 25715 | For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument |
| 25716 | and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the |
| 25717 | trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice |
| 25718 | there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing |
| 25719 | the window or buffer configuration at all. |
| 25720 | |
| 25721 | \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 25722 | |
| 25723 | ;;;*** |
| 25724 | \f |
| 25725 | ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler |
| 25726 | ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp) |
| 25727 | ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16958 58758)) |
| 25728 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el |
| 25729 | |
| 25730 | (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\ |
| 25731 | Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax. |
| 25732 | Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.") |
| 25733 | |
| 25734 | (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\ |
| 25735 | Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting. |
| 25736 | Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and |
| 25737 | Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.") |
| 25738 | |
| 25739 | (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\ |
| 25740 | Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting. |
| 25741 | XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS. |
| 25742 | See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.") |
| 25743 | |
| 25744 | (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\ |
| 25745 | *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp. |
| 25746 | This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names. |
| 25747 | \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to |
| 25748 | `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus, |
| 25749 | if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist' |
| 25750 | and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp |
| 25751 | files which are not really tramp files. |
| 25752 | |
| 25753 | Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when |
| 25754 | this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set |
| 25755 | before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be |
| 25756 | updated after changing this variable. |
| 25757 | |
| 25758 | Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.") |
| 25759 | |
| 25760 | (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp") |
| 25761 | |
| 25762 | (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\ |
| 25763 | Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting. |
| 25764 | Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and |
| 25765 | Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.") |
| 25766 | |
| 25767 | (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\ |
| 25768 | Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting. |
| 25769 | XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS. |
| 25770 | See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.") |
| 25771 | |
| 25772 | (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\ |
| 25773 | *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion. |
| 25774 | This regexp should match partial tramp file names only. |
| 25775 | |
| 25776 | Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when |
| 25777 | this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set |
| 25778 | before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be |
| 25779 | updated after changing this variable. |
| 25780 | |
| 25781 | Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.") |
| 25782 | |
| 25783 | (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp") |
| 25784 | |
| 25785 | (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\ |
| 25786 | Invoke Tramp file name handler. |
| 25787 | Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists. |
| 25788 | |
| 25789 | \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 25790 | |
| 25791 | (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\ |
| 25792 | Invoke tramp file name completion handler. |
| 25793 | Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists. |
| 25794 | |
| 25795 | \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 25796 | |
| 25797 | (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) |
| 25798 | |
| 25799 | (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) |
| 25800 | |
| 25801 | ;;;*** |
| 25802 | \f |
| 25803 | ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" |
| 25804 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16213 43285)) |
| 25805 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
| 25806 | (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) |
| 25807 | (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) |
| 25808 | (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) |
| 25809 | |
| 25810 | (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ |
| 25811 | Split current window vertically for two-column editing. |
| 25812 | When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current |
| 25813 | buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). |
| 25814 | Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. |
| 25815 | When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer |
| 25816 | first and the associated buffer to its right. |
| 25817 | |
| 25818 | \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil) |
| 25819 | |
| 25820 | (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ |
| 25821 | Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. |
| 25822 | Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by |
| 25823 | accepting the proposed default buffer. |
| 25824 | |
| 25825 | \(See \\[describe-mode] .) |
| 25826 | |
| 25827 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 25828 | |
| 25829 | (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ |
| 25830 | Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. |
| 25831 | Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that |
| 25832 | have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The |
| 25833 | ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local |
| 25834 | value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both |
| 25835 | columns remain untouched in the first buffer. |
| 25836 | |
| 25837 | This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You |
| 25838 | write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: |
| 25839 | |
| 25840 | First column's text sSs Second column's text |
| 25841 | \\___/\\ |
| 25842 | / \\ |
| 25843 | 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. |
| 25844 | |
| 25845 | \(See \\[describe-mode] .) |
| 25846 | |
| 25847 | \(fn ARG)" t nil) |
| 25848 | |
| 25849 | ;;;*** |
| 25850 | \f |
| 25851 | ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics |
| 25852 | ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold |
| 25853 | ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval |
| 25854 | ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el" |
| 25855 | ;;;;;; (16884 52115)) |
| 25856 | ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
| 25857 | |
| 25858 | (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ |
| 25859 | Toggle typing break mode. |
| 25860 | See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. |
| 25861 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 25862 | use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") |
| 25863 | |
| 25864 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break") |
| 25865 | |
| 25866 | (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ |
| 25867 | *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") |
| 25868 | |
| 25869 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break") |
| 25870 | |
| 25871 | (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ |
| 25872 | *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. |
| 25873 | |
| 25874 | When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between |
| 25875 | keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" |
| 25876 | rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. |
| 25877 | |
| 25878 | If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be |
| 25879 | asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") |
| 25880 | |
| 25881 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break") |
| 25882 | |
| 25883 | (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\ |
| 25884 | *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest. |
| 25885 | |
| 25886 | When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\" |
| 25887 | length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break', |
| 25888 | overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of |
| 25889 | break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.") |
| 25890 | |
| 25891 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break") |
| 25892 | |
| 25893 | (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ |
| 25894 | *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. |
| 25895 | This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). |
| 25896 | |
| 25897 | The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been |
| 25898 | entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if |
| 25899 | the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later |
| 25900 | if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, |
| 25901 | then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has |
| 25902 | elapsed, the user will always be queried. |
| 25903 | |
| 25904 | The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered |
| 25905 | before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally |
| 25906 | scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks |
| 25907 | will occur; only scheduled ones will. |
| 25908 | |
| 25909 | Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one |
| 25910 | keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. |
| 25911 | |
| 25912 | The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to |
| 25913 | guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") |
| 25914 | |
| 25915 | (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break") |
| 25916 | |
| 25917 | (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ |
| 25918 | Enable or disable typing-break mode. |
| 25919 | This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. |
| 25920 | |
| 25921 | When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at |
| 25922 | appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the |
| 25923 | user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user |
| 25924 | is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask |
| 25925 | again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time |
| 25926 | to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently |
| 25927 | annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. |
| 25928 | |
| 25929 | A negative prefix argument disables this mode. |
| 25930 | No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. |
| 25931 | |
| 25932 | The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the |
| 25933 | same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or |
| 25934 | reset the keystroke counter. |
| 25935 | |
| 25936 | If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of |
| 25937 | calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to |
| 25938 | make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the |
| 25939 | break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. |
| 25940 | |
| 25941 | The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to |
| 25942 | schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly |
| 25943 | affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the |
| 25944 | `type-break-schedule' command. |
| 25945 | |
| 25946 | If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum |
| 25947 | amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever |
| 25948 | that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for |
| 25949 | later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break |
| 25950 | is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether |
| 25951 | or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic |
| 25952 | break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time |
| 25953 | between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before |
| 25954 | the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached. |
| 25955 | |
| 25956 | If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and |
| 25957 | `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to |
| 25958 | interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds |
| 25959 | have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks |
| 25960 | together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks. |
| 25961 | |
| 25962 | The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the |
| 25963 | thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use |
| 25964 | the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to |
| 25965 | approximate good values for this. |
| 25966 | |
| 25967 | There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about |
| 25968 | imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: |
| 25969 | |
| 25970 | `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' |
| 25971 | `type-break-time-warning-intervals' |
| 25972 | `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' |
| 25973 | `type-break-warning-repeat' |
| 25974 | `type-break-warning-countdown-string' |
| 25975 | `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' |
| 25976 | |
| 25977 | There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin |
| 25978 | a typing break occur. They include: |
| 25979 | |
| 25980 | `type-break-query-mode' |
| 25981 | `type-break-query-function' |
| 25982 | `type-break-query-interval' |
| 25983 | |
| 25984 | The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things. |
| 25985 | |
| 25986 | Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information |
| 25987 | across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between |
| 25988 | sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in |
| 25989 | problems. |
| 25990 | |
| 25991 | \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil) |
| 25992 | |
| 25993 | (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ |
| 25994 | Take a typing break. |
| 25995 | |
| 25996 | During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in |
| 25997 | `type-break-demo-functions' is run. |
| 25998 | |
| 25999 | After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled |
| 26000 | as per the function `type-break-schedule'. |
| 26001 | |
| 26002 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26003 | |
| 26004 | (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ |
| 26005 | Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. |
| 26006 | This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is |
| 26007 | scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc. |
| 26008 | |
| 26009 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26010 | |
| 26011 | (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ |
| 26012 | Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. |
| 26013 | |
| 26014 | If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how |
| 26015 | many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your |
| 26016 | maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it |
| 26017 | can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one |
| 26018 | tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing |
| 26019 | documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate |
| 26020 | average typing speed.) |
| 26021 | |
| 26022 | From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' |
| 26023 | based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average |
| 26024 | length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of |
| 26025 | the computed maximum threshold. |
| 26026 | |
| 26027 | When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be |
| 26028 | used to override the default assumption about average word length and the |
| 26029 | fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. |
| 26030 | FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of |
| 26031 | 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc. |
| 26032 | |
| 26033 | \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil) |
| 26034 | |
| 26035 | ;;;*** |
| 26036 | \f |
| 26037 | ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" |
| 26038 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16213 43286)) |
| 26039 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
| 26040 | |
| 26041 | (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ |
| 26042 | Underline all nonblank characters in the region. |
| 26043 | Works by overstriking underscores. |
| 26044 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END |
| 26045 | which specify the range to operate on. |
| 26046 | |
| 26047 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 26048 | |
| 26049 | (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ |
| 26050 | Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. |
| 26051 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END |
| 26052 | which specify the range to operate on. |
| 26053 | |
| 26054 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 26055 | |
| 26056 | ;;;*** |
| 26057 | \f |
| 26058 | ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) |
| 26059 | ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 26060 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
| 26061 | |
| 26062 | (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ |
| 26063 | Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. |
| 26064 | Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages. |
| 26065 | |
| 26066 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26067 | |
| 26068 | (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ |
| 26069 | Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. |
| 26070 | This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message |
| 26071 | following the containing message. |
| 26072 | |
| 26073 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26074 | |
| 26075 | ;;;*** |
| 26076 | \f |
| 26077 | ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" |
| 26078 | ;;;;;; (16544 33334)) |
| 26079 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
| 26080 | |
| 26081 | (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ |
| 26082 | Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. |
| 26083 | Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. |
| 26084 | For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name |
| 26085 | is made by adding `.mail' at the end. |
| 26086 | For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'. |
| 26087 | |
| 26088 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 26089 | |
| 26090 | (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ |
| 26091 | Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE. |
| 26092 | |
| 26093 | \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil) |
| 26094 | |
| 26095 | ;;;*** |
| 26096 | \f |
| 26097 | ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16213 |
| 26098 | ;;;;;; 43273)) |
| 26099 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el |
| 26100 | |
| 26101 | (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\ |
| 26102 | Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm; |
| 26103 | otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list |
| 26104 | of symbols with local bindings. |
| 26105 | |
| 26106 | \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil) |
| 26107 | |
| 26108 | ;;;*** |
| 26109 | \f |
| 26110 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (16875 35929)) |
| 26111 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el |
| 26112 | |
| 26113 | (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url") |
| 26114 | |
| 26115 | ;;;*** |
| 26116 | \f |
| 26117 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication) |
| 26118 | ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (16764 51522)) |
| 26119 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el |
| 26120 | |
| 26121 | (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\ |
| 26122 | Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate |
| 26123 | header in an HTTP/1.0 request. |
| 26124 | |
| 26125 | URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a |
| 26126 | string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by |
| 26127 | `url-generic-parse-url' |
| 26128 | REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a |
| 26129 | string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to |
| 26130 | specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the |
| 26131 | realm |
| 26132 | TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string |
| 26133 | representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any' |
| 26134 | to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any' |
| 26135 | the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is |
| 26136 | wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly |
| 26137 | what type of auth to use |
| 26138 | PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password |
| 26139 | if one cannot be found in the cache |
| 26140 | |
| 26141 | \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 26142 | |
| 26143 | (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\ |
| 26144 | Register an HTTP authentication method. |
| 26145 | |
| 26146 | TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This |
| 26147 | should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate |
| 26148 | header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased. |
| 26149 | FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This |
| 26150 | defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE |
| 26151 | RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication. |
| 26152 | This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific |
| 26153 | URL. The item with the highest rating is returned. |
| 26154 | |
| 26155 | \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil) |
| 26156 | |
| 26157 | ;;;*** |
| 26158 | \f |
| 26159 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached |
| 26160 | ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (16764 |
| 26161 | ;;;;;; 51522)) |
| 26162 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el |
| 26163 | |
| 26164 | (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\ |
| 26165 | Store buffer BUFF in the cache. |
| 26166 | |
| 26167 | \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil) |
| 26168 | |
| 26169 | (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\ |
| 26170 | Return non-nil if the URL is cached. |
| 26171 | |
| 26172 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26173 | |
| 26174 | (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\ |
| 26175 | Extract FNAM from the local disk cache |
| 26176 | |
| 26177 | \(fn FNAM)" nil nil) |
| 26178 | |
| 26179 | (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\ |
| 26180 | Return t iff a cached file has expired. |
| 26181 | |
| 26182 | \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil) |
| 26183 | |
| 26184 | ;;;*** |
| 26185 | \f |
| 26186 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (16764 51522)) |
| 26187 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el |
| 26188 | |
| 26189 | (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\ |
| 26190 | Not documented |
| 26191 | |
| 26192 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26193 | |
| 26194 | ;;;*** |
| 26195 | \f |
| 26196 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie |
| 26197 | ;;;;;; url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file url-cookie-parse-file) |
| 26198 | ;;;;;; "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (16746 18215)) |
| 26199 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el |
| 26200 | |
| 26201 | (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\ |
| 26202 | Not documented |
| 26203 | |
| 26204 | \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil) |
| 26205 | |
| 26206 | (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\ |
| 26207 | Not documented |
| 26208 | |
| 26209 | \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil) |
| 26210 | |
| 26211 | (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\ |
| 26212 | Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and PATH. |
| 26213 | |
| 26214 | \(fn HOST PATH &optional SECURE)" nil nil) |
| 26215 | |
| 26216 | (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\ |
| 26217 | Not documented |
| 26218 | |
| 26219 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 26220 | |
| 26221 | (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\ |
| 26222 | Reset the cookie saver timer. |
| 26223 | |
| 26224 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26225 | |
| 26226 | ;;;*** |
| 26227 | \f |
| 26228 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-file-name-completion |
| 26229 | ;;;;;; url-dav-file-name-all-completions url-dav-rename-file url-dav-make-directory |
| 26230 | ;;;;;; url-dav-file-directory-p url-dav-directory-files url-dav-delete-file |
| 26231 | ;;;;;; url-dav-delete-directory url-dav-save-resource url-dav-file-attributes |
| 26232 | ;;;;;; url-dav-unlock-resource url-dav-active-locks url-dav-lock-resource |
| 26233 | ;;;;;; url-dav-get-properties url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" |
| 26234 | ;;;;;; (16515 33876)) |
| 26235 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el |
| 26236 | |
| 26237 | (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26238 | Not documented |
| 26239 | |
| 26240 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26241 | |
| 26242 | (autoload (quote url-dav-get-properties) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26243 | Return properties for URL, up to DEPTH levels deep. |
| 26244 | |
| 26245 | Returns an assoc list, where the key is the filename (possibly a full |
| 26246 | URI), and the value is a standard property list of DAV property |
| 26247 | names (ie: DAV:resourcetype). |
| 26248 | |
| 26249 | \(fn URL &optional ATTRIBUTES DEPTH NAMESPACES)" nil nil) |
| 26250 | |
| 26251 | (autoload (quote url-dav-lock-resource) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26252 | Request a lock on URL. If EXCLUSIVE is non-nil, get an exclusive lock. |
| 26253 | Optional 3rd argument DEPTH says how deep the lock should go, default is 0 |
| 26254 | \(lock only the resource and none of its children). |
| 26255 | |
| 26256 | Returns a cons-cell of (SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS . FAILURE-RESULTS). |
| 26257 | SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS locktoken). |
| 26258 | FAILURE-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS). |
| 26259 | |
| 26260 | \(fn URL EXCLUSIVE &optional DEPTH)" nil nil) |
| 26261 | |
| 26262 | (autoload (quote url-dav-active-locks) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26263 | Return an assoc list of all active locks on URL. |
| 26264 | |
| 26265 | \(fn URL &optional DEPTH)" nil nil) |
| 26266 | |
| 26267 | (autoload (quote url-dav-unlock-resource) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26268 | Release the lock on URL represented by LOCK-TOKEN. |
| 26269 | Returns t iff the lock was successfully released. |
| 26270 | |
| 26271 | \(fn URL LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil) |
| 26272 | |
| 26273 | (autoload (quote url-dav-file-attributes) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26274 | Not documented |
| 26275 | |
| 26276 | \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil) |
| 26277 | |
| 26278 | (autoload (quote url-dav-save-resource) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26279 | Save OBJ as URL using WebDAV. |
| 26280 | URL must be a fully qualified URL. |
| 26281 | OBJ may be a buffer or a string. |
| 26282 | |
| 26283 | \(fn URL OBJ &optional CONTENT-TYPE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil) |
| 26284 | |
| 26285 | (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-directory) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26286 | Delete the WebDAV collection URL. |
| 26287 | If optional second argument RECURSIVE is non-nil, then delete all |
| 26288 | files in the collection as well. |
| 26289 | |
| 26290 | \(fn URL &optional RECURSIVE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil) |
| 26291 | |
| 26292 | (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-file) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26293 | Delete file named URL. |
| 26294 | |
| 26295 | \(fn URL &optional LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil) |
| 26296 | |
| 26297 | (autoload (quote url-dav-directory-files) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26298 | Return a list of names of files in DIRECTORY. |
| 26299 | There are three optional arguments: |
| 26300 | If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names. Otherwise return names |
| 26301 | that are relative to the specified directory. |
| 26302 | If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH. |
| 26303 | If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable. |
| 26304 | NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself. |
| 26305 | |
| 26306 | \(fn URL &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT FILES-ONLY)" nil nil) |
| 26307 | |
| 26308 | (autoload (quote url-dav-file-directory-p) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26309 | Return t if URL names an existing DAV collection. |
| 26310 | |
| 26311 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26312 | |
| 26313 | (autoload (quote url-dav-make-directory) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26314 | Create the directory DIR and any nonexistent parent dirs. |
| 26315 | |
| 26316 | \(fn URL &optional PARENTS)" nil nil) |
| 26317 | |
| 26318 | (autoload (quote url-dav-rename-file) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26319 | Not documented |
| 26320 | |
| 26321 | \(fn OLDNAME NEWNAME &optional OVERWRITE)" nil nil) |
| 26322 | |
| 26323 | (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-all-completions) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26324 | Return a list of all completions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY. |
| 26325 | These are all file names in directory DIRECTORY which begin with FILE. |
| 26326 | |
| 26327 | \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil) |
| 26328 | |
| 26329 | (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-completion) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26330 | Complete file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY. |
| 26331 | Returns the longest string |
| 26332 | common to all file names in DIRECTORY that start with FILE. |
| 26333 | If there is only one and FILE matches it exactly, returns t. |
| 26334 | Returns nil if DIR contains no name starting with FILE. |
| 26335 | |
| 26336 | \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil) |
| 26337 | |
| 26338 | (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\ |
| 26339 | Not documented |
| 26340 | |
| 26341 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26342 | |
| 26343 | ;;;*** |
| 26344 | \f |
| 26345 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (16746 |
| 26346 | ;;;;;; 18215)) |
| 26347 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el |
| 26348 | |
| 26349 | (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\ |
| 26350 | Handle file: and ftp: URLs. |
| 26351 | |
| 26352 | \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil) |
| 26353 | |
| 26354 | ;;;*** |
| 26355 | \f |
| 26356 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" |
| 26357 | ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (16764 51522)) |
| 26358 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el |
| 26359 | |
| 26360 | (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\ |
| 26361 | Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible. |
| 26362 | |
| 26363 | \(fn HOST)" t nil) |
| 26364 | |
| 26365 | (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\ |
| 26366 | Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway. |
| 26367 | Args per `open-network-stream'. |
| 26368 | Will not make a connexion if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil. |
| 26369 | |
| 26370 | \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil) |
| 26371 | |
| 26372 | ;;;*** |
| 26373 | \f |
| 26374 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file |
| 26375 | ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (16829 |
| 26376 | ;;;;;; 43427)) |
| 26377 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el |
| 26378 | |
| 26379 | (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\ |
| 26380 | Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled. |
| 26381 | See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 26382 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 26383 | use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.") |
| 26384 | |
| 26385 | (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers") |
| 26386 | |
| 26387 | (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\ |
| 26388 | Use URL to handle URL-like file names. |
| 26389 | |
| 26390 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 26391 | |
| 26392 | (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\ |
| 26393 | Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings. |
| 26394 | Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists, |
| 26395 | unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil. |
| 26396 | A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists. |
| 26397 | This is what happens in interactive use with M-x. |
| 26398 | Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same |
| 26399 | last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.) |
| 26400 | A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil. |
| 26401 | |
| 26402 | \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil) |
| 26403 | |
| 26404 | (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\ |
| 26405 | Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine. |
| 26406 | Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly |
| 26407 | accessible. |
| 26408 | |
| 26409 | \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil) |
| 26410 | |
| 26411 | (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\ |
| 26412 | Not documented |
| 26413 | |
| 26414 | \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil) |
| 26415 | |
| 26416 | ;;;*** |
| 26417 | \f |
| 26418 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history |
| 26419 | ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el" |
| 26420 | ;;;;;; (16930 25655)) |
| 26421 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el |
| 26422 | |
| 26423 | (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\ |
| 26424 | Reset the history list timer. |
| 26425 | |
| 26426 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26427 | |
| 26428 | (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\ |
| 26429 | Parse a history file stored in FNAME. |
| 26430 | |
| 26431 | \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil) |
| 26432 | |
| 26433 | (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\ |
| 26434 | Write the global history file into `url-history-file'. |
| 26435 | The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin |
| 26436 | with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the |
| 26437 | user for what type to save as. |
| 26438 | |
| 26439 | \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil) |
| 26440 | |
| 26441 | ;;;*** |
| 26442 | \f |
| 26443 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p |
| 26444 | ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (16912 31025)) |
| 26445 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el |
| 26446 | |
| 26447 | (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\ |
| 26448 | Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously. |
| 26449 | URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details. |
| 26450 | When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with |
| 26451 | CBARGS as the arguments. |
| 26452 | |
| 26453 | \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil) |
| 26454 | |
| 26455 | (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\ |
| 26456 | Not documented |
| 26457 | |
| 26458 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26459 | |
| 26460 | (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p)) |
| 26461 | |
| 26462 | (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\ |
| 26463 | Not documented |
| 26464 | |
| 26465 | \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil) |
| 26466 | |
| 26467 | (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\ |
| 26468 | Returns a property list describing options available for URL. |
| 26469 | This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method. |
| 26470 | |
| 26471 | Property list members: |
| 26472 | |
| 26473 | methods |
| 26474 | A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource |
| 26475 | supports. |
| 26476 | |
| 26477 | dav |
| 26478 | A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are |
| 26479 | supported. |
| 26480 | |
| 26481 | dasl |
| 26482 | A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form) |
| 26483 | |
| 26484 | ranges |
| 26485 | A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches. |
| 26486 | |
| 26487 | p3p |
| 26488 | The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource. |
| 26489 | Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to |
| 26490 | change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or |
| 26491 | Emacs/W3. |
| 26492 | |
| 26493 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26494 | |
| 26495 | ;;;*** |
| 26496 | \f |
| 26497 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (16775 26718)) |
| 26498 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el |
| 26499 | |
| 26500 | (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\ |
| 26501 | Not documented |
| 26502 | |
| 26503 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26504 | |
| 26505 | ;;;*** |
| 26506 | \f |
| 26507 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (16747 |
| 26508 | ;;;;;; 61768)) |
| 26509 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el |
| 26510 | |
| 26511 | (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\ |
| 26512 | Not documented |
| 26513 | |
| 26514 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26515 | |
| 26516 | ;;;*** |
| 26517 | \f |
| 26518 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" |
| 26519 | ;;;;;; (16788 34909)) |
| 26520 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el |
| 26521 | |
| 26522 | (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\ |
| 26523 | Not documented |
| 26524 | |
| 26525 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil) |
| 26526 | |
| 26527 | (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\ |
| 26528 | Handle the mailto: URL syntax. |
| 26529 | |
| 26530 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26531 | |
| 26532 | ;;;*** |
| 26533 | \f |
| 26534 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info |
| 26535 | ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (16764 51522)) |
| 26536 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el |
| 26537 | |
| 26538 | (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\ |
| 26539 | Fetch a Unix manual page URL. |
| 26540 | |
| 26541 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26542 | |
| 26543 | (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\ |
| 26544 | Fetch a GNU Info URL. |
| 26545 | |
| 26546 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26547 | |
| 26548 | (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\ |
| 26549 | Not documented |
| 26550 | |
| 26551 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26552 | |
| 26553 | (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader)) |
| 26554 | |
| 26555 | (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader)) |
| 26556 | |
| 26557 | (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader)) |
| 26558 | |
| 26559 | (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\ |
| 26560 | Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397). |
| 26561 | |
| 26562 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26563 | |
| 26564 | ;;;*** |
| 26565 | \f |
| 26566 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el" |
| 26567 | ;;;;;; (16775 26718)) |
| 26568 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el |
| 26569 | |
| 26570 | (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\ |
| 26571 | Not documented |
| 26572 | |
| 26573 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26574 | |
| 26575 | (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\ |
| 26576 | Not documented |
| 26577 | |
| 26578 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26579 | |
| 26580 | ;;;*** |
| 26581 | \f |
| 26582 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable |
| 26583 | ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" |
| 26584 | ;;;;;; (16764 51522)) |
| 26585 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el |
| 26586 | |
| 26587 | (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26588 | Not documented |
| 26589 | |
| 26590 | \(fn HOST)" nil nil) |
| 26591 | |
| 26592 | (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26593 | Not documented |
| 26594 | |
| 26595 | \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil) |
| 26596 | |
| 26597 | (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26598 | Not documented |
| 26599 | |
| 26600 | \(fn HOST)" nil nil) |
| 26601 | |
| 26602 | (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26603 | Not documented |
| 26604 | |
| 26605 | \(fn HOST)" nil nil) |
| 26606 | |
| 26607 | (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26608 | Not documented |
| 26609 | |
| 26610 | \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil) |
| 26611 | |
| 26612 | (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26613 | Not documented |
| 26614 | |
| 26615 | \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil) |
| 26616 | |
| 26617 | (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\ |
| 26618 | Not documented |
| 26619 | |
| 26620 | \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil) |
| 26621 | |
| 26622 | ;;;*** |
| 26623 | \f |
| 26624 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse" |
| 26625 | ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (16746 18215)) |
| 26626 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el |
| 26627 | |
| 26628 | (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\ |
| 26629 | Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ. |
| 26630 | |
| 26631 | \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil) |
| 26632 | |
| 26633 | (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\ |
| 26634 | Return a vector of the parts of URL. |
| 26635 | Format is: |
| 26636 | \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL] |
| 26637 | |
| 26638 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26639 | |
| 26640 | ;;;*** |
| 26641 | \f |
| 26642 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" |
| 26643 | ;;;;;; (16764 51522)) |
| 26644 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el |
| 26645 | |
| 26646 | (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\ |
| 26647 | Not documented |
| 26648 | |
| 26649 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26650 | |
| 26651 | ;;;*** |
| 26652 | \f |
| 26653 | ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension |
| 26654 | ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string |
| 26655 | ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length |
| 26656 | ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date |
| 26657 | ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string |
| 26658 | ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" |
| 26659 | ;;;;;; (16764 51522)) |
| 26660 | ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el |
| 26661 | |
| 26662 | (defvar url-debug nil "\ |
| 26663 | *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show. |
| 26664 | Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer. |
| 26665 | |
| 26666 | If t, all messages will be logged. |
| 26667 | If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'. |
| 26668 | If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.") |
| 26669 | |
| 26670 | (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util") |
| 26671 | |
| 26672 | (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\ |
| 26673 | Not documented |
| 26674 | |
| 26675 | \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 26676 | |
| 26677 | (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\ |
| 26678 | Not documented |
| 26679 | |
| 26680 | \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil) |
| 26681 | |
| 26682 | (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\ |
| 26683 | Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING. |
| 26684 | Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as |
| 26685 | an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the |
| 26686 | conversion. Replaces these characters as follows: |
| 26687 | & ==> & |
| 26688 | < ==> < |
| 26689 | > ==> > |
| 26690 | \" ==> " |
| 26691 | |
| 26692 | \(fn STRING)" nil nil) |
| 26693 | |
| 26694 | (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\ |
| 26695 | Return a 'normalized' version of URL. |
| 26696 | Strips out default port numbers, etc. |
| 26697 | |
| 26698 | \(fn URL)" nil nil) |
| 26699 | |
| 26700 | (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\ |
| 26701 | Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second. |
| 26702 | Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil. |
| 26703 | |
| 26704 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 26705 | |
| 26706 | (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\ |
| 26707 | Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand. |
| 26708 | |
| 26709 | \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil) |
| 26710 | |
| 26711 | (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\ |
| 26712 | Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string. |
| 26713 | |
| 26714 | \(fn X)" nil nil) |
| 26715 | |
| 26716 | (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\ |
| 26717 | Remove spaces at the front of a string. |
| 26718 | |
| 26719 | \(fn X)" nil nil) |
| 26720 | |
| 26721 | (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\ |
| 26722 | Not documented |
| 26723 | |
| 26724 | \(fn N)" nil nil) |
| 26725 | |
| 26726 | (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\ |
| 26727 | Not documented |
| 26728 | |
| 26729 | \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 26730 | |
| 26731 | (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\ |
| 26732 | Not documented |
| 26733 | |
| 26734 | \(fn X Y)" nil nil) |
| 26735 | |
| 26736 | (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\ |
| 26737 | Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true. |
| 26738 | |
| 26739 | \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil) |
| 26740 | |
| 26741 | (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\ |
| 26742 | Not documented |
| 26743 | |
| 26744 | \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil) |
| 26745 | |
| 26746 | (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\ |
| 26747 | Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url. |
| 26748 | If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the |
| 26749 | decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally |
| 26750 | forbidden in URL encoding. |
| 26751 | |
| 26752 | \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil) |
| 26753 | |
| 26754 | (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\ |
| 26755 | Escape characters in a string. |
| 26756 | |
| 26757 | \(fn STR)" nil nil) |
| 26758 | |
| 26759 | (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\ |
| 26760 | Return the filename extension of FNAME. |
| 26761 | If optional variable X is t, |
| 26762 | then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off. |
| 26763 | |
| 26764 | \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil) |
| 26765 | |
| 26766 | (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\ |
| 26767 | Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide. |
| 26768 | WIDTH defaults to the current frame width. |
| 26769 | |
| 26770 | \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil) |
| 26771 | |
| 26772 | (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\ |
| 26773 | View the current document's URL. |
| 26774 | Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in |
| 26775 | the minibuffer. |
| 26776 | |
| 26777 | This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer. |
| 26778 | |
| 26779 | \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil) |
| 26780 | |
| 26781 | ;;;*** |
| 26782 | \f |
| 26783 | ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) |
| 26784 | ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16213 43271)) |
| 26785 | ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
| 26786 | |
| 26787 | (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ |
| 26788 | Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. |
| 26789 | This function has a choice of three things to do: |
| 26790 | do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
| 26791 | to refrain from editing the file |
| 26792 | return t (grab the lock on the file) |
| 26793 | return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). |
| 26794 | You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives |
| 26795 | in any way you like. |
| 26796 | |
| 26797 | \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil) |
| 26798 | |
| 26799 | (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ |
| 26800 | Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. |
| 26801 | This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification |
| 26802 | of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), |
| 26803 | in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. |
| 26804 | |
| 26805 | You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. |
| 26806 | The buffer in question is current when this function is called. |
| 26807 | |
| 26808 | \(fn FN)" nil nil) |
| 26809 | |
| 26810 | ;;;*** |
| 26811 | \f |
| 26812 | ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal |
| 26813 | ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" |
| 26814 | ;;;;;; (16908 33362)) |
| 26815 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el |
| 26816 | |
| 26817 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ |
| 26818 | Uudecode region between START and END using external program. |
| 26819 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program |
| 26820 | used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'. |
| 26821 | |
| 26822 | \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 26823 | |
| 26824 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\ |
| 26825 | Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. |
| 26826 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. |
| 26827 | |
| 26828 | \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil) |
| 26829 | |
| 26830 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ |
| 26831 | Uudecode region between START and END. |
| 26832 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. |
| 26833 | |
| 26834 | \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil) |
| 26835 | |
| 26836 | ;;;*** |
| 26837 | \f |
| 26838 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file |
| 26839 | ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update |
| 26840 | ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot |
| 26841 | ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window |
| 26842 | ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file |
| 26843 | ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook |
| 26844 | ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16930 4639)) |
| 26845 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
| 26846 | |
| 26847 | (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\ |
| 26848 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file. |
| 26849 | See `run-hooks'.") |
| 26850 | |
| 26851 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc") |
| 26852 | |
| 26853 | (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ |
| 26854 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. |
| 26855 | See also `log-edit-done-hook'.") |
| 26856 | |
| 26857 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc") |
| 26858 | |
| 26859 | (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ |
| 26860 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in. |
| 26861 | See `run-hooks'.") |
| 26862 | |
| 26863 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc") |
| 26864 | |
| 26865 | (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\ |
| 26866 | Return the branch part of a revision number REV. |
| 26867 | |
| 26868 | \(fn REV)" nil nil) |
| 26869 | |
| 26870 | (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ |
| 26871 | Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY. |
| 26872 | Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. |
| 26873 | FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within |
| 26874 | `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by |
| 26875 | somebody else, signal error. |
| 26876 | |
| 26877 | \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 26878 | |
| 26879 | (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ |
| 26880 | Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
| 26881 | Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. |
| 26882 | This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
| 26883 | However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer. |
| 26884 | |
| 26885 | \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro)) |
| 26886 | |
| 26887 | (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\ |
| 26888 | Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors. |
| 26889 | Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the |
| 26890 | current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not |
| 26891 | already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is |
| 26892 | considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if |
| 26893 | OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that |
| 26894 | means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the |
| 26895 | name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that |
| 26896 | don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, |
| 26897 | that is inserted into the command line before the filename. |
| 26898 | |
| 26899 | \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil) |
| 26900 | |
| 26901 | (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ |
| 26902 | Do the next logical version control operation on the current file. |
| 26903 | |
| 26904 | If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, |
| 26905 | it will operate on the file in the current line. |
| 26906 | |
| 26907 | If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more |
| 26908 | files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
| 26909 | each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register |
| 26910 | or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted |
| 26911 | lock steals will raise an error. |
| 26912 | |
| 26913 | A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. |
| 26914 | |
| 26915 | For RCS and SCCS files: |
| 26916 | If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version |
| 26917 | control. |
| 26918 | If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out |
| 26919 | a writable and locked file ready for editing. |
| 26920 | If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this |
| 26921 | first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, |
| 26922 | it performs a revert. |
| 26923 | If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry |
| 26924 | of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the |
| 26925 | resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If |
| 26926 | the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a |
| 26927 | read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. |
| 26928 | If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given |
| 26929 | the option to steal the lock. |
| 26930 | |
| 26931 | For CVS files: |
| 26932 | If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version |
| 26933 | control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". |
| 26934 | If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. |
| 26935 | If your working file is changed, but the repository file is |
| 26936 | unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the |
| 26937 | message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along |
| 26938 | with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. |
| 26939 | If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to |
| 26940 | merge in the changes into your working copy. |
| 26941 | |
| 26942 | \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil) |
| 26943 | |
| 26944 | (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ |
| 26945 | Register the current file into a version control system. |
| 26946 | With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version |
| 26947 | level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. |
| 26948 | |
| 26949 | The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list |
| 26950 | `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares |
| 26951 | itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that |
| 26952 | directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to |
| 26953 | register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the |
| 26954 | first backend that could register the file is used. |
| 26955 | |
| 26956 | \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil) |
| 26957 | |
| 26958 | (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ |
| 26959 | Display diffs between file versions. |
| 26960 | Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most |
| 26961 | recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With |
| 26962 | a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two |
| 26963 | version designators specifying which versions to compare. The |
| 26964 | optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to |
| 26965 | saving the buffer. |
| 26966 | |
| 26967 | \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil) |
| 26968 | |
| 26969 | (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ |
| 26970 | Visit version REV of the current file in another window. |
| 26971 | If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. |
| 26972 | If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again. |
| 26973 | |
| 26974 | \(fn REV)" t nil) |
| 26975 | |
| 26976 | (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ |
| 26977 | Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system. |
| 26978 | Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from |
| 26979 | the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'. |
| 26980 | |
| 26981 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26982 | |
| 26983 | (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ |
| 26984 | Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. |
| 26985 | This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the |
| 26986 | first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that |
| 26987 | branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes |
| 26988 | from the current branch. |
| 26989 | |
| 26990 | See Info node `Merging'. |
| 26991 | |
| 26992 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 26993 | |
| 26994 | (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff)) |
| 26995 | |
| 26996 | (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ |
| 26997 | Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. |
| 26998 | |
| 26999 | See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. |
| 27000 | |
| 27001 | With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override |
| 27002 | `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing. |
| 27003 | |
| 27004 | \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil) |
| 27005 | |
| 27006 | (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ |
| 27007 | Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
| 27008 | For each registered file, the version level of its latest version |
| 27009 | becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument |
| 27010 | BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files |
| 27011 | are checked out in that new branch. |
| 27012 | |
| 27013 | \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil) |
| 27014 | |
| 27015 | (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ |
| 27016 | Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. |
| 27017 | If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. |
| 27018 | If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any |
| 27019 | locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are |
| 27020 | allowed and simply skipped). |
| 27021 | |
| 27022 | \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil) |
| 27023 | |
| 27024 | (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ |
| 27025 | List the change log of the current buffer in a window. |
| 27026 | If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision. |
| 27027 | |
| 27028 | \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil) |
| 27029 | |
| 27030 | (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ |
| 27031 | Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on. |
| 27032 | This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical |
| 27033 | to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer |
| 27034 | changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so. |
| 27035 | |
| 27036 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 27037 | |
| 27038 | (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\ |
| 27039 | Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch. |
| 27040 | If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces |
| 27041 | the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains |
| 27042 | changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from |
| 27043 | the current branch are merged into the working file. |
| 27044 | |
| 27045 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 27046 | |
| 27047 | (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ |
| 27048 | Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. |
| 27049 | A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards. |
| 27050 | |
| 27051 | \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil) |
| 27052 | |
| 27053 | (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\ |
| 27054 | Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. |
| 27055 | FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not |
| 27056 | permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes |
| 27057 | VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. |
| 27058 | By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. |
| 27059 | To get a prompt, use a prefix argument. |
| 27060 | |
| 27061 | \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil) |
| 27062 | |
| 27063 | (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\ |
| 27064 | Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. |
| 27065 | If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend |
| 27066 | \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in |
| 27067 | NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the |
| 27068 | base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current |
| 27069 | backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current |
| 27070 | backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. |
| 27071 | \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.) |
| 27072 | |
| 27073 | \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil) |
| 27074 | |
| 27075 | (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ |
| 27076 | Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise. |
| 27077 | |
| 27078 | \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil) |
| 27079 | |
| 27080 | (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ |
| 27081 | Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
| 27082 | Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
| 27083 | directory. |
| 27084 | |
| 27085 | With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. |
| 27086 | |
| 27087 | With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited |
| 27088 | files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the |
| 27089 | log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. |
| 27090 | |
| 27091 | From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which |
| 27092 | log entries should be gathered. |
| 27093 | |
| 27094 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil) |
| 27095 | |
| 27096 | (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ |
| 27097 | Display the edit history of the current file using colours. |
| 27098 | |
| 27099 | This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current |
| 27100 | file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are |
| 27101 | used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means |
| 27102 | youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By |
| 27103 | default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; |
| 27104 | everything that is older than that is shown in blue. |
| 27105 | |
| 27106 | With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the |
| 27107 | minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer |
| 27108 | displays and annotates that version instead of the current version |
| 27109 | \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, |
| 27110 | you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range |
| 27111 | should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes |
| 27112 | over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their |
| 27113 | age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue. |
| 27114 | |
| 27115 | Customization variables: |
| 27116 | |
| 27117 | `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the |
| 27118 | mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and |
| 27119 | `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to |
| 27120 | colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color. |
| 27121 | |
| 27122 | \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil) |
| 27123 | |
| 27124 | ;;;*** |
| 27125 | \f |
| 27126 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (16866 20008)) |
| 27127 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el |
| 27128 | (defun vc-arch-registered (file) |
| 27129 | (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method") |
| 27130 | (progn |
| 27131 | (load "vc-arch") |
| 27132 | (vc-arch-registered file)))) |
| 27133 | |
| 27134 | ;;;*** |
| 27135 | \f |
| 27136 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 27137 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el |
| 27138 | (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) |
| 27139 | (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name |
| 27140 | "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) |
| 27141 | (load "vc-cvs") |
| 27142 | (vc-cvs-registered f))) |
| 27143 | |
| 27144 | ;;;*** |
| 27145 | \f |
| 27146 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 27147 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el |
| 27148 | (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file) |
| 27149 | (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS") |
| 27150 | (progn |
| 27151 | (load "vc-mcvs") |
| 27152 | (vc-mcvs-registered file)))) |
| 27153 | |
| 27154 | ;;;*** |
| 27155 | \f |
| 27156 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" |
| 27157 | ;;;;;; (16858 50920)) |
| 27158 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el |
| 27159 | |
| 27160 | (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ |
| 27161 | *Where to look for RCS master files. |
| 27162 | For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") |
| 27163 | |
| 27164 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs") |
| 27165 | (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f)) |
| 27166 | |
| 27167 | ;;;*** |
| 27168 | \f |
| 27169 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" |
| 27170 | ;;;;;; (16701 32674)) |
| 27171 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el |
| 27172 | |
| 27173 | (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ |
| 27174 | *Where to look for SCCS master files. |
| 27175 | For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") |
| 27176 | |
| 27177 | (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs") |
| 27178 | (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f)) |
| 27179 | |
| 27180 | (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ |
| 27181 | Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. |
| 27182 | Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not |
| 27183 | find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) |
| 27184 | |
| 27185 | ;;;*** |
| 27186 | \f |
| 27187 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16908 33361)) |
| 27188 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el |
| 27189 | (defun vc-svn-registered (f) |
| 27190 | (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name |
| 27191 | ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f))) |
| 27192 | (load "vc-svn") |
| 27193 | (vc-svn-registered f))) |
| 27194 | |
| 27195 | (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/") |
| 27196 | |
| 27197 | ;;;*** |
| 27198 | \f |
| 27199 | ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
| 27200 | ;;;;;; (16858 50937)) |
| 27201 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
| 27202 | |
| 27203 | (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ |
| 27204 | Major mode for editing VHDL code. |
| 27205 | |
| 27206 | Usage: |
| 27207 | ------ |
| 27208 | |
| 27209 | TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): |
| 27210 | After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for |
| 27211 | arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing |
| 27212 | `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current |
| 27213 | template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square |
| 27214 | brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for |
| 27215 | mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left |
| 27216 | empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled |
| 27217 | electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. |
| 27218 | |
| 27219 | Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the |
| 27220 | template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. |
| 27221 | electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by |
| 27222 | setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS). |
| 27223 | |
| 27224 | Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key |
| 27225 | bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing |
| 27226 | the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and |
| 27227 | `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond, |
| 27228 | conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. |
| 27229 | |
| 27230 | Template styles can be customized in customization group |
| 27231 | `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS). |
| 27232 | |
| 27233 | |
| 27234 | HEADER INSERTION: |
| 27235 | A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer |
| 27236 | (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'. |
| 27237 | See customization group `vhdl-header'. |
| 27238 | |
| 27239 | |
| 27240 | STUTTERING: |
| 27241 | Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements. |
| 27242 | Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by |
| 27243 | option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in |
| 27244 | the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: |
| 27245 | |
| 27246 | ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment |
| 27247 | ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code |
| 27248 | .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line |
| 27249 | ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment |
| 27250 | == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" |
| 27251 | |
| 27252 | |
| 27253 | WORD COMPLETION: |
| 27254 | Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a |
| 27255 | word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case. |
| 27256 | Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also |
| 27257 | works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). |
| 27258 | |
| 27259 | Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized |
| 27260 | expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as |
| 27261 | standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations |
| 27262 | (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types |
| 27263 | beginning with \"std\"). |
| 27264 | |
| 27265 | Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the |
| 27266 | beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and |
| 27267 | inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator |
| 27268 | stop. |
| 27269 | |
| 27270 | |
| 27271 | COMMENTS: |
| 27272 | `--' puts a single comment. |
| 27273 | `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. |
| 27274 | `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines |
| 27275 | with a comment in between. |
| 27276 | `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments |
| 27277 | out following lines. |
| 27278 | `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out, |
| 27279 | uncomments a region if already commented out. |
| 27280 | |
| 27281 | You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, |
| 27282 | variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process |
| 27283 | specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. |
| 27284 | Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after |
| 27285 | begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is |
| 27286 | non-nil. |
| 27287 | |
| 27288 | Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) |
| 27289 | are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at |
| 27290 | maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment |
| 27291 | will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' |
| 27292 | in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills |
| 27293 | multi-line comments. |
| 27294 | |
| 27295 | |
| 27296 | INDENTATION: |
| 27297 | `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of |
| 27298 | indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l' |
| 27299 | always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option |
| 27300 | `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). |
| 27301 | |
| 27302 | Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region |
| 27303 | (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are |
| 27304 | indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) |
| 27305 | according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. |
| 27306 | |
| 27307 | If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of |
| 27308 | tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs |
| 27309 | and vice versa. |
| 27310 | |
| 27311 | Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option |
| 27312 | `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation. |
| 27313 | |
| 27314 | |
| 27315 | ALIGNMENT: |
| 27316 | The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments |
| 27317 | to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines |
| 27318 | separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same |
| 27319 | indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by |
| 27320 | a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c |
| 27321 | C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c |
| 27322 | C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments |
| 27323 | for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region. |
| 27324 | |
| 27325 | If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines |
| 27326 | separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are |
| 27327 | aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil, |
| 27328 | blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates |
| 27329 | are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align' |
| 27330 | is non-nil. |
| 27331 | |
| 27332 | Alignment tries to align inline comments at |
| 27333 | `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed |
| 27334 | `vhdl-end-comment-column'. |
| 27335 | |
| 27336 | `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator |
| 27337 | symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. |
| 27338 | |
| 27339 | |
| 27340 | | CODE FILLING: |
| 27341 | | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port |
| 27342 | | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all |
| 27343 | | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list |
| 27344 | | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by |
| 27345 | | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and |
| 27346 | | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region. |
| 27347 | |
| 27348 | |
| 27349 | CODE BEAUTIFICATION: |
| 27350 | `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire |
| 27351 | buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case |
| 27352 | fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the |
| 27353 | command: |
| 27354 | |
| 27355 | emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer |
| 27356 | |
| 27357 | |
| 27358 | PORT TRANSLATION: |
| 27359 | Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be |
| 27360 | copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations, |
| 27361 | as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and |
| 27362 | signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as |
| 27363 | internal signal initializations (menu). |
| 27364 | |
| 27365 | To include formals in component instantiations, see option |
| 27366 | `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting, |
| 27367 | see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'. |
| 27368 | |
| 27369 | A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be |
| 27370 | flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The |
| 27371 | | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become |
| 27372 | | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This |
| 27373 | | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected |
| 27374 | | in subsequent paste operations.) |
| 27375 | |
| 27376 | Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and |
| 27377 | design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according |
| 27378 | to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'. |
| 27379 | |
| 27380 | |
| 27381 | | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION: |
| 27382 | | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of |
| 27383 | | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied |
| 27384 | | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses |
| 27385 | | association list with formals). |
| 27386 | |
| 27387 | |
| 27388 | TESTBENCH GENERATION: |
| 27389 | A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated |
| 27390 | testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional |
| 27391 | configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and |
| 27392 | instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal |
| 27393 | declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The |
| 27394 | names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file |
| 27395 | structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group |
| 27396 | `vhdl-testbench'. |
| 27397 | |
| 27398 | |
| 27399 | KEY BINDINGS: |
| 27400 | Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu). |
| 27401 | |
| 27402 | |
| 27403 | VHDL MENU: |
| 27404 | All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings. |
| 27405 | |
| 27406 | |
| 27407 | FILE BROWSER: |
| 27408 | The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can |
| 27409 | be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option |
| 27410 | `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil. |
| 27411 | |
| 27412 | In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and |
| 27413 | browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. |
| 27414 | |
| 27415 | |
| 27416 | DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: |
| 27417 | The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units |
| 27418 | contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified |
| 27419 | projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist'). |
| 27420 | |
| 27421 | The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and |
| 27422 | project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f', |
| 27423 | `h' or `H' in speedbar. |
| 27424 | |
| 27425 | In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse |
| 27426 | their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied |
| 27427 | from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and |
| 27428 | complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry). |
| 27429 | |
| 27430 | The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source |
| 27431 | file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The |
| 27432 | hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the |
| 27433 | speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see |
| 27434 | options in group `vhdl-speedbar'). |
| 27435 | |
| 27436 | Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as |
| 27437 | multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are |
| 27438 | required by secondary units. |
| 27439 | |
| 27440 | |
| 27441 | | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION: |
| 27442 | | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton |
| 27443 | | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and |
| 27444 | | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port |
| 27445 | | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally, |
| 27446 | | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals |
| 27447 | | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules: |
| 27448 | | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be |
| 27449 | | connected by a signal (internal signal or port) |
| 27450 | | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as |
| 27451 | | inputs to this component -> input port created |
| 27452 | | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as |
| 27453 | | outputs from this component -> output port created |
| 27454 | | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are |
| 27455 | | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created |
| 27456 | | |
| 27457 | | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option |
| 27458 | | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for |
| 27459 | | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct |
| 27460 | | component instantiation is also supported (option |
| 27461 | | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation'). |
| 27462 | | |
| 27463 | | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to |
| 27464 | | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key |
| 27465 | | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new |
| 27466 | | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy |
| 27467 | | browser, and wiring everything automatically. |
| 27468 | | |
| 27469 | | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new |
| 27470 | | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode. |
| 27471 | | |
| 27472 | | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options. |
| 27473 | |
| 27474 | |
| 27475 | SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: |
| 27476 | The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL |
| 27477 | compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by |
| 27478 | option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option |
| 27479 | `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, |
| 27480 | command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax |
| 27481 | information. New compilers can be added. |
| 27482 | |
| 27483 | All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make' |
| 27484 | command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists. |
| 27485 | |
| 27486 | |
| 27487 | MAKEFILE GENERATION: |
| 27488 | Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation |
| 27489 | routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is |
| 27490 | obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be |
| 27491 | customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'. |
| 27492 | |
| 27493 | Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the |
| 27494 | command: |
| 27495 | |
| 27496 | emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode |
| 27497 | [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname] |
| 27498 | -f vhdl-generate-makefile |
| 27499 | |
| 27500 | The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the |
| 27501 | target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the |
| 27502 | library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target |
| 27503 | for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this |
| 27504 | unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of |
| 27505 | a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be |
| 27506 | inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'. |
| 27507 | |
| 27508 | Limitations: |
| 27509 | - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are |
| 27510 | considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are |
| 27511 | not (yet) supported. |
| 27512 | - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical), |
| 27513 | but configurations that go down several levels are not. |
| 27514 | - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported. |
| 27515 | |
| 27516 | |
| 27517 | PROJECTS: |
| 27518 | Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current |
| 27519 | project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from |
| 27520 | the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and |
| 27521 | description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories |
| 27522 | (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and |
| 27523 | compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be |
| 27524 | specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option |
| 27525 | `vhdl-compiler-alist'. |
| 27526 | |
| 27527 | Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported. |
| 27528 | Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but |
| 27529 | can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting |
| 27530 | Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l |
| 27531 | vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is |
| 27532 | automatically loaded and its project activated if option |
| 27533 | `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup |
| 27534 | files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple |
| 27535 | project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories. |
| 27536 | This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option |
| 27537 | `vhdl-project-alist'. |
| 27538 | |
| 27539 | |
| 27540 | SPECIAL MENUES: |
| 27541 | As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set |
| 27542 | option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu |
| 27543 | (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up |
| 27544 | file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is |
| 27545 | larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be |
| 27546 | added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the |
| 27547 | current directory for VHDL source files. |
| 27548 | |
| 27549 | |
| 27550 | VHDL STANDARDS: |
| 27551 | The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'. |
| 27552 | Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages. |
| 27553 | |
| 27554 | |
| 27555 | KEYWORD CASE: |
| 27556 | Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes, |
| 27557 | and enumeration values is supported. If the option |
| 27558 | `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in |
| 27559 | lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for |
| 27560 | types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, |
| 27561 | types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire |
| 27562 | region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options |
| 27563 | `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. |
| 27564 | |
| 27565 | |
| 27566 | HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): |
| 27567 | Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and |
| 27568 | function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well |
| 27569 | as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using |
| 27570 | different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant, |
| 27571 | parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are |
| 27572 | highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. |
| 27573 | |
| 27574 | Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words |
| 27575 | that should be avoided) can be specified in option |
| 27576 | `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in |
| 27577 | a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog |
| 27578 | keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option |
| 27579 | `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. |
| 27580 | |
| 27581 | Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their |
| 27582 | syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting |
| 27583 | option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to |
| 27584 | establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds |
| 27585 | of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them |
| 27586 | visually. |
| 27587 | |
| 27588 | Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order |
| 27589 | to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only |
| 27590 | highlighted if written in lower case. |
| 27591 | |
| 27592 | Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is |
| 27593 | highlighted using a different background color if option |
| 27594 | `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil. |
| 27595 | |
| 27596 | For documentation and customization of the used colors see |
| 27597 | customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For |
| 27598 | highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group |
| 27599 | `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by |
| 27600 | option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs). |
| 27601 | |
| 27602 | |
| 27603 | USER MODELS: |
| 27604 | VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible |
| 27605 | in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword |
| 27606 | electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'. |
| 27607 | |
| 27608 | |
| 27609 | HIDE/SHOW: |
| 27610 | The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and |
| 27611 | instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can |
| 27612 | be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within |
| 27613 | the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited |
| 27614 | functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package. |
| 27615 | |
| 27616 | |
| 27617 | CODE UPDATING: |
| 27618 | - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the |
| 27619 | current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer. |
| 27620 | Limitations: |
| 27621 | - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in |
| 27622 | architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted. |
| 27623 | - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted. |
| 27624 | Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards). |
| 27625 | - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read. |
| 27626 | Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name |
| 27627 | (used to obtain the port names). |
| 27628 | |
| 27629 | |
| 27630 | CODE FIXING: |
| 27631 | `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause |
| 27632 | (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing). |
| 27633 | |
| 27634 | |
| 27635 | PRINTING: |
| 27636 | Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is |
| 27637 | used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if |
| 27638 | `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs |
| 27639 | postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines |
| 27640 | appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. |
| 27641 | The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to |
| 27642 | switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white |
| 27643 | printers. |
| 27644 | |
| 27645 | |
| 27646 | OPTIONS: |
| 27647 | User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are |
| 27648 | accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches |
| 27649 | and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a |
| 27650 | customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future |
| 27651 | sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry. |
| 27652 | |
| 27653 | Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using |
| 27654 | the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x |
| 27655 | customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect |
| 27656 | after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation). |
| 27657 | Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the |
| 27658 | INSTALL file). |
| 27659 | |
| 27660 | Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see |
| 27661 | what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)! |
| 27662 | |
| 27663 | |
| 27664 | FILE EXTENSIONS: |
| 27665 | As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are |
| 27666 | automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension |
| 27667 | \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): |
| 27668 | |
| 27669 | (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) |
| 27670 | |
| 27671 | |
| 27672 | HINTS: |
| 27673 | - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load |
| 27674 | a VHDL file first, use the command: |
| 27675 | |
| 27676 | emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode |
| 27677 | |
| 27678 | - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. |
| 27679 | |
| 27680 | - Some features only work on properly indented code. |
| 27681 | |
| 27682 | |
| 27683 | RELEASE NOTES: |
| 27684 | See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases. |
| 27685 | |
| 27686 | |
| 27687 | Maintenance: |
| 27688 | ------------ |
| 27689 | |
| 27690 | To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode. |
| 27691 | Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. |
| 27692 | |
| 27693 | Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>. |
| 27694 | |
| 27695 | The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. |
| 27696 | The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta |
| 27697 | releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe |
| 27698 | to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>. |
| 27699 | |
| 27700 | VHDL Mode is officially distributed at |
| 27701 | http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html |
| 27702 | where the latest version can be found. |
| 27703 | |
| 27704 | |
| 27705 | Known problems: |
| 27706 | --------------- |
| 27707 | |
| 27708 | - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). |
| 27709 | - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar. |
| 27710 | - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher). |
| 27711 | |
| 27712 | |
| 27713 | The VHDL Mode Authors |
| 27714 | Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby |
| 27715 | |
| 27716 | Key bindings: |
| 27717 | ------------- |
| 27718 | |
| 27719 | \\{vhdl-mode-map} |
| 27720 | |
| 27721 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 27722 | |
| 27723 | ;;;*** |
| 27724 | \f |
| 27725 | ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16423 23570)) |
| 27726 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
| 27727 | |
| 27728 | (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ |
| 27729 | Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. |
| 27730 | The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, |
| 27731 | the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. |
| 27732 | |
| 27733 | This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. |
| 27734 | It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input |
| 27735 | \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. |
| 27736 | Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) |
| 27737 | is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. |
| 27738 | |
| 27739 | To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. |
| 27740 | Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. |
| 27741 | |
| 27742 | Major differences between this mode and real vi : |
| 27743 | |
| 27744 | * Limitations and unsupported features |
| 27745 | - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are |
| 27746 | not supported. |
| 27747 | - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. |
| 27748 | - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. |
| 27749 | |
| 27750 | * Modifications |
| 27751 | - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, |
| 27752 | pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. |
| 27753 | Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. |
| 27754 | - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need |
| 27755 | to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed |
| 27756 | for undoing a repeated change command. |
| 27757 | - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr |
| 27758 | in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. |
| 27759 | - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. |
| 27760 | |
| 27761 | * Extensions |
| 27762 | - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as |
| 27763 | incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. |
| 27764 | - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to |
| 27765 | esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. |
| 27766 | - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. |
| 27767 | `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', |
| 27768 | `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. |
| 27769 | - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. |
| 27770 | |
| 27771 | Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs. |
| 27772 | |
| 27773 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 27774 | |
| 27775 | ;;;*** |
| 27776 | \f |
| 27777 | ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion |
| 27778 | ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer |
| 27779 | ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
| 27780 | ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16213 43280)) |
| 27781 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
| 27782 | |
| 27783 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27784 | Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate. |
| 27785 | |
| 27786 | \(fn CHAR)" nil nil) |
| 27787 | |
| 27788 | (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27789 | Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters. |
| 27790 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, |
| 27791 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region. |
| 27792 | |
| 27793 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 27794 | |
| 27795 | (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27796 | Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters. |
| 27797 | |
| 27798 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 27799 | |
| 27800 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27801 | Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. |
| 27802 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, |
| 27803 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region. |
| 27804 | |
| 27805 | \(fn FROM TO)" t nil) |
| 27806 | |
| 27807 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27808 | Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics. |
| 27809 | |
| 27810 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 27811 | |
| 27812 | (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27813 | Not documented |
| 27814 | |
| 27815 | \(fn LEN)" nil nil) |
| 27816 | |
| 27817 | (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\ |
| 27818 | Not documented |
| 27819 | |
| 27820 | \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil) |
| 27821 | |
| 27822 | ;;;*** |
| 27823 | \f |
| 27824 | ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame |
| 27825 | ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame |
| 27826 | ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16764 |
| 27827 | ;;;;;; 51519)) |
| 27828 | ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
| 27829 | |
| 27830 | (defvar view-mode nil "\ |
| 27831 | Non-nil if View mode is enabled. |
| 27832 | Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the |
| 27833 | functions that enable or disable view mode.") |
| 27834 | |
| 27835 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) |
| 27836 | |
| 27837 | (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ |
| 27838 | View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. |
| 27839 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, |
| 27840 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) |
| 27841 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. |
| 27842 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. |
| 27843 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 27844 | |
| 27845 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27846 | |
| 27847 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 27848 | |
| 27849 | (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ |
| 27850 | View FILE in View mode in another window. |
| 27851 | Return that window to its previous buffer when done. |
| 27852 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, |
| 27853 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) |
| 27854 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. |
| 27855 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. |
| 27856 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 27857 | |
| 27858 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27859 | |
| 27860 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 27861 | |
| 27862 | (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ |
| 27863 | View FILE in View mode in another frame. |
| 27864 | Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. |
| 27865 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, |
| 27866 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) |
| 27867 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. |
| 27868 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. |
| 27869 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 27870 | |
| 27871 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27872 | |
| 27873 | \(fn FILE)" t nil) |
| 27874 | |
| 27875 | (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ |
| 27876 | View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. |
| 27877 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, |
| 27878 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) |
| 27879 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. |
| 27880 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. |
| 27881 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 27882 | |
| 27883 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27884 | |
| 27885 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as |
| 27886 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. |
| 27887 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. |
| 27888 | |
| 27889 | \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) |
| 27890 | |
| 27891 | (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ |
| 27892 | View BUFFER in View mode in another window. |
| 27893 | Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. |
| 27894 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, |
| 27895 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) |
| 27896 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. |
| 27897 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. |
| 27898 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 27899 | |
| 27900 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27901 | |
| 27902 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as |
| 27903 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. |
| 27904 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. |
| 27905 | |
| 27906 | \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) |
| 27907 | |
| 27908 | (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ |
| 27909 | View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. |
| 27910 | Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. |
| 27911 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, |
| 27912 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) |
| 27913 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. |
| 27914 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. |
| 27915 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 27916 | |
| 27917 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27918 | |
| 27919 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as |
| 27920 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. |
| 27921 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'. |
| 27922 | |
| 27923 | \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil) |
| 27924 | |
| 27925 | (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ |
| 27926 | Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. |
| 27927 | With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
| 27928 | |
| 27929 | Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. |
| 27930 | Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands |
| 27931 | \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is |
| 27932 | read-only. |
| 27933 | \\<view-mode-map> |
| 27934 | The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix |
| 27935 | arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole |
| 27936 | window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to |
| 27937 | and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search |
| 27938 | commands default to a repeat count of one. |
| 27939 | |
| 27940 | H, h, ? This message. |
| 27941 | Digits provide prefix arguments. |
| 27942 | \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. |
| 27943 | \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. |
| 27944 | > move to the end of buffer. |
| 27945 | \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. |
| 27946 | SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
| 27947 | With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. |
| 27948 | DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. |
| 27949 | With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. |
| 27950 | \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. |
| 27951 | \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. |
| 27952 | \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets |
| 27953 | \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. |
| 27954 | \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets |
| 27955 | \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. |
| 27956 | RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). |
| 27957 | y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). |
| 27958 | \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
| 27959 | Use this to view a changing file. |
| 27960 | \\[what-line] prints the current line number. |
| 27961 | \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. |
| 27962 | \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). |
| 27963 | . set the mark. |
| 27964 | x exchanges point and mark. |
| 27965 | \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. |
| 27966 | Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when |
| 27967 | jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. |
| 27968 | \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. |
| 27969 | ' go to position saved in character register. |
| 27970 | s do forward incremental search. |
| 27971 | r do reverse incremental search. |
| 27972 | \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. |
| 27973 | ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. |
| 27974 | ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start |
| 27975 | search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. |
| 27976 | \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. |
| 27977 | \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. |
| 27978 | p searches backward for last regular expression. |
| 27979 | \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state. |
| 27980 | \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. |
| 27981 | \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started |
| 27982 | viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. |
| 27983 | This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer. |
| 27984 | \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable |
| 27985 | even if it was not editable before entry to View mode. |
| 27986 | \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state. |
| 27987 | \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. |
| 27988 | \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. |
| 27989 | |
| 27990 | The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was |
| 27991 | entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
| 27992 | \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will |
| 27993 | try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer |
| 27994 | as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, |
| 27995 | View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] |
| 27996 | will return to that buffer. |
| 27997 | |
| 27998 | Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 27999 | |
| 28000 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28001 | |
| 28002 | (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ |
| 28003 | Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. |
| 28004 | If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist |
| 28005 | `view-return-to-alist'. |
| 28006 | Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. |
| 28007 | It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. |
| 28008 | This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. |
| 28009 | |
| 28010 | RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or |
| 28011 | it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). |
| 28012 | WINDOW is a window used for viewing. |
| 28013 | OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. |
| 28014 | OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: |
| 28015 | 1) nil Do nothing. |
| 28016 | 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. |
| 28017 | 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text |
| 28018 | starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. |
| 28019 | 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
| 28020 | |
| 28021 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. |
| 28022 | |
| 28023 | This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. |
| 28024 | |
| 28025 | \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil) |
| 28026 | |
| 28027 | (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ |
| 28028 | Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. |
| 28029 | |
| 28030 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28031 | |
| 28032 | ;;;*** |
| 28033 | \f |
| 28034 | ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16213 |
| 28035 | ;;;;;; 43273)) |
| 28036 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
| 28037 | |
| 28038 | (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\ |
| 28039 | Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users. |
| 28040 | |
| 28041 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 28042 | |
| 28043 | (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ |
| 28044 | Turn on VIP emulation of VI. |
| 28045 | |
| 28046 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28047 | |
| 28048 | ;;;*** |
| 28049 | \f |
| 28050 | ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" |
| 28051 | ;;;;;; (16923 3621)) |
| 28052 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
| 28053 | |
| 28054 | (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ |
| 28055 | Toggle Viper on/off. |
| 28056 | If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on. |
| 28057 | |
| 28058 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28059 | |
| 28060 | (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ |
| 28061 | Turn on Viper emulation of Vi. |
| 28062 | |
| 28063 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28064 | |
| 28065 | ;;;*** |
| 28066 | \f |
| 28067 | ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" |
| 28068 | ;;;;;; (16908 33361)) |
| 28069 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el |
| 28070 | |
| 28071 | (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\ |
| 28072 | Function to generate warning prefixes. |
| 28073 | This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments, |
| 28074 | the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels', |
| 28075 | and should return the entry that should actually be used. |
| 28076 | The warnings buffer is current when this function is called |
| 28077 | and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes |
| 28078 | the beginning of the warning.") |
| 28079 | |
| 28080 | (defvar warning-series nil "\ |
| 28081 | Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series. |
| 28082 | A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer |
| 28083 | which is the start of the current series; it means that |
| 28084 | additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point. |
| 28085 | t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here). |
| 28086 | A symbol with a function definition is like t, except |
| 28087 | also call that function before the next warning.") |
| 28088 | |
| 28089 | (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\ |
| 28090 | Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.") |
| 28091 | |
| 28092 | (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\ |
| 28093 | Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message. |
| 28094 | The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the |
| 28095 | message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.") |
| 28096 | |
| 28097 | (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\ |
| 28098 | Display a warning message, MESSAGE. |
| 28099 | TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol), |
| 28100 | or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name. |
| 28101 | \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes |
| 28102 | only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.) |
| 28103 | |
| 28104 | LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency. |
| 28105 | :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon |
| 28106 | if you do not attend to it promptly. |
| 28107 | :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong. |
| 28108 | :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong, |
| 28109 | but raise suspicion of a possible problem. |
| 28110 | :debug -- info for debugging only. |
| 28111 | |
| 28112 | BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the |
| 28113 | warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. |
| 28114 | |
| 28115 | See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features. |
| 28116 | |
| 28117 | See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and |
| 28118 | `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features. |
| 28119 | |
| 28120 | \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil) |
| 28121 | |
| 28122 | (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\ |
| 28123 | Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...). |
| 28124 | Aside from generating the message with `format', |
| 28125 | this is equivalent to `display-warning'. |
| 28126 | |
| 28127 | TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol). |
| 28128 | or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name. |
| 28129 | \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and |
| 28130 | can be whatever you like.) |
| 28131 | |
| 28132 | LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency. |
| 28133 | :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon |
| 28134 | if you do not attend to it promptly. |
| 28135 | :error -- invalid data or circumstances. |
| 28136 | :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances. |
| 28137 | |
| 28138 | \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 28139 | |
| 28140 | (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\ |
| 28141 | Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...). |
| 28142 | Aside from generating the message with `format', |
| 28143 | this is equivalent to `display-warning', using |
| 28144 | `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level. |
| 28145 | |
| 28146 | \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 28147 | |
| 28148 | ;;;*** |
| 28149 | \f |
| 28150 | ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el" |
| 28151 | ;;;;;; (16923 3610)) |
| 28152 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el |
| 28153 | |
| 28154 | (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\ |
| 28155 | Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable. |
| 28156 | In this mode the names of the files can be changed, and after |
| 28157 | typing C-c C-c the files and directories in disk are renamed. |
| 28158 | |
| 28159 | See `wdired-mode'. |
| 28160 | |
| 28161 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28162 | |
| 28163 | ;;;*** |
| 28164 | \f |
| 28165 | ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16423 23573)) |
| 28166 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el |
| 28167 | |
| 28168 | (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ |
| 28169 | Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. |
| 28170 | |
| 28171 | See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the |
| 28172 | hotlist. |
| 28173 | |
| 28174 | Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke |
| 28175 | <nwv@acm.org>. |
| 28176 | |
| 28177 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28178 | |
| 28179 | ;;;*** |
| 28180 | \f |
| 28181 | ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" |
| 28182 | ;;;;;; (16820 16328)) |
| 28183 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el |
| 28184 | (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t) |
| 28185 | (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t) |
| 28186 | |
| 28187 | (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode)) |
| 28188 | |
| 28189 | (defvar which-function-mode nil "\ |
| 28190 | Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. |
| 28191 | See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 28192 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 28193 | use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.") |
| 28194 | |
| 28195 | (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func") |
| 28196 | |
| 28197 | (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\ |
| 28198 | Toggle Which Function mode, globally. |
| 28199 | When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is |
| 28200 | continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. |
| 28201 | |
| 28202 | With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, |
| 28203 | and off otherwise. |
| 28204 | |
| 28205 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28206 | |
| 28207 | ;;;*** |
| 28208 | \f |
| 28209 | ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode |
| 28210 | ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region |
| 28211 | ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check |
| 28212 | ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check |
| 28213 | ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" |
| 28214 | ;;;;;; (16764 51519)) |
| 28215 | ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
| 28216 | |
| 28217 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28218 | Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer. |
| 28219 | |
| 28220 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28221 | |
| 28222 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28223 | Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer. |
| 28224 | |
| 28225 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28226 | |
| 28227 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28228 | Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer. |
| 28229 | |
| 28230 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28231 | |
| 28232 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28233 | Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer. |
| 28234 | |
| 28235 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28236 | |
| 28237 | (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28238 | Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer. |
| 28239 | |
| 28240 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28241 | |
| 28242 | (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28243 | Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. |
| 28244 | These are: |
| 28245 | 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). |
| 28246 | 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). |
| 28247 | 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). |
| 28248 | 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). |
| 28249 | 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. |
| 28250 | |
| 28251 | Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file |
| 28252 | and: |
| 28253 | 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or |
| 28254 | 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument. |
| 28255 | |
| 28256 | \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil) |
| 28257 | |
| 28258 | (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28259 | Check the region for whitespace errors. |
| 28260 | |
| 28261 | \(fn S E)" t nil) |
| 28262 | |
| 28263 | (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28264 | Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. |
| 28265 | |
| 28266 | Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the |
| 28267 | whitespace problems. |
| 28268 | |
| 28269 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28270 | |
| 28271 | (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28272 | Whitespace cleanup on the region. |
| 28273 | |
| 28274 | \(fn S E)" t nil) |
| 28275 | |
| 28276 | (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode)) |
| 28277 | |
| 28278 | (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ |
| 28279 | Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled. |
| 28280 | See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 28281 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 28282 | use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.") |
| 28283 | |
| 28284 | (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace") |
| 28285 | |
| 28286 | (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28287 | Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. |
| 28288 | With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive. |
| 28289 | |
| 28290 | When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to |
| 28291 | `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'. |
| 28292 | |
| 28293 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28294 | |
| 28295 | (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\ |
| 28296 | Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled. |
| 28297 | This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'. |
| 28298 | |
| 28299 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28300 | |
| 28301 | ;;;*** |
| 28302 | \f |
| 28303 | ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
| 28304 | ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16213 43272)) |
| 28305 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
| 28306 | |
| 28307 | (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ |
| 28308 | Browse the widget under point. |
| 28309 | |
| 28310 | \(fn POS)" t nil) |
| 28311 | |
| 28312 | (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ |
| 28313 | Create a widget browser for WIDGET. |
| 28314 | |
| 28315 | \(fn WIDGET)" t nil) |
| 28316 | |
| 28317 | (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ |
| 28318 | Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window. |
| 28319 | |
| 28320 | \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil) |
| 28321 | |
| 28322 | (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ |
| 28323 | Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. |
| 28324 | With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 28325 | |
| 28326 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28327 | |
| 28328 | ;;;*** |
| 28329 | \f |
| 28330 | ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create |
| 28331 | ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16894 |
| 28332 | ;;;;;; 3340)) |
| 28333 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
| 28334 | |
| 28335 | (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\ |
| 28336 | Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget. |
| 28337 | |
| 28338 | \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil) |
| 28339 | |
| 28340 | (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ |
| 28341 | Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. |
| 28342 | The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil. |
| 28343 | |
| 28344 | \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil) |
| 28345 | |
| 28346 | (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ |
| 28347 | Create widget of TYPE. |
| 28348 | The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments. |
| 28349 | |
| 28350 | \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 28351 | |
| 28352 | (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ |
| 28353 | Delete WIDGET. |
| 28354 | |
| 28355 | \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil) |
| 28356 | |
| 28357 | (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\ |
| 28358 | Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only. |
| 28359 | |
| 28360 | \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil) |
| 28361 | |
| 28362 | (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "\r" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\ |
| 28363 | Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets. |
| 28364 | Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.") |
| 28365 | |
| 28366 | (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\ |
| 28367 | Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works. |
| 28368 | |
| 28369 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 28370 | |
| 28371 | ;;;*** |
| 28372 | \f |
| 28373 | ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
| 28374 | ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16710 |
| 28375 | ;;;;;; 51039)) |
| 28376 | ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
| 28377 | |
| 28378 | (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ |
| 28379 | Select the window to the left of the current one. |
| 28380 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, |
| 28381 | \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise |
| 28382 | it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge |
| 28383 | \(for negative ARG) of the current window. |
| 28384 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. |
| 28385 | |
| 28386 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28387 | |
| 28388 | (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ |
| 28389 | Select the window above the current one. |
| 28390 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" |
| 28391 | is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is |
| 28392 | relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for |
| 28393 | negative ARG) of the current window. |
| 28394 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. |
| 28395 | |
| 28396 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28397 | |
| 28398 | (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ |
| 28399 | Select the window to the right of the current one. |
| 28400 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, |
| 28401 | \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; |
| 28402 | otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the |
| 28403 | bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. |
| 28404 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. |
| 28405 | |
| 28406 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28407 | |
| 28408 | (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ |
| 28409 | Select the window below the current one. |
| 28410 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, |
| 28411 | \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise |
| 28412 | it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge |
| 28413 | \(for negative ARG) of the current window. |
| 28414 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled. |
| 28415 | |
| 28416 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28417 | |
| 28418 | (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ |
| 28419 | Set up keybindings for `windmove'. |
| 28420 | Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}. |
| 28421 | Default MODIFIER is 'shift. |
| 28422 | |
| 28423 | \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil) |
| 28424 | |
| 28425 | ;;;*** |
| 28426 | \f |
| 28427 | ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
| 28428 | ;;;;;; (16792 36614)) |
| 28429 | ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
| 28430 | |
| 28431 | (defvar winner-mode nil "\ |
| 28432 | Toggle winner-mode. |
| 28433 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 28434 | use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") |
| 28435 | |
| 28436 | (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner") |
| 28437 | |
| 28438 | (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ |
| 28439 | Toggle Winner mode. |
| 28440 | With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive. |
| 28441 | |
| 28442 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28443 | |
| 28444 | ;;;*** |
| 28445 | \f |
| 28446 | ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
| 28447 | ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16875 35928)) |
| 28448 | ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
| 28449 | |
| 28450 | (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ |
| 28451 | Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
| 28452 | The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
| 28453 | Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the |
| 28454 | topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and |
| 28455 | `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for |
| 28456 | speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be |
| 28457 | updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). |
| 28458 | |
| 28459 | Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
| 28460 | should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching. |
| 28461 | |
| 28462 | \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil) |
| 28463 | |
| 28464 | (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ |
| 28465 | In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file. |
| 28466 | |
| 28467 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28468 | |
| 28469 | (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ |
| 28470 | Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. |
| 28471 | Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. |
| 28472 | When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting |
| 28473 | of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
| 28474 | No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
| 28475 | decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the |
| 28476 | `woman' command for further details. |
| 28477 | |
| 28478 | \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil) |
| 28479 | |
| 28480 | ;;;*** |
| 28481 | \f |
| 28482 | ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
| 28483 | ;;;;;; (16213 43273)) |
| 28484 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
| 28485 | |
| 28486 | (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ |
| 28487 | Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. |
| 28488 | |
| 28489 | BUGS: |
| 28490 | - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) |
| 28491 | are not implemented |
| 28492 | - Options for search and replace |
| 28493 | - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange |
| 28494 | - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction |
| 28495 | |
| 28496 | No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work |
| 28497 | Emacs-like. |
| 28498 | |
| 28499 | The key bindings are: |
| 28500 | |
| 28501 | C-a backward-word |
| 28502 | C-b fill-paragraph |
| 28503 | C-c scroll-up-line |
| 28504 | C-d forward-char |
| 28505 | C-e previous-line |
| 28506 | C-f forward-word |
| 28507 | C-g delete-char |
| 28508 | C-h backward-char |
| 28509 | C-i indent-for-tab-command |
| 28510 | C-j help-for-help |
| 28511 | C-k ordstar-C-k-map |
| 28512 | C-l ws-repeat-search |
| 28513 | C-n open-line |
| 28514 | C-p quoted-insert |
| 28515 | C-r scroll-down-line |
| 28516 | C-s backward-char |
| 28517 | C-t kill-word |
| 28518 | C-u keyboard-quit |
| 28519 | C-v overwrite-mode |
| 28520 | C-w scroll-down |
| 28521 | C-x next-line |
| 28522 | C-y kill-complete-line |
| 28523 | C-z scroll-up |
| 28524 | |
| 28525 | C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 |
| 28526 | C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 |
| 28527 | C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 |
| 28528 | C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 |
| 28529 | C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 |
| 28530 | C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 |
| 28531 | C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 |
| 28532 | C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 |
| 28533 | C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 |
| 28534 | C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 |
| 28535 | C-k b ws-begin-block |
| 28536 | C-k c ws-copy-block |
| 28537 | C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs |
| 28538 | C-k f find-file |
| 28539 | C-k h ws-show-markers |
| 28540 | C-k i ws-indent-block |
| 28541 | C-k k ws-end-block |
| 28542 | C-k p ws-print-block |
| 28543 | C-k q kill-emacs |
| 28544 | C-k r insert-file |
| 28545 | C-k s save-some-buffers |
| 28546 | C-k t ws-mark-word |
| 28547 | C-k u ws-exdent-block |
| 28548 | C-k C-u keyboard-quit |
| 28549 | C-k v ws-move-block |
| 28550 | C-k w ws-write-block |
| 28551 | C-k x kill-emacs |
| 28552 | C-k y ws-delete-block |
| 28553 | |
| 28554 | C-o c wordstar-center-line |
| 28555 | C-o b switch-to-buffer |
| 28556 | C-o j justify-current-line |
| 28557 | C-o k kill-buffer |
| 28558 | C-o l list-buffers |
| 28559 | C-o m auto-fill-mode |
| 28560 | C-o r set-fill-column |
| 28561 | C-o C-u keyboard-quit |
| 28562 | C-o wd delete-other-windows |
| 28563 | C-o wh split-window-horizontally |
| 28564 | C-o wo other-window |
| 28565 | C-o wv split-window-vertically |
| 28566 | |
| 28567 | C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 |
| 28568 | C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 |
| 28569 | C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 |
| 28570 | C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 |
| 28571 | C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 |
| 28572 | C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 |
| 28573 | C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 |
| 28574 | C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 |
| 28575 | C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 |
| 28576 | C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 |
| 28577 | C-q a ws-query-replace |
| 28578 | C-q b ws-to-block-begin |
| 28579 | C-q c end-of-buffer |
| 28580 | C-q d end-of-line |
| 28581 | C-q f ws-search |
| 28582 | C-q k ws-to-block-end |
| 28583 | C-q l ws-undo |
| 28584 | C-q p ws-last-cursorp |
| 28585 | C-q r beginning-of-buffer |
| 28586 | C-q C-u keyboard-quit |
| 28587 | C-q w ws-last-error |
| 28588 | C-q y ws-kill-eol |
| 28589 | C-q DEL ws-kill-bol |
| 28590 | |
| 28591 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28592 | |
| 28593 | ;;;*** |
| 28594 | \f |
| 28595 | ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el" |
| 28596 | ;;;;;; (16830 50347)) |
| 28597 | ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el |
| 28598 | |
| 28599 | (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\ |
| 28600 | Parse the well-formed XML file FILE. |
| 28601 | If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it. |
| 28602 | Returns the top node with all its children. |
| 28603 | If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped. |
| 28604 | If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. |
| 28605 | |
| 28606 | \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil) |
| 28607 | |
| 28608 | (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\ |
| 28609 | Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER. |
| 28610 | If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer. |
| 28611 | Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region |
| 28612 | is not well-formed XML. |
| 28613 | If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped, |
| 28614 | and returned as the first element of the list. |
| 28615 | If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. |
| 28616 | |
| 28617 | \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil) |
| 28618 | |
| 28619 | ;;;*** |
| 28620 | \f |
| 28621 | ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16875 |
| 28622 | ;;;;;; 35928)) |
| 28623 | ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
| 28624 | |
| 28625 | (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\ |
| 28626 | Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled. |
| 28627 | See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
| 28628 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
| 28629 | use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.") |
| 28630 | |
| 28631 | (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse") |
| 28632 | |
| 28633 | (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ |
| 28634 | Toggle XTerm mouse mode. |
| 28635 | With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. |
| 28636 | |
| 28637 | Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands. |
| 28638 | |
| 28639 | \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil) |
| 28640 | |
| 28641 | ;;;*** |
| 28642 | \f |
| 28643 | ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc" |
| 28644 | ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (16697 49031)) |
| 28645 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el |
| 28646 | |
| 28647 | (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\ |
| 28648 | Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder. |
| 28649 | |
| 28650 | \(fn START END)" t nil) |
| 28651 | |
| 28652 | (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\ |
| 28653 | Extract file name from an yenc header. |
| 28654 | |
| 28655 | \(fn)" nil nil) |
| 28656 | |
| 28657 | ;;;*** |
| 28658 | \f |
| 28659 | ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism |
| 28660 | ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16213 43281)) |
| 28661 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
| 28662 | |
| 28663 | (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ |
| 28664 | Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it. |
| 28665 | |
| 28666 | \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil) |
| 28667 | |
| 28668 | (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ |
| 28669 | Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point. |
| 28670 | |
| 28671 | \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil) |
| 28672 | |
| 28673 | (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ |
| 28674 | Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. |
| 28675 | If called interactively, display a list of matches. |
| 28676 | |
| 28677 | \(fn REGEXP)" t nil) |
| 28678 | |
| 28679 | (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ |
| 28680 | Zippy goes to the analyst. |
| 28681 | |
| 28682 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28683 | |
| 28684 | ;;;*** |
| 28685 | \f |
| 28686 | ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16858 50933)) |
| 28687 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
| 28688 | |
| 28689 | (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ |
| 28690 | Zone out, completely. |
| 28691 | |
| 28692 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28693 | |
| 28694 | ;;;*** |
| 28695 | \f |
| 28696 | ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
| 28697 | ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16377 12872)) |
| 28698 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el |
| 28699 | |
| 28700 | (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ |
| 28701 | Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified. |
| 28702 | |
| 28703 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28704 | |
| 28705 | (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
| 28706 | A mode for editing DNS zone files. |
| 28707 | |
| 28708 | Zone-mode does two things: |
| 28709 | |
| 28710 | - automatically update the serial number for a zone |
| 28711 | when saving the file |
| 28712 | |
| 28713 | - fontification |
| 28714 | |
| 28715 | \(fn)" t nil) |
| 28716 | |
| 28717 | ;;;*** |
| 28718 | \f |
| 28719 | ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el" |
| 28720 | ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" |
| 28721 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" |
| 28722 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" |
| 28723 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" |
| 28724 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" |
| 28725 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" |
| 28726 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" |
| 28727 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" |
| 28728 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" |
| 28729 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" |
| 28730 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" |
| 28731 | ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" |
| 28732 | ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" |
| 28733 | ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" |
| 28734 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" |
| 28735 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" |
| 28736 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" |
| 28737 | ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" |
| 28738 | ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" |
| 28739 | ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" |
| 28740 | ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" |
| 28741 | ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" |
| 28742 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" |
| 28743 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" |
| 28744 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" |
| 28745 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" |
| 28746 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" |
| 28747 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" |
| 28748 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" |
| 28749 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" |
| 28750 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" |
| 28751 | ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" |
| 28752 | ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" |
| 28753 | ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" |
| 28754 | ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" |
| 28755 | ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" |
| 28756 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" |
| 28757 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" |
| 28758 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" |
| 28759 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" |
| 28760 | ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" |
| 28761 | ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" |
| 28762 | ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" |
| 28763 | ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" |
| 28764 | ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" |
| 28765 | ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" |
| 28766 | ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" |
| 28767 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" |
| 28768 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" |
| 28769 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" |
| 28770 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" |
| 28771 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" |
| 28772 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" |
| 28773 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" |
| 28774 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" |
| 28775 | ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" |
| 28776 | ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" |
| 28777 | ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" |
| 28778 | ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" |
| 28779 | ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" |
| 28780 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" |
| 28781 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" |
| 28782 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" |
| 28783 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" |
| 28784 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" |
| 28785 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" |
| 28786 | ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el" |
| 28787 | ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el" |
| 28788 | ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" |
| 28789 | ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" |
| 28790 | ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-report.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" |
| 28791 | ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" |
| 28792 | ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el" |
| 28793 | ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el" |
| 28794 | ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" |
| 28795 | ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el" |
| 28796 | ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el" |
| 28797 | ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el" |
| 28798 | ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el" |
| 28799 | ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el" |
| 28800 | ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el" |
| 28801 | ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" |
| 28802 | ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el" |
| 28803 | ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" |
| 28804 | ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" |
| 28805 | ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" |
| 28806 | ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" |
| 28807 | ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el" |
| 28808 | ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" |
| 28809 | ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" |
| 28810 | ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" |
| 28811 | ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" |
| 28812 | ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" |
| 28813 | ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" |
| 28814 | ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" |
| 28815 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" |
| 28816 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" |
| 28817 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" |
| 28818 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" |
| 28819 | ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" |
| 28820 | ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" |
| 28821 | ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" |
| 28822 | ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" |
| 28823 | ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el" |
| 28824 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el" |
| 28825 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" |
| 28826 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" |
| 28827 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" |
| 28828 | ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" |
| 28829 | ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" |
| 28830 | ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" |
| 28831 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" |
| 28832 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" |
| 28833 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" |
| 28834 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" |
| 28835 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" |
| 28836 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" |
| 28837 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" |
| 28838 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el" |
| 28839 | ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" |
| 28840 | ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" |
| 28841 | ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" |
| 28842 | ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" |
| 28843 | ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" |
| 28844 | ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" |
| 28845 | ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" |
| 28846 | ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" |
| 28847 | ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el" |
| 28848 | ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" |
| 28849 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" |
| 28850 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" |
| 28851 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" |
| 28852 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" |
| 28853 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" |
| 28854 | ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" |
| 28855 | ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el" |
| 28856 | ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" |
| 28857 | ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" |
| 28858 | ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" |
| 28859 | ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" |
| 28860 | ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (16960 18483 123965)) |
| 28861 | |
| 28862 | ;;;*** |
| 28863 | \f |
| 28864 | ;;; Local Variables: |
| 28865 | ;;; version-control: never |
| 28866 | ;;; no-byte-compile: t |
| 28867 | ;;; no-update-autoloads: t |
| 28868 | ;;; End: |
| 28869 | ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |